Textbase

Return to list of source texts

The Romance of Horn by Thomas

Edited by M. K. Pope
1955
Oxford, Anglo-Norman Text Society
Genre: Romance and Epic
AND Bibliography: Horn

Original work © 1955-64 The Anglo Norman Text Society, which has granted permission for it to be digitised, browsed and searched on this site. Any other use, including making copies of this electronic version, requires the prior written permission of the copyright holders, who may be contacted via Birkbeck College, University of London, Malet St, London WC1E 7HX, UK

Hide notes

Page 1_ix

INTRODUCTION

I

THE MANUSCRIPTS

1

EXTERNAL DESCRIPTION

portions of five MSS. of the romance have been discovered, of greatly varying length: O, the Oxford MS. (Bodleian, Douce 132), containing 3,042 lines; C, the Cambridge MS. (University Library Ff. 6. 17), 4,519 lines; H, the London MS. (British Museum, Harleian 527), 2,761 lines. Two fragments were discovered by the late Professor Braunholtz, entitled by him F1 and F2, and published by him in the Modern Language Review in January 1921; and these contain respectively 21 and 238 lines.

O, C and H were utilized by Francisque Michel in the edition of the poem that he produced for the Bannatyne Club in 1845. Michel based his edition on the Oxford MS. but cited variants from both the others. In 1882 these three MSS. were carefully described by Rudolf Brede in a Marburg dissertation 1 [1] Ueber die Handschriften der Chanson de Horn (Marburg, 1882), reproduced in Ausgaben u. Abhandlungen IV.1_x and in 1883 were reproduced in a scrupulously exact copy by E. Stengel and Brede, in Ausgaben und Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete der Romanischen Philologie, vol. viii.

C: Cambridge University Library MS. Ff. 6. 17.

The Cambridge MS. is a small-sized quarto volume, bound in leather slightly tooled. Inside the front cover, above the University book-plate and identification number (Ff. 6. 17), the number 375 is written and at the bottom, in similar rather sprawling characters, stand the words 3 on y top of y Books. Bound in with the romance are five leaves of a Latin treatise on temperance (?) in a fifteenth-century hand, two and a half leaves at each end of the volume, the half-leaves being doubled back into the binding at each end, and at each end these fragments are separated from the romance by a blank page. On the page at the end stands a note of the former librarian, Henry Bradshaw, written in April 1878.

The romance itself, as much as is here preserved, is contained in

Page 1_x

94 leaves, assembled in eight gatherings, the first of these wanting its first two leaves–the rest running consecutively. Gatherings 4, 5, 8 are numbered at the bottom of the last page and preserve the catch-words; gathering 6 has catch-word but no number; on folio 22v the top half of the number iii and of the catch-words Mais en u are visible, but no trace of number or catch-word remains to mark the end of gatherings 1, 2, and 6. Slight differences between catch-word and text occur at the end of gatherings 3, 4, and 7:

fol. 22v Mais en u fol. 23r Mes en u
fol. 30v Lors feri fol. 31r Lors referi
fol. 78v Si fait fol. 79v Si ad fait.

As 24 lines go ordinarily to a page, it is probable that 96 lines or thereabouts are missing at the beginning of the poem and this is borne out by the version contained in the Oxford MS., in which 96 lines bring us to the point in the story at which manuscript C begins. Folios 63v, 64r, 70v, 92v, 93r contain 25 lines each. The extra line on page 70v may well be occasioned by the scribe's desire to end the laisse at the bottom of the page; for the variations in the other pages no reason is apparent.

For the scribe's guidance the pages are ruled horizontally, the top, middle and bottom pairs of lines running across the page, the others terminating rather irregularly at the right-hand line of the two narrow double columns, ruled to mark out the space allotted to the scribe. The first two lines of each laisse are ordinarily inset to allow space for the capitals that begin the laisses, the first letter of all other lines is entered in the left-hand double column and separated off from the letter that follows it. There is some variation in the size of the writing and on a considerable number of pages there is some over-running of lines into and occasionally beyond the right-hand limiting column; on others the lines keep well within the space allotted, even when the beginning is inset.

The capitals marking the beginning of the laisses are alternately red and green. On folios 5r, 38v, 56r, 61r the scribe failed to notice the change of assonance, which occurs on f. 56r at the top of the page, in the others in the middle of a speech, but his mistake was detected everywhere except on f. 56r and rectified, usually by the insertion of q in the margin or by the addition of a small-sized capital in green. Correction was occasionally carried too far and

Page 1_xi

the sign q is found wrongly placed before ll. 1828, 2386, 2609, 2688. Except in l. 2609 the apposition of q fits in well with the narration, as in each case a new theme is started.

O: Oxford, Bodleian Library MS. Douce 132. 1 [1] F. Madan, Summary Catalogue of Western Manuscripts in the Bodleian Library at Oxford, iv, 1897, pp. 531 f.1_xii

Horn is the first item (fol. 1-22v) in a manuscript which now contains Robert Grosseteste, Le chasteau d'amour, Fables of Marie de France (here simply entitled Ysopes), and a Bestiary, originally a separate piece. Horn fills two quires of 8 and three-quarters of a third. It is written in a clear English Gothic bookhand, which can be dated about the middle of the thirteenth century, as will appear below. It is in 2 columns of 35 lines. The pages measure 9⅛ X 6¾ in., the written space 6½ X 5 in. The laisses have initials alternately blue and red with red and blue flourishes (slate-blue from fol. 18v). The first letter of each line is a majuscule, which is aligned at a little distance from the text. After the gap on fol. 18r (line 2391) 27 lines are left blank in the first column, and when the text is resumed at the head of the second column the final letter of each line is also similarly aligned. There is, however, no discernible change in the hand.

MS. Douce 132 forms the second part of a larger MS. and was bound as a separate volume by Francis Douce. The first part is now MS. Douce 137, which contains a formulary book, tracts on English law, and copies of various documents, two of merely local interest, a cyrographum de gilda mercatoria de Radinges dated 1254 (fol. 16v) and a perambulation of the forest of Berkshire dated 1227 (fol. 26v). The contents of the whole volume are enumerated on fol. 4v, and the last four items correspond with the contents of MS. Douce 132:


                       De Horn bono milite.
                   Tractatus Romanis verbis quem fecit episcopus Lincolniensis.
                   Ysopus.
                   Bestiarius.

The man who wrote the table of contents was evidently responsible for collecting the pieces together. He added copies of a charter dated 1263 (MS. 137, fol. 27v) and at MS. 137, fol. 97 a group of

Page 1_xii

royal writs addressed to the sheriff of Berkshire, dated 1260-1. He also wrote some annotations on the literary pieces, mainly on the Chasteau d'Amour, but including one on Horn. 1 [1] Fol. 5v, line 643: Hic revelavit consilium suum.1_xiii He has not been identified, but the contents of MS. 137 show that he was connected with law or administration in Berkshire. The dates of the document make it probable that the pieces were written about the middle of the thirteenth century.

The volume does not contain the names of later owners, but the title kalendare libri added in a fourteenth-century hand to the list of contents suggests a continuing legal connection. Francis Douce wrote on a flyleaf of MS. 132: This inestimable volume was part of an old library in a house at Edwardstone near Sudbury [co. Suffolk] now belonging to Mr Waring. It was bequeathed to the Bodleian Library in 1834.

2

ABBREVIATIONS AND CONTRACTIONS

The abbreviations employed in C are of the ordinary types, closely similar to those described by Brede in O. 2 [2] Op. cit., pp. 8 and 9.1_xiii Their expansion, however, sometimes offers difficulty on account of the diversity of the scribe's spelling practice. The abbreviatory nasal symbol – may stand for en, e.g. 9m̄cent cummencent 118, 123, noblem̄t noblement 178, and for either m or n. In the termination of the first person plural of verbs I have used m, because it is m that is always employed in the interior of the line in this termination, e.g. seum 316, be%urom%urom 546 and often in the rhymes, e.g. dirom 1392, abatrom 1399, though here -on and -un are occasionally employed, cf. a%uron%uron 150, ferun 156, reposun 3156, departon 3164. The substantive derived from nomen is written out nun in 240 and as rhyme-word in 2448, so I have expanded n̄ as nun and not num with Brede. For the adverb derived from quomodo the symbol 9 is usually employed; it is written kome in l. 404 but cū in l. 109, cum in l. 98, and I have, with Brede, expanded it as cum. As a prefix or initial syllable its value is variable, for cun is written out in cuntur 1208, cunt ̃ 1910, cuntreus 2179 and in cunbatre 3025, cum in cumpaignes 1203, com in comparreit 4327, co- in com̅u̅ 860, comant, comandage, comandise but abbreviated in 9mandz 2280, 9mander 183, and 9mandéé 2822 and I have, again with Brede,

Page 1_xiii

expanded the symbol as cum- before b, m and p, as cun- before d, f, g (dž), k, r, t. The verb conoistre and its derivatives are regularly written with initial co- or ko-: konoistre 3280, koneu 264 etc.

The superscript symbol % stands for re and er, cf. premerain %p%main 1545, autre aut% 333, vertu %utu 223; in intervocalic position I have expanded %u as vr, except occasionally when ver seems to be metrically required, e.g. soverain 162 1 [1] Cf. Note on l. 1139.1_lx p- may as usual stand for both par and per. I have expanded p$ as pro in forms of prover, in accordance with reprover 2237, 2083, and also in procein and aprociez, but in accordance with pruz 259, pruesce puesce 1583 I have written pruz and pruesce when they are abbreviated with p$; p9 is expanded as pus, n9 and u9 as nus and vus; the symbol ~ as ur, e.g. pur, aventure 104, purrunt 125, sur 181; k' is expanded as kar, q̄ as que, querent 160. Over q superscript i stands for qui, superscript a for qua, e.g. quant 115, 165 etc., qu'a 112, but over n in tant for au–taunt (tant 124, 201); over other consonants the superscript vowels a, e, i, O, u denote ra, re, ri, ro, ru, rarely ar, er, ir, etc.; e.g. grant 104, gravier 122, creit 192, entre 123, principer 128, destrier 137, trop 314, pruesce 1573, virge 318.

deus is at times abbreviated d's; the adverb derived from multum, usually written mut, is abbreviated m'lt in l. 242 and written multin l. 539.

For contractions and abbreviations in O and H see Brede, op. cit., pp. 10 ff.; for those in F1 and F2 see Braunholtz, op. cit., p. 27. In O there is employed three times an abbreviatory symbol that Brede failed to interpret: -ʒ, denoting -et, final of the words demandeʒ, l. 42, guarissʒ, l. 75 and 90.

Page 1_lx

ABBREVIATED TITLES OF TEXTS AND WORKS CONSULTED

Texts

Page 1_lxi

Adam St. Le Mystère d'Adam, ed. Paul Studer (Manchester Univ. Press).
Alexandre I fragment of Alberic de Besançon, in Paul Meyer's Alexandre le Grand (Paris, 1886).
Amadas Amadas et Ydoine, ed. John R. Reinhard (C.F.M.A.).
Apoc. Anglo-Norman Rhymed Apocalypse, ed. Olwen Rhys (Oxford, A.N.T.S.).
Aspremont La Chanson d'Aspremont, ed. Louis Brandin (C.F.M.A.).
Auc. Aucassin et Nicolete, ed. H. Suchier (Paderborn, 1909); Mario Roques (C.F.M.A.).
Bible Guiot Les Œuvres de Guiot de Provins, ed. John Orr (Manchester, 1915).
Boeve Der Anglonormannische Boeve de Haumtone, hrsg. von A. Stimming (Halle, 1899).
Brendan Voyage of St. Brendan by Benedeit, ed. E. G. R. Waters (Oxford, 1928).
Brut Le Roman de Brut by Wace, ed. Ivor Arnold (S.A.T.F.).
Ch. Guill. La Chanson de Guillaume, ed. Duncan McMillan (S.A.T.F.).
Ch. Rol. La Chanson de Roland, ed. Bédier (Paris, 1921-1927).
Chron. Nor. Chronique des Ducs de Normandie par Benoît, ed. Francisque Michel (Paris, 1836); ed. C. Fahlin (Uppsala, 1951, 1954).
Cligès Cligès von Christian von Troyes, hrsg. von Wendelin Foerster (Halle, 1884).
Dermot The Song of Dermot and the Earl, ed. G. H. Orpen (Oxford, 1892).
Eneas Eneas, ed. Salverda de Grave (Halle, 1891).
Erec Erec und Enide von Christian de Troyes, hrsg. von Wendelin Foerster (Halle, 1884).
Est. Engl. Estorie des Engleis, by Geffrei Gaimar, ed. Hardy and Martin (Rolls Series).
Fantosme Chronique, ed. Fr. Michel in Chronique des Ducs de Normandie, III (Paris, 1844); ed. Howlett, 1886.
F. Can. Folque de Candie, by Herbert Le Duc de Danmartin, ed. O. Schultz-Gora (Dresden).
Fl. and Blfl. Floire et Blancheflor, ed. Édélestand du Méril (Paris, 1856).
Gir. Ros. Girart von Rossillon, Genauer Abdruck der Oxforder Handschrift, hrsg. von Wendelin Foerster, Bonn, 1880); ed. W. Mary Hackett (S.A.T.F.).
Gir. Rous. Girart de Roussillon, tr. Paul Meyer (Paris, 1884).
Gormont Gormont et Isembart, ed. A. Bayot (C.F.M.A.).
Guill. Mar. L'Histoire de Guillaume le Maréchal, ed. Paul Meyer (Paris, 1891).
Guill. Palerne Guillaume de Palerne, ed. H. Michelant (Paris, 1876).
Ipomedon Hue de Rotelande's Ipomedon, hrsg. von E. Koelbing und E. Koschwitz (Breslau, 1889).
Leis Guill. Lois de Guillaume le Conquérant, ed. John E. Matzke (Paris, 1899).
Livre Man. Estienne von Fougières, Livre des Manières, hrsg. von Josef Kremer (Marburg, 1887).
Oxf. Ps. Libri Psalmorum versio antiqua gallica, ed. Francisque Michel (Oxford, 1860).
Partonopeus Partonopeus de Blois, ed. G. A. Crapelet (Paris, 1834).
Petit Plet Chardry's Josaphaz, Set Dormanz und Petit Plet, hrsg. von John Koch (Heilbronn, 1879).
Prothesilaus Prothesilaus, by Hue de Rotelande, hrsg. von Franz Kluckow (Goettingen, 1924).
Q.L.R. Li Quatre Livre des Reis, ed. E. R. Curtius (Dresden, 1911).
Rose Le Roman de la Rose, ed. Ernest Langlois (S.A.T.F.).
Rou Le Roman de Rou, by Wace, ed. H. Andresen (Heilbronn, 1877-1879).
St. Auban Vie de seint Auban, ed. R. Atkinson (London, 1876).
St. Gilles La Vie de Saint Gilles par Guillaume de Berneville, ed. Gaston Paris et A. Bos (S.A.T.F.).
St. Martin Das altfrz. Martinsleben des Péan Gatineau, hrsg. von W. Söderhjelm (Helsingfors, 1899).
St. Thom. La Vie de Saint Thomas le Martyr par Guernes de Pont-Sainte-Maxence, ed. E. Walberg (Lund, 1922).
Ste Cath. La Passion Sainte Catherine, ed. Talbert (Paris, 1885).
Thèbes Le Roman de Thèbes, ed. L. Constans (S.A.T.F.).
Tristan, Bér. Le Roman de Tristan par Béroul, ed. Ernest Muret (S.A.T.F.).
Tristan, Thom. Le Roman de Tristan, par Thomas, ed. Joseph Bédier (S.A.T.F.).
Troie Le Roman de Troie, par Benoît de Sainte-Maure, ed. L. Constans (S.A.T.F.).
Yder Der altfrz. Yderroman, hrsg. von H. Gelzer (Halle, 1913).

Works on Horn

Mettlich: Bemerkungen zu dem anglo-normannischen Lied vom wackern Ritter Horn (Muenster, 1890).

Vising St.: Studien i den fr. Rom. om Horn (Göteborg, 1903-1905).

Grammatical Treatises

Fahlin: Etude sur le Manuscrit de Tours de la Chronique des Ducs de Normandie par Benoît, by Carin Fahlin (Uppsala, 1937).

Page 1_lxii

Foulet: Petite syntaxe de l'ancien français, par L. Foulet (C.F.M.A.).

Fouché: Le Verbe français, étude morphologique (Paris, 1931).

Gougenheim: Etude sur les périphrases verbales de la langue française, par Georges Gougenheim (Paris, 1929).

Groeber, Gr.: Grundriss der romanischen Philologie, hrsg. von Gustav Groeber (Strassburg, 1888).

Haas: Französische Syntax, von J. Haas (Halle, 1916).

Lerch: Historische franzoesische Syntax, von Eugen Lerch (Leipzig, 1925-1934).

Melander: Etude sur magis et les expressions adversatives dans les langues romanes, par J. Melander (Upsal, 1916).

Nyrop: Grammaire historique de la langue française, par J. Nyrop (Copenhague, 1899-1930).

Ritchie: Recherches sur la Syntaxe de la conjonction Que dans l'ancien français . . . (Paris, 1907).

Sneyders de Vogel: Syntaxe historique du français, par K. Sneyders de Vogel (Groningue, 1926).

Tanquerey: L'Evolution du verbe en anglo-français, par F. J. Tanquerey (Paris, 1915).

V.B.: Vermischte Beitraege zur franzoesischen Grammatik, von Adolf Tobler (Leipzig, 1886- ).

Wahlgren: Etude sur les actions analogiques réciproques du parfait et du participe passé dans les langues romanes, par Ernst G. Wahlgren (Uppsala, 1919).

Dictionaries

Bloch: Dictionnaire étymologique de la langue française, par Oscar Bloch avec la collaboration de W. von Wartburg (Paris, 1932).

Gamillscheg: Etymologische Wörterbuch der französischen Sprache, von Ernst Gamillscheg (Heidelberg, 1928).

Gf. or Godefroy: Dictionnaire de l'ancienne langue française, par Frédéric Godefroy (Paris, 1880).

M.L.W.L.: Medieval Latin Word-list from British and Irish Sources, prepared by J. H. Baxter and Charles Johnson (Oxford, 1934).

Levy: Petit Dictionnaire Provençal-Français, par Emil Levy (Heidelberg, 1909).

O.E.D.: The Oxford English Dictionary.

Tobl. Lom.: Tobler-Lommatsch Altfranzoesisches Woerterbuch, hrsg. von Erhard Lommatszch (Berlin, 1925- ).

Wartburg: Franzoesisches etymologisches Woerterbuch, hrsg. von Walther von Wartburg (Bonn, 1920 ff.).

Presentation Volumes

Behrens-Festschrift, Supplementheft der Zts. für frz. Sprache und Litteratur, 1929.

Mél. Hoepffner: Mélanges de Philologie Romane et de Littérature Médiévale offerts à Ernest Hoepffner (Paris, 1949).

Page 1_lxiii

Mél. Roques: Mélanges de Linguistique et de Littérature Romanes offerts à Mario Roques (Bade et Paris, 1950-1953).

Studies Orr: Studies in Romance Philology and French Literature presented to John Orr (Manchester University Press, 1953).

Studies Pope: Studies in French Language and Mediæval Literature presented to Professor Mildred K. Pope (Manchester University Press).

Studies Ritchie: Studies in French Language, Literature and History presented to R. L. Graeme Ritchie (Cambridge University Press, 1949).

Page 1_1

The Romance of Horn

O

HIC EST DE HORN BONO MILITE

[f.1a]
1
               1  Seignurs, oi avez le[s] vers del parchemin,
                   Cum li bers Aaluf est venuz a sa fin.
                   Mestre Thomas ne volt k'il seit mis a declin
                   K'il ne die de Horn, le vaillant orphanin,L3 [L3] Master Thomas does not wish to be brought to his end without telling of Horn.–In Medieval Latin the term orphaninus might denote bereaved of one parent or of both, cf. Du Cange.1_2
               5  Cum puis l'unt treit li felun sarasin.
                   Un en i ot, guaigna[rt], del lignage Chain –
                   En language alfrican l'apelent Malbroin.
                   Ci[l] trova primes Horn repuns enz un gardin,L8 [L8] repuns. Analogical past participle of repundre (< reponere) formed on the strong s-model, with radical influenced by the present-stem radical, cf. Chron. Nor., Oxf. Ps. and Wahlgren, p. 61.1_2
                   Od lui xv valez ki erent de sun lin –L9 [L9] lin, here race, cf. Ch. Rol. 2379.1_2
             10  N' [en] i ot ne fust fiz de bon palain:L10 [L10] palaïn. This form, not the more usual palasin, appears in all five instances in the text and in all MSS.; the only other examples in Gf. are from Chron. Nor., Chardry and a Burgundian document of 1263.1_2
                   Cume seignur serveint tuit Horn, le meschin.
                   Chascun aveit vestu bliaut ynde u purprin
                   E Hor[n] ert conréét d'un paile alexandrin.
                   Oilz aveit vers e clers e le vis ot rosin,
             15  Gente façun aveit, bien semblot angelin;
                   Cum esteile jornals, quan lievet al matin,
                   Sur les altres reluist, ki li sunt pres veisin,L16 [L16] The noun esteile seems to be treated by Thomas as masculine, cf. veisin 17, proceins 206 (also menus O 206).1_2
                   Sur tuz ses cumpaignu[n]s resplent Horn [li meschin].L18 [L18] li meschin. This epithet, which is bestowed on Horn in ll. 11 and 1530, is presumably the one omitted here.1_2
2
                   Malbroïn al requei ad les enfanz trovez,
             20  Ki erent pur l'esfrei la tuit xv muscez;
                   Il les ad pris trestuz, ad les xv liez,
                   Mes a Horn ne fist mal, kar ne fud destinez;
                   Si lui ot Deus dune par ses digne buntezL23 [L23] Read duné and digne[s].1_2
                   Un eür: k'i ne fust pur nul hom esgardez,L24 [L24] Correct pur to par; cf. note on l. 670.1_2
             25  Ki sempres n'en eüst e merciz e pitez:L25 [L25] For the use of the plural see Intr.2, p. 35.1_2
                   Si ot cist quant l'ot pris, pur ço fud bel menez,
                   Il e si cumpaignu[n]s, dreit as tres es prez

Page 1_2


                   U ert li reis Rodmund. La fuirent presentezL28 [L28] The i of fuirent is expunctuated.1_3
                   E il li ad rendu e merciz [e] grant gre.
             30  Pus ke li reis les ot, si·s ad areisonez:L30 [L30] kerej  ki1_3
                   Ki il sunt, de quel lin: ne li seit mot selez.
                   E Ho[r]n li ad tuit dit, ki ert melz senez,L32 [L32] melzrej  meiz1_3
                   Plus hardi de parler e li mielz doctrinez.
                   Quant li reis l'ot oï mult les ad aveisez,L34 [L34] mul't1_3
             35  A la façun k'il unt e as vis culurez. [f.1b]
                   Mes Horn lé passa tuz de tutes beautez,L36 [L36] tutesrej  tuces1_3
                   Si cum le voleit Deus k[i] maint en trinitez,
                   Ki mist a queor le rei k'il les ad manaez,
                   Kar rien ne puet perir k'il vol ke seit gardez.
3
             40  Car tant en ot pitez reis Rodmund des enfanz,
                   K'il ne volt devant lui k'il seient perillanz.
                   Lors demandet cunseil, as entur lui estanz:
                   'Seignurs, cunseilliez mei, quei en pusse estre fesanz?
                   Ne·s pus fere perir ke jo·s seie esgardanz.L44 [L44] Ne·s pusrej  Nen puss1_3
             45  Si sai bien, s'il vivent, ke jo m'en ere pleignanz,
                   Kar j'ai ocis trestuz lur meillur partenanz,L46 [L46] partenanz. The more usual term for kinsmen is apartenant, as in l. 290; but partenant appears in l. 2407 in both C and H, and is presumably the form used here by Thomas and not an aphetic form due to an A.-N. transmitter.1_3
                   E cil les vengerunt s'il remaignent vivanz:L47 [L47] remaignentrej  remaignenti1_3
                   Pur ço ne voil jo pas k'il seient eschapanz.
                   Dites mei cum murunt, ke ne·l seie veanz:
             50  Ne·l verai de pited: tel ai des enfanz.'
                   A itant ad parlé si fercement Broivanz,L51 [L51] fercement. Adverb formed in A.N. on fers, fiers (cf. Eng. fierce), s-form of the adjective fier. Cf. K.H. 89-90, þanne spak on Admirad Of wordes he was bold.1_3
                   Un alchaie sur mer – riches hom e mananz,L52 [L52] alchaie. See Mél. Hoepffner, p. 64.1_3
                   E de cunseil pur veirs, artus e enginnanz –L53 [L53] pur veirs in sooth. The final s (probably the adverbial s sometimes added to the adverb veir, cf. Ch. Rol. 381) is found in this locution in other A.N. texts, and is used in Apoc. in rhyme with words ending in s (pur veirs: quers 462,: amers 1850).–artus is used here as in O. Prov. in the sense of wily, tricky, usually expressed in O.F. by malartus (cf. F.E.W. I, 148).1_3
                   Mes itel k'il donat fud as noz mult vaillanz,
             55  Cum vus purrez oïr, si·n estes escultanz,
                   Kar si le volt Deus, ki pur els ert veillanz,
                   Ki ne laist pas perir cels ki lui sunt reclamanz.
                   'Sire,' fet il, 'purnez un de voz vielz chalanz,L58 [L58] fet il. See note on l. 565.–purnez. Metathesis of pre- to per- is frequent in the weak forms of prendre and in prenent (cf. Glossary); for the A.N. confusion of per (par) and pur see note on l. 670.–vielz. Except in rhyme, the graphy vielz, is used in O for indeclinable viez (vez) in C.1_3
                   Metez i cels valez, ki jo vei ici estanz;L59 [L59] Metez i celsrej  Metez icels1_3
             60  K'il n'aient avirum dunt a seient aïdanz,
                   Sigle ne guvernail dunt il seient najanz;L61 [L61] guvernailrej  guvernad1_3
                   Enz un altre metez xx bonisme serjanz,L62 [L62] bonisme serves in Q.L.R. to render fortissimus.1_3

Page 1_3


                   Ke bien sacent nagier cume bon marinanz,
                   Ki·[s] treient a la mer a dous leue[e]s granz.
             65  Les cordes trenchent pus, dunt les erent trainanz,
                   E leissent les iluc al palagre walcranz.
                   N'en orrez pus parler, bien me sui fic purfichanz:
                   Ja ne·s garrat lur deus, en ki il sunt creanz,
                   Plus d'un tundu mutun ky est tut asotanz.'
             70  Dient tuit e[n]viron: 'Broivanz est bien parlanz.' [f.1c]
4
                   Quant ço ot dit Broivant, reis Rodmund, l'alfrican,
                   Fist aprester mul tost un vielz antif chalan.L72 [L72] vielz antif. For this combination cf. Auc. 1.2 and see H. Sauter, Wortgut und Dichtung (Münster, 1934), pp. 75-6.1_4
                   Pus i mist les enfanz de murir tut certan:
                   N'i ot tres n'avirum, guvernail ne struman.L74 [L74] In the rejected readings of O insert L74 [L74] tres cres [O]  1_4.–The word tref used as a nautical term is ambiguous, for it may denote either mast or sail (cf. Glossaries to Eneas and Troie); here, since sigle is mentioned in l. 61, it presumably means sail.1_4
             75  Or les guarisset cil ki salvat Moïsan,
                   Quant fud jecté petit al flum del desruban,
                   E ki format Evain de la coste dan Adan
                   E fist l'asne parler pur le prophete Balaan!
                   Il em pensera bien, e li ber sain[t] Johan,
             80  Kar uncore par cels murrat maint barbara[n] –
                   Pincenard e leutiz, turcople e almican.L81 [L81] The Pincenard Petschenegs, Pinceneis in Ch. Rol., were a Tartar people who inhabited the shores of the Black Sea and the Lower Danube; in the crusade chronicles they are mentioned in the Latinized spellings Pincenarii, Pincenati etc. (cf. Bédier, Ch. Rol., II, 51). The Leutiz, often mentioned in the chansons de geste, were a Slav people, also called Wilzes, who inhabited what is now Mecklenburg (cf. Ch. Rol., Glossary, s.v. leutice). The Turcople, gens impia according to Albertus Aquensis, originally people of mixed Christian and Turkish parentage, formed a class of the Syrian population from which troops of light cavalry were often drawn (cf. Ambroise, Guerre Sainte, and Du Cange). The Almican are unidentified.1_4
                   Uncore er par cest Horn conquis regne persan
                   E par le fiz cestui, ki ore est en ahan,
                   Ki paens destrurat d'ici qu'al flum Jordan,
             85  Ne·s i purrat tenser Mahum ne Tervagan.L85 [L85] The pagan deities usually appealed to in Horn are those of Ch. Rol., Apollin, Mahun and Tervagan(t), but Thomas adds to these two Biblical devils, Belzebub (Belzebuc) and Belial. To the former and his gent enfernine Horn consigns the pagan Turlin de Tabarine (ll. 1670-1) and also, in conjunction with Tervagan, Apollin. and Belial, the pagan Rollac (ll. 3209-9a); to Belial, described as prince d'enfer e jugierre enfernal, both Herebrand and Rodmund make appeal as to their lord (ll. 3371, O 4767). In Ch. Guill. Belzebu is cited in company with Biblical figures such as Pilate, Antecrist and Astarut (ll. 2137-9, 3229-30).1_4
                   Enz un chalant sunt mis xx bonisme grifan,L86 [L86] grifan. Cf. cel culvert griffan 3335 Michel suggests Greek (?), i.e. takes the word to be a variant of the adjective grifon, derived from O.F. griu, but it seems possible that it is a variant of grifain, the rarely-used masculine form of the common feminine adjective grifaigne terrible, wild, repulsive, derived by Wartburg from gryphus (F.E.W. IV, 297; cf. Tobl. Lom.). For the suffix -an see Intr. 2, p. 38.1_4
                   A ki deus doinst mal e entrer en mal an!
                   Al nagier sunt assis, tuit treient seguran
                   Ve[r]s palagre de mer; des enfanz funt engan.
             90  Ore les guarisset cil ki meint en suveran.
5
                   Al palagre de mer sunt sil venu najant,
                   Ne lur pert nule part de terre tant ne quant.
                   La corde unt trenché, dunt tret unt le chalant,
                   As venz erent posé tuit li noble enfant
             95  E il sunt senz cunseil; as undes vunt walcrant.
                   Deus lur est cunseilliers ki salveres est puissant.

Page 1_4

C

[f.1a]
                   Si iert il, si li plest, cum l'orrez en avaunt,L97 [L97] With this line the Cambridge manuscript begins.1_5
                   Kar lors sunt returné li vint felun serjant:
                   Bien quident des enfanz qu'il seient perillant.
           100  Il ont dit a Rodmund qu'il les virent neaunt,
                   E Rodmund en ad mut mercié Tervagaunt,
                   Ne creit ke mes seient [en]vers lui mesfesaunt.L102 [L102] kil s. m. vers [O]  1_5
                   Mes tut el lor avint kë il n'erent pensant,L103 [L103] ke il n'erent kil nen e. [O]  1_5
                   Kar Deu lor aovri un'aventure grant,L104 [L104] The word aventure, which when unaccompanied by bone or male normally means happening or chance in a neutral sense, seems to be used by Thomas here and elsewhere to signify good fortune, lucky chance.1_5
           105  Ki un vent lor dona – del norwest [est] ventant –L105 [L105] noruuest [O]  1_5
                   Ki en Bretaigne les mist u Hunlaf fu manant,L106 [L106] u ver [O]  1_5L106 [L106] In the variants of O insert L106 [L106] fu ert [O]  1_5.1_5
                   Un rei mut poëstif, riches hom e vaillant,L107 [L107] vaillant manant [O]  1_5
                   De grant religïun, leaulté mut amant.
                   Icist norrira Horn, cum Deu fu purvëant,
           110  Ki es undes de mer li fud bon esturmant,L110 [L110] es as [O]  1_5L110 [L110] esturmant. This derivative of Germanic sturman occurs in the poem in various spellings. Here it is brought into accord with the rhyme-syllable -ant; in struman O 74 there is metathesis of r; the spellings of H, sterman etc. (see Glossary), are presumably influenced by the M.E. word sterman, stereman, doublet of the more usual steoresman (cf. O.E.D. s.vv. steerman, steersman).1_5
                   Taunt qu'i[l] l'ot delivré, qu'il ne fudṭ perillant
                   E qu'a port le mena, si cum fu sun comant,
                   Qu'il ne perdi del soen [le] vaillant [d']un besant,L113 [L113] le v. dun b. [O]  1_5L113 [L113] The locutions vaillant + acc. and le vaillant de are both employed in the poem. In lines metrically correct the second of these locutions occurs in ll. 1418, 1868, 2865, the first in l. 4540 and in the suspect line 1530b. (Cf. Introduction, II, §5.) It seems therefore probable that here and also in 1516 and 2764, where vaillant is the reading in C and the lines are a syllable short, the locution le vaillant de was originally employed, and this form is supported here by O and wholly or partially by H in ll. 1516 and 2764.1_5
                   Fors la nef, ke iert vez, ki freinst al bruant.L114 [L114] bruant arivant [O]  1_5
6
           115  Quant furent arivé li enfaunt al rochier,L115 [L115] al el [O]  1_5
                   S'il furent esmaié, ne fet a merveiller,
                   Kar ne sievent quel gent la soelent cunversier,L117 [L117] solent la [O]  1_5L117 [L117] For they do not know what sort of people dwell there. For the value of soelent see Intr.2, p. 87.1_5
                   Si il sunt crestïen u paen u escler,L118 [L118] escler and its equivalent esclavon (cf. Glossary), terms originally signifying Slav, are frequently used in the chansons de geste in the sense of pagan or Saracen, cf. Ch. Guill., F. Can., Mon. Guill.1_5
                   Par quei sacent u sunt, kar nen ont latimer.L119 [L119] Par ki s. u sunt ne il niunt l. [O]  1_5
           120  A tel sen cum il ont deu cummencent loer,L120 [L120] loer aloer [O]  1_5L120 [L120] cummencent loër. See Intr 2, p. 84.1_5 [f.1b]
                   Ki si·s ad bien gariz de si grant encumbrier;
                   Pus se sunt tuit asis suz la roche el gravier.L122 [L122] suz sur [O]  1_5L122 [L122] se si [O]  1_5
                   Lor dras ke moillé sunt cummencent essuier,
                   Atendent entretant ki·s sacë avéérL124 [L124] Atendent Atendrunt [O]  1_5
           125  U il sunt, u purrunt lor manger cunquester;L125 [L125] U il curt [O]  1_5
                   Mes Deu lor enveia, ki ne·s vout oblier,
                   Un nobile baron – Herlant l'oï nomer –

Page 1_5


                   Ki esteit seneschal rei Hunlaf principer:L128 [L128] Ki Si [O]  1_6
                   Tut sun regne avoit il e sun poeple a garder;
           130  Bien lo saveit par dreit e par lei justisier;L130 [L130] lo les [O]  1_6
                   En tuz sens iert corteis, ne·l saveit hom blasmer.L131 [L131] ne·l saveit nel poet [O]  1_6
                   Cist veneit chevauchant par la rive de mer.
                   En sa cumpaigne sunt tresque vint chevalier.L133 [L133] cumpaignie sunt deska xx c. [O]  1_6L133 [L133] tresque vint chevalier. See Intr.2, p. 78.1_6
                   N'i ad cil ki ne port ostur sor u müer,L134 [L134] ne port nen porte [O]  1_6
           135  Dunt pernent les oiseaus pur eus esbaneier.L135 [L135] les des [O]  1_6
                   Herland ad veü Horn sor les autres premier,L136 [L136] des suens tut le p. [O]  1_6
                   Si turna cele part le chief de sun destrier.
7
                   Herland ad veü Horn od la gente façun;
                   Ne fud de sun éé veü plus gent guitun,L139 [L139] plus si [O]  1_6
           140  Ki fust meuz doctriné de bien rendre raisun.
                   El disme an iert entré ja de sa natïun.L141 [L141] Al d. a. est e. [O]  1_6
                   En renc ierent asis, il e si cumpaignunL142 [L142] En renc enrenc asis [O]  1_6
                   Pur lor dras essuier suz la roche el sablun.L143 [L143] suz sur [O]  1_6
                   Pus si turna as soens, si lur dit tiel raisun: [f.2a]
           145  'Veëz, mi cumpaignun, Deu vus doinst beneiçon!L145 [L145] Deu si deus [O]  1_6
                   Dites si·s conoissez; ki sunt cil valletun?
                   Unc ne vi gencesors par ma salvatïun.L147 [L147] Unc nes vieuz cesors [O]  1_6L147 [L147] gencesors. In l.2706 Thomas employs the comparative adjective gençor, which is not unusual in twelfth-century texts, but the form gencesor appears to be unique (Tobl. Lom., IV, 269, cites isolated examples of gentëour and gensïor, without comparative force). It is presumably formed on the comparative adjective and adverb gences, found in Gir. Ros. and elsewhere in O. Prov. (cf. F.E.W. IV, 104).1_6
                   Joe savrai ki il sunt, de quel avoeisun.L148 [L148] de quele veisun [O]  1_6L148 [L148] C sauerai (in full).1_6
                   Bien semble k'eil seient fiz de gentil baron.L149 [L149] semblent kil [O]  1_6
           150  S'il vindrent par werek, grant pru i averon;L150 [L150] par wrec gente preie iauun [O]  1_6
                   Bien purrum al rei faire [la] presentatïon.L151 [L151] E bien p. al r. f. presenteisun [O]  1_6L151 [L151] C presentation, O presenteisun. The earliest instance of the form presentation given by Bloch is dated 1263, the earliest examples cited by Godefroy are of the fourteenth century and used in a legal or ecclesiastical sense: the popular doublet presentison is cited by him from Anseïs de Cartage with the meaning offering, and the reading in O needs no metrical correction. Thomas, however, seems to be addicted to the use of clerkly forms (cf. the section on Vocabulary in the Introduction to Volume II), so I have with some hesitation retained the reading of C, emending the defective count by introducing la.1_6
                   Unkes mais ne li vint [ne] si gent ne si bun.L152 [L152] si gente ne [O]  1_6L152 [L152] gent and bun are presumably neuter: Never has anything so good and fair come to him.1_6
                   Plus en iert honuréé tote sa regïon.'L153 [L153] honurez il e sa r. [O]  1_6
                   'Sire,' çoe diënt tuit, 'de plus pres lor alun.L154 [L154] lor les [O]  1_6L154 [L154] de plus pres. The use of de before a comparative (cf. Glossary) is discussed in VB. II2, 62 ff.; to the examples there cited may be added Troie 26 De mieuz l'en est.1_6
           155  Solunc çoe ke verrum dirrum nostre avisiun.'
                   'Par ma fei,' dist Herland, 'e nus si le ferun.'L156 [L156] fei lei [O]  1_6
8
                   Horn les veit bien venir, si s'en est esfréé,
                   E li soen ensement ne sunt aseüré;L158 [L158] qui ne sunt a. [O]  1_6

Page 1_6


                   Se il orent poür pur neent iert demaundé,L159 [L159] iert estreit [O]  1_7L159 [L159] Sil en urent [O]  1_7
           160  Kar ne sievent k'iil sunt ne s'il querent maulté,
                   Mes dan Horn s'avauncist, si·s ad einz saluéL161 [L161] einz tuz [O]  1_7
                   Del seignur soverein ki meint en maiesté.L162 [L162] maiesté trinitet [O]  1_7
           163  Li plus jofnes d'aus iert e iert li plus sené,L163 [L163] Li plus umbles de eles ert si ert p. s. [O]  1_7L163 [L163] C jofnes, O umbles. It seems to me probable that umbles is a misreading of jombles, one of the many variants of the clerkly word derived from juvenis and so spelt in Ipomedon, MS. A 3354, and that it was this form that Thomas employed. But I have hesitated to introduce it, more especially as jofnes is used in l. 227 in both MSS.1_7
                   Plus hardi iert de tuz e meuz enparenté.L163a [L163a] om  [O]  1_7
                   Triwes ad demaundé de pes, de seürté.L164 [L164] e de pes seur seet [O]  1_7L164 [L164] triwes, with dependent de pes, de seürté, seems here to have the force of assurances, pledges. This is a meaning attested for Medieval Latin treva, treuga (cf. Du Cange: Trèves, Seureté); for the O.F. word it finds some support in F. Can. 4411 Tant a par triues et venu et alé, where the sense seems to be assurance, safe-conduct, rather than the negotiations suggested by the editor. The second hemistich of O, e de pes seur seet, in which seet apparently stands for seit, gives a rhyme which would be possible only in later A.N.1_7
           165  Quant Herland l'ad oï ne li ad pas véé,L165 [L165] l'ad lot [O]  1_7L165 [L165] For li = les li see Intr.2, p. 50.1_7
                   Ainz resaluad lui e pes li ad doné.L166 [L166] si li ad p. d. [O]  1_7
                   Pus demaunde qu'il sunt; ne li seit pas celé.L167 [L167] pas mot [O]  1_7 [f.2b]
                   E li enfes l'en dit tute la verité,
                   Qu'il fu fiz Aälof, al bon rei coruné,L169 [L169] al le [O]  1_7
           170  Ki out a justisier Suddene, le regné;L170 [L170] Suddene. See Intr.2, p. 4.1_7
                   Cum paien l'orent mort e lui ont dechacé.L171 [L171] l'orent lunt [O]  1_7
                   Tute s'aventure li ad de chief cunté.L172 [L172] T. saventure ad de chef en chef contet [O]  1_7L172 [L172] sa auenture1_7
                   E quant Herland l'oï, mut l'en prist grant pitié.
                   Pus li ad respondu: 'Ne serez esgaré,L174 [L174] Ne ni [O]  1_7
           175  Ne vus, ne nul d'ices k'od vus sunt arivé.'L175 [L175] d'ices de celes [O]  1_7
9
                   'Par Deu, sire Herland,' diënt li chevalier,
                   'Ci ad mut gent werec e bien fait a preisier.L177 [L177] Ci Ici; [O]  wrec mult parfet a p. [O]  1_7
                   Bien les porrum lo rei noblement presenter.
                   Cil ki parla pur tuz ad le visage cler,
           180  Bien resemble qu'il seit fiz de rei principer.L180 [L180] resemblent kil sunt [O]  1_7
                   Sur ces autres enfaunz mut bien deit seignorerL181 [L181] m. d. b. [O]  1_7
                   E parmi tut içoe n'i fait nul a blasmer.L182 [L182] Par mi trestut ico ne [O]  1_7L182 [L182] And withal (even so) with none is fault to be found; cf. Intr.2, p. 107.1_7
                   Tut en from voz talanz, k'en vodrez cummander.'L183 [L183] k'en ke [O]  1_7
                   'Seignurs, mut dites bien,' çoe respundi li bier,L184 [L184] respont [O]  1_7
           185  'Prenge chescun le soen tries sei sur sun destrier.
                   Pus si nus en irrom dreit al mestre soler
                   U mis sires Hunlaf, nostre rei, sout ester.
                   La li presenterom ces trovez el gravier,
           189  Si·n fera sun pleisir cum rei e justisier.L189 [L189] Si·n Si en; [O]  cume rei justiser [O]  1_7

Page 1_7


                   S'il veut faire mun los bien les fera garder,L189a [L189a] bien il [O]  1_8L189a [L189a] To facilitate reference I have here retained Brede's line-numbering although it is based on a miscount.1_8
           190  Kar encor li avront, poet cel estre, mestier.'L190 [L190] Uncore lui a. [O]  1_8L190 [L190] encorrej  encore1_8 [f.3a]
                   Si cum dist, pus fud veir, cum l'orrez recunterL191 [L191] Si le dist puis veir [O]  1_8
                   Nostre escrit en avant si·l vulez escuter.
                   Diënt tuit cummunal: 'Bien fait a otrïerL193 [L193] cummunal. The frequent use of this and related words to signify all together, unanimously is paralleled in Troie and Chron. Nor.; for cummunal 378, O 4769, cummuner 895 equal, equally, alike, cf. Troie 14690, also Amadas 5228 Et bien et mal tieng a commun; for cummunal 1985 see note on that line.1_8
                   Si cum vus l'avez dit; ne fait a refuser.'L194 [L194] sicume lavez d. [O]  1_8
10
           195  Chescun ad pris le soen par comant principal,
                   E dan Horn ad choisi Herland, le seneschal.L196 [L196] E horn en ad c. [O]  1_8
                   Mut suëf l'enporta tries sei sur sun cheval:L197 [L197] l'enporta le portat [O]  1_8
                   U tenser le puisse en nul liu n'avra mal.L198 [L198] U le pusset t. en nuliu [O]  1_8
                   Cheskun des cumpaignuns del soen fet autretal.
           200  Pus s'en vunt vers la cort par le chemin charalL200 [L200] parla vei charal [O]  1_8
                   Tant qu'il sunt descenduz a la sale real.
                   Pris furent lor chevaus e mené al ostal;
                   Mut furent esgardé li enfaunt natural,
                   Bien lor erent seaunt lor bliaut de cendal,L204 [L204] bliaut blianz [O]  1_8
           205  Mes Horn les passout tuz cumm'esteile jornalL205 [L205] passout passa [O]  1_8
                   Fait esteiles menors, proceins de sun estal:L206 [L206] e. menus presceins [O]  1_8L206 [L206] See note on 11. 16-17.1_8
                   Issi iert il sur tuz sire e enperïal.L207 [L207] om  e [O]  1_8L207 [L207] C sire e enperial, O sire emperial. The adjective enperial is frequently employed by Thomas as an epithet of the highest praise, applied both to persons (e.g. Horn, l. 376, Roland, l. 1997, mighty, supreme) and more often to things (superb, magnificent), cf. Glossary. It is, however, only in this passage that it functions as a substantive, lord, chief (?), but this use is paralleled in the epic Hugues Capet (cf. Tobl. Lom. III, p. 102) and its unusualness in this function may well have occasioned the variant reading of O.1_8
                   Herlaund entre el paleis, e trestuit cummunal,L208 [L208] el al [O]  1_8
                   E vint devant le rei cum nobile vassal:
           210  Ja li front tiel present k'unc mais ne reçut tal.L210 [L210] unc ne r. ital [O]  1_8
                   Primes l'ont salué cumme seignor charnal,L211 [L211] The adjective charnal is used with terms of kinship such as frere, serour etc., like Eng. own, and by extension with ami, e.g. Troie 17395, but its use with seignor is not paralleled in Gf. or Tobl. Lom.1_8
                   Apres dit sa raisun Herland, le fiz Toral:L212 [L212] H. le seneschal [O]  1_8
                   'Sire, reis honurez, sur tuz autres leal,L213 [L213] Sire honurez rei [O]  1_8
                   Nus fumes ui alez riveër la aval [f.3b]
           215  Sur cel port de la mer. A cel rochu costal,
                   La truvai ces enfanz sanz autre marinal,
                   Arivé veirement par tempeste mortal.
11
                   'Par la tempeste grant la furent arivezL218 [L218] tempesterej  tempe1_8
                   En un batel qu'il orent [e] deroché e viez:L219 [L219] Un b. kil urent tuit i fud depeicez [O]  1_8L219 [L219] The word batel, derived from O.E. bat, is first attested in Gaimar, and ordinarily denotes a small boat or dinghy that can be launched from a ship or drawn on board (cf. Rou III, 9877-8, St. Edm. 1366, 1481, Tristan, Thom. 2647, 2795, 2989); so in O 4971, O 5151. Here, however, it refers to the craft designated in O 58, O 93 as chalant, a name given to a larger type of vessel used to transport goods and men (cf. l. 3461). The word is used in both senses by Wace, e.g. Rou II, 210, III, 6449; cf. Intr.2, p. 119.–deroché battered, damaged is presumably the past participle of the verb derocher stone, cast stones at. Tobl. Lom. cites four examples of the verb in this sense, all from A.-N. texts; later it fell together with the more frequently used verb desrochier, properly demolish (a building).1_8
           220  As roches se feri, tut i fud depeciez.L220 [L220] qui fud antis euiez [O]  1_8

Page 1_8


                   N'i orent governaill ne avirun, sachez,L221 [L221] nauirun co s. [O]  1_9
                   Sigle ne autre rien dunt il fussent aidez,
                   Fors la vertu de Deu ki·s ad de mort tensez.L223 [L223] Fors Fer ces [O]  1_9
                   Cum werek la·s ai pris si·s vus ai ci menez,L224 [L224] Cume wrec les; [O]  om  ci [O]  1_9
           225  Des or mes en ferez tutes vos volentez.
                   Bien diront qui il sunt, si vus lur demandez.
                   Li plus jofnes de tuz en est li plus senez:L227 [L227] si est le mielz s. [O]  1_9
                   Cil vus nomera bien trestuz ses parentez.
                   El païs, dunt il sunt, ert il lor avuez,L229 [L229] avuez aueez [O]  1_9L229 [L229] dunt sunt nez [O]  1_9
           230  Pur taunt est, çoe m'est vis, tut li meuz enparlezL230 [L230] Par tant comest auis est le m. e. [O]  1_9
                   E si est li plus genz e li meuz figurez.L231 [L231] figurez doctrinez [O]  1_9
                   Par le mien esciënt de franc[s] home[s] sunt nez,L232 [L232] de frans homes [O]  1_9L232 [L232] franc home with space between the two words1_9
                   Ne fussent ja par frarins issi bien cunreez,L233 [L233] Ne f. pur f. ia issi c. [O]  1_9
                   E, quant savrez qu'il sunt, si vus en cunseillezL234 [L234] Quant sauret [O]  1_9
           235  Quels ert vostre plaisir: si nurrir les vulez,L235 [L235] ert est; [O]  u n. les frez [O]  1_9
                   U si·s ferez veneter e aveir en prendrez.L236 [L236] e aveir u aver [O]  1_9
                   Des or mes sunt il voz; faites en [les] vos grez.'L237 [L237] fetes voz volentez [O]  1_9
12
                   Reis Hunlaf les receit, si·n est joius forment.
                   Si ad Horn apelé, si li dit ducement:L239 [L239] F. 4a of C begins with this line, not with l. 240.1_9 [f.4a]
           240  'Di va! cum as [tu] nun? ki furent ti parent?L240 [L240] cum as tu n. [O]  1_9
                   Di mei la verité, ne t'esmaier neënt.
                   Tu avras mes en mei mult bon apuiëment.'
                   Ore est Horn a seür, si respunt baudement:
                   'Sire chier, çoe m'est vis, par le mien escïent,L244 [L244] çoe m'est vis mest auis [O]  1_9
           245  Ke vus estes li reis u ceste terre apent.L245 [L245] cest regne [O]  1_9
                   Bien me fait a seür vostre prametement,L246 [L246] purmettement [O]  1_9L246 [L246] prametement. In C the spelling of the prefix of the verb from Latin promittere and the derivative noun is consistently pra-; in O it is pur- in ll. 246, 833, 4671, 4812. The graphy pur- is mainly A.N.; pra-, presumably due to the influence of trametre, is common to Continental and A.N. texts and is used already in Ch. Rol.1_9
                   Pur çoe dirai verité senz nul retenement,L247 [L247] verté verite [O]  1_9
                   [Parmi trestut iço ki mis peres veirement]L248 [L248] abs.; text from O; ki ke1_9
                   Par ses faiz k'il [fist] fu faidis vers meinte gent.L249 [L249] P. ses fet quil fist fae fud vers meint g. [O]  1_9
           250  Mis peres fud uns bers vaillant hom durement,L250 [L250] durement ueriment [O]  1_9L250 [L250] uns li [O]  1_9L250 [L250] durement. For the varied use made by Thomas of this adverb see Glossary and R. Ling. Rom., XVIII (1954), 252.1_9
                   Aäluf ad a nun, si ma geste ne ment;L251 [L251] ad ot [O]  1_9

Page 1_9


                   En Suddene fud nez, si la tint longement;L252 [L252] tintrej  teint1_10
                   Reis Silauf le trova, si·l norrit bonement.L253 [L253] R. silaus sil trovat [O]  1_10
                   Apres, fu koneü par Deu comandement
           255  Qu'iliert de geste real descendu veirement:L255 [L255] Kert [O]  1_10
                   Newu fu Baderouf, de sa fille al cors gent –L256 [L256] newu. Here and in ll. 263 (nefs) and 1832 (niefs) the word, in accordance with older usage, designates grandson, as on three occasions in Troie and in some of the chansons de geste; cf. W. O. Farnsworth, Uncle and Nephew in the Old French Chansons de Geste (New York, 1913), pp. 11-15.1_10
                   Goldeburc out e[n] nun a sun baptismement.L257 [L257] a en [O]  1_10L257 [L257] en a [O]  1_10L257 [L257] e[n] nunrej  enũ1_10
                   Ne sai si unc oïstes de[s] reis tel parlement:L258 [L258] si unches de ces oistes p. [O]  1_10
                   Pruz e hardi furent de bon cuntenement,L259 [L259] E pruz homes furent tuit [O]  1_10
           260  [Mes ore sunt tuz alez a lur definement.]L260 [L260] abs.; text from O; ore, or1_10
                   Des anmes ait merci, li reis omnipotent!L261 [L261] reis sires [O]  1_10L261 [L261] Delete the comma after merci.1_10
13
                   'Quant çoe fud koneü ke Aalof fud bien néL262 [L262] rhyme in -ez [O]  1_10L262 [L262] Insert a comma after né.1_10
                   Qu'il fu nefs Baderof, le bon e l'alosé,L263 [L263] Qu'il fu nefs Ki ert nies [O]  1_10
                   Ki iert sur Alemauns enperere clamé,L264 [L264] abs. [O]  1_10 [f.4b]
           265  Dunc li ad reis Silaus par grant amur doné
                   Une fille qu'il out – le vis out coluré –L266 [L266] od le vis c. [O]  1_10
                   E ovoc li dona apres sei sun regné.L267 [L267] And therewith he gave him . . .. For the adverbial use of ovoc see Intr.2, p. 109.1_10
                   D'ices, dunt joe vus di, sui joe nez e cried.L268 [L268] Dices; [O]  sui io nez e cried [O]  1_10
                   Mis peres fu dunc pruz; en meint liu fui faidé;L269 [L269] Mes mis peres fu pruz e en m. l. fusaed [O]  1_10
           270  Ne sai s'i unc vus forfist, mes pur çoe n'iert celéL270 [L270] sai interlinear insertion1_10
                   Ke joe ne vus dië tute la verité.L271 [L271] Ke ne die a vus [O]  1_10L270 [L270] I do not know if he ever wrought you harm, but I will not on that account refrain from telling you the whole truth. For celer negative with a dependent clause cf. ll. 2846-7 and Tobl. Lom. II, 96-7.1_10
                   Pus ke mis perres ot le regne governé
                   Pres de dis anz apres ke Silaus fu finé,L273 [L273] For the construction see Intr.2, p. 102.1_10
                   Vindrent sur lui paiens, feluns e reneié,
           275  K'il lor aveit ocis mut de lur parenté,L275 [L275] K'il Ki [O]  1_10
                   Si·l suzpristrent aunceis qu'il en fust acointé:L276 [L276] qu'il en fust ke fust [O]  1_10
                   Rodmund out nun li reis, qui iert lur avué.L277 [L277] avué awed [O]  1_10
                   Mis peres i fud pris par sa ruiste fierté,L278 [L278] M. p. fud suspris [O]  1_10
                   Ki atendre ne vout ke venist sun barné.
           280  Pur tant si fud ocis ainz ke venist Hardré,L280 [L280] Pur Par [O]  1_10
                   Sun vaillant seneschal, ki pur s'ost iert alé.
                   Quant mis perres fu mort, si fud abaundoné

Page 1_10


                   As paiens le païs, si l'unt tut degasté.L283 [L283] unt uunt [O]  1_11L283 [L283] paisrej  pa^is1_11
                   Ne remist a murir gentill de nul éé,L284 [L284] Ne Ni [O]  1_11
           285  Fors vilains sulement; ne sai si·s ont lesséL285 [L285] si·s ont sils uunt [O]  1_11L284 [L284] There remained alive gentles of no age but only churls. For this well-known illogical use of fors cf. l. 1814 and see V.B. III2, 99 and Tobl. Lom. III, 2142.–remist. Although the strong forms of the preterite and the past participle of (re)maindre are not attested in rhyme, the MSS. agree in using the early A.N. analogical forms in -i-:mist 5067 (OF2), remist 284 (CO), remis 1906 (COH), 2128 (COH), remise 2881 (CH).1_11
                   U si·s ont retenuz pur faire lor laboré.L286 [L286] si·s sils; [O]  lur labored [O]  1_11L286 [L286] laboré appears to be a nonce-word; cf. faire le labur 3507 do farmwork, plough.1_11
                   D'aus ne sai dire plus; ne sai cum est alé.L287 [L287] Dices ne s. plus dire [O]  1_11
14
                   'Mes de mei sai jo bien, quant [vi] ces barbaranz,L288 [L288] quant ui [O]  1_11 [f.5a]
                   [K'en] fumes poürus, e joe e ces enfanzL289 [L289] Ken fumus [O]  1_11L289 [L289] We were afraid of them. Examples of pourüs de in the sense of afraid of are cited in Gf. from Chron. Nor. and Partonopeus. For the use of en referring to persons see Glossary.1_11
           290  Ki od mei erent mis par lur apartenanzL290 [L290] erent furent [O]  1_11
                   Trestut pur mei servir, de faire mes talanz –L291 [L291] pur fere mes cumanz [O]  1_11
                   Fiz de riches baruns e de curteis asquanz.L292 [L292] de cuntes [O]  1_11
                   Pur la poür d'ices si nus fumes muçaunz
                   En un jardin espes bien foilluz e umbranz.
           295  De la nus [en] traist fors un culvert suduiaunz,L295 [L295] culvert feluns [O]  1_11
                   Mes [il] ne nus fist mal, ne·l vout Deus, le poaunz,L296 [L296] poaunz puissanz [O]  1_11L296 [L296] Mes ne nus [O]  1_11
                   Ainz nus livra Rodmund, [i]cel rei affricanz;L297 [L297] a R.; [O]  icel [O]  1_11L294 [L294] For the accusative singulars umbranz, affricanz in rhyme see Intr.2, p. 35.1_11
                   E quant nus out veü si·n fud repitëanz;
                   Ne nus suffri perir, qu[e] il le fust vëaunz,L299 [L299] kil l. f. esgardanz [O]  1_11
           300  Mes es undes de mer fud mis un viez chalanzL300 [L300] as; [O]  uielz [O]  1_11
                   E nus i fumes mis sanz autres marinanz:
                   N'i out fors sul nos cors dunt nus fussum aidanz.L302 [L302] We had no one but ourselves to help us.1_11
                   Pus nus fist traïner as undes perillanz;
                   La nus lesserent cil, ki nus furent trááunz,L304 [L304] träaunz trainanz [O]  1_11
           305  As undes e al vent; pus furent returnaunz.L305 [L305] as venz; [O]  pus nus f. [O]  1_11
                   Mes cil nus ariva par ses dignes comanz,L306 [L306] dignes noble [O]  1_11L306 [L306] Mes ci nus a. [O]  1_11
                   Li soverein haut pere, ki le mund fud criaunz.L307 [L307] Li sires s.; [O]  est furmanz [O]  1_11
15
                   'Si fumes arivé e tiel est le lignage;L308 [L308] Oi sumes a. tel est nostre l. [O]  1_11
                   N'i ad un de nus tuz ki ne seit de parage,
           310  E parmi tut içoe sur eus oi seignorageL310 [L310] Par mi tut co si oi sur els tuz s. [O]  1_11
                   E si sui joveignur d[e] els tuz par eäge.L311 [L311] joveignur: a loan-word from legal Latin (F.E.W. V, 95), cited by Gf. and Tobl. Lom. from Gaimar, Wace, Thèbes etc.1_11
                   De mun pere ne sai si vus fist onc damage,L312 [L312] si unc vus f. d. [O]  1_11 [f.5b]
                   Kar il fist en meint liu a muz homes utrage,

Page 1_11


                   Pur çoe crem ke trop ai descovert mun corage.
           315  Mes, bon rei poestis, or nus donez quitage,
                   Ke cumment ke il seit ne seum en servage,
                   Pur icel rei hauçor ki pur nus prist charnage
                   En la virge vaillant par angelin nunzage –
                   Unc ne perdi pur çoe rien de sun pucelage.'
           320  'Par ma fei,' dist li reis, 'beau vallet, tu es sage.L320 [L320] fei lei [O]  1_12
                   Mut es gentil e franc: bien piert en tun visage.L321 [L321] bien sai tun parentage [O]  1_12L321 [L321] g̅n̅til1_12
                   N'i avras mal par mei – c'estreit forsen e rage –
                   Ainz te rendrai si pus encore tun heritage.
                   Tu iers pruz, si tu vis, de sen e de corage,L324 [L324] bien pert en tun corsage [O]  1_12
           325  Encore te vengeras bien de la geste salvage.L325 [L325] Uncore te u. bien de cele gent saluage [O]  1_12L325 [L325] The syllabic overplus is presumably occasioned by the introduction of bien under the influence of the following line.1_12
16
                   'Or sai bien, beau vallez, quels est tis parentez.
                   Or me di cum as nun el païs dunt es nez.'L327 [L327] el al [O]  1_12
                   'Sire,' dit li vallez, 'Horn i sui apelez.L328 [L328] om  i [O]  1_12
                   Bon rei, aiez de mei maneië e pitez!'
           330  'Certes', çoe dit li reis, 'amis, or me creez:
                   Vus n'i perdrez par mei; n'i serrez damagezL331 [L331] n'i ne; [O]  ne nisterez d. [O]  1_12
                   Plus que fussez mis fiz de ma char engendrez;
                   Ainz vus frai bien norrir e a voz volentez
                   E voz cumpaignuns tuz, ke bon gre m'en savrez.L334 [L334] ke vus gre me s. [O]  1_12L334 [L334] Read gré.1_12
           335  Quant meuz serrez creüz, si serrez adubez;L335 [L335] Q. serras plus c. si seras a. [O]  1_12L335 [L335] adubez. The verb aduber meant primarily equip with arms, and this is it's usual sense in Horn (cf. Glossary). In the later twelfth century (e.g. in Marie de France) it came to mean knight, dub knight (cf. Tobl. Lom.), and it is this later sense that is required in l. 3995. In Si fusse chevaler e usse adobement 1379 the noun appears to me to denote equipment (cf. l. 1385) and not Ritterschlag as suggested in Tobl. Lom.1_12
                   Si vus aïderai purchacer voz regnez,L336 [L336] E vus a. p. vostre r. [O]  1_12 [f.6a]
                   Dunt vus ont li felun a grant tort eissillez.'
                   Çoe dient li barun ki·s ont bien escutez
                   E ki unt tuz [lur] diz bien oïz e notez:L339 [L339] unt bien lur d. [O]  1_12
           340  'Sire reis principaus, mut avez grant buntez.L340 [L340] mult parauez buntez [O]  1_12L340 [L340] reisrej  Reis1_12
                   Del seignur soverain seez vus mercïez.
                   Le nurrir, bien creum, mut bien enpleierez.'L342 [L342] Kar mult bien le crerum le n. empleez [O]  1_12
                   A taunt sunt li enfant tuit chaeit a ses piez
                   E li reis les en ad par amur redreciez;L344 [L344] les ad trestuz [O]  1_12
           345  Pus si·s ad tut en renc par grant dulçor beisiez.L345 [L345] P. sil ad tuz en r. par amur beisez [O]  1_12

Page 1_12


17
                   'Seignor,' çoe dit li reis, 'or seëz escotant,
                   Mi barun natural, si faites mun comant.
                   Chescun de vus avrat a garder un enfaunt
                   Tresque taunt ke veëz k'il seient creü grant.L349 [L349] Dices ke ci ueez [O]  1_13
           350  Chascun afait le soen qu'il seient honurant,L350 [L350] afait ad fet [O]  1_13L350 [L350] honurant. See Intr.2, p. 89.1_13
                   Tresqu'e il pussent armes par force estre portaunt.L351 [L351] Des ke la kil pusent a. estre p. [O]  1_13L351 [L351] Until they have the strength to bear arms.1_13
                   Des pus les me rendez joe l'ierc guerredonant;L352 [L352] iouec reguerdunant [O]  1_13L352 [L352] Insert a comma after rendez.1_13
                   N'i avra ki par dreit s'en pusse estre pleignant.L353 [L353] sen se [O]  1_13
                   E vus garderez Horn, seneschal dan Herlant:
           355  Tuz voz afetemenz, dunt vus estes savant,L355 [L355] dunt ke [O]  1_13
                   Issi cum vus m'amez li seiez enseignaunt.'
                   Çoe dit li seneschal: 'Sire, issi le graaunt.
           358  Mes un autre ait od sei ki li seit a talaunt,L358 [L358] om  second hemistich of 358 and first of 358a [O]  1_13
                   Qui nurrirai od lui; si ert od lui juaunt.'L358a [L358a] In rejected readings of C insert ñrrirai; in variants of O insert L358a [L358a] si ert od lui ki od lui seit [O]  1_13.1_13
                   'Mut par avez bien dit,' dist Hunlaf le poaunt. [f.6b]
           360  'Or le faites issi kar çoe iert avenaunt.
                   Sire Horn, beaus amis, or seiez choisissaunt.'L361 [L361] Sire Ore [O]  1_13
                   'Sire,' dist li vallet, 'Haderof vus demant,
                   Kar il est de mun eed e joe li plus amaunt.L363 [L363] e jol sui p .a. [O]  1_13x [x] see Critical Notes1_13
                   Il fud fiz dan Hardré, le meillor cumbatant
           365  Ke mis peres oüst en trestut sun vivant –
                   Seneschal en out fait e sun mestre serjant.L366 [L366] S. lot fet [O]  1_13L366 [L366] mestre serjant. The word serjant is used in Horn, as in other texts, to denote both the serving-man who waits on guests at meals under the direction of the seneschal (cf. ll. 659, 4131) and the armed man who fights on foot in the service of lord or king (cf. l. 469 where serjaunt is coupled with chevaler). Here it presumably has the second sense, as in ll. O 62, 98.1_13
                   Sun mestre aveit esté d[e] enfaunce alaitantL367 [L367] ot este des e. al cumant [O]  1_13
                   Reis Silaus, qui·l norri, li gentil, li vaillaunt.'
18
                   Or sunt bien cummandé par le comand realL369 [L369] par c. reael [O]  1_13
           370  E bien endoctriné li enfaunt principal,L370 [L370] E mult b. doctrinez li e. natural [O]  1_13
                   Mes sur tuz se pena Herland, li seneschal,L371 [L371] se penant [O]  1_13
                   Ke ne fussent li soen vers les autres egal;
                   S'eil ne sunt plus savant ne se prisë un jal;L373 [L373] jal áál [O]  1_13L373 [L373] Si ne [O]  1_13
                   S'aukun seüst plus d'aus, mut le tendreit a mal.L374 [L374] Between initial S and a, i is inserted as a correction in pale ink1_13
           375  N'est estrument suz ciel, dunt sacet hom mortal,L375 [L375] hom sacet [O]  1_13
                   Dunt ne past tute gent dan Horn, l'enperïal;

Page 1_13


                   De bois e de rivere refait il autretal;L377 [L377] De b. de riuéér [O]  1_14
                   D'eskermir en tuz sens n'est a li cummunal
                   Nul ki vest' el païs u burel u cendal;L379 [L379] Nul ke vest al palais un b. [O]  1_14
           380  Nul ne siet [en]vers lui bien mener un cheval,L380 [L380] N. nen set envers [O]  1_14
                   Nul si porter escu od bucle de cristal.L381 [L381] om  si ben buchle od c. [O]  1_14
                   Fort e bel le fist Deus, li sire esperital,L382 [L382] le fist si li sires e. [O]  1_14L382 [L382] esperitalịṣ1_14
                   Ne mais tiel n'iert truvé nul home charnal.L383 [L383] Ke tel nert mes trovez nul hom c. [O]  1_14 [f.7a]
                   Od tut çoe si est mut e humbles e leal,L384 [L384] E od; [O]  om  e [O]  1_14
           385  Qu'il ne fereit de sun cors huniement vergundal
                   Pur tut l'or ki onc fust trové en un jornal.L386 [L386] kunc fud troved a nul j. [O]  1_14
19
                   Li enfaunt sunt norri e mut sunt bien gardé,L387 [L387] guarded bien [O]  1_14
                   Mut par sunt tuit corteis e mut bien doctriné,L388 [L388] mut tres [O]  1_14
                   Ne poënt en nul sen de rien estre blasmé:
           390  Mes sur tuz out le pris Horn, li pruz, li sené.L390 [L390] ot horn le p. li p. e li loed [O]  1_14
                   Il le dut bien aveir qu'il iert lor avuéL391 [L391] Insert a comma after aveir.1_14
                   E si ert en tuz sens tut li meuz enseigné,L392 [L392] enseigné endoctrined [O]  1_14L392 [L392] om  tut [O]  1_14
                   Kar mestre n'out de rien qu'il n'oüst tut passé,L393 [L393] kil not tost p. [O]  1_14
                   De si grant sen esteit, ke Deu li out doné.
           395  Par le païs esteit pur içoe renomé,L395 [L395] Par le p. pur ico ert mult r. [O]  1_14
                   Pur sun sen, ki iert grant, e pur sa grant beauté,
                   Mes pur çoe n'iert de plus en nul sen orguillé.L397 [L397] E p. c. nen ert en n. s. enorguillied [O]  1_14
                   Mut en fu de plusurs, cum dut estre, loéL398 [L398] cum duid e. preisied [O]  1_14
                   Kar l'en trova mut poi de si beaus sanz fierté,L399 [L399] Kar num troue m. p. de bels senz f. [O]  1_14
           400  Mes cist passout trestuz homes d'ehumilité;L400 [L400] om  tres [O]  1_14
           401  E od çoe si avoit valur de largeté,L401 [L401] om  E [O]  grant v. e l. [O]  1_14L401 [L401] avoit valur de largeté. In l. 2147 largeté is used in its ordinary sense of liberality, and it is thus that the scribe of O evidently interpreted it here (aveit grant valur a largeted); but in C it is used in its more literal meaning to form with de an adverbial locution signifying in abundance (cf. Middle Fr. examples of a largesse in Gf.). This interpretation is imposed by the context, for in the following lines it is Horn's merit that is emphasized, not his generosity (which indeed, at his age and in his position, he would have had little chance of showing).1_14
                   Ke plus vaillant de lui ne pout estre trové.L401a [L401a] om  [O]  1_14
                   E sis los creist par tut; par tut en est parlé,L402 [L402] Sun los encrest p. t. e par est p. [O]  1_14
                   Kome Horn est vaillant, de grant nobilité.L403 [L403] e de grant largeted [O]  1_14
                   Enz es chambres reaus en est forment preisiéL404 [L404] preisié loed [O]  1_14L404 [L404] es as [O]  1_14
           405  Taunt ke Rigmel l'oï, od le vis coluré –L405 [L405] rimenil; [O]  al vis [O]  1_14

Page 1_14


                   N'out taunt bele pur veir en la crestïenté:L406 [L406] om  bele [O]  1_15 [f.7b]
                   Fille esteit dan Hunlaf, al bon rei coruné.L407 [L407] al le [O]  1_15
20
                   Rigmel fille iert le rei, danzele de grant pris:L408 [L408] Rimenil fille le rei [O]  1_15
                   Gent aveit mut le cors e culoré le vis;
           410  N'out nule taunt vaillant en seisaunte païs.L410 [L410] om  nule [O]  1_15
                   Requise l'orent mut reis e ducs e marchis,L411 [L411] reisrej  Reis1_15
                   Mes ne l'orent néént, kar ne fu sis assisL412 [L412] om  si [O]  1_15
                   Ne ne l'out purveü li rei de paraïs;L413 [L413] Nel ot si purveu [O]  1_15
                   A l'oes Horn la voleit, si cum il m'est a vis,L414 [L414] cum mei est [O]  1_15
           415  Si·l volez escuter ke ne seiez noisis.L415 [L415] om  ne [O]  1_15
                   Ele out oï de Horn parler, ja out meint dis,L416 [L416] ia parle mult dis [O]  1_15L416 [L416] meint dis. Absence of agreement in attributive adjectives is characteristic of later A.N., but with adjectives of number or quantity non-agreement is not infrequent in Continental texts, cf. Troie maint eves 23157, F. Can. maint paiens 8917, maint dis 10266, tant helmes 2220 etc.; see Critical Note on l. 2389 and Intr.2, p. 82.1_15
                   Ke il iert forment beaus e de deduz penis;L417 [L417] Kil ert itant bels e de d. si p. [O]  1_15L417 [L417] Kerej  Kar1_15
                   Ke veëir le poüst plusurs en out requisL418 [L418] p. aveit r. [O]  1_15
                   E a muz out offert or, argent, ver e gris,L419 [L419] out aveit [O]  1_15
           420  Palefreiz e runcins e destriers bien cursis,
                   Mes ne fu ki·l feïs[t] ne ki·n fust entremis.
21
                   Tant unt esté nurri, li enfaunt de parageL422 [L422] de palage [O]  1_15L422 [L422] Delete the comma after nurri.1_15
                   Qu'il sunt bien creü ja: de seze aunz ont eage.L423 [L423] Kil s. creud grant de xv. anz un leage [O]  1_15
                   Une feste tint reis dan Hunlaf par barnage.L424 [L424] Une f. t. dunc reis H. p. b. [O]  1_15L424 [L424] reisrej  li reis1_15
           425  Tuit i furent maundé ki de lui ont feage;
                   N'i remist a venir ne li fol ne li sage,
                   Kar a tuz en fu fet cummunement banage;L427 [L427] om  en [O]  1_15L427 [L427] banage. The next earliest example of this word in Gf. is from a document of 1298.1_15
                   Pur çoe i venent tuit li barun del homage,L428 [L428] barun home [O]  1_15
                   K'e il voelent honurer par taunt lur seignurage.
           430  E cil vindrent trestuit k'ierent en comandage –L430 [L430] kurent cummandage [O]  1_15 [f.8a]
           431  Li enfant ki furent trové sur le rivage,L431 [L431] Les enfans [O]  1_15L430 [L430] It is possible to retain the reading of C in this line They all came who were wards (under guardianship)–the children who were found on the shore, but the reading in O, emended by the insertion of en–who held the children in their guardianship–runs more smoothly as the same subject is then retained through the whole passage. For the use of ke (k') as nominative plural see Introduction, vol. II.1_15
                   Dunt fist li seneschal al rei sun presentage.L431a [L431a] om  [O]  1_15
                   Chescun meine le soen od sei en guionageL432 [L432] m. od sei le suen [O]  1_15
           433  Qu'il aveient nurri e apris par bon corageL433 [L433] om  e [O]  par bon c. [O]  1_15L433 [L433] bon caught up from the following line.1_15
                   De tuz afaitemenz, cum gent de bon lignage.L433a [L433a] om  [O]  1_15
                   Vestu les orent bien, chescun a sun usage,L434 [L434] a en [O]  1_15

Page 1_15


           435  Cum il fussent lor fiz u de lur parentage.
                   Ne·s en pout hom blasmer ne turner a huntage.L436 [L436] turner turnet [O]  1_16L436 [L436] Nes en puet h. [O]  1_16
22
                   A Pentecuste iert faite icestë asembléé,L437 [L437] A la p. ert fet icele esemblee [O]  1_16
                   Pur la grant feste anvel, ke bien fu celebréé,L438 [L438] Pur la feste al noel qui [O]  1_16L438 [L438] anvel. O's variant al noel supplies a second instance of the blunder made by the scribe of the Digby MS. of Ch. Rol. in l. 2860.1_16
                   Meint riche bier i vint de diverse cuntrééL439 [L439] om  i vint [O]  1_16
           440  E lur muilliers od aus, dames de grant ponnéé,
                   Ke la grant curt le rei en fust plus honoréé.
                   Herland, li senescha[l], ad la curt governée:L442 [L442] ordenee [O]  1_16
                   Bien les ad herbergie, sanz coruz, sanz mesléé –L443 [L443] s. c. senz podnee [O]  1_16L443 [L443] Read herbergié.1_16
                   N'i out pleinte d'ostel ne d'autre rien livréé.L444 [L444] ne altre r. l. [O]  1_16
           445  Horn i fud ove lu[i] od la face loée;L445 [L445] face facun [O]  1_16
                   Dame ne l'ad veü ki n'en seit trespensééL446 [L446] ki ne seit pasmee [O]  1_16
                   De l'angoisse d'amur, ki taunt fort l'ad tuchéé.L447 [L447] ki forment [O]  1_16L447 [L447] ḥạṣṭẹ́ẹ́ tuchéé1_16
                   D'eskarlete out vestu gunele bien tailléé,L448 [L448] gunele une cote [O]  1_16
                   Bien estreit fu chaucé, jambe dreite e deugee,L449 [L449] jambes ot delgee [O]  1_16
           450  Curt mauntel out el col, l'atache deslacee,L450 [L450] la lasne ert d. [O]  1_16L450 [L450] Curt mauntel. See Intr.2, p. 114.1_16
                   Pur tost faire la rien ki li iert cummaundee.
                   Deu! taunt fu sa beauté par la sale notéé!L452 [L452] tut fud [O]  1_16 [f.8b]
                   E si diënt par tut ke c'est chose faééL453 [L453] om  E [O]  kil est [O]  1_16
                   E ke onc mes de Deu ne fu tiel figuréé.
23
           455  Mut fu riche la curt e cele feste grantL455 [L455] e a [O]  1_16L455 [L455] riche grande [O]  1_16
                   Le jor de Pentecuste, cum il iert avenant.
                   Chescun d'ices baruns presente sun enfaunt,L457 [L457] dices b. presentat [O]  1_16
                   Que il orent nurri, solunc le rei comant,L458 [L458] Kil aveit n. [O]  1_16
                   E li seneschal Horn, a faire sun talaunt,L459 [L459] Li s. ameinet H. [O]  1_16
           460  E sun autre vallet dunt desus fui cuntaunt.
                   E li reis les reçut, si en fu mut joaunt.L461 [L461] sin est forment ioiant [O]  1_16
                   Pus dit al seneschal: 'Beaus amis, dan Herland,
                   Horn me servira ui de ma cupe portantL463 [L463] me ne [O]  1_16
                   E li autre vallet tuit l'en ierent siwant:L464 [L464] li si [O]  1_16

Page 1_16


           465  D'icest mester od lui vuil qu'il seient servant.'L465 [L465] vuil ovoil [O]  1_17
                   Çoe dist li seneschaus: 'Sire, joe bien le grant.'L466 [L466] e io [O]  1_17
                   E la vessele a Horn ad livré a itaunt.
                   Il en servira bien par lo mien esciaunt,
                   Ne l'en purra blasmer chevaler ne serjauntL469 [L469] chevaler esquier [O]  1_17
           470  Qu'il ne·s face servir, chascun par avenant.L470 [L470] Kil ne sacet s. [O]  1_17
24
                   Horn servi le rei bien de la cupe a cel jor.L471 [L471] H. s. bien le rei de sa c. [O]  1_17
                   Bien ad cerchié les rencs e [i] ad fait meint tur,L472 [L472] E ad serche les r. e fet i ad mint tor [O]  1_17L472 [L472] The locution cerchier les rencs scan, scrutinize the ranks is used here of Horn as he tours the hall to fill up the cups of the guests, and in O 4752 of Rodmund as he gallops up to single out an opponent worthy of his steel. In the thirteenth century cerchier is similarly used as a technical term in the procedure of tournaments, cf. Bédier, Glossary to Le Lai de l'Ombre.1_17
                   Kar ne veut de[l] servir ke nul seit pleigneör;
                   Pur içoe les fait tuz bien servir par amur.L474 [L474] P. co les fet trestuz [O]  1_17
           475  Deu! cum or unt loé sa façun, sa colur!L475 [L475] cum en unt loed s. f. e s. c. [O]  1_17
                   Dame ne l'ad veü ki vers li n'ait amur [f.9a]
                   E ne·l vousist tenir, suz hermin covertur
                   Enbracie belement, sanz seü de seignur,L478 [L478] Embracer [O]  1_17L478 [L478] Read Enbracié.1_17
                   Kar sur tuz de la curt iert il esmireür.L479 [L479] en ert il mireur [O]  1_17L479 [L479] esmireür. The simple word mirëor is used in ll. 712 and 2886, in both cases preceded by el; but elsewhere C has the form esmireür (-ëor), which is attested only in Horn. In the other MSS. the simple form is used everywhere except in O 526. The verb esmirer, of which Gf. cites one instance only (from Jehan de Tuym) occurs in C in ll. 788 and 1025, and in O not only in these two lines but also in ll. 526 and 712, where C has mirer.1_17
           480  La reisun vait de lui en la chambre maiorL480 [L480] Li reisuns [O]  1_17
                   U tauntes filles out de nob[i]le cuntur.L481 [L481] de noble cuntor [O]  1_17L481 [L481] cunturrej  cunteur1_17
                   E de gentil barun e de franc vavasurL482 [L482] franc bon [O]  1_17
                   Od la fille le rei, ki sur tuz iert la flur.L483 [L483] ke sur tutes est flur [O]  1_17
25
                   La parole de Horn en la chambre est aléé
           485  Mes ne poet lungement entr'als estre celéé.L485 [L485] entreles [O]  1_17
                   Rigmel, fille le rei, mut [l']ad bien escutéé,L486 [L486] Rimenil; [O]  mult ad b. [O]  1_17
                   En sun segrei l'ad bien en sun quoer aferméé,L487 [L487] En secrei lad mult en s. queor femee [O]  1_17
                   Mes ne vout k'ele seit des puceles notéé,L488 [L488] Mes en vol quele [O]  1_17
                   Kar pur sei bien covrir est sagë e veziéé.L489 [L489] Read more probably est sage e vezïéé; vezïé is normally trisyllabic.1_17
           490  Cum le purra vëeir fort s'en est purpenséé.L490 [L490] s'en se [O]  1_17
                   Un enging ad truvé ke li plest e agréé;
                   Par le seneschal iert faite cele asemblééL492 [L492] Kar p. le s. et fete [O]  1_17
                   K'el le pusse vëeir en sa chambre junchééL493 [L493] Kele se pusset veer en la c. iunkee [O]  1_17
                   E k'ele pusse parler od lui a saüléé.L494 [L494] a sauléé a saluéé [O]  1_17L494 [L494] el ele [O]  1_17

Page 1_17


           495  Lor si·n ad apelé Herselot, la senéé,L495 [L495] Lors si ad apeléé herselote lenseignéé [O]  1_18
                   Une sue meschine ki de lui iert privéé.L496 [L496] For scribal lui for li see Intr.2, p. 49, and Glossary.1_18
                   En l'oreille li ad sa parole enchargéé:
                   'Va mei al seneschal en la sale pavéé;
                   Di li ke vienge a mei sanz nule demuréé,L499 [L499] ke kil [O]  1_18
           500  Quant la table reäl devant li ert ostéé:L500 [L500] real reale [O]  1_18 [f.9b]
                   Sa veie, s'il i vient, li iert guerredonéé.'
26
                   Or s'en vet Herselot, pucele sanz desrei.
                   Fille iert un noble duc ki teneit Albanei,L503 [L503] un dun [O]  1_18
                   Une bone cuntréé – close est d'un mareschei.L504 [L504] est ert [O]  1_18L503 [L503] Albanei. Cf. Geoffrey of Monmouth's Albania (in Wace's Brut rendered Albaine, rhyming with boscainne 1285-6), separated from Logres by the river Humber.1_18
           505  Il n'a veisin si fort, ki i face buffei,L505 [L505] i en [O]  1_18L505 [L505] Who shows him insolence. For the use of i referring to persons see Glossary.1_18
                   Qu'il tost ne se venge par mut grant noblei:L506 [L506] om  se [O]  1_18
                   Pur taunt est apelé 'li cuitus Godefrei'.L507 [L507] Pur Par; [O]  le curteis g. [O]  1_18
                   Ele ad trové Herlaund devant le deis le rei,L508 [L508] The term deis is reserved for the royal table, cf. ll. 1296, 2392.1_18
                   Par la maunce le prist e si·l trest envers sei;L509 [L509] e sil ad treit a sei [O]  1_18L509 [L509] For the form maunce see Intr.2, p. 72.1_18
           510  En l'oreille li dit soavet en requei:
                   'Ma danzele Rigmel vus saluë par mei,L511 [L511] salue salud [O]  1_18L511 [L511] Rimenil [O]  1_18
                   Prië vus ke viengez en sa chambre a segrei;L512 [L512] en la c. aserei [O]  1_18
                   El veut parler od vus si vus dira de quei.'L513 [L513] E ele volt [O]  1_18
                   'Daunzele,' dist Herlaund, 'volentiers, par ma fei,
           515  Mesque j'aië servi, si cum faire le dei.'
27
                   Herselot s'en revint, sun message fet ad.L516 [L516] sen reuet [O]  1_18
                   A sa daunzele dit kë il ja la sivra,L517 [L517] kil ia la siwarad [O]  1_18
                   Pus qu'il avra servi, itaunt tost cum purra.
                   E quant Rigmel l'oï, de duçor suspira,L519 [L519] Rimenil [O]  1_18
           520  Kar el pense de Horn; enz el quoer la tucha;L520 [L520] el ele [O]  1_18
                   Cum le pusse vëeir mut fort se penera.
                   Joe crei le seneschal par veir i gaigneraL522 [L522] Io crei ke li s. pur v. [O]  1_18L522 [L522] par veir. The usual form of this locution is pur veir as in O, cf. ll. O 53, 406, 843, and par may here be an error for pur (cf. note on l. 670); but par veir occurs elsewhere, e.g. Ch. Rol. 87, 520, 692.1_18
                   Pur doner beaus aveirs, s'el poet, ne remeindra,L523 [L523] se·l se [O]  1_18
                   Cum cil purra oïr ki l'estoire entendra. [f.10a]
           525  Ele garde entur sei e ses dras acesma,
                   Demaunde esmireür e sovent se mira.L526 [L526] sesmirrad [O]  1_18

Page 1_18


                   As puceles dit ad: 'Danzeles, cum esta?'L527 [L527] ad dit [O]  1_19
                   Eles ont respondu ke del [tres]tut bien va.L528 [L528] Eles Celes; [O]  ke par trestut [O]  1_19L528 [L528] Read respundu.1_19
                   El demaunde sovent: 'Dan Herland, quant vendra?'L529 [L529] Ele d. de H. mul't suvent q. u. [O]  1_19
           530  E eles li responent: 'Ja, quant servi avra.'L530 [L530] E celes respundent [O]  1_19L530 [L530] els (?). See section on Personal Pronouns in the Introduction to Volume II.1_19
                   Entretaunt, es le vus icil qu'el demaunda!L531 [L531] este le vus celui que d. [O]  1_19
                   E quant ele le vit mut s'en esleësça.L532 [L532] Quant ele lout veud m. selleecad [O]  1_19
                   El le prist par la main, cuntre lui se dresça,L533 [L533] El E ele [O]  1_19L533 [L533] dresca1_19
                   Juste lui sur sun lit a seeir le rova,L534 [L534] seer dunc le Ruuad [O]  1_19
           535  Dulcement, par amur, en apres i parla:
                   Or purrez ja oïr cum el cummencera.L536 [L536] Ore poez; [O]  ele cumencad [O]  1_19
                   Par blaundïe, çoe creit, de mieuz espleitera.L537 [L537] blandir; [O]  bien i e. [O]  1_19L537 [L537] By blandishment she thinks she will accomplish more. The nonce-word blaundie is replaced in O by the substantival infinitive blandir.1_19
28
                   'Beau sire seneschal, mut ad grant tens passéL538 [L538] grant tens ad veir p. [O]  1_19
                   Ke vus ai mult forment en mun quoer enamé,L539 [L539] Ke io vus ai f. [O]  1_19
           540  Mes n'en fis nul semblant ne ne·l vus ai mustré.
                   Or est taunt avenu ke savrez mun pensé,L541 [L541] atant venud [O]  1_19
                   Kar del mien vus dorrai taunt k'en avrai bon gré:L542 [L542] k'en que [O]  1_19
                   Or e dras e chevaus e argent muneié.
                   Mes or vuil ke seëz avant esleëscié:L544 [L544] avant primes [O]  1_19
           545  Mis peres est laenz joius od sun barnéL545 [L545] lainz od sun riche barnet [O]  1_19
                   E nus bevrom çaenz e piment e claré
           547  E bons vins precïus, de viez entonelé.L547 [L547] e vielz e entunelet [O]  1_19
                   Ferai vus bien servir a vostre volenté,L547a [L547a] om  [O]  1_19 [f.10b]
                   E quant vus en irrez taunt vus avrai doné
                   Ke de mei partirez e joius e heité.'L549 [L549] e tut let [O]  1_19
           550  'Bele,' çoe dit Herlaund, 'li reis de maiesté,
                   Ki sur tut est puissant de quant qu'il ad crié,L551 [L551] tut tuz [O]  1_19
                   Il vus rende le bien ke m'avez devisé.L552 [L552] kauez ci d. [O]  1_19
                   Si vus iert, si joe vif, tresbien guerredonéL553 [L553] vif pus [O]  1_19
                   En tuz sens que vuldrez qu'il me seit cummandé.'L554 [L554] tuz sens tut co [O]  1_19
           555  'Bien le sai,' dist Rigmel; 'des or m'estrez privéL555 [L555] Rimenil [O]  1_19L555 [L555] Rigmel. Here and in most subsequent instances the name is represented in C by the abbreviation .R.; this has been indicated in the text at ll. 855, 867, 871, 888, and in the footnotes at ll. 654, 663. For other abbreviations see Index of Proper Names.1_19
                   Plus que nul ki onc fust encore de mere né.'L556 [L556] ki unc fud ki de mere fud net [O]  1_19

Page 1_19


29
                   A itant s'esjoïst mut la bele Rigmel;L557 [L557] sesioi; [O]  Rimenil [O]  1_20
                   Bien quida par itaunt espleiter sun avel.
                   Al premier ad doné a Herland un anel,L559 [L559] Al En [O]  1_20
           560  Gros, d'or quit melekin: des le tens DanïelL560 [L560] melechin; [O]  letres daniel [O]  1_20L560 [L560] melekin, used only as an epithet for gold (cf. ll. 937, 2151, 2946), is peculiar to Horn. F. Michel suggests that it is derived from Arabic melech king, and that it was used either to indicate the superiority of the metal or because coins were made of it.1_20
                   Fud forgié, si·l forga li orfievre Marcel.
                   Un tiel saphir i mist ki bien vaut un chastel.L562 [L562] ki valut [O]  1_20
                   Pus apela a sei un soen fraunc jovencel,
                   Ki iert sun buteiller; hom l'apele Rabel.L564 [L564] cum apelat r. [O]  1_20
           565  'Di va,' fait la gentil, 'siez tu pur quei t'apel?L565 [L565] According to the citations in Tobl. Lom. (III, 1581), the intercalated use of fait in the sense of dit makes its appearance in the later twelfth century (Crestien de Troies, St. Thom. etc.).1_20
                   Fai m'aporter le vin, del mieuz qu'as en tonel,L566 [L566] Fai mei porter; [O]  des miels kas el t. [O]  1_20
                   En ma grant cope d'or, entaillé a ciselL567 [L567] a de [O]  1_20
                   Del oevre Salemun, ki fud rei d'Israhel,L568 [L568] The locution de l'oevre Salemun, used of a golden cup also in ll. 2399a, 2433, 4186, is found in the romances of Eneas and Troie, the Lais of Marie de France, Gir. Ros. etc. In all these cases, as here, it is linked with the verb (en)tailler or the noun entaille; this indicates, as suggested by G. D. West (Mod. Lang. Rev., XLIX (1954), 177), that it was a method of carving and engraving upon a precious material. On the possibility that the term originated in the locution opus Salomonis, employed in the Vulgate (III Reg. vii. 40), see H. W. Lawton, Mod. Lang. Rev., L (1955), 50.1_20
                   Ke mis peres, li reis, me dona a Burdel.'
           570  'Ma dome, volentiers,' çoe respunt li donzel.L570 [L570] Volentris le frai [O]  1_20L570 [L570] dome, donzel. See Intr.2, p. 65.1_20
                   Mut tost i veïssez desfubler meint mantelL571 [L571] om  i [O]  1_20 [f.11a]
                   Pur la fille le rei e bien servir e bel,L572 [L572] Pur i f. le r. bien s. e mult bel [O]  1_20
                   Ke bien s'esleësçast Herlaund, li fiz Torel.L573 [L573] Read s'(e) eslëesçast.1_20
30
                   Rabel ad aporté cele cope real
           575  E il iert bien vestu d'un bliaut de cendalL575 [L575] bliaut bliant [O]  1_20L575 [L575] E il Cil [O]  1_20
                   E od lui sunt venu bon vallet natural,L576 [L576] bon bel [O]  1_20L576 [L576] bon, bel1_20
                   Ki portent bons vesseaus e d'or e de asmal –L577 [L577] veissels dor e de esmal [O]  1_20L577 [L577] asmal. The form with initial a-, used again in ll. 2000 and 4106, is in Horn confined to C. it was this form that gave rise to M.E. amall, ammel, aumayl, anmayle, cf. O.E.D. s.v. amel.1_20
                   Cum la cope Rabel n'i out nul qui fust tal.
                   Il la baille Rigmel par cummand principal.L579 [L579] baillat Rimenil [O]  1_20
           580  El la prent en riant, si dit al seneschal:L580 [L580] si dit en r. [O]  1_20
                   'Joe vuil beivre devant e, së il est mortal,L581 [L581] si il seit [O]  1_20
                   Dunc vus gardez apres qu'il ne vus face mal;
                   Par itiel covenant bevra li fiz Toral
                   La meitié, qu'il avra la cupe emperiäl.'
           585  'Daunzele,' dist Herlaund, 'li pere esperitalL585 [L585] pere sires [O]  1_20
                   Vus en rende le dun joe n'i sai nul egal.L586 [L586] ni ne [O]  1_20L586 [L586] Vus r. cest grant d. [O]  1_20
                   Vostre cummand ferai; ja nen irrai par al.'L587 [L587] en frai ia nenirat [O]  1_20
31
                   Quant ad oï Rigmel ke Herland est haitiez,L588 [L588] est fud [O]  1_20L588 [L588] Quant entent Rigmenil [O]  1_20
                   Innelement apres fud Rabel apelez.L589 [L589] I. fud R. idunc rapelez [O]  1_20

Page 1_20


           590  'Ami,' fait la gentil, 'del claré m'aportez!L590 [L590] de clarez [O]  1_21
                   Si·n bevrom veirement ke seiom tut heitez,L591 [L591] Si b. léément. [O]  1_21
                   Joe e li seneschal, ki mut est mis privez;L592 [L592] The substantival use of privé, first attested in Wace's Brut, is found also in Troie, Chron. Nor., St. Thom. and F. Can.1_21
                   Pus li dorrai tiel don dunt iert joius e liez.'
                   'Dame,' dist li vallet, 'tut a vos volentez.'L594 [L594] talentez [O]  1_21
           595  Pus li vet aporter es nefs d'argent dorez;L595 [L595] Pus li en vet porter [O]  1_21 [f.11b]
                   E quant il orent beu si fud lors demaundezL596 [L596] E q. uirent b. si fud al us d. [O]  1_21
                   Un soen mestre escuier – Bertin [fu] apelez.L597 [L597] E un; [O]  qui bertin fud numez [O]  1_21
                   Quant il vint devaunt li, dit li fu e mustrez
                   K'ele veut ke Blanchard li seit tost amenez
           600  Od le kanfrein a or e mut bien enselez –L600 [L600] enselez enséélez [O]  1_21
                   Il n'ad plus bel cheval en seisaunte citez.L601 [L601] citez regnez [O]  1_21
                   E Bertin s'en turna, ne s'est geres targiez,L602 [L602] sin est g. t. [O]  1_21
                   Si amena Blanchard, cum ainz fu devisez.
                   Quant Rigmel l'ot veü, si ad dit: 'Or pernez,L604 [L604] Rigmenil; [O]  si li dit [O]  1_21
           605  Seneschal, cest cheval, ki ad bunté asez.
                   Par cestui fermerom entre nus amistez.'L606 [L606] The plural form amistez is not infrequent in O.F. texts, but ordinarily denotes tokens of friendship, greetings (see also l. 4368 and note); here and in l. 1168, where the sense is friendship, friendly alliance, as in pur la meie amistez O 5014, the spelling is presumably a concession to rhyme (cf. Intr.2, p. 35).1_21
                   'Dame,' çoe dist Herlaund, 'Deu vus rende les grez!
           608  Plus gent don ne dona ne reis ne amirez.L608 [L608] r. ne duc namirez [O]  1_21
                   Jo·l vus guerredonrai en tuz sens que voldrez.'L608a [L608a] om  [O]  1_21
32
                   'Beau sire seneschal, encor nus léésçom!
           610  Si bevrom del piment ki est e bel e bun.L610 [L610] de p. kil est cler e b. [O]  1_21
                   Pur çoe ke lez seiez encore avrez un dun –L611 [L611] un tel [O]  1_21
                   Joe ne crei plus beaus seit de si qu'a Besençon –L612 [L612] Crei ke p. bel ne seit dici [O]  1_21
                   Çoe si sunt dous levriers, nurri de ma mesun;L613 [L613] de en [O]  1_21L613 [L613] leueres [O]  1_21
                   Cumme cinne sunt blanc e innel cum faukun.'L614 [L614] om  e [O]  1_21
           615  'Dame,' çoe dist Herlaund, 'li sire de haut trunL615 [L615] li reis del [O]  1_21
                   D'içoe que me donez vus rende guerredon!
                   Rien ke voldrez aveir en ceste regïun,
                   Bien le vus cunquerrai, si m'aït saint Simun!'L618 [L618] Bien le Bele [O]  1_21 [f.12a]
                   El demaunde les chiens, si·s ameine un guitun:
           620  La chaëne est d'argent de mut bele façun,L620 [L620] bele noble [O]  1_21

Page 1_21


                   Li colier sunt a or ovré a Besençon,L621 [L621] Les culurs sunt dor [O]  1_22
                   Entaillé e purtraiz [o]d pierres envirun.L622 [L622] od pires [O]  1_22L622 [L622] od pierresrej  d pierres1_22
                   E quant Herlaund les out ne·s donast pur Maskun,L623 [L623] le uit [O]  1_22
                   Une bone cité ke tienent Borgoignun.
           625  Or s'en veut mes aler; li sojorn l'en somon,L625 [L625] l'en le [O]  1_22L625 [L625] Ore mes sen uolt a. [O]  1_22L625 [L625] Now he wishes to be off, urged by his protracted stay; or . . . mes from now on, now, after this, with elements separated as in ll. 3408, 3618.–For somon see Intr.2, p. 54.1_22
                   Mes el l'ad retenu, si·l prent par le gerun.L626 [L626] gerun gernun [O]  1_22
33
                   'Par Deu,' çoe dit Rigmel, 'trop vus vulez haster.L627 [L627] Rigmenil [O]  1_22L627 [L627] Rigmel. Here and in ll. 1283, 3714, 3766 C uses the abbreviation Rig%m.1_22
                   Sire, encore purrez ove nus reposer,L628 [L628] purrez poez [O]  1_22
                   Si deduiez od nus, si bevom del vin cler.L629 [L629] deduirez; [O]  beurum [O]  1_22
           630  Encore ai joe beaus dons a vostre oes a doner,L630 [L630] ai beles duns [O]  1_22
                   E si ai encore ove vus a parler.
                   Un ostur vus donrai – n'ad tiel tresqu'a Muntcler –L632 [L632] desqua Mundcler [O]  1_22L632 [L632] In F. Can. 11933 Moncler is a town in Spain to which the pagan king Thiebaut withdraws after his defeat.1_22
                   La setme mueisun l'ai joe ja fet muer.L633 [L633] om  joe ja [O]  1_22
                   Suz ciel n'ad nul oisel qu'il voille reviler,
           635  K'e ostur deive prendre, si l'i volez jeter.'L635 [L635] si l'i se i [O]  1_22L634 [L634] There is no bird under heaven that a falcon can strike that it will shirk, if you cast it at it. The usual O.F. verb reviler means despise, but here and in l. 3281 the sense is evidently shirk, avoid from fear; so it seems probable that we have here a dissimilated form of the verb revirer, which has this meaning in several Western texts, Thèbes, Troie, Chron. Nor., Livre Man., F. Can., also in Gir. Ros. (cf. Glossaries). The dissimilated form is used in rhyme in Protheselaus, Vers jonatas eire mult grant Et cil vers lui, pas nel revile. Esgardent les plus de deus mile 961-3 and in Ipomedon Vers lui turne, pas nel reville 3933.1_22
                   Quant l'ot dit, si l'ad fait devant li aporter.L636 [L636] Quant co ot dit sil fet [O]  1_22
                   Pus dit al seneschal: 'Pernez cest, ami chier,L637 [L637] dit interlinear insertion1_22
                   Certes meillor de lui ne porte chevalier.'L638 [L638] Read chevaler.1_22
                   E quant Herlaund le tint n'i out k'esleëscier,
           640  Quant le vit taunt bien fait [e] taunt sein e entier.L640 [L640] si bien f. e [O]  1_22L639 [L639] These lines should probably be punctuated with a semi-colon after eslëescier and a comma after entier.1_22
                   Ne·l donast en nul sen pur argent në or mer.L641 [L641] ne pur [O]  1_22
                   Dunc ne siet il cumment le puisse mercïer,L642 [L642] il pusset [O]  1_22L642 [L642] For mercïer employed transitively in the sense of recompense (mercïer qch. a qn.) cf. Ch. Rol. 519 and Bédier's Commentary, p. 204.1_22 [f.12b]
                   Mes cele ki est cointe descovre sun penser.L643 [L643] Mes ele li ad dunc descuuert trestut sun p. [O]  1_22
                   'Bien me purrez', fait ele, 'mes duns guerredoner,L644 [L644] Bien me p. ore mes d. g. [O]  1_22
           645  Si vus vient a talant, seneschal dreiturer.L645 [L645] Si Sil [O]  1_22
                   Ne quer fors vëeir Horn, le truvé el graverL646 [L646] ne vus quier for dan horn [O]  1_22
                   Ki fud fiz Aaluf de Suddene, le fier,
                   Kar vus l'avez nurri, si l'avez a garder.L648 [L648] si auez [O]  1_22
                   Celui m'amenez ça, kar autre rien ne quier.'L649 [L649] om  kar [O]  1_22
           650  'Dame,' [li] fet Herlaund, 'bien fait a otrïer.L650 [L650] co dit H. [O]  1_22

Page 1_22


34
                   'Demain vus amerrai çoe qu'avez demaundé,L651 [L651] rhyme in -ez [O]  1_23
                   Apres çoe que mis sires, li reis, avra mangé.L652 [L652] om  mis sires [O]  a. tost mangez [O]  1_23L652 [L652] For the construction see Intr.2, p. 102.1_23
                   E si el requerez bien vus iert gräaunté.'L653 [L653] el plus; [O]  dunc uus ert bien g. [O]  1_23
                   'Sire,' çoe dist Rigmel, 'çoe m'est a volenté,L654 [L654] est ert [O]  1_23L654 [L654] Rigmenil [O]  1_23L654 [L654] Rigmelrej  .R.1_23
           655  Plus que rien que de vus me peust estre doné.'
                   'Fait est', [ço] dit Herlaund. A taunt prent le cungié,L656 [L656] Bien ert fet; [O]  prist le oget [O]  1_23L656 [L656] The version of C is metrically incorrect, but I have retained it, with the addition of [ço], in preference to the more commonplace reading of O, as we seem to have here an idiom expressing either a hyperbolical promise (your bidding is already done) or the conclusion of a bargain (Eng. Done!).1_23
                   Si s'en vet al ostel, kar pres iert avespré.
                   De servir l'endemain le rei mut ad pensé:L658 [L658] el demain; [O]  ad mult p. [O]  1_23
                   Tuz les serjaunz le rei devant sei ad maundéL659 [L659] d. lui ad demandet [O]  1_23
           660  E cum devront servir tut lur ad devisé,
                   E quant ad tut purveu pus s'e[n] est reposéL661 [L661] s'en si [O]  1_23L661 [L661] E quant il ot si fet; [O]  1_23
                   Mes n'i poüst dormir pur tut l'or que fist Dé,
                   Kar pense de Rigmel, [d'iço k'ot demandet;]L663 [L663] Tant pensat de Rigmenil dico kot demandet Pur quei uolt tant ueer horn le gentil trouet [O]  1_23
                   [Pur quei volt tant veer] Horn le [gentil] trové.
           665  'Deu!', fait il en sun quoer, 'si el l'ad enamé?
                   Ele est fille le rei, mun seignur avué:
                   Si çoe ne fust par lui, mut sereit aviléL667 [L667] mut si [O]  1_23 [f.13a]
           668  E si par mei est fait mal avrai espleité;L668 [L668] Si ico est par mei fet; [O]  om  second hemistich [O]  1_23
                   De mun seignur, le rei en serreië retéL668a [L668a] om  [O]  1_23L668a [L668a] Delete the comma after seignur.1_23
                   Ke j'en avreië fait vers lui desleauté,L668b [L668b] om  first hemistich [O]  1_23
                   Si·n serrai en la curt a tuz jorz mal noté.L669 [L669] Sin Si [O]  1_23
           670  N'i serra ceste feiz par mei Horn amené,L670 [L670] Ne serra pur aceste feiz horn pur mei a. [O]  1_23
                   Einz i merrai Haderof, taunt qu'aië espruvéL671 [L671] Ainz amenrai [O]  1_23
                   Quel semblant el li fra de mustrer amisté.L672 [L672] de muscriet a. [O]  1_23
                   Bien m'en aparcevrai, quant serrunt asemblé,L673 [L673] serrunt erent [O]  1_23
                   Par cestui, k'el fereit de Horn, le pruz sené.L674 [L674] kele frat en uers horn le loet [O]  1_23
35
           675  'Bien me sui purpensé n'i merrai Horn neëntL675 [L675] namenrai [O]  1_23
                   E si n'os pas lessier que n'aille al parlementL676 [L676] Kar io nos paissier que io nalge [O]  1_23
                   Ke j'ai pris a Rigmel e pramis leaument.L677 [L677] Rigmenil [O]  1_23
                   El me dona ses duns mult beaus par tiel covent

Page 1_23


                   Ke li mustrasse Horn, ki le cors ad si gent,
           680  Ke taunt pruz n'iert truvé de si qu'en orїent.L680 [L680] Ke tant bels nert trovet dici qua bonevent [O]  1_24
                   Mes ne l'os pas mener kar ne sai sun talent,L681 [L681] om  kar [O]  1_24L681 [L681] I do not know her mind. The word talent, which usually means desire, seems here to be used rather in the sense of disposition, intentions; for a similar use in other texts see F. Can., note on l. 11521. In l. 980 this sense-development is carried further, for here perdre sun sens e sun talant means lose one's senses, become distraught.1_24
                   Ne sai s'el l'amereit or si sudeëment,L682 [L682] suddeinement [O]  1_24
                   Kar corage remue a feme mut soventL683 [L683] curages remuent a femmes [O]  1_24L683 [L683] Insert a colon after sovent.1_24
                   Quant veit bea[u] bacheler, de s'amur tost s'esprentL684 [L684] tost de samur esprent [O]  1_24
           685  E bien tost, ki k'en peist, si l'eime folement,L685 [L685] om  si [O]  1_24
                   Ne·l larreit pur nuli, pur ami ne parent;L686 [L686] Ne l. p. nulí pere ne mere ne p. [O]  1_24
                   Ja pur nient l'en fereit nuls hom chastїement,L687 [L687] om  Ja and en [O]  1_24
                   Kar si l'en chastïez e batez durement,L688 [L688] Si la castiez u batet d. [O]  1_24
                   Tut avrez çoe perdu: taunt l'amera plus forment.L689 [L689] dunc lamenra p. f. [O]  1_24 [f.13b]
           690  Pur çoe sui joe d'icest en grant esguarementL690 [L690] esguabement [O]  1_24
                   Ke face vers Rigmel, d'icest prametement,L691 [L691] vers envers R. [O]  1_24
                   Mes tuz jorz ferai çoe qu[e] ai en pensement,L692 [L692] frai ico ke iai [O]  1_24
                   Qu'i merrai Haderof pur l'aperceivementL693 [L693] Ke menrai [O]  1_24L693 [L693] Read aparceivement.1_24
                   Quel semblant el li fra a cest asemblement.
           695  Haderof est mut beaus, nen ad plus bel en cent,L695 [L695] nad tant bel entre c. [O]  1_24
                   Fors sul Horn par beauté, ki passe tute gent.'L696 [L696] qui par b. p. [O]  1_24
                   A taunt s'est endormi a cest purpensement.L697 [L697] a od [O]  1_24
                   Ne s'esveillera mes einz l'aube aparissent.L698 [L698] laubbe parissent [O]  1_24L698 [L698] einz l'aube aparissent. The construction, though used by Crestien in Yvain 5869 (a l'aube aparissant), is more usual in the chansons de geste than in romance; cf. Foulet, § 131.1_24
36
                   Or dirrai de Rigmel, puis qu'el fu esjoïe,L699 [L699] RiGmenil [O]  1_24L691 [L691] Ri.1_24
           700  Pus k'en parti Herlaund, cumment mena sa vie.L700 [L700] cumment cume [O]  1_24
                   En sun lit se cucha mes el ne dormist mieL701 [L701] se sen; [O]  m. ele dormit mie [O]  1_24L701 [L701] dormistrej  dormi^st1_24
                   Pur tut l'or de Melan ne l'argent de Pavie:
                   El se turne sovent e en penser se prie
                   Par mut grant desirer Jesum, le fiz Marie,
           705  Qu'il li doinst vëeir Horn e aver en baillie.
                   Ele apelë a sei Herselot, sa nurrie.
                   'Herselot, joe t'aim mut kar tu es [ja] m'amie.L707 [L707] tu es manie [O]  1_24
                   La rien qu'ai en pensé ne larrai ne·l te die.L708 [L708] ne·l ne [O]  1_24L708 [L708] La rien qu'ai en pensé. We should perhaps read enpensé, past participle of the verb empenser think of, conceive (cf. Tobl. Lom.); so also in ll. 2639, 4221, O 5052. The scribes have in fact written enpense(t) in one word in C 2639, O 708 and O 5052.1_24
                   Un mal m'est pris al quoer, mut crem ke ne m'ocie,L709 [L709] me prist el quor m. criem ke moszie [O]  1_24

Page 1_24


           710  Mes ne sai dunt me vient ne de quel partie.L710 [L710] me il [O]  1_25
                   Descoloréé sui, çoe m'est vis, e palie:L711 [L711] sui en sui [O]  1_25
                   Jo·l vi el mirëor u mirai l'autre die.L712 [L712] u mesmirai [O]  1_25
                   Ne sai s'est pur amur que sui si esmarie,L713 [L713] esmarie esbaie [O]  1_25L713 [L713] om  sai [O]  1_25L713 [L713] s'estrej  si est1_25
                   [Unc mes ne soi d'amur ne d'amer n'oi envie.]
           715  [Mult grant mal m'ad fet Horn dunt parole ai oie,]L714 [L714] Text from O1_25
                   [Ke ne vei façun sun semblant eschevie]
                   [Ne sai s'estreit pur lui ke su si esfremie.] [f.14a]
                   Deu me dont li vëeir ki del mund ad mestrie!L718 [L718] Deu le me doinst [O]  1_25
37
                   'Herselot, duce rien, joe mein mut male fin.L719 [L719] The locution mener (faire) male fin is linked in some texts with the verbs crïer and braire, hence the renderings of Auc. II. 40 suggested by the editors: sich schlimm gebärden, Suchier; mener beau tapage, Roques. Here, however, such a translation is quite inappropriate; as in other examples including Eneas 8142 and indeed the passage in Auc., the meaning is rather languish, pine away, cf. Tobl. Lom. III, 1863: male fin elendes Leben, Jämmerlichkeit, Kläglichkeit.1_25
           720  Ne lerrai pur home ki seit nez de mun lin –L720 [L720] Pur nul hom ne lerrai [O]  1_25
                   Ja ne m'iert taunt procein ne parent ne cosin –L721 [L721] t. proscein parent [O]  1_25
                   Ke ne parouge a Horn, si joe pus, le matin.
                   Deu! quant le verrai joe, cel vaillant orfenin?L723 [L723] E deus; [O]  le gentil o. [O]  1_25
                   L'en dit qu'il est si beaus, le vis ad taunt rosin;L724 [L724] taunt tut [O]  1_25L724 [L724] L'en Lun [O]  1_25
           725  A ceus qui veü l'unt bien semblë angelin.L725 [L725] semblot [O]  1_25
                   Lee serreit ki l'avreit suz covertur martrin.L726 [L726] martrin hermin [O]  1_25L726 [L726] Lee esteit [O]  1_25
                   Deu le me dunt encore e li bier saint Martin!
                   Pas ne·l chaungereië pur nul rei palaïn.'L728 [L728] Io nel c. veirs [O]  1_25
                   'Dame', dist Herselot, 'vus l'avrez, jo·l devin.L729 [L729] l'avrez aurez [O]  1_25
           730  Un'avisïun vi – par quei sai k'ert issin –
                   Qu'il vus fist un gent dun d'un faukun muntarsin;L731 [L731] Ki fist [O]  1_25L731 [L731] muntarsin. Examples of this adjective, descriptive of a falcon, are found in O. Prov., e.g. in the extract. from the Chanson d'Antioche in Appel's Chrestomathie. Its meaning and provenance are uncertain. Gf. couples it with montardin and connects it with montagne, which provides such epithets as montain, montenier, etc., but this is unlikely. Its origin may be a place-name, cf. the names Montarsie, Montarsin etc. in F. Can.1_25
                   El sein le metïez dedesuz l'osterin,L732 [L732] E uostre s. le mist desuz uostre o. [O]  1_25L732 [L732] osterin. A rich Eastern material used for pennons (cf. F. Can.) and garments of various kinds (e.g. chauces 3973); here perhaps the garment itself.1_25
                   Si ne·l donissez pas pur le regne Pepin.
                   Bien sai ke c'iert un fiz, ke avrez del meschin,L734 [L734] del de [O]  1_25
           735  E la lei fausera Tervagan e ApollinL735 [L735] Kuncore falserat tute la lei apollin [O]  1_25
                   E par lui, si il vit, murra meint barbarin.'L736 [L736] E Kar [O]  1_25L736 [L736] barbarin. The significance of this word is variable. In some texts, e.g. Ch. Rol., F. Can., it denotes Berber; in others the meaning appears to be foreign (cf. estrange e barbarin St. Auban 63, cited by Tobl. Lom.); here and in ll. 1521, 1651, 1683 it seems to be used as a synonym of barbaran pagan, Saracen, for it is replaced in H 1651 by paenime and in O 1683 by saracin. See also note on l. 3700.1_25
                   'Deus le dunt!' dist Rigmel, 'e li bier saint Quintin. –L737 [L737] Quintin Martin [O]  1_25L737 [L737] In the rejected readings of C insert .Ri.1_25
                   Des or dormirai meuz, si pus, tresqu'al matin.'L738 [L738] de suuz cuuertor hermin [O]  1_25

Page 1_25


38
                   Apres dormi suëf, k'ele fud cunfortéé
           740  E ke Herselot out l'avisïun cuntéé,L740 [L740] out li ot [O]  1_26
                   Tresque vint al matin que la gueite ad mustrééL741 [L741] Deske vint el m. que la guante [O]  1_26L741 [L741] mustree. See Intr.2, p. 91.1_26 [f.14b]
                   Par sun corn ke ja est bien l'aubë escrevéé.L742 [L742] Par Pur; [O]  laube bien [O]  1_26
                   As mustiers principaus fu la messe sonéé:L743 [L743] As Es [O]  1_26
                   Tuit l'ont cummunement bas e haut escutéé.L744 [L744] poure e riche [O]  1_26
           745  Apres, cum costume iert, fu la curt celebrééL745 [L745] The use of celebrer with curt may well have been suggested by the presence of servise in the following line.1_26
                   E li servises granz de la riche mesnéé.L746 [L746] de la dicele [O]  1_26
                   Mut fu liez rei Hunlaf, qui li servise agréé,
                   E cummaunde ke seit la festë esforcéé.
                   Herland, li seneschal, lur fait chiere heitéé,L749 [L749] semblant bien lee [O]  1_26
           750  Dunc les fet si servir ke rien n'est demaundéé,L750 [L750] si tuz [O]  1_26
                   Si lur est grant richesce par tut abaundonéé.L751 [L751] Si lur ad par trestuit grant servise a. [O]  1_26
                   Horn vet par la mesun; chose semble faéé.L752 [L752] semblot [O]  1_26
                   Deu! taunt est sa beauté par tut de tuz loéé!L753 [L753] Deu cum sa belte est de trestuz dunc loee [O]  1_26
                   E meinte bone parole fud lors de li parléé.L754 [L754] Tant bone p. fud lores [O]  1_26
           755  Piment portent e vins en vessele doréé
                   Il e si cumpaignun par la sale pavéé.
                   Li servises ad duré tresque none est sunéé.L757 [L757] des que vespres est s. [O]  1_26
39
                   Mut ennuia Rigmel qu'il ad duré itant.L758 [L758] Rigmenil [O]  1_26
                   Herselot apela e dit en suzpirant:L759 [L759] apelet dit li [O]  1_26
           760  'Belë, alez laenz e dites a HerlantL760 [L760] dites mei dan H. [O]  1_26
                   Qu'il vienge a mei parler, si cum est covenant.
                   Il siet bien que çoe est: autre rien ne demant,L762 [L762] que quei [O]  1_26
                   Fors çoe qu'il me pramist er seir al departaunt.
                   Dites li, bor le vit, s'il en fet mun talaunt.L764 [L764] buer le frat sil fet mun cummant [O]  1_26L764 [L764] Tell him it was lucky for him that he ever saw him (sc. Horn, referred to by çoe qu'il me pramist 763; cf. çoe qu'avez demaundé 651). In O the reference has been missed, and bor le vit replaced by buer le frat.1_26
           765  Ne li faudra or quit ne argent ne besaunt. [f.15a]
                   Asez ai ke doner, la merci Deu, le grant:
                   Si·n avront guerredon apres lui si enfant.'
                   'Dame', dit Herselot, 'tut al vostre comant!'L768 [L768] al a [O]  1_26
                   Or s'en vet el palais la pucelë errant,L769 [L769] al p. la p. curant [O]  1_26
           770  Trovad le seneschal a sun manger seaunt:L770 [L770] Trouet [O]  1_26

Page 1_26


                   Idu[n]c iert il asis e li autre servant,L771 [L771] om  il [O]  1_27L771 [L771] Read Idunc.1_27
                   Pus qu'il orent servi rei Hunlaf, le puissant.L772 [L772] puissant poant [O]  1_27
                   En l'oreille li dit, tut suëf cunseillaunt:L773 [L773] dit suef en c. [O]  1_27
                   'Çoe vus maunde Rigmel, ma dame, la vaillant,L774 [L774] la le [O]  1_27L774 [L774] Rigmenil [O]  1_27L774 [L774] .Ri.1_27
           775  Ke vus viengez a lui cum fustes prametant
                   Er seir al departir quant en alastes riaunt.L776 [L776] quant alastes r. [O]  1_27
                   Ele creistra voz duns par le mien escïant
                   Si k'en serrez de meuz tuz dis sun bien voillant.'L778 [L778] dis iors [O]  1_27L778 [L778] So that you will ever be the more her well-wisher. For de meuz see note on l. 154.1_27
                   'Bele,' çoe dist Herland, 'joe vus serai siwant!'L779 [L779] io vois vus ia s. [O]  1_27
40
           780  Herselot s'en revait, sun message ad summé.L780 [L780] summé suned [O]  1_27
                   A sa dame revint, dit li ad e mustréL781 [L781] revient [O]  1_27
                   Ke li seneschal vient, cum il fud deviséL782 [L782] il ainz [O]  1_27
                   Al departir le seir – quant il prist sun cungié –L783 [L783] sun le [O]  1_27L783 [L783] le seir esseir [O]  1_27
                   Ke Horn, li fiz Aalof, li seroit amené,L784 [L784] om  Ke [O]  1_27
           785  Li beaus e li gentilz, li corteis, l'alosé.L785 [L785] l'alosé li loed [O]  1_27L785 [L785] om  e [O]  1_27
                   Dunc sacez que Rigmel de joie ad suspiré.L786 [L786] Sacez dunc ke .R. [O]  1_27
                   Lors fu l'esmireür mut tost demandé;L787 [L787] li mireur [O]  1_27L787 [L787] demandé, redemandé 1_27
                   En tuz sens s'esmira pur vëeir sa beauté,L788 [L788] s'esmira. See note on l. 479.1_27
                   Pur savoir de sun vis cum est bien coluré;L789 [L789] c. il e. c. [O]  1_27 [f.15b]
           790  Des meillurs dras k'el out sun cors ad acesmé.L790 [L790] ad s. c. a. [O]  1_27
                   El est corteise e bele, sa per n'out el regné.L791 [L791] Ele est bele asez not tant bele el r. [O]  1_27
                   Or atendra Herland, s'il ferad leauté
                   D'içoe qu'il out pramis, dunt il fu mut preié.L793 [L793] d. il esteit [O]  1_27
                   E Herland s'en leva si tost cum out mangé,L794 [L794] s'en se [O]  1_27
           795  Haderof apela, si l'ad od lui mené;L795 [L795] lui sei [O]  1_27
                   A la chambre Rigmel main a main sunt alé;L796 [L796] Rim. [O]  1_27
                   Li ussiers lur ovri, si·s ad bel apelé:
                   'Seignurs, bien viengez vus! si [e]n aiez bon gré,
                   Ke visiter volez Rigmel, al cors deugié.'L799 [L799] Ke uolez u. [O]  1_27
41
           800  Rigmel les saluë, si lur fet bele chiere,L800 [L800] Rim. les ad welcumez [O]  1_27L800 [L800] C Rigmel les salue, O Rimel les ad welcumez. The verb welcumer, one of the earliest A.N. loan-words from Eng., is introduced in O, possibly to eliminate the lyric caesura, but at the expense of the syllabic count.1_27
                   D'e aus apeler ne fu vilaine ne laniere;L801 [L801] Dels a. bel [O]  1_27L801 [L801] C De aus apeler ne fu vilaine . . ., O D'els apeler bel ne fud vilanie . . . In the sense of greet,welcome the verb apeler is usually accompanied by bel; it is therefore possible that we should include bel and shorten apeler to apler.1_27

Page 1_27


                   Envers le seneschal ad dunc parlé premiere.
                   En riaunt li ad dit: 'Herland, Deus le vus miere!
                   Bien sai vers mei n'estes mençonger ne trufflere.
           805  Mut vus iert bien rendu de mei, quant lius en ere.L805 [L805] ere. See note on l. 45.1_28
                   Od ces puceles la serrez sur la jonchiere.L806 [L806] Od cels p. serrez la sur une kere [O]  1_28L806 [L806] la jonchiere is replaced in O by the more modern une kere (i.e. chaiere), but this word is nowhere used in C.1_28
                   Si vus de rien vers eles volez faire preiere,
                   Bien voil qu'eles le facent en trestote maniere:L808 [L808] For the possible use of els for eles see the section on Personal Pronouns in the Introduction to Volume II.1_28
                   Ne sereit bien de mei ki vus fust mençongiere.'L809 [L809] ki ka [O]  1_28
           810  'Bele,' çoe dist Herlant, 'ne quid que ren requiere,L810 [L810] quid crei [O]  1_28
                   Dunt me sace mau gré mis sires, vostre pere.'L811 [L811] sace sacez [O]  1_28
                   Ele vet vers Haderof, ki la colur ad clere,L812 [L812] dunc ki l. c. ot [O]  1_28
                   Si l'ad pris par la main: ne li veut estre fiere,L813 [L813] vers lui nen ert ia f. [O]  1_28 [f.16a]
                   Si l'asist sur sun lit dunt la coiltë est chiereL814 [L814] est fud [O]  1_28L814 [L814] asist asiet [O]  1_28
           815  D'un paile alixandrin: bon' en fu l'i overiere.L815 [L815] bon fud l'ouriere [O]  1_28L815 [L815] The use of li for the feminine article is presumably scribal. For overiere see note to l. 974.1_28
42
                   La corteise Rigmel juste lui s'est asise,L816 [L816] .Rigm. [O]  1_28
                   Si quide ke seit Horn, ki amur l'ad cunquise,L817 [L817] kil s. H. ki amur susprise [O]  1_28
                   Kar il iert luncs e beaus de mut estrange guise –L818 [L818] Ele veit cestui bel en m. e. g. [O]  1_28
                   Ne cre[i] ke plus seit beaus entre Peitiers e Pise,L819 [L819] p. b. eust e. p. en p. [O]  1_28
           820  Fors sul Horn, ki sur tuz departis la mestrise.L820 [L820] porte l. m. [O]  1_28L819 [L819] I think there is none more beautiful between Poitiers and Pisa, save only Horn, to whom I adjudge supremacy over all. Thomas is here extending the sense of departir distribute. For the form departis see Intr.2, p. 53.1_28
                   El quide çoe seit il ki taunt l'ad en justise;L821 [L821] Ele quidat ke co fust ki forment latise [O]  1_28
                   Si li dit: 'Beaus amis, des or vuil estre mise,
                   Si vostre pleisir en est en vostre comaundise.'L823 [L823] comaundise iustise [O]  1_28L823 [L823] om  en [O]  1_28L823 [L823] Insert a comma after est.1_28
                   'Bele,' dit li vallet, 'n'avez pas [fait] enquiseL824 [L824] nauez pas ben enquise [O]  1_28
           825  Ki joe sui, ne ke vail: trop estes tost esprise.L825 [L825] Noueles ki io sui trop tost estes e. [O]  1_28
                   Vus avrez un meillur ki plus de mei se prise –L826 [L826] mielz de [O]  1_28
                   Si deit il bien faire, si m'aït saint Denise!L827 [L827] fere ben [O]  1_28
                   Kar n'ad meillur de lui entre Norweie e Frise.'L828 [L828] Il nat plus lel de lui [O]  1_28
                   Or quide bien Rigmel qu'il se ceilt par cointise.L829 [L829] ceilt ceilet [O]  1_28L829 [L829] Rigm. [O]  1_28
43
           830  Haderof entent bien par sun aparlement
                   Ke ele est deceue en sun avenement,L831 [L831] deceue est [O]  1_28
                   K'el quide qu'il seit Horn – sis amis au cors gent –L832 [L832] Ke quidet [O]  1_28

Page 1_28


                   Qu'amener li deveit par sun prametementL833 [L833] purmettement [O]  1_29
                   Herland, li seneschaus: si ne·l ad fait néént.
           835  Ne veut ke blasme en ait, si respunt cointement:L835 [L835] ieit; [O]  baldement [O]  1_29
                   'Bele, forment vus pris de vostre apelement.
                   Mut est bien veir de vus k'en dient tote gentL837 [L837] k'en ke [O]  1_29L837 [L837] om  est [O]  1_29 [f.16b]
                   De vostre largesce, de vostre afaitement:L838 [L838] largesce largete [O]  1_29
                   Tiele truvéé n'iert tresqu'al definementL839 [L839] dici kal finement [O]  1_29
           840  De cest siecle muer, que tut poeples atent.L840 [L840] u tut popes a. [O]  1_29
                   Pur çoe qu'avrez icel ki vus iert a talent,L841 [L841] Pur co sai kauerz tel ke [O]  1_29L841 [L841] icelrej  itiel1_29
                   Bien serez parigaus, par le mien escient.L841 [L841] The definite allusion to Horn in l. 843 makes it probable that itiel (O tel) in l. 841 is a scribal error for icel.–The locution pur çoe que provided that is normally followed by the subjunctive as in ll. 2500, 4254 (though with similar conjunctions the future is occasionally found, e.g. Guill. d'Angl. 2102 Tu les avras Par covent que tu me diras …). It therefore seems possible that pur is here an error for par, used instrumentally (cf. l. 4339), and that the meaning is By having him whom you desire, you will be well matched. For the confusion of pur and par see note on l. 670.1_29
                   Il est niez e estraiz pur veir plus reaument.L843 [L843] leaument realment [O]  1_29
                   Ke d'iceus que joe sui certes vaut il les cent.'L844 [L844] cum io sui c. il v. [O]  1_29L844 [L844] The text of C presumably means For of those from whom I am [sprung], assuredly he is worth the hundred, with que relative adverb and estre de be descended from (cf. note on l. 3718); but the cum of O suggests that iceus que should be corrected to iteus cum, For of such as I am. . ..1_29
           845  Or quide bien Rigmel ke seit deceivementL845 [L845] Or q. Rim̃. Kil [O]  1_29
                   E qu'il respunde si pur sun desveiëment,L846 [L846] E kil respundet pur s. d. [O]  1_29
                   E par orguil de sei en face ceilement:L847 [L847] de sei facet encelement [O]  1_29
                   Qu'il ne la deint amer, çoe dute mut forment.L848 [L848] deint deigne [O]  1_29
                   Or li est çoe a quoer mut grant atisementL849 [L849] Ore li est al q. un g. a. [O]  1_29L849 [L849] Read a[l] quoer.1_29
           850  De lui encore amer plus angoissusement,
                   Mes aparmain avra verai aveiëment,L851 [L851] Mes par mein en a. [O]  1_29
                   Kar en la chambre entre Godsƿiþ el pavement.L852 [L852] om  Kar [O]  Gundesuuit al p. [O]  1_29L852 [L852] Read Godsƿiþ.1_29
44
                   Godsƿiþ entre la chambre, ki ert pavementéé,L853 [L853] Gundeswit entrat en la c. pauéé [O]  1_29
                   [De marbre e de lios menuement ovree.]
           855  Norrice esteit R[igmel] e mestresse claméé,L855 [L855] R[igmel]. See note on l. 555.1_29
                   Bien conoisseit trestuz de la real mesnéé;L856 [L856] Trestuz cunusset ben [O]  1_29L856 [L856] conoissent1_29
                   Sovent ot vëu Horn od la façun loéé.
                   Or en veneit parler od sa dame a celéé:L858 [L858] a en [O]  1_29
                   Cum trestuit en la sale sa colur ont notée,L859 [L859] Cume tuz [O]  1_29
           860  E dient en comun que chosë est faééL860 [L860] E d. envirun kil est chose f. [O]  1_29
                   U del ciel est venu par [sa] grant destinéé;L860a [L860a] om  [O]  1_29
                   Dame ne·l poet veer ke n'en seit esragéé,L861 [L861] ke ne seit anguisséé [O]  1_29

Page 1_29

[f.17a]
                   U pres est del murir u del tut est pasméé;L862 [L862] del pasmer [O]  1_30
                   Taunt est sa grant beauté par trestut deviséé:L863 [L863] devisee desiree [O]  1_30L863 [L863] murir, pasmer 1_30
                   D'içoe veneit parler. Quant veit sur la jonchééL864 [L864] veit uit [O]  1_30
           865  Sëeir le seneschal, de ki est mut améé,L865 [L865] dunt ele ert mult léé [O]  1_30
                   Pus si veit Haderof sur la coilte pointéé
                   Sëeir juste R[igmel], la gentil, l'onuréé,
                   Apres ad haut parlé en voiz si deslïéé:L868 [L868] Apres ad parle issi en halte voiz deléé [O]  1_30
                   'Bien vienge Haderof de Suddene, la léé!L869 [L869] vienge uiengez [O]  1_30
           870  S'or fust venu od vus cil de vostre cuntréé,L870 [L870] om  od vus cil [O]  1_30
                   Horn, li bons e li beaus, od beauté aluméé!'L871 [L871] Horn li proz li gentil od la belte miréé [O]  1_30
                   Quant cel mot ot R[igmel] pur poi qu'el n'est desvéé,L872 [L872] pur poi ne nest [O]  1_30
                   D'e ire e de maltalent ad la colur muéé.
                   Parole dirra ja dunt bien iert escotééL874 [L874] dunt ele ert e. [O]  1_30
           875  [E dunt grant mal surdrat s'ele n'est adrescee. ]L875 [L875] Text from O1_30
45
                   'Avoi! cum sui hunie! Quide, le fiz Toral,L876 [L876] quide [O]  1_30L876 [L876] quiderej  quidez1_30
                   Pur les seinz que Deus fist ke ne seie leal,L877 [L877] ki io sei iaial [O]  1_30L877 [L877] ne seie leal, joe seie jaial 1_30
                   K'ici m'ad amené par gabeis un vassal,L878 [L878] Ki mad ci a. [O]  1_30
                   Tut pur mei essaier cum fusse cummunal?
           880  [Seüst li reis Hunlaf, mar veïst cest jornal.]
                   Joe m'en vengerai bien – ja nen irra par al –L881 [L881] For nen read n'en.1_30
                   Tut l'en ferai detraire a coës de cheval.L882 [L882] a par [O]  1_30L882 [L882] l'en le [O]  1_30
                   Ne fu mes si honie pucele enperïalL883 [L883] Hunie ne fud unc si [O]  1_30
                   Cum cist surquidé m'ad, ki se fet seneschal.L884 [L884] cist cil [O]  1_30L884 [L884] For sei faire make oneself out to be, claim to be cf. l. 3078 and Tobl. Lom. III, 1579.1_30
           885  Par Deu poi ai amis s'il ne vengent cest mal,L885 [L885] Par d. io nai ami si ne me venget de c. m. [O]  1_30L885 [L885] We should, perhaps, read here s'il ne·m vengent cent mal, for the ethical dative found in O may well be original, cf. note on l. 760.1_30
                   S'il ne quierent de lui huniement vergundal.'L886 [L886] Si men quiren de lui huniement u. [O]  1_30L886 [L886] huniementrej  hunissement1_30 [f.17b]
                   Or entent bien Herland ke c'est haunge mortal
                   Ke R[igmel] ad vers li, ki est fille real.L888 [L888] kest [O]  1_30
                   Dunc respundi par sen, k'i[l] iert sage e leal:L889 [L889] kil [O]  1_30
           890  'Dame, merci pur Deu, le rei esperital!
                   Demain amerrai Horn; tut en ierc dreitural.
                   N'osai ainz pur lo rei mun seignur natural.

Page 1_30


46
                   'N'osai ainz pur le re[i] a vus Horn amener,
                   Taunt i ad de feluns e sunt si mal parler;L894 [L894] des feluns ki tant sunt m. p. [O]  1_31
           895  Bien e mal lur est tut a dire cummuner,L895 [L895] Kar ben e mal lur est a d. c. [O]  1_31
                   Quant sunt deuant le rei e voelent losenger,L896 [L896] Read devant.1_31
                   E ainz creit hom le mal ke le bien al premier.L897 [L897] Ainz retrairunt le mal ke le b. apremer [O]  1_31
                   Pur iceus ai çoe fait, nun pur vus essaier.L898 [L898] Pur ices lai io fet neent pur vus aviler [O]  1_31
                   Or vus amerrai Horn od le visage cler –
           900  Joe n'en dorreie un ail, tiel en purra grucier –L900 [L900] Io ni durrai u. a. tel i purrat parler [O]  1_31
                   Si purrez a leisir od li esbaneier,L901 [L901] Si vus p. od lui a l. e. [O]  1_31
                   Dire vos volentez e gaber e juer.L902 [L902] vosrej  vos1_31
                   Ne m'en chaut des feluns s'en voelent mal noter.'L903 [L903] kil volent a m. n. [O]  1_31
                   'Par Deu,' çoe dist Rigmel, 'dunc m'estoet pardonerL904 [L904] P. d. dit Rigm̃. [O]  1_31
           905  L'ire e le maltalent que oi einz en penser.'L905 [L905] e le el; [O]  ke ioi en p. [O]  1_31L905 [L905] Read maltalant.1_31
                   'Bele, vostre merci,' çoe dist Herland, li bier,L906 [L906] Del uostre merci [O]  1_31
                   'Or, m'en irrai ataunt, kar ne pus demurerL907 [L907] ne ni [O]  1_31
                   Pur le cunrei le rei ke m'estoet aprester,
                   Ke il seit agreé demain a sun disner
           910  Pur sa grant curt tenir, qu'il n'i trost que blasmer [f.18a]
                   Pur les diverses genz ke il ad fait mander.'L911 [L911] mander essembler [O]  1_31L911 [L911] For diverses see note on l. 439.1_31
                   'Alez,' çoe dit Rigmel, 'seez verai parler,L912 [L912] dunc dit Rigm̃. s. uerrai de p. [O]  1_31L912 [L912] parler is better taken as the adjective in -ier, used adjectivally in malparler 894 and substantivally here, than as the nominative of the noun parlëor, as suggested in Mél. Hoepffner, p. 69.1_31
                   Ne m'alez decevant cum estes costumer.'
47
                   Quant vint [a] l'endemain [mut] grant fu li serviseL914 [L914] Q. v. al demein mult fud g. [O]  1_31L914 [L914] Read l'endemein.1_31
           915  Pur bien servir Hunlaf ki les autres justise:
                   Herlaund, li seneschal, grant entente i ad miseL916 [L916] om  i [O]  1_31
                   Qu'il fussent a cel jor bien servi par mestrise.L917 [L917] om  a [O]  par mestrie [O]  1_31
                   Nuls n'acuntast les mes qu'il orent par asise,
                   Estre les entremes ke Herlaund lur devise.L919 [L919] Estre les contremes [O]  1_31
           920  Deus! taunt servi le jor fiz de meinte marchise!L920 [L920] marchise. The earliest example of the feminine noun in Gf. and Tobl. Lom. is from Rutebuef.1_31
                   Mes unc n'i out un sul ki servist en chemise,L921 [L921] E ni ot un tut sul [O]  1_31
                   Mes en pelice vaire u herminë u griseL922 [L922] en p. ueire u en pelice grise [O]  1_31L922 [L922] vairerej  uar1_31
                   U en bliaut de paile del meuz de paienïse.L923 [L923] bliant [O]  1_31

Page 1_31


                   Horn i servit le jor ki passot par franchiseL924 [L924] kil passet par mestrise [O]  1_32
           925  Trestuz k'i i esteient, entre Breta igne e Pise.L925 [L925] ki i ki [O]  1_32L925 [L925] i, meaningless in C, is presumably carried in from the preceding line.1_32
                   Il ne mustra vers nul ne orguil ne feintise,L926 [L926] feintise cointise [O]  1_32L926 [L926] mustrot [O]  1_32
                   Par mi tut çoe qu'il iert icil ke l'em plus prise.L927 [L927] celui cum p. p. [O]  1_32
                   Taunt ont dames pensé de lui en meinte guiseL928 [L928] Dames unt t. p. [O]  1_32
                   Ke s'amur les destreint, eschaufë e atise.L929 [L929] Ke Kar; [O]  e eschalfe [O]  1_32
48
           930  Horn servi icel jor en un bliaut purprin.L930 [L930] bliant [O]  1_32L930 [L930] Hornrej  Honn1_32
                   En la sale le jor nen out si gent meschin:L931 [L931] Ni ot en la sale nul si gentil m. [O]  1_32
                   La colur aveit clere e le vis out rosin;L932 [L932] rosinrej  rosn1_32
                   Dame ne l'ad vëu, si cum crei e devin,L933 [L933] sicum iol deviN [O]  1_32
                   Ke ne·l vousist tenir suz covertur hermin. [f.18b]
           935  Il ad le jor porté une cupe d'or fin –L935 [L935] cel ior [O]  1_32
                   Unkes n'orent mellor Cesar ne Costentin –
                   A trifuire iert entallé de bon or melekin:L937 [L937] Tri ffuire ert e. [O]  1_32
                   D'icele serveit il rei Hunlaf de sun vin.L938 [L938] seruit [O]  1_32
                   Trestuit cil de la curt vers lui erent frarinL939 [L939] om  cil [O]  erent vers lui [O]  1_32
           940  De beauté, de valur: tuit sunt vers li aclin.L939 [L939] The punctuation of these lines is problematical; the phrases de beauté, de valur probably depend on frarin (cf. n'estoit mie nices Ne de cuer povres ne frarins, Vair Palefroi 1337, cited in Tobl. Lom.), but might also depend on aclin (cf. Troie 4093-4 Des arz e del conseil devin Esteient tuit a lui aclin).1_32
                   Herselot l'ad vëu, la fille al palaïn,
                   Si cum el trespassot [par] le palais marbrin.
                   Sun sen en ad chaungé e sun vis tient sovin,L943 [L943] tinzs suzclin [O]  1_32L943 [L943] The locution changier le sen(s), avoir le sen(s) changié, was used in O.F. not only in the sense of go out of one's mind (e.g. Yvain 2793) but also in that of be distracted (cf. changier ses pensez 1015, sun pensé 1055), be overcome with emotion, as here. In this sense it was more or less synonymous with avoir le sanc müé (e.g. Yvain 6350) and the variant construction li sans li mue. After the phonetic changes of the later twelfth century had made sens indistinguishable from sans and often from sanc, the spellings were often confused; hence in O 4900 tut li sens li muat.1_32
                   Taunt s'esmerveilla lors de Horn, le orphanin.L944 [L944] Tant sesmervaille de horn le bel orfenin [O]  1_32
           945  Mut tost se returna a sa dame al perrinL945 [L945] sen turnat [O]  1_32
                   De la chambre u ele iert, dunt masçuns fu Bertin –L945a [L945a] om  [O]  1_32
                   Mestre bon est preisie des le tens rei Pepin –L945b [L945b] Read preisié.1_32
                   Pur dire qu'out vëu le danzel angelin,L946 [L946] kad veu del vallet a. [O]  1_32
                   Cum est gent e mollé e en beauté si finL947 [L947] In beauty so perfect. The application of the adjective fin to persons is exemplified in Tobl. Lom. from thirteenth-century texts, e.g. Cleomadès 10506 fu si tres parfaite et fine.1_32
                   Ke descrire ne·l pot nul clerc, sage devin,L948 [L948] sage clerc d. [O]  1_32L948 [L948] In the citations of Tobl. Lom. the use of the word devin, adjective and substantive, to denote theological and theologian, is first attested in texts of the early thirteenth century.1_32
                   Cum est pleins de tuz biens, ne metre en parchemin.L949 [L949] Cum il est del tut bels [O]  1_32
49
           950  E[l] vient a sa dame u siet suz [la] cortineL950 [L950] Ele uient [O]  1_32
                   E parlout de deduz a un'autre meschine.L951 [L951] E parlot ded uiz od un a. m. [O]  1_32

Page 1_32


                   Ele rit dulcement e par amur bien fine
                   Si li dit en segrei: 'Dame, Deu vus destine
                   Une rien qu'ai vëu, ki bien est angeline.L954 [L954] Une ren vus dirrai ke b. e. a. [O]  1_33
           955  Del mal qu'avez ëu il en ad la mescine:L955 [L955] om  en [O]  1_33
                   Ne·l poet pas esgarder cuntesse ne reïne [f.19a]
                   Ke, tresque l'ad vëu, ne seit vers lui acline.L957 [L957] Ke desire lad ueu ne li seit encline [O]  1_33
                   Vestu ad un bliaut, la colur ad purprine,L958 [L958] est purprine [O]  1_33
                   Estreit est mut es flancs e par terre traïne.
           960  Joe crei que çoe est Horn ke tute gent destine:L960 [L960] devine [O]  1_33
                   S'il est çoe, tiel nen ad de ci qu'en Palestine,L961 [L961] nad itel dici ken p. [O]  1_33
                   Në entre crestiëns në en gent sarazine.L962 [L962] nentre gent s. [O]  1_33
                   Des or vuil ke seiez de[suz] sa disciplineL963 [L963] Jo voil ke uus seez delore en sa d. [O]  1_33L963 [L963] Read dicipline.1_33
                   A faire sun comand [suz cuvertur' hermine.]L964 [L964] A f. s. c. suz cuvertur hermine [O]  1_33
           965  Ja hunte n'en avreit desuz ciel palaïne.L965 [L965] aurez suz cel [O]  1_33
                   Plust a Deu ke de mei oüst faite ravineL966 [L966] ke ki [O]  1_33
                   E mei oust sul a sul en chambre u en gaudine!L967 [L967] en bois u [O]  1_33L967 [L967] The emphatic form mei is not out of place here, but the use of such forms before a verb is characteristic of A.N. scribes, so the better reading may be m'oüst, cf. O me eust.1_33
                   Joe fereië sun boen par sainte Katherine.L968 [L968] Iostei sun bon tut [O]  1_33
                   Ja ne·l savreit par mei parente ne cosine.'
           970  'Tais fole,' dist Rigmel, 'ja n'en avras seisine,L970 [L970] Tes tei f. dit Rimel. ia nes a. s. [O]  1_33L970 [L970] Insert a comma after Tais.1_33
                   S'a lui [plest] ki fist ciel e terrë e marine.L971 [L971] Sil pleust a celui ki fist cel e m. [O]  1_33
50
                   'Di mei veir, Herselot, veïs mes cel enfant?L972 [L972] om  veir [O]  v. tu cel e. [O]  1_33
                   Est il tiel cum l'en dit? est il si avenant?L973 [L973] len nun [O]  1_33
                   Merveille si vivrai taunt ke jo·l seië veaunt:L974 [L974] Merveille si t. v. k. iol [O]  1_33
           975  A l'amener de lui trop demore Herland.
                   Certes, bon seneschal, ne me tienz covenant;
                   Des or mais avras nun en la curt "demurant".'
           978  'Oïl,' dit Herselot, 'nul ne poet dire tauntL978 [L978] itant [O]  1_33
                   Cum est verté de lui, de los de sun semblant.L978a [L978a] om  [O]  1_33
                   Jo·l vi u il estut, si·n fui esmerveillant –L979 [L979] u destut [O]  1_33 [f.19b]
           980  Pur poi ke n'en perdi mun sens e mun talant –L980 [L980] ne p. m. sen e m. semblant [O]  1_33L980 [L980] talant. Cf. note on l. 681.1_33
                   Mes a peine revinc, kar de vus fui pensant,L981 [L981] reuint [O]  1_33

Page 1_33


                   E ariere turnai taunt cum poi en corant
                   Pur dire k'oi vëu en la salë avant,L983 [L983] la avant [O]  1_34
                   Dunt s'esmerveillent tuit li petit e li grant.
           985  Ne crei que seit sun per en cest siecle vivant.'L985 [L985] sun per tels hom [O]  1_34L985 [L985] siecle vivant present age; cf. ll. 1103, 2917a, H 3295, 4008 and Troie 21591.1_34
                   'Teis tei,' çoe dist Rigmel, 'mar en iers plus parlant!L986 [L986] T. t. dit Rigm̃. [O]  1_34
                   Cum plus le loëras e plus m'iert atisant.L987 [L987] mers [O]  1_34
                   Arst fust ore e destruit u enz vint, li chalanc,L988 [L988] Mes ars f. u d. [O]  1_34
                   Ki·l porta en regne, ke mis pere est tenant,L989 [L989] el regnet [O]  1_34
           990  Quant del vëeir de lui sui or tant desirantL990 [L990] om  tant [O]  1_34
                   E ne pus purchacier ke j'en seie eisant.L991 [L991] E ne pus purchaléér ke iol seie auisant [O]  1_34
                   Ha! lasse! qu'ai joe dit? çoe funt li recreant,L992 [L992] Lasse kai co dit [O]  1_34
                   Maudient çoe qu'il n'unt, çoe que ont en talant.L993 [L993] Mal dient quant il niunt [O]  1_34
51
                   'Herselot, bele rien, a Herland m'en irrez:L994 [L994] rien rent; [O]  irret [O]  1_34
           995  Qu'il me tienge covent mut tost li preierez:L995 [L995] preierez dirret [O]  1_34
                   Horn ameint ove lui e vus si·s amenez.'L996 [L996] ameinet od [O]  1_34
                   'Dame,' dit Herselot, 'fait iert cum comandez.'L997 [L997] Da dit H. [O]  1_34
                   Al palais s'en revait, ki de marbre est listez;L998 [L998] est ert [O]  1_34
                   La s'en vait trestut dreit u Herland est truvez;L999 [L999] est fud [O]  1_34
         1000  En l'oreille suëf dit li est e mustrez
                   Le message trestut ki li fu enchargez.L1001 [L1001] cum li f. chargiez [O]  1_34
                   E Herland, quant l'oït, si respunt de bon grez:L1002 [L1002] respundi [O]  1_34
                   'Danzele, ja vendruns, nen iert plus atargiez,L1003 [L1003] ia v.; [O]  ia nert [O]  1_34L1003 [L1003] jarej  la1_34 [f.20a]
                   Fors que li reis servi seit e li manger finez.'L1004 [L1004] Ke li reis seit serviz [O]  1_34
         1005  Herselot s'arestut pur vëeir les deintezL1005 [L1005] se restut [O]  1_34
                   Del servise qu'iert grant e del rei ki est lez.L1006 [L1006] ki est kert [O]  1_34
                   L'om i portout partut e piment e clarezL1007 [L1007] Len iportez [O]  1_34
                   E les vins ensement, de viez entonelez.L1008 [L1008] de des [O]  1_34L1008 [L1008] les des [O]  1_34
                   El veit les servitors – venu sunt e alez –
         1010  Cum portent ces hanaps e ces veissaus dorez,L1010 [L1010] Cum En; [O]  ueisses d. [O]  1_34
                   Cum il sunt bien vestu de bliauz bien taillez.L1011 [L1011] bliauzrej  bliaut1_34
                   Mes sur tuz esteit Horn li mieudres alosez,L1012 [L1012] li mielz enfigurez [O]  1_34

Page 1_34


                   Li greindre e li plus fort, li meuz endoctrinez.L1013 [L1013] Li g. ert; [O]  e li m. doctrinez [O]  1_35
                   S'ele s'en esbaïst, seignors, n'en merveillez,L1014 [L1014] Seingnurs sele sabatist ne vus esmerueillez [O]  1_35
         1015  De feme est costume qu'el change ses pensez,L1015 [L1015] Kar de f.; [O]  om  ses [O]  1_35
                   Quant el veit bel home, ki genz est e moullez.L1016 [L1016] Quant le bel h. v. ki est gent e m. [O]  1_35
52
                   Herselot quant la cort asez esgardé a,
                   A sa daunzele vet, si dit ke ia vendraL1018 [L1018] A sa dame reuient si li dit iavendrad [O]  1_35L1018 [L1018] For ia read ja.1_35
                   Herland, li seneschal – pur ki el l'enveia –L1019 [L1019] ele enueiad [O]  1_35
         1020  Quant li reis iert servi, e Horn od lui merra.
                   Bele Rigmel l'oï, si s'en eslëesça.L1021 [L1021] s'en s' [O]  1_35L1021 [L1021] esleesçarej  eslee^sca1_35
         1022  A ses puceles dit: 'Daunzeles, cum esta?L1022 [L1022] Altrees puceles [O]  1_35
                   Quel est or ma colur? cum se tient? cum s'en va?'L1022a [L1022a] om  [O]  1_35
                   Dient: 'Mut bien estait.' Chascune la loa.
                   Des meillors dras qu'ele out mut bien se cunrea,
         1025  Pus prent l'esmirëur; en tuz sen[s] s'esmira:L1025 [L1025] li mirreur [O]  1_35
                   Si rien i mesala, par çoe le radresça.L1026 [L1026] Si ren li mesteit par cel ladrescerad [O]  1_35 [f.20b]
                   Or li sembla trop lunc ke Herland demura.L1027 [L1027] semble lunc tens ke [O]  1_35
                   'E Deus! quant vendra il?' Herselot li dit ja:L1028 [L1028] e. H. li dit ad [O]  1_35
                   'Li servises est granz, ki lunges le tendra.'L1029 [L1029] le li [O]  1_35
         1030  'Herselot, va veeir quant li manger fenira.
                   Va, si haste Herland, u il s'ublïera.'
                   'Danzele, nu ferai kar il s'aparcevra,L1032 [L1032] Dameisele; [O]  kil se parceuerad [O]  1_35
                   Si savra qu'amez Horn e de plus demurra.L1033 [L1033] Saurez ke vus amez horn si se d. [O]  1_35
         1034  Il suzcriemt mut le rei, si vus delaiëra:L1034 [L1034] om  mut [O]  si vus deliurad [O]  1_35
                   Par le cunseil de lui Horn ne vus amera.L1034a [L1034a] om  [O]  1_35
53
         1035  'Vus nel manderez mes par lo mien loëment;L1035 [L1035] Us me mandret mes ueir [O]  1_35
                   S'aparceit que l'amez si·n fera gabement,L1036 [L1036] Si saparceit kamez frad en g. [O]  1_35
                   E cum il onc plus purra fera delaiëment,L1037 [L1037] E cum il ainz p. en frad deliurement [O]  1_35
                   Kar taunt par criemt le re[i], qu'il le harreit mortelment,L1038 [L1038] qui·l il le h. [O]  1_35
                   Ne voldreit a sun voel ke ja·n fust parlement.L1039 [L1039] N. v. par sun los ke ia fust p. [O]  1_35

Page 1_35


         1040  Entre vus ad amur, bien le vei e entent.'L1040 [L1040] b. le sai e si sent [O]  1_36
                   'Amië,' dit Rigmel, 'bien ait vostre esciënt!
                   Bon est vostre cunseil, jo·l me sai veirement.
                   Bien vus crerai d'icest; n'i irrez or néént.L1043 [L1043] uus ni i. [O]  1_36
                   Or vendrunt quant vudrunt e lur iert a talent.'
         1045  Entretaunt k'unt parlé e Rigmel Hersent,L1045 [L1045] Rim̃. e herselot [O]  1_36
                   Mangé ont el paleis e li reis e sa gent.
                   Herland, li seneschal, n'i fait demurement,
                   Ainz ad pris Horn od sei pur tenir le covent,L1048 [L1048] ad H. p. [O]  1_36
                   Qu'il ot fait od Rigmel erseir al partement.L1049 [L1049] partement parlement [O]  1_36L1049 [L1049] Qu'il otrej  Qui lot1_36 [f.21a]
         1050  A la chambre s'en vont main a main dreitementL1050 [L1050] la sa [O]  1_36
                   U la fille le rei, bele Rigmel, atent,L1051 [L1051] U la f. le r. Rigm̃. les a. [O]  1_36
                   E l'uissier lur ovri, il entrent belement:L1052 [L1052] om  E [O]  1_36
                   De la beauté de Horn la mesun en resplent.L1053 [L1053] tute la chambre r. [O]  1_36L1053 [L1053] Cf. Cligès 2749-51 Et la luors de sa biauté Rant el palés plus grant clarté Ne feïssent quatre escharboncle; Auc. 22. 32-3 tos cis bos en esclarci; K.H. 385-6 C Of his feire siʒte Al þe bur gan liʒte.1_36
                   Tuit quident que çoe seit angelin avenement.L1054 [L1054] seit fust [O]  1_36L1054 [L1054] Though angelin is elsewhere trisyllabic, the counterfinal vowel may be slurred here, cf. Intr.2, p. 43.1_36
54
         1055  Rigmel, quant l'ad vëu, tut chaunga sun pensé,L1055 [L1055] Quant R. lot veu si change s. p. [O]  1_36
                   Quida ke fust angele, ki i fust enveiéL1056 [L1056] Kar ke angele fust quidad ke fust e. [O]  1_36
                   Del seignur ki sus maint en haute maiesté,L1057 [L1057] en sa gran m. [O]  1_36
                   Si cum el l'esgarde: taunt bel li ad semblé.L1058 [L1058] Ele nel oset esgarder t. li ad bel s. [O]  1_36L1056 [L1056] She thought it was an angel . . ., so beautiful does he appear to her as she beholds him.1_36
                   Nepurquant lieve sus, si l'ad bel apelé:
         1060  'Bien viengez, seneschal! de mei aiez bon gré
                   Quant estes si leal; vus iert guerredoné,L1061 [L1061] Mult parestes leals ben uus e. g. [O]  1_36
                   Ke le fiz Aäluf ça m'avez amené.
                   E bien viengez, sire Horn! mut vus ai desiréL1063 [L1063] E ben v. vus horn [O]  1_36
                   A vëeir, çoe sacez, mut ad grant tens passé.L1064 [L1064] sacez saced [O]  1_36
         1065  Ça serez devers mei, ke seions acointé.L1065 [L1065] tant ke mos a. [O]  1_36
                   Danz Herland s'en irra, ki ad ci ainz esté,L1066 [L1066] Kad ainz ici e. [O]  1_36
                   As puceles de la, dunt i ad grant plenté;
                   La fera ses deduiz solunc sa volenté;
                   Quant qu'il comandera tut li iert graaunté.'L1069 [L1069] demanderat [O]  1_36
         1070  'Bele,' çoe respunt Horn, ki sage est e membré,L1070 [L1070] kert sage e m. [O]  1_36
                   'Joe vinc çaenz od lui e il m'i ad guié;L1071 [L1071] oue lui il mi ad aguied [O]  1_36

Page 1_36


                   Faire estoet ke de li m'iert ici cummandé;L1072 [L1072] F. mestut ico kert de lui c. [O]  1_37
                   Tuz les biens ke ioe sai m'ad il endoctriné.L1073 [L1073] il mei ad enseigned [O]  1_37L1073 [L1073] For ioe read joe.1_37 [f.21b]
                   Pur içoe si est dreit qu'il me seit avoé.'L1074 [L1074] me mi [O]  1_37
55
         1075  Dunc ad parlé Herland [en]vers lui, çoe m'est vis,L1075 [L1075] D. ad p. vers lui H. [O]  1_37
                   'La serez od Rigmel, Sire Horn, beaus amis:L1076 [L1076] om  [O]  1_37
                   Ele est fille celui ki garde cest païs.
                   Joe me serai de ça as daunzeles de pris;L1078 [L1078] as puceles [O]  1_37
                   Mut i avrai, si pus, duz beisiers e duz ris.L1079 [L1079] M. i aurad si io pus d. b. e ris [O]  1_37
         1080  Çoe ke vuldra Rigmel, la bele od le cler vis,
                   E vus tut otrïez: mar en seiez eschis,L1081 [L1081] otriez lotreed; [O]  mar estrez e. [O]  1_37L1081 [L1081] For the use of e introducing a principal clause after a subordinate clause cf. Glossary and F. J. Tanquerey in Studies Pope, pp. 347 f.1_37
                   Kar n'ad taunt franche rien entre Rome e Paris.L1082 [L1082] si bele ren [O]  1_37
                   E ploüst ore a Deu, al rei de paraïs,L1083 [L1083] al le [O]  1_37L1083 [L1083] om  E [O]  1_37
                   Ke vus ore oüssez vostre regne cunquis!L1084 [L1084] Ke v. o. nostre r. ussez c. [O]  1_37
         1085  Si fussez coruné, cum est dreit e asis,L1084 [L1084] Punctuate with a comma after cunquis and a semi-colon after asis.1_37
                   Pus, si fust rei Hunlaf enz en mun cunseil misL1086 [L1086] om  enz [O]  1_37
                   De vus dous asembler, si m'aït saint Denis!,
                   Bonement le fereie; ja n'estereie tardis.'L1088 [L1088] Jol freie b. [O]  1_37
                   'Sire,' çoe dist Rigmel, ja ne vus venist pis
         1090  Mut avrïez de vos bons; par fei le vus plevis.L1090 [L1090] Voz bons auriez mult [O]  1_37
                   Ja ne vus faudreit mes or, argent, ver ne gris,L1091 [L1091] neis or.nargent [O]  1_37
                   N'estreit plus honurez quoens ne ducs ne marchis.'L1092 [L1092] N eserreit [O]  1_37L1092 [L1092] marchis1_37
                   'Bele,' çoe dit Herland, 'd'içoe sui joe tut fis.'L1093 [L1093] joe tío [O]  1_37
56
                   Apres se va sëeir as puceles Herland.
         1095  De quei il i parla nul corteis ne·l demand,
                   Kar bien le poet savoir, pur nent l'iert enquerant.
                   Mes Rigmel prist vers sei par la main cel enfant;L1097 [L1097] vers a [O]  1_37 [f.22a]
                   Sur sun lit se séent amdous tut joiant –L1098 [L1098] la séént amdui [O]  1_37
                   La coilte en iert mut chiere d'un paile escarimant.L1099 [L1099] La coile en ert c. [O]  1_37L1099 [L1099] iertrej  i^ert1_37
         1100  Ne s'atendi Rigmel, einz ad parlé avantL1100 [L1100] Ne satendeit Rimel. mes [O]  1_37
                   Tut issi faitement cum joe vus ierc disant:L1101 [L1101] ierc ert [O]  1_37

Page 1_37


                   'De vus est mut bien veir çoe que tuit sunt cuntant,L1102 [L1102] Mult ben est ueir de vus; [O]  cuntant [O]  1_38
                   Ke taunt bel home n'ad en cest siecle vivant.L1103 [L1103] Si bel hom ne nad [O]  1_38
                   Joe vus otrei m'amur, si l'estes otreiant;L1104 [L1104] Mamur vus otrei io sel estes recevant [O]  1_38
         1105  Par cest anel que tienc vus en sui seisissant.L1105 [L1105] seisissant seisant [O]  1_38
                   Unkes mes a nul hom del mund[e] ne dis taunt,L1106 [L1106] kar une mes a nul de cest mund [O]  1_38
                   N'a autre nel dirrai par le mien escïant:L1107 [L1107] Ne a altre ne d. [O]  1_38L1107 [L1107] N'arej  ne ia1_38
                   Mez vodreie estre arse en un feu ardant.'L1108 [L1108] om  arse [O]  en fu tut broillant [O]  1_38
                   'Bele,' çoe li dit Horn, 'li sires tut pussantL1109 [L1109] om  li [O]  1_38
         1110  Vus en rende merciz! mes ne sui si vaillantL1110 [L1110] si tant [O]  1_38
                   Ke me devez offrir de vus chose taunt grant.L1111 [L1111] ne sun si vaillant Ke me devez offrir . . . Cf. trovez ki vers mei le seit or defendant Ke faire nel devez 3009, N'avez pas deservi ke la deiiez mener 4436, and Critical Notes on these lines. In none of these cases is the form of deveir accented (deííez) in C, and the scribe does not appear to use a spelling with ii in such forms; we should therefore read devez in l. 4436. In all three cases normal syntax would require the subjunctive (cf. deiez in H in l. 3009, which is different in construction from l. 1954, invoked in Critical Note), but the indicative has been substituted; cf. Intr.2, p. 94.1_38
                   Povre sui orphanin, n'ai de terre plein gant;L1112 [L1112] n'ai de terre plein gant. This locution, which recurs in l. 3749, is cited by Tobl. Lom. from a number of chansons de geste, including F. Can. (four instances); cf. also Gir. Ros. 694, 1302.1_38
                   Ici vinc par werec cum chaitif esgarant;L1113 [L1113] tut par; [O]  walcrant [O]  1_38L1113 [L1113] In the variants of O read tut par wrec.1_38
                   Vostre perre m'ad fait nurrir par sun comant.
         1115  Cil l'en rende les grez ki le mund fud formant!L1115 [L1115] len lui; [O]  del m. est f. [O]  1_38
                   Ja ne li mesferai, taunt cum serai parlant.L1116 [L1116] tant repeated [O]  1_38
                   N'afiert a vostrë oes hom de povre semblant;
         1118  Vus avrez un haut rei, si iert plus avenant;L1118 [L1118] ki en ert plus vaillant [O]  1_38
                   Mei ne devez amer ki ci vinc pain querant.'L1118a [L1118a] om  [O]  1_38
57
                   Idunc parla Rigmel, ki einz parla premere:
         1120  'Vus estes, sire Horn, certes d'itiel maniere, [f.22b]
                   Ke ne pus a nul sen [en]vers vus estre fere.L1121 [L1121] a en; [O]  enuers [O]  1_38
                   Ke me voillez amer dreiz est que vus requere:
                   Del parage estes bien, kar reis fu vostre pere
                   E de real lignage fud néé vostre mere,
         1125  E vostre aol si fud d'Alemagne enperere.L1125 [L1125] om  si [O]  1_38
                   Ki çoe me dist de vus ne fu mië menterre.L1126 [L1126] purriez purrez [O]  1_38L1126 [L1126] certes ne fud m. [O]  1_38
                   Amer me purrïez, si vostre pleisir ere.
                   Ne·me truverez vers vus fausse ne losengiereL1128 [L1128] Ne me t. ia f. ne l. [O]  1_38
                   Ke ne face de quoer tute vostre preiere.L1129 [L1129] Ke ne fesisse tost trestut uostre p. [O]  1_38
         1130  Quant Deus vus ariva laval a la rochiereL1130 [L1130] An early instance of the contracted form laval < la aval; cf. l. 2079.1_38
                   Od quinze cumpaignuns, vallez de bone chiere,L1131 [L1131] Od xij [O]  1_38

Page 1_38


                   Bien semblïez trestuit estre nez de gent fiere –
                   Un point ne semblïez a home qui pain quiere –L1133 [L1133] om  a [O]  1_39
                   Kar n'i out un tut sul n'eüst vesture chiere:L1134 [L1134] %tut sul kenust [O]  1_39
         1135  Ja povre hom ne poüst d'itiele estre achatiere.L1135 [L1135] Poure ne pust ia de tels e. a. [O]  1_39
                   Si plest a cel seignur, ki del mund est salvere,L1136 [L1136] Si Sil [O]  1_39
                   Vus vus vengerez bien de la gent pautonereL1137 [L1137] Vus u. mult ben [O]  1_39
                   Ki vostre pere ocistrent en murdre cumme lerre:L1138 [L1138] en a [O]  1_39
                   La terre k'eil tienent reaverez tote entiere.L1139 [L1139] E aurez vostre terre ke tienent li trichere [O]  1_39
58
         1140  'Sire Horn, beaus amis,' dit encore Rigmel,
                   'Kar pernez or de mei par amur cest anel,L1141 [L1141] de mei cest tres bon anel [O]  1_39
                   Si vus l'avez el dei par amur, çoe m'iert bel:L1142 [L1142] çoe si [O]  1_39L1142 [L1142] el al [O]  1_39
                   Unc meillur ne forga nul fevre de martel.
                   Qui·l volsisse doner, ne vi mais dommaisel,L1144 [L1144] Kil uolissie d.; [O]  damisel [O]  1_39 [f.23a]
         1145  Mes en vus le vuch sauf, si m'aït Gabriel,L1145 [L1145] salf; [O]  saint G. [O]  1_39
                   Ki Deu vint nuncïer, cum li livres espel.L1146 [L1146] Ki v. d. n. [O]  1_39L1146 [L1146] As the. Book (i.e. the Bible) signifies. For the form espel see Intr.2, p. 54.1_39
                   Vostre amur m'ad suzpris, si me tient de novel;L1147 [L1147] Vostrerej  Vre1_39
                   Ne m'en pus desoschier, feru sui d'un quarrel.'L1148 [L1148] Ne me p. desrscher ferue [O]  1_39L1148 [L1148] desoschier. The verb oschier ( < osche notch) and its derivative enoschier are not infrequent in O.F., but desoschier unnotch I have not found elsewhere. Here it evidently means detach oneself (cf. desoster 2515); it may have been suggested to the author by his archery metaphor in the second hemistich.1_39
                   Dunc respundi si Horn: 'Bele, par saint Marcel,
         1150  Meuz voldreie estrë ars tut vif en un furnelL1150 [L1150] tut vis estre ars [O]  1_39
                   Ke en mun dei l'ousse, taunt cum sui jovencel,L1151 [L1151] Ke io lusse al dei [O]  1_39L1151 [L1151] Ke en, K'en 1_39
                   Ainz ke armes porte devant tur de chastelL1152 [L1152] Ainz karmes usse porte [O]  1_39
                   E k'eüsse en turnei feru u en cembel:L1153 [L1153] E U [O]  1_39L1152 [L1152] Ainz ke armes ports O Ainz k'armes usse porté devant tur de chastel E k'eüsse en turnei feru u en cembel before I serve as knight in front of castle tower or have dealt a blow in tourney or joust. The test of C, with different tenses in the two temporal clauses, may perhaps be accounted for by a difference in time-values, porter armes, used in its specialized sense of be a knight (cf. Cligès 147), contrasting in its static value with the action denoted by ferir; but the present subjunctive form porte, with analogical -e, is abnormal in the text, cf, Intr.2, p. 54.1_39
                   N'est pas us a la gent a ki lignage apel.L1154 [L1154] vers ki [O]  1_39
         1155  Mes quant avrai vassal abatu de putrelL1155 [L1155] alcun v. [O]  1_39
                   U estroé escu en bucle u en chauntel,L1156 [L1156] U estreit escu suz b. [O]  1_39
                   Dunc pus porter anel entaillé a cisel.L1157 [L1157] a de [O]  1_39
                   Autrement vaudreit mez estre en champ pasturelL1158 [L1158] voldret mielz en c. e. [O]  1_39
                   U adubur de vigne u fevrë od martel.L1159 [L1159] Si m'ait le halt reis ki saluat israel [O]  1_39
59
         1160  'Danzele, or me creez, vostre anel estuiez;
                   Në a mei n'a autrui par mun los ne·l donez,L1161 [L1161] n'a autrui naltri [O]  1_39

Page 1_39


                   Tresque saciez de veir ke bien seit enpleiez.L1162 [L1162] Deske saucez d. v. kil i s. e. [O]  1_40
                   Tiel le purra aveir ke vus repenterezL1163 [L1163] Tel le purreit aver vus en repentriez [O]  1_40
                   Ke tiel l'avreit éú, quant le conoistrïezL1164 [L1164] Kil laureit eud quant vus le cunustriez [O]  1_40L1163 [L1163] Someone might have it, that you would repent of his having had it when you got to know that he was reputed cowardly and base. Cf. Critical Note (in line 1 read Tiel and aveir, in line 6 read joe).1_40
         1165  K'eil sereit pur coard e pur malveis notez.L1165 [L1165] e u [O]  1_40
                   Pur çoe ne·l me donez, kar ne me conoissiez.
                   Joe ne sai ke joe sui, ne fui onc espruvez,L1167 [L1167] ke ki; [O]  unc ne fui [O]  1_40
                   Pur coe ne vuil [vers vus] fermer [ore] amistez,L1168 [L1168] ne uoil uers vus fermer ore a. [O]  1_40 [f.23b]
                   Ne de[l] vostre n'ai cure, n'anel, n'autres buntezL1169 [L1169] Ne del vostre naurai [O]  1_40
         1170  Dunt joe aië del rei, vostre pere, mal grez,L1170 [L1170] aie ai [O]  1_40
                   Ki m'ad fait bien nurrir par ses benignitez.
                   Mes quant sun pleisir iert ke seië adubezL1172 [L1172] sun pleisir ert ke jo seie a. [O]  1_40
                   E joe iere en sa curt d[ë] armes bien preisiezL1173 [L1173] En sa curt seie de porter armes loez [O]  1_40
                   Pur quantquë aië fait dedevant ses barnez,L1174 [L1174] Pur ren kai fet devant tut ses b. [O]  1_40L1174 [L1174] ses barnez his baronage; for the plural form cf. Intr.2, p. 35.1_40
         1175  Si idonc m'aïdast k'oüsse mes regnezL1175 [L1175] Se il dunkes maidast pur auer m. r. [O]  1_40
                   E vus donc par sun los autresi m'amissez,L1176 [L1176] Read dunc.1_40
                   Dunc ne di joe ke tost ne fusse cunseillezL1177 [L1177] nen f. [O]  1_40
                   De vus prendre les duns, d'afermer çoe qu'offrez.L1178 [L1178] de fermer [O]  1_40L1177 [L1177] Then I do not say that I would not be speedily minded to accept the gifts from you and to confirm what you offer.The preposition de links cunseillez with prendre and also governs vus; cf. ll. 2609-10 and V.B., I3, 224-6.1_40
                   Mes pur neent autrement, danzele, en parlerez,
         1180  Kar, si pus, ja li reis vers mei n'iert corociez.'
60
                   'Beaus amis,' dist Rigmel, 'ne·l ferez autrement.L1181 [L1181] frez ore a. [O]  1_40
                   Ja vus met joe mun cors, mun aveir en present.
                   Pernez en a pleisir solunc vostre talent,
                   K'a dependre en aiez, quant voldrez, largement,L1184 [L1184] K'a Ke [O]  1_40L1184 [L1184] destendre corrected into dependre1_40
         1185  E d'amur si façun itiel alïementL1185 [L1185] un tel [O]  1_40
                   Quë autre n'amerez en tut vostre viventL1186 [L1186] Kaltre namerez mes [O]  1_40L1186 [L1186] Que autre de mei namerez1_40
                   Fors mei, taunt cum vers vus me tendrai lealment.'
                   'Bele,' çoe respunt Horn, 'ne·l fereië nééntL1188 [L1188] co dit H. io nel freie ore n. [O]  1_40
                   Si ne fust par le rei, en ki cunseillementL1189 [L1189] en par [O]  1_40
         1190  Me sui mis, pus ke vinc en sun meintenement.L1190 [L1190] Io sui m. p. ke io v. [O]  1_40

Page 1_40


                   Ja ne li mesferai en trestut mun vivent,
                   Dunt achaisun vers mei ait de corocement.'L1192 [L1192] om  de [O]  1_41 [f.24a]
                   'Sire,' çoe dit Rigmel, 'c'est bon purpensement.L1193 [L1193] Amis co dit [O]  1_41
                   Joe ne demand amur, dunt aie huniement,
         1195  Dunt seië par vilté notéé entre gent,L1195 [L1195] vilté uile [O]  1_41
                   Mes amur d'ehonesté en bon atendementL1196 [L1196] Mes damur honeste e. b. entendement [O]  1_41
                   Taunt qu'aiez vostre honur qu'a vostre dreit apent.L1197 [L1197] ki par dreit vus apent [O]  1_41
                   Ne·l faz pur legierté de mun cors veirement,
                   Mes ne vuil qu'autrë eit de vus seisissement,L1199 [L1199] en eit; [O]  seissement [O]  1_41
         1200  Ki de l'amur de mei facë esloignement.'L1200 [L1200] esloignement [O]  1_41
                   'Or seit mis en respit,' dist Horn, li tut vaillent,L1201 [L1201] om  tut [O]  1_41
                   'Kar a ore d'icest ne ferai nul covent.L1202 [L1202] ne vus frai [O]  1_41
61
                   'Ne vus frai nul covent, danzelë, a cest turL1203 [L1203] After covent stands aore, with a expunctuated and ore partially crossed through and erased1_41
                   Devant ke seit seü cum avrai de valur.L1204 [L1204] si aurai ualur [O]  1_41
         1205  Quant joe armes avrai od escu a colurL1205 [L1205] a de [O]  1_41L1205 [L1205] Q. iaurai arme [O]  1_41
                   E joe vendrai es rencs sur destrier milsoudur,L1206 [L1206] es as [O]  1_41
                   Si joe dunc i abat fiz de bon poigneür,L1207 [L1207] ibat fiz de b. vavassur [O]  1_41
                   U daunzel qui seit nez de duc u de cuntur,
                   Dunt seië de plosurs remembré par honur,L1209 [L1209] par honur de ualur [O]  1_41
         1210  E si vus apres çoe a mei parlez d'amur,L1210 [L1210] Si vus apres uer mei parleret dunc damur [O]  1_41
                   Ke ne turt a vilté al rei, nostre seignur,L1211 [L1211] Ke Ki [O]  1_41
                   Vostre pleisir ferai, si plest al creatur,L1212 [L1212] Dunc frai v. p. sil [O]  1_41
                   Par qui devisé vait e la nut e le jur.L1213 [L1213] While the reading adopted in the text, with devisé past participle, is by no means impossible, it is probably better to understand Par qui devise by whose ordinance; so also in l. 2899.1_41
                   Mes, bele, or atendez, sanz ire e sanz rancor,
         1215  En taunt orrad li fiz d'aukun empereür,L1215 [L1215] Entritant orad fiz [O]  1_41L1215 [L1215] Read le fiz and enpereür.1_41
                   Bele, parler de vus, kar d'autres estes flur,L1216 [L1216] kar ke [O]  1_41L1216 [L1216] Bele Sele [O]  1_41L1216 [L1216] kar d'autres estes flur for you are the flower of all women. The idiomatic use of autre in this formula is common in early romance, cf. Biller, p. 64. A related use is seen in autre fieror 3808 any scorn; cf. V.B. III2, 83 and Tobl. Lom. I, 691-2.1_41 [f.24b]
                   Si vus prendra a per a sun oes e oixor –L1217 [L1217] a sunoes auxur [O]  1_41
                   La grant beauté de vus ne turnez a folur,
                   Tost en dirreient mal li garçon menteür,
         1220  Ki mençoinges cuntroevent cumme losengeür –L1220 [L1220] trouent cum mal lecheur [O]  1_41

Page 1_41


                   Si avrez tiel mari dunt li reis iert forçor
                   E sun regné avra loenge e pris maor.L1222 [L1222] En s. r. a. l. pris e ualur [O]  1_42L1214 [L1214] On the apparent displacement of lines in this passage see Introduction, II, § 4 (iii).1_42
62
                   'Bele,' çoe li dist Horn, 'trop avom demuré,L1223 [L1223] om  li [O]  1_42
                   Nus avom, çoe m'est vis, longement ci esté.
         1225  Mut me crem ke li reis nus eit ja demandé,L1225 [L1225] ki li reis ait le vin d. [O]  1_42L1225 [L1225] eitrej  ert1_42
                   Kar sanz nus ne li iert li vins giens aporté,L1226 [L1226] Si ni sui ia ne li ert nule ren dunet [O]  1_42L1226 [L1226] The negaive expletive giens is found most commonly (though not exclusively) in A.N. and Western texts, chiefly of the twelfth century; cf. Tobl. Lom. IV, 311 and T. B. W. Reid, Medium Ævum II (1933), 64.1_42
                   E si m'ad ceste feiz cest mestier enchargé.'L1227 [L1227] E si Kar il [O]  1_42
                   A taunt s'en turne Horn, si ad pris le cungié,L1228 [L1228] A t. vint Herlant [O]  1_42
                   E ele mut a enviz le lur ad gräaunté,L1229 [L1229] Cele mult enuiez lur ad otriet [O]  1_42L1229 [L1229] The adverb enviz employed in O 4665, is frequently replaced in the later twelfth century by a enviz as here and in l. 1900, cf. Tobl. Lom. III, 725. For le lur see Intr.2, p. 50.1_42
         1230  Mes ainz k'eil s'en issent sunt sovent regardé.L1230 [L1230] ainz kissent fors [O]  1_42L1230 [L1230] sunt sovent regardé. For the possibility of reading s'unt see Intr.2 , p. 90.1_42
                   Apres lor departie sovent ad suzpiré,L1231 [L1231] E quant il sunt issuz ele ad mult s. [O]  1_42
                   E pus ad Herselot devant sei apelé,
                   Si li dit: 'Ke t'en ad, si Deus t'aïd, semblé?L1233 [L1233] quei tei ad or de lui s. [O]  1_42
                   Veïs mais en cest mund home meuz figuré,L1234 [L1234] Veis tu mes; [O]  enfiguret [O]  1_42
         1235  Ne de tutes beautez fust si enluminé?
                   M'amur e mes aveirs li ai ja presenté,L1236 [L1236] li ai io otriet [O]  1_42
                   Mes il cure n'en ad; ne sai s'est par fierté.'
                   'Dame,' dist Herselot, 'nun est, par verité,L1238 [L1238] nun est en v. [O]  1_42
                   Il n'ad hom' en cest mund plus ait d'ehumilité,L1239 [L1239] Kar nad hun suz cel ke plus ert h. [O]  1_42
         1240  E si est trop huntus par sa debonairté.L1240 [L1240] par sa benignetet [O]  1_42 [f.25a]
                   Quant n'avez ore bien fait seit autre feiz mandé,L1241 [L1241] om  or [O]  a. f. s. [O]  1_42
                   Lors vus iert, si devient, trestut a volenté.'L1242 [L1242] Lors vus en ert tustut ben sacez graentet [O]  1_42L1242 [L1242] si devient perhaps is a locution used over a wide area after the middle of the twelfth century, cf. the citations in Tobl. Lom. from Wace, Eneas, Crestien de Troies etc.1_42
63
                   Ses cumpaignes apele pur sei esbaneier
                   Dammaisele Rigmel, kar si vout ublierL1244 [L1244] ki se ne v. o. [O]  1_42
         1245  Le mal del amur Horn, ki la fet trop penser.L1245 [L1245] Le grant mal del a. ke lad fet si p. [O]  1_42L1245 [L1245] For the construction see Intr.2, p. 79.1_42
                   Eles vienent entur li trestutes pur joer:L1246 [L1246] joer uíer [O]  1_42L1246 [L1246] Eles [O]  1_42
                   Asquantes dient suns pur li rehalegrer,
                   Rotruenges e vers de chaunçons, haut e cler,L1247 [L1247] To cheer her some sing, loud and clear, "sons", "rotruenges" and "vers de chançons". Cf. rotruenges e novels suns Brut 10546, dire lais et noveaus sons Et rotruenges et chançons Lai de l'Oiselet (ed. G. Paris, Légendes du moyen âge, Paris 1903) 91-2. In the later twelfth century dire is not infrequently used in place of chanter, cf. Tobl. Lom. II. 1936; son, at first a musical term, had come to designate a form of love-song, cf. Roman de la Violette (ed. Buffum, S.A.T.F., Paris, 1928) 322 etc., and Foulet's Glossary to Galeran de Bretagne (C.F.M.A., Paris, 1925); rotrüenges are love-songs of an older type, usually with a refrain; vers de chançons are snatches of song. Cf. Groeber, II, 1, 659 ff.; Th. Gérold, La Musique au moyen âge (C.F.M.A., Paris, 1932.), pp. 133 ff.1_42
                   Mes ele n'i entent pas, sun quoer n'i poet turner,L1249 [L1249] Mes ni entent poin le quor [O]  1_42
         1250  Kar ele pense de Horn, ki ele tient trop fier,L1250 [L1250] kele pur fer [O]  1_42

Page 1_42


                   Ki onc ne vout vers li une feiz regarder,
                   Taunt cum furent asis or einceis al parler.L1252 [L1252] eince^is1_43
                   Dunc pensë en sun quoer: 'Deu! verai justisier!L1253 [L1253] pense pensez [O]  1_43
                   Pur quei vousistes tiel cel orgoillus furmer?L1254 [L1254] volsistes vus, [O]  om  tiel [O]  1_43
         1255  Cheveus ad lungs e blois, que nul n'en est sun per;L1255 [L1255] blois e luns [O]  1_43L1255 [L1255] Cheveus ad lungs e blois. Cf. Castor and Pollux in Troie: Cheveus aveient lons e blois Sor les espaules par granz trois 5111-2. Men's hair, cut short in the earlier Middle Ages, is grown to shoulder-length from about the middle of the twelfth century (Enlart, p. 132).1_43
                   Oilz veirs, gros, duz, rianz pur dames esgarder;L1256 [L1256] Oilz ad vers e pius p. dame reguarder [O]  1_43
                   Nies e buche bien faite pur duz beisiers prester;L1257 [L1257] beisir doner [O]  1_43
                   La chiere ad riaunte e le visage cler;
                   Mains blanches e braz lungs pur dames enbracer;L1259 [L1259] e blanc braz p. danzele e. [O]  1_43L1259 [L1259] dames1_43
         1260  Cors bien fait e deugé, ke n'i ad qu'amender;L1260 [L1260] ke kil [O]  1_43L1260 [L1260] Body shapely and elegant in which there is naught to amend. For the construction of the subordinate clause see Intr.2, p. 101.1_43
                   Dreites jambes, beaus piez, set sei [tres] bien chaucer.L1261 [L1261] Dretes ianbes e pez set tres bes chalcer [O]  1_43
                   Quant vus tiel l'avez fait, ne·l lessez orgoiller:
                   Trop en purra sun pris e sun los abaisser.L1263 [L1263] Trop Tost [O]  1_43 [f.25b]
64
                   'Beau pere! Jesus Crist, bons reis de paraïs!L1264 [L1264] No indication of change of rhyme [O]  1_43
         1265  Ne lessez par orgoil ke il perde sun pris.L1265 [L1265] F. 25b begins with this line, not with l. 1264.1_43
                   Ja·l vei joe devant mei, quel il fud, çoe m'est vis.L1266 [L1266] Ial vez; [O]  quel il fud [O]  1_43
                   Cum fud duz sun parler, sis semblanz e sis ris!L1267 [L1267] sis sun [O]  1_43
                   A grant mal endreit mei vint il en cest païs;
                   Pur sa fine beauté est mis quoers si suzpris,L1269 [L1269] Par sa tres grant b. [O]  1_43
         1270  Ke ne pus bien aveir ne les nuz ne les dis.L1270 [L1270] In C the word nuz is written over crossed-out iorz.1_43
                   E s'eil ad grant bunté pur quei m'en est de pis?L1271 [L1271] om  E granz beltez [O]  1_43
                   Quant il sist juste mei, si m'aït saint Denis,L1272 [L1272] si me s. d. [O]  1_43
                   Regarder ne me vout: onc rien ne li forfis.L1273 [L1273] om  rien [O]  1_43
                   Une rien nepurquant m'ad il dit e pramis:L1274 [L1274] mal il dit [O]  1_43
         1275  Se mis peres le veut, ke il iert mis amis,L1275 [L1275] kil serrat [O]  1_43
                   Quant il armes avra e los avra cunquis.L1276 [L1276] Q. a. a. porte [O]  1_43
                   Mes Deus! quant iert içoe? trop grant terme m'a mis,L1277 [L1277] m'a ad [O]  1_43L1277 [L1277] Mes E [O]  1_43L1277 [L1277] terme. See note on l. 2042.1_43
                   Ne nul jor ne l'en ad mis pere encore asis.L1278 [L1278] N. n. ior nad uncore m. p. a. [O]  1_43
                   Mun voel nus guerreiast li reis ki tient Paris
         1280  U li quoens de Peitiers, ki plus est pres marchis,
                   E mis peres fust si de la guerre suzpris,

Page 1_43


         1282  Par bosoing chevaler feïst Horn al cler vis!L1282 [L1282] Ke Horn fust fet c. par b. od le cler vis [O]  1_44
                   Icel don m'oüst fait Deu, li tut poëstis!'L1282a [L1282a] om  [O]  1_44
65
                   Issi pensout Rigmel, la belë eschiwie,L1283 [L1283] la b. lescheuie [O]  1_44
                   Taunt cum ses cumpaignes chauntent en voiz serie.
         1285  Asquantes s'aparceivent, mes n'en est ki li die,L1285 [L1285] nad nule ke [O]  1_44
                   Qu'el lesse cel penser, ki sun cors si mestrie:L1286 [L1286] Kele lest le p. ki sun quor [O]  1_44L1285 [L1285] n'en est ki li die Qu'el lesse O K'ele lest cel penser, ki sun cors O quor si mestrie (in the text delete the comma after die). The use of sun cors as a periphrasis for the personal pronoun (cf. ll. 302, 1675, 3231, 3419 and V.B,. I3, 31) is misunderstood by the scribe of O here as in l. 1675. The form lesse, analogical third person singular of the present subjunctive, may well be scribal, for in A.N. the analogical forms of this person came into use later than those of the first person, cf. Tanquerey, pp. 293 ff.1_44
                   Taunt par l'eiment e crement, ke n'en parolent mie.L1287 [L1287] Ele leiment e criment si [O]  1_44 [f.26a]
                   Or redirrai de Horn, cum il meine sa vie:L1288 [L1288] Ore durat de [O]  1_44
                   Il vet par cele sale ki bien est replenie,
         1290  De vaillaunt gent e sage mut richement garnie,L1290 [L1290] E de bone gent m. r. g. [O]  1_44
                   E il veut ke par tut seit noblement servieL1291 [L1291] noblement richement [O]  1_44L1291 [L1291] ilrej  li1_44
                   De bons vins, de clarez, de pimenz: çoe lur prie,
                   Ke largesce lo rei par lui ne seit blesmie,L1293 [L1293] Ke la largetet le rei neit par lui b. [O]  1_44L1293 [L1293] An early example of the figurative use of blesmir.1_44
                   Ne ne troft en la curt ki de lui nul mal die.L1294 [L1294] Ne kil troist en sa c. ki de l. m. endie [O]  1_44L1294 [L1294] C troft, O troist. For these forms see Intr.2, p. 59.1_44
         1295  Entretaunt cum il ont itiel joie acoillie,L1295 [L1295] Mes e. kil unt tele [O]  1_44
                   Ad li reis a sun deis fiere novele oïe
                   De dous reis qui sur li vienent a ost banie.L1297 [L1297] a od [O]  1_44
                   D'Aufrike sunt eissu, d'icele gent haïe
                   Ki onkes jor n'amerent Deu ne sa cumpaignie.L1299 [L1299] Kunches namerent deu ne [O]  1_44
         1300  E li reis, quant il l'ot, n'en ad talent qu'il rie,
                   Ainz reclaime Jesum qu'il li seit en aïe.
66
                   Seignurs, or entendez, si faites escotaunce!
                   Si orrez cum dan Horn est eissu de s'enfaunce,L1303 [L1303] cume horn; [O]  sonenfance [O]  1_44
                   Cumment li reis haltisme ot de lui remembrance,L1304 [L1304] Cum li r. [O]  1_44
         1305  Kar rien ne poet perir ki en li ad creaunce.L1305 [L1305] kil aimet eauance [O]  1_44
                   L1306 [L1306] Il not tel cheualer par escu ne par lance [O]  1_44L1306 [L1306] The text should include this line, supplied from O (cf. Intr.1, p. li): Il n'ot tel chevaler par escu ne par lance There was no knight so skilled in the art of defence or attack.1_44
         1307  Pus cel tens des en ça el reiaume de FraunceL1307 [L1307] P. icel t. en aca [O]  1_44
         1308  N'out pruesce maör në od menor vauntaunce,L1308 [L1308] Od meillur pruesce nod [O]  1_44L1306 [L1306] See Introduction, II, § 6, p. li.1_44
                   Kar en Deu aveit mis, trestute s'esperaunce:L1309 [L1309] Delete the comma after mis.1_44
         1310  E Deu meintient bien ceus ki en li ont fiance.L1310 [L1310] Read Deus, and in the variants of O insert L1310 [L1310] Deus deu [O]  1_44.1_44

Page 1_44


                   D'Aufrike sunt eissu dui rei de grant puissance,
                   Ki onc Deu n'amerent: çoe fud doel e viltaunce.L1312 [L1312] Ki unc en deu nurent fei ne creance [O]  1_45L1312 [L1312] Read n'(e) amerent.1_45 [f.26b]
                   Freres erent Rodmund, un rei de surquidance,
                   Ki ocist Aälof, le rei de grant vaillaunce,L1314 [L1314] le un [O]  1_45L1314 [L1314] Aalof. un le rei1_45
         1315  Le pere a icest Horn qu'avom ci en balaunce:L1315 [L1315] Li peres fud a cel Horn ki auum e. b. [O]  1_45
                   [Uncore tenent la tere od tute la purtenance]x [x] Text from O1_45
                   Dunt cist deit estre reis, s'il ad encor cressaunce,L1317 [L1317] dust estre heirs [O]  1_45
                   Kar sis peres la tint, si·n fud mort a pesaunce.L1318 [L1318] si fud mult m. [O]  1_45
                   Mes Deu li mustra or par grant signifïaunce,
         1320  Qu'il aveit en sun quor vers li bone voillance,
                   Ke li dona de ces sa premere venjance –L1321 [L1321] sa la [O]  1_45L1321 [L1321] Ke Ki [O]  1_45
                   Cum vus porrez oïr, si ne faites noisance –L1322 [L1322] oir poet [O]  1_45
                   Kar cist vindrent od ost d'orguil e de bobaunceL1323 [L1323] Kar ices v. dunc dorguillos ost bobance [O]  1_45
                   En la terre Hunlaf ki ert en seguraunce:
         1325  A un port ariverent k'om apele Costance.
67
                   Reis Gudolf e Egolf furent icist nomez,L1326 [L1326] Reis Gunderolf e. Eglolf f. ices n. [O]  1_45
                   K'ien la terre Hunlaf sunt orë arivez,L1327 [L1327] sunt furent [O]  1_45L1327 [L1327] Ken [O]  1_45
                   E od aus sunt venu d'Aufrike granz barnez,
                   Feluns e surquidez, de bataille adure[z],
         1330  Par quei est rei Hunlaf mut sovent manacez:L1330 [L1330] quei quels [O]  1_45
                   Se il Deu ne guerpist, u mut s'e[n] est fiez,L1331 [L1331] Sil ne g. ses deus ses ymagez dorez [O]  1_45
                   Ne li larront tenir ne chastel ne citez,
                   Ne la vië el cors: si iert lur li regnez.L1333 [L1333] el del [O]  1_45
                   Tresqu'il sunt arivé, bien tost sunt herbergez:L1334 [L1334] Deske il [O]  1_45
         1335  Trefs e aukubes ont lors tendu par ces prezL1335 [L1335] as prez [O]  1_45L1335 [L1335] cesrej  ce^s1_45
                   E des nefs metent fors bons destriers sojornez,L1336 [L1336] unt fors tret [O]  1_45
                   Bones armes de pris od escuz, d'or listez. [f.27a]
                   Apres ont a Hunlaf messages enveiez,L1338 [L1338] Apres sunt [O]  1_45
                   Par quels li ont mandé quel iert lur volentez:L1339 [L1339] iert est [O]  1_45L1339 [L1339] Par lequels unt m. [O]  1_45
         1340  Qu'il relenquist sun Deu a qui il iert alïez,L1340 [L1340] qui il ki [O]  1_45

Page 1_45


                   Si creüst en Mahun ki iert lut avoez.L1341 [L1341] creist a [O]  1_46
                   Si çoe faire vousist, tenist ses heritez,L1342 [L1342] Sicel fere [O]  1_46
                   Si oüst ses honurs en pais, en quietez,L1343 [L1343] e en q. [O]  1_46
                   Mesque treü lor rendist ki lor venist a grez;L1344 [L1344] M. ke t. rendist tel cum lur fust a g. [O]  1_46L1344 [L1344] C Mesque treu lor rendist, O Mes ke treu rendist. treu is normally disyllabic in Old French and in Horn, so it seems probable that in this line the syllabic overplus may best be remedied by following the version of O and leaving out lor, introduced presumably under the influence of its use in the second hemistich.1_46
         1345  E si çoe ne vousist, dunc si fust desfiëz,L1345 [L1345] E si cest ne feist d. en f. d. [O]  1_46
                   Cum cil ki ne purreit par nul estre tensezL1346 [L1346] par pur [O]  1_46
                   Qu'il ne perdist le chief od tuz ses richetez.
68
                   Or s'en vont envers lui cist enveié message:L1348 [L1348] Ore wnt vers lui [O]  1_46
                   Mut sunt bien cunreié e si sunt de parage,
         1350  Si sunt bien enparlé, chescun en sun langage.
                   Latimiers ont od eus pur mustrer lor corage,L1351 [L1351] Laterumer [O]  1_46
                   Qui de plusurs latins sunt escolé e sage.
                   Dreit al rei sunt venu a sun mestre masage;L1353 [L1353] masage estage [O]  1_46L1353 [L1353] masage. See Mél. Hoepffner, p. 69.1_46
                   Li portiers les guiad, cum esteit costumage,L1354 [L1354] Tut dreit al h. s. ker fet par estage [O]  1_46L1353 [L1353] 1353 and 1354 are transposed1_46
         1355  Sus al haut solier, ki fud fait par estage.
                   Iloc i ont trové le rei od sun barnage.L1356 [L1356] I. trouent; [O]  od sun riche b. [O]  1_46
                   Primes l'ont salué, si cum iert dreit usage,L1357 [L1357] lunt salue cum est dreit custumage [O]  1_46L1357 [L1357] l'ontrej  les ont1_46
                   Pus dient tuz les moz – ke n'i funt retaillage –L1358 [L1358] ke kil [O]  1_46
                   Cum l'orent komandé cil ki vindrent a nage.L1359 [L1359] a par [O]  1_46
         1360  Quant li reis les entent, grainz fud en sun corage
                   Mes ne·l vout lors mustrer kar n'ert pas si volage.L1361 [L1361] kar il er si v. [O]  1_46 [f.27b]
69
                   Li message sunt fier, si dient fierement
                   Quant k'enchargié lur fu sanz nul retaillement.L1363 [L1363] nul nuli [O]  1_46L1363 [L1363] Co ke charget [O]  1_46
                   Quant li reis l'ot oï, grains en fu e dolent.L1364 [L1364] Quant li r. co ioit [O]  1_46L1364 [L1364] E quant1_46
         1365  Les tables fet oster, e çoe delivrement,
                   En ses chambres s'en vait tenir un parlement.
                   Od li ad amené tut le meuz de sa gent,L1367 [L1367] li sei [O]  1_46
                   E quant il sunt asis mustra lor sun talent;
                   De çoe qu'il out oï demaunde loëment.
         1370  Mes il seënt tut quoi, n'en fait nul vantementL1370 [L1370] ne fud nul v. [O]  1_46

Page 1_46


                   Ke il voillent entrer en nul defendement:L1371 [L1371] Kil en voillet [O]  1_47L1371 [L1371] The erroneous plural form voillent in C is presumably due to the influence of the plural seent in the preceding line.1_47
                   Dunc ne siet reis Hunlaf d'içoe cunseillement.
                   A taunt i sorvint Horn, ot lur cuntenementL1373 [L1373] ot od [O]  1_47
                   E veit ke çoe est tut de sun avancement.L1374 [L1374] de sun defendement [O]  1_47
         1375  Idunc vient dreit al rei e dit si faitement:L1375 [L1375] Dunc vint il d. ar rei [O]  1_47
                   'Sire, reis honoré, Deus vus seit tensement!L1376 [L1376] Sire reis1_47
                   Joe vus vei mut iré e en grant pensement:
                   Pur ces fiers messages estes en dotement.L1378 [L1378] messagers [O]  1_47
                   Si fusse chevaler e usse adobement,L1379 [L1379] adobement. See note on l. 335.1_47
         1380  Encuntr'eus defendreie ke ja paiene gentL1380 [L1380] Defendrai cuntre els [O]  1_47
                   Ne deivent cuntre vus aveir seignorement,L1381 [L1381] sur nus auer nul s. [O]  1_47
                   Ne la lei que tenum de Deu omnipotent
                   Ne deit pur la Mahun aveir ja fausement.'
                   'Sire,' çoe dient tuit, 'cist ad dit richement.
         1385  Kat li donez adubs, si·n serom tuit joient.'L1385 [L1385] tut en armes ioient [O]  1_47L1385 [L1385] C serom, O armes. O preserves, in mangled form, the archaic form ermes, employed in C in l. 1919 where it is replaced by seruns in H and again mangled in O; cf. Intr.2, p. 61.1_47 [f.28a]
70
                   Ore entent bien li reis que dient li baron.L1386 [L1386] li b. si b. [O]  1_47
                   De Aalof li membra od la fiere façon,
                   Cum delivra Silauf, ki fud sun norriçon,L1388 [L1388] Silau kil [O]  1_47L1388 [L1388] ki (O kil) fud sun norriçon. In C norriçon has the sense of foster-father, cited in Gf. X, 208 from Chron. Nor. etc.; the hemistich in O appears to mean for he was his foster-child.1_47
                   Des paiens, des feluns, lui e sa regïon.L1389 [L1389] regïon. Here and in l. 3616, and possibly also in ll. 617 and 2867, this word, presumably under the influence of regere govern etc., has taken on the sense of realm, kingdom; so also elsewhere in A.N., e.g. Gaimar, ed. Bell, 1466, 1806 etc., and in M.E. (see O.E.D.).1_47
         1390  Fiaunce ot en cestui – e si ot grant reisun –
                   Qu'il feïst autretel e traisist a nacion.L1391 [L1391] traitist [O]  1_47
                   Lors respundi li reis, si cum nus vus dirom:L1392 [L1392] Lores lut r. si cum vus ore d. [O]  1_47
                   'Beau seignur,' fait lur il, 'par le seignur del trun,L1393 [L1393] Seignurs fet il oez pur le s. [O]  1_47
                   Or avront garnemenz il e si cumpaignun;
         1395  Cumbatront sei a ces ki sunt en ma meisun,
                   E si veut Deus qu'il metent ceus a cunfusïon,L1396 [L1396] Sil ueolt d. [O]  1_47
                   Pus irum vers iceus ki sunt en cel sablun;L1397 [L1397] ices k. s. la es s. [O]  1_47
                   Si·s merrom, si Deu plest, tuz a dampnatïon,L1398 [L1398] Si mettrum, [O]  1_47
                   Le grant orgoil qu'il ont del tut lur abatrom.L1399 [L1399] trestut a. [O]  1_47
         1400  Ja ne·s en tenseront Tervagan ne Mahun,L1400 [L1400] Ke ia nes tenserat [O]  1_47
                   Ne Apollin, lur dé, ne plus que un gaignun.'L1401 [L1401] lur d. plus kun tundu mtun [O]  1_47
                   'Sire,' çoe li dist Horn, 'ci ad gentil sermun.L1402 [L1402] ci ad curteis [O]  1_47

Page 1_47


                   Cil vus rende voz biens ki fist salvatïunL1403 [L1403] les bens [O]  1_48
                   Al vaillant Daniel enz el lai al leün.L1404 [L1404] al del [O]  1_48L1404 [L1404] Delete the full stop after leün.1_48
         1405  E delivra Jonas el ventrë al ceton.'L1405 [L1405] el del [O]  1_48
                   Lors apela li reis dan Moroan, un bretun,
                   Ki esteit tresoriers, hom de religion.L1407 [L1407] A. mei les a. [O]  1_48L1407 [L1407] de grant r. [O]  1_48L1407 [L1407] hom de religïon a religious, a member of a religious community. For this use cf. Leis Guill. §1 (1), where iglise de religium renders religiosorum ecclesia, and Chron. Nor. 39446, cited in Gf. X, 531.1_48
71
                   'Ça venez,' dist li reis, 'sire cher, dan Moroan.L1408 [L1408] beau sire d. M. [O]  1_48
                   Aportez mes adubs qu'avez gardé meint an: [f.28b]
         1410  Ne crei ke ait meillors de ci qu'al flum Jordan,
                   Il ne fauseront ja pur suffrir nul ahan.
                   Celes dorrai a Horn, si·n iert plus seguran;L1412 [L1412] The use of the feminine form Celes, common to both MSS., is possibly occasioned by the subconscious influence of armes, the feminine equivalent of adubs.1_48
                   Quant en iert cunréé, mat creindra barbaran.
                   Heaumë avra lusant, dunt li coing sunt haltan,L1414 [L1414] mult cler luisant dun coigbaltan [O]  1_48L1414 [L1414] li coing. The conical peak of the helmet is designated coing in texts of the later twelfth century, cf. Tobl. Lom. The use of the plural here and in Florence de Rome 1298 may be due to the fact that the helmet together with the peak was apparently formed by the juxtaposition of four wedge-shaped plates (les quartiers 1523).1_48
         1415  Hauberc dublé al piz dunt safré sunt li pan,L1415 [L1415] E h. [O]  1_48L1415 [L1415] The epithet of hauberc is probably to be taken as dublé (cf. Ch. Rol. 995), but the adjective duble, as in O, is also possible.1_48
                   Escu au col pendu del os d'un olifan –L1416 [L1416] Escu aurat el col del os [O]  1_48L1416 [L1416] Shields of ivory are mentioned in Cligès 4031 and Troie 1837.1_48
                   Ne·l purra entamer ne paien n'alemanL1417 [L1417] Nel purreit atamer p. ne almichan [O]  1_48L1417 [L1417] C aleman, O almichan. The reading of O should probably have been adopted here; aleman is not normally coupled with paien, and Horn himself was of German lineage on his father's mother's side.1_48
                   Sul itaunt ke pesast le vaillant d'une glan.L1418 [L1418] le pesant dun g. [O]  1_48
                   Chauces avra de fer ke toli a un jaan,L1419 [L1419] toli toil [O]  1_48
         1420  A ki me cumbati suz la roche Maldran,
                   Quant fui fait chevalier, tut dreit al premier an.L1421 [L1421] trestut al p. a. [O]  1_48
                   Espéé avra trenchant ke me dona Roman,
                   L'enperere romain, al muster saint Johan,
         1424  Quant fui a Rome alé dreit al sie del Latran.L1424 [L1424] Q. a R. alai al sege del l. [O]  1_48L1424 [L1424] For sie read sié.1_48
                   Si avra mun destrier Passevent, [le] helzan.L1424a [L1424a] om  [O]  1_48L1424a [L1424a] helzan. This appears to be an early loan-word from Spanish alazán (of Arabic origin), which in the sixteenth century gave Mod. F. alezan.1_48
         1425  Od ces armes purra as paëns fere dan;L1425 [L1425] fere ahan [O]  1_48
                   Cum suleit Áálof, si frad icist enjan.
72
                   'Beaus amis [dan] Moroan, autres armes querezL1427 [L1427] dan M. [O]  1_48
                   Dunt li quinze vallet od li seient armez,L1428 [L1428] seient erent [O]  1_48
                   Ki ci vindrent od li de Suddene, savez;L1429 [L1429] ci ca; [O]  al por u fud trouez [O]  1_48
         1430  Si erent par ices li paien desfiez,
                   S'il traient vers ice[u]s dunt il sunt engendrez!'L1431 [L1431] Sil Si; [O]  d. erent [O]  1_48
                   'Sire,' çoe respunt Horn, 'Deu vus rende les grez,L1432 [L1432] dit H. [O]  1_48

Page 1_48

[f.29a]
                   Li sire soverains, ki meint en trinitez!'L1433 [L1433] magestez [O]  1_49
                   A taunt s'en vet Moroan e tost est repairez,
         1435  Les reaus mandemenz mut bien ad achevez.L1435 [L1435] E mult ad acumpli les reals volentez [O]  1_49
                   Pus furent li vallet tuit quinze demandez,
                   E quant il sunt venu, si sunt bien adobezL1437 [L1437] bien tuz [O]  1_49
                   Tut issi faitement cum vus dire l'oëz.
                   Reis Hunlaf les cunreiz a Horn ad einz baillez –L1439 [L1439] Primes donat a Horn Hunlaf les cunrez [O]  1_49
         1440  Les armes ke devant vus ai ci devisez –L1440 [L1440] Les armes trestuz ke desus ai cuntez [O]  1_49
                   E l'espéé li ceinst as flancs qu'il out dougiez.L1441 [L1441] a ses flanc les dulgez [O]  1_49
                   E quant li autre sunt de lur armes armez,L1442 [L1442] Q. li a. resunt [O]  1_49
                   Haderof dist al rei, ki fud li meuz membrez:L1443 [L1443] fud ert [O]  1_49
                   'Sire rei, noble e francs, un dun nus otriez,L1444 [L1444] si nus donez [O]  1_49
         1445  Ke nus ceigne dan Horn nos espéés al lez,L1445 [L1445] al es [O]  1_49
                   Kar nus sumes li soen: il est nostre avoez.'L1446 [L1446] om  li [O]  1_49
                   'Par fei,' çoe dist le rei, 'mut sagement parlez,L1447 [L1447] dist dit; [O]  cist ad mult ben p. [O]  1_49L1447 [L1447] Read li reis.1_49
                   Ne vus voil deveër; si seit cum vus volez.'L1448 [L1448] si or [O]  1_49
73
                   Par le cungié le rei chescun ad pris s'espéé,L1449 [L1449] Par le grant dunc del r. [O]  1_49
         1450  Devant Horn, le meschin, l'ad chescun aportéé,L1450 [L1450] E d. H. lenfant chascun sil ad portee [O]  1_49
                   E il lur ceinst as lez cum fud chose otrïéé:L1451 [L1451] si c. f. c. grantee [O]  1_49
                   Sur paiens en dorrunt encore grant coléé.L1452 [L1452] encui meinte [O]  1_49
                   Apres vont del cunseil en la sale pavéé;
                   Ne fud as messagiers la parole celéé,L1454 [L1454] With this line MS. H begins1_49L1454 [L1454] N. f. unc as paens [O]  1_49
         1455  Einz lur fu par le rei hautement mustrééL1455 [L1455] de par, [O]  h. mustree [H]  dunc m. [O]  1_49
                   Ke pur eus n'iert sis Deus ne sa lei [unc] chaungéé,L1456 [L1456] unc changee om  unc [H]  1_49L1456 [L1456] pur cels [O]  1_49 [f.29b]
                   Ne del soen ja n'avront par Deu une denréé.L1457 [L1457] n'a. ia, [O]  si deu plest, [OH]  un ouee, [O]  une miee [H]  1_49
                   Si bataille voelent, ne lur iert pas veéé.L1458 [L1458] ja vee, [O]  Sil; [H]  ert deueyee [H]  1_49
                   'Ma defensë ai ci prestë aparailléé,L1459 [L1459] en ai ci prest aparillee, [O]  ai ici preste e apparillee [H]  1_49L1459 [L1459] preste aparaillee. The inflection of an adjective modifying another adjective, usual in O.F., began to give way early; here the agreement preserved in C is suppressed in O and replaced by co-ordination in H (in favour of the adoption of the e of H see A. Bell, Medium Ævum XXV (1956), 29).1_49
         1460  S'iest qui oster nus veut de nostre lei salvéé,L1460 [L1460] Si nuls est, [OH]  ki nus v. o. de l. s., [O]  de la ley [H]  1_49L1460 [L1460] lei salvee saving religion; cf. V.B. I3, 158.1_49
                   Ki nus fu par Jesu en cest munde donéé:L1461 [L1461] Crist [O]  1_49L1461 [L1461] fu est, [O]  en cest mund par Iesu d. [OH]  1_49

Page 1_49


                   Autre ne tendrom ja kar tute autre est fauséé.'L1462 [L1462] ne crerum [H]  1_50
                   Lors sailli un avant: nez fu de Cananéé.
                   Mut fud hidus e grant od chiere rechignéé.L1464 [L1464] e c. ot, H c. ot [O]  1_50
         1465  Marmorin fu nomé en la sue cuntréé.L1465 [L1465] M. ot cist nun [O]  1_50
                   Cist iert durs e preisiez en bataille aduréé,L1466 [L1466] iert est [H]  1_50
                   Si out a crestïens faite meinte haschéé,L1467 [L1467] as, [O]  Si ot f. as c. m. male h. [H]  1_50
                   Quant [il] fud od Rodmund en Suddene, la léé,L1468 [L1468] Quant (Kant) il, [OH]  od R. f. [O]  1_50
                   A la mort Aalof, ki·ncore iert cumparéé,L1469 [L1469] kuncor, [O]  ki unkore [H]  1_50
         1470  Kar, si Deu plest, par Horn iert pur veir vengééL1470 [L1470] Kar p. H. s. d. p. en ert ben, [O]  ert veir, [H]  reuengee [OH]  1_50L1470 [L1470] vengéé, revengéé 1_50
                   En cestui, ki i fud a la mort denoméé.L1471 [L1471] ki la fu a l. m. demerimee [O]  1_50L1471 [L1471] a la mort denomee. Probably at the death we have mentioned; Tobl. Lom. translates bei der berühmten Tötung.1_50
                   E si Horn le seüst, mut li fust plus hastééL1472 [L1472] li en, [O]  plus en [H]  1_50
                   [La mort d'icest felun ki cele ot puraléé.]
                   [Icist, tel cum vus di, ad sa raisun hastéé:]L1474 [L1474] ad ot [O]  1_50L1474 [L1474] Icil [O]  1_50
74
         1475  'Par Mahun, rei Hunlaf, joe sui un messagierL1475 [L1475] fui [O]  1_50
                   De dous reis ki la sunt arivé a la mer.L1476 [L1476] la li [H]  1_50
                   Tut icest ke vus dis sui joe prest de pruver,L1477 [L1477] Tuico; [O]  apruver, [O]  T. coe ke joe ainz diz [H]  1_50L1477 [L1477] Read prover (cf. Intr.1, p. xiii).1_50
                   Si est k'encuntre mei en champ voillë entrer,L1478 [L1478] seit, [OH]  cuntre m. v. e. c. [O]  1_50
                   Ke ne vaut vostre lei, ke tenez, un dener;L1479 [L1479] Kar la ley ke vus t. n. v. [H]  1_50
         1480  Od tut vostre mal gré la vus estoet lessier,
                   Si tendrez la Mahun, ki meuz vus poet salver,L1481 [L1481] la Mahun. See Intr.2, p. 80.1_50
                   E si rendrez treü tiel cum vodrom poser.'L1482 [L1482] E s r., [O]  nos v. [OH]  1_50 [f.30a]
                   Lors respundi si Horn: 'Or pus joe trop ester.L1483 [L1483] Lores si respunt si H. [H]  1_50
                   K'ad dit icist vassal? ne me dei mes celer.L1484 [L1484] Qei ad d. [O]  1_50L1484 [L1484] What has this fellow said? No longer should I keep silent. For examples of sei celer in the sense of sei taisir see Tobl. Lom.1_50
         1485  Va, paien, çoe que diz ne fait a otrïer,L1485 [L1485] diez, [O]  tu dis; [H]  ne f. pas [H]  1_50
                   Si Deu le me cunsent tut le te frai neër:L1486 [L1486] Se [H]  1_50L1486 [L1486] Sil me c. d. iol te frai tut n. [OH]  1_50
                   La bataille en avras ja de mei per a perL1487 [L1487] om  en [O]  de mei far p. a p. [O]  1_50
                   Que la lei de Mahun ne vaut d'oef un quarter.L1488 [L1488] de un o. ne v. le q., [O]  dun o. le q. [H]  1_50
                   Vei me ci trestut prest, si l'oses cummencier,L1489 [L1489] Veez, [OH]  om  tres [OH]  1_50
         1490  Pur defendre la lei ke tenum, al premier,L1490 [L1490] al en [O]  1_50

Page 1_50


                   En apres, ke Hunlaf ne deit treü doner.'L1491 [L1491] a nul treeu [H]  1_51
                   E quant il ot çoe dit munta sur sun destrier;L1492 [L1492] om  sur [O]  1_51
                   Ses armes acesma – bien semble chevalier:L1493 [L1493] semblot, [O]  semla [H]  1_51
                   En la place s'en vait tut issi arester.L1494 [L1494] tut si senz a. [H]  1_51L1494 [L1494] arester is used here as in l. 3195 and as ester in l. 3097 with the meaning take up one's stand. The scribe of H, unfamiliar with this use, has substituted senz arestier and thus has misled Vising (cf. Studien I, p. 8).1_51
         1495  La doctrine Herland li avra or mester,L1495 [L1495] or li a. [OH]  1_51
                   Ki mut l'enseigna bien de ses armes porter.L1496 [L1496] m. ben lenseigna [OH]  1_51
                   Quant çoe veit li paiens prent sei a desdeigner;L1497 [L1497] sei sen, [H]  desrener [O]  1_51L1497 [L1497] çoe le [OH]  1_51L1497 [L1497] desdeigner is used here, as in some clerkly texts such as Q.L.R., with the force of Lat. indignari.1_51
                   Lors s'en vet dreit vers lui; n'i out que corocier.L1498 [L1498] v. l. d., [O]  om  dreit [H]  1_51
                   La bataille en iert ja apres lut deffier.L1499 [L1499] L. b. ert a. tot l. d. [O]  1_51
75
         1500  Il ont laschié lor freins si moevent de randun,L1500 [L1500] randun raudun [H]  1_51L1500 [L1500] moevent muntent, [O]  (initial capital om., s in margin) unt laschie [H]  1_51L1500 [L1500] Il sunt [O]  1_51L1500 [L1500] See Introduction, II, § 3, p. xvii.1_51
                   Chescun autre requiert en guise de barun;
                   Brandi sunt li espied, destoers li gonfanun,L1502 [L1502] i sunt, [O]  lur e. [OH]  1_51
                   Si sunt entreferu es escuz a leün.L1503 [L1503] a de [O]  1_51L1503 [L1503] Si sen s. e. as [H]  1_51
                   Li paien feri Horn par si fete façonL1504 [L1504] feri fert [O]  1_51
         1505  Ke l'espié depesça – la haunste iert de plançon –L1505 [L1505] li, [O]  debrusat, [OH]  esteit, [H]  dun p. [OH]  1_51
                   Mes Horn onc ne se meut plus que fust un perron.L1506 [L1506] fust feist [O]  1_51L1506 [L1506] om  Horn [O]  1_51 [f.30b]
                   E dan Horn refiert lui par tiel cuntentïonL1507 [L1507] Mes, [O]  Horn referit, [OH]  Marmorin [H]  1_51L1507 [L1507] cuntentïon is used in the sense of strife in Gir. Ros. and Mon. Guill. (cf. Tobl. Lom.), but in that of zeal, emulation only the popular form cuntençon is cited.1_51
                   Qu'il l'abati tut plat del cheval el sablun.L1508 [L1508] labat trestut [O]  1_51
                   Quant se vit abatu Marmorin, li felun,
         1510  Tost resailli en piez pur fere vengeisun
                   E vers Horn vet par mal le pas e le trotun.L1511 [L1511] le pas les salz [OH]  1_51L1511 [L1511] Envers [O]  1_51L1511 [L1511] le pas e le trotun. This unusual conjunction of terms, changed in OH to les salz e le trotun, occurs also in Aspremont 1318 and 5166.1_51
                   Or le garisse cil ki gari Salemun!L1512 [L1512] gari saluat [OH]  1_51L1512 [L1512] cil ci [O]  1_51
                   Quant Horn le vit venir, descent del gareignun,L1513 [L1513] decendi de goreignun [H]  1_51L1513 [L1513] gareignun. This is the only instance in Gf. and Tobl. Lom. of the use of this word in the sense of stallion, steed.1_51
                   L'escu tret devant sei kat fort fu li doblun,L1514 [L1514] om  kar [O]  dublencun, [O]  dobleizun [H]  1_51L1514 [L1514] doblun. There seems to be a discrepancy here: we are told in l. 1416 that the shield given to Horn by king Hunlaf was of ivory, but doblun, dobles and related words, when applied to shields and not (as is more usual) to hauberks, are appropriate only to shields of quite another type, those made of wood covered with painted leather (cf. Protheselaus 1911-2 De l'escu fa[l]se quir et teint, Des duble[s] li fendi les ais). It is a shield of this more ordinary type that is mentioned in ll. 1704 and O 4719 as being borne by the pagan king Gudolf and by Hardré. The forms dublençun and dobleizun in O and H seem to be nonce-words.1_51
         1515  E le fels le feri; n'en fist esparneisun.L1515 [L1515] n'en ne [O]  1_51
                   Mes cel cop n'i fist mal [le] vaillant [d']un butun:L1516 [L1516] Mesis c., [O]  M. le c. mal ne li fist v. dun b., [H]  v. un b. [O]  1_51
                   E quant il s'aparceit, dolent fud li glutun,L1517 [L1517] en fu [H]  1_51
                   Si ad maudit sun brant des vertuz de Mahun.L1518 [L1518] le b. par les v. [O]  1_51L1518 [L1518] Si ad maudit sun brant des vertuz de Mahun. The term vertuz may denote either (divine) power or miracles, and it is not easy to determine its exact force in this locution. I note that in the very similar passage in Ch. Rol. 3232-3 Li amiralz en juret . . . De Mahumet les vertuz e le cors, while Bédier translates miracles, Bertoni and Whitehead prefer power.1_51

Page 1_51


76
                   Horn s'est mut corocié par le cop Marmorin.L1519 [L1519] pur [OH]  1_52
         1520  Il ad tret sun bon brant dunt li punt fu d'or fin,L1520 [L1520] punt helt, [OH]  est, [O]  ert [H]  1_52L1520 [L1520] sun le [O]  1_52L1520 [L1520] punt When the old word pun (< pomum) denoting the pommel of the sword was falling into desuetude, its form began to vary greatly. The earliest modification was the one found here in C (cf. Ch. Rol. 466 etc.), but later poing and point (H 1994) were widely used, and in l. 1994 O has pin. Here, however, the reading of OH is helt, which should perhaps be adopted, for in l. 1994 the pommel is said to be of crystal, and the combination of pun of crystal and helt of gold is found elsewhere (e.g. Ch. Rol. 1364). In the examples from the chansons de geste cited in Gf. the pommels are usually golden or gilded, but in Horn they are always of crystal.1_52
                   Ja en dorra un cop, s'il poet, al barbarin.L1521 [L1521] Ja Il [O]  1_52
                   Sus el coing le feri del heaume sarazin,L1522 [L1522] del sur le [H]  1_52L1522 [L1522] coing col [H]  1_52
                   Ke les quartiers abat e turna a declin,L1523 [L1523] abati; [H]  enclin, [H]  e met tut a d. [O]  1_52
                   E li cop descendi sur l'espaulle al mastinL1524 [L1524] si [H]  1_52L1524 [L1524] E li cops avalat [OH]  1_52L1524 [L1524] l'espaullerej  le s̲p̲a̲u̲lle1_52
         1525  Ke les maeles rumpi del hauberc dublentin.L1525 [L1525] rumpent [O]  1_52
                   Durement le blesça pur poi n'est a sa fin,L1526 [L1526] ne prist s. f [O]  1_52
                   Quant li fel s'escria: 'Kar m'aïe, Apollin!
                   Mut estes endormi, quant m'oblies eissin.'L1528 [L1528] Tu es, [OH]  tut e. [O]  1_52
                   Lors referit un cop od le brant acerin,L1529 [L1529] refert, [O]  de sun b. [OH]  1_52 [f.31a]
         1530  Mes ne fud enpeiré un point Horn, li meschin,L1530 [L1530] ni [O]  1_52L1530 [L1530] After 1530 the two preceding lines are repeated at the top of folio 31a in slightly varying form:
                   Lors referi un cop od sun brant acerin
                   Mes nel ad damagie vaillant un angevin 1_52
                  
                   L1530a [L1530a] See Introduction, II, § 5 (b) i, pp. xxxiv, xxxv.1_52
                   Ainz corut envers li od fier quoer leonin.L1531 [L1531] envers dreit vers, [O]  vers [H]  1_52
                   Un cop li ad doné, dunt se tient miserin;L1532 [L1532] len tient, [O]  le fait [H]  1_52
                   Ne se pot cil tenir qu'il ne chaïst sovinL1533 [L1533] poet tenir cil, [O]  poeit [H]  1_52
                   Ausi lonc cum il fu el mi leu del chemin.L1534 [L1534] el en [OH]  1_52L1534 [L1534] Ausi Issi [OH]  1_52
         1535  E Horn ne·l esparnia, ki ne·l tint pur cosin,L1535 [L1535] pur a [OH]  1_52L1535 [L1535] ki ke, [O]  kar il [H]  1_52L1535 [L1535] om  E [O]  1_52
                   Ainz li trencha le chief veänt ces de sun lin.L1536 [L1536] trenche [O]  1_52
77
                   Quant il virent tiel cop mut se sunt esmaiez.L1537 [L1537] cel cop [O]  1_52
                   E li cumpaignun Horn ne·s ont esparnïez:L1538 [L1538] en sunt asseurez [O]  1_52
                   Chescun requiert le soen, si·s ont bien defiez,
         1540  En mut petit de tens les ont tuz graventez.L1540 [L1540] les unt agrauentez [OH]  1_52
                   Les chiefs ont a Hunlaf, lur seignurs, presentez,
                   Ki forment en est lez, si·s en ad merciez.L1542 [L1542] om  en [O]  om  en [OH]  1_52
                   Çoe dient li baron: 'Bien i sunt enpleiezL1543 [L1543] om  i [H]  Co d. li barbarim mult sunt ben e. [O]  1_52
                   Les adubs, sire reis, ke lur avez donez.L1544 [L1544] dune lur a., [O]  uus lur a. [H]  1_52
         1545  D'icest premerain fait bien lor est encuntrez;L1545 [L1545] fet p. [O]  1_52
                   Par ces, voz enemis par trestut materez.L1546 [L1546] cunquerez [O]  1_52
                   Horn sur tutes voz genz conestable ferez,

Page 1_52


                   Ki tresbien les merra si cum comaunderez.'L1548 [L1548] mult ben, [OH]  cum le c., [O]  cum vus c. [H]  1_53
                   Çoe respondi Hunlaf. 'Deus en seit aürez!L1549 [L1549] respunt; [O]  merciez [O]  1_53L1549 [L1549] Substitute a colon for the full stop after Hunlaf.1_53
         1550  D'ices al premier chief sui jo ore vengez.L1550 [L1550] al en; [O]  en sui io, [O]  sui io ben [H]  1_53
                   E joe si le ferai, cum vus le devisez,L1551 [L1551] om  E and uus [O]  1_53
                   E pur li m'est mut bel quant vus si le volez.L1552 [L1552] E bels men est p. lui q. v. tuz, [O]  E bel mest mut p. co ke vus tuz [H]  1_53 [f.31b]
                   Or seit Horn entre vus conestable apelez:L1553 [L1553] clamez [OH]  1_53L1553 [L1553] In the variants insert H Or s. e. v. Horn.1_53
                   Devant vus l'en seisis; bel m'est ke le grantez.'L1554 [L1554] bel quant le g., [O]  ke uus le g. [H]  1_53
         1555  E dan Horn, quant l'oï, forment s'est leëscez.L1555 [L1555] de deu li rent les grez, [O]  del dun len r. grant g. [H]  1_53
                   Pus si dist baudement: 'Sire reis, kar muntez!L1556 [L1556] si li [H]  1_53
                   Si alum asaillir ces ki sunt arivez.
                   Il sunt maleite gent: ne s'en ira uns piez.L1558 [L1558] malueisse, [O]  maueise, [H]  irrunt [O]  1_53L1558 [L1558] The earliest examples cited by Gf. of pié in the sense of person are from Q.L.R. and Chron. Nor.; to these may be added Troie, cf. Glossary.1_53
                   Nostre est li primer cop! si Deu plest, si veintrez.L1559 [L1559] Vostre, [O]  li premerains car si d. p. sis v. [H]  1_53
         1560  Deu vus aidera bien e sa lei ke tenez.L1560 [L1560] nus, [O]  la ley ke vus t. [H]  1_53
                   Malvais est lur Mahun, encui lor iert mustrez.'L1561 [L1561] lur la, [OH]  om  iert [O]  e co ben lur m. [H]  1_53L1561 [L1561] Malueisse [O]  1_53
                   'Amis,' çoe dit Hunlaf, 'issi seit otrïez!L1562 [L1562] om  çoe [H]  issi seit cum uoldrez, [O]  si s. c. uus vulez [H]  1_53
                   Conestablë estes; alez, si cummencez.'L1563 [L1563] si sin, [O]  sil [H]  1_53L1563 [L1563] estes fet [OH]  1_53
                   Dunc ad dit Horn a tuz: 'Seignurs, or vus armez!L1564 [L1564] or tost [H]  1_53L1564 [L1564] Idunc lur, [H]  om  a tuz [OH]  1_53
         1565  Bien sai ke Deus le vout ke fussuns asemblezL1565 [L1565] fussez, [O]  ke deu le veie ke ci fussez semlez [H]  1_53
                   Pur la feste tenir: bor fustes aünez!L1566 [L1566] fustes [OH]  1_53
                   Bien l'ot Deu purveü par les sües buntez.L1567 [L1567] par ses meines [OH]  1_53
                   Ui avrom grant honur sur paiens reneiez;
                   Vus les cunquerrez bien od tuz lur richetez!'L1569 [L1569] om  bien [OH]  tuz od tuz [H]  1_53
         1570  'Sire,' çoe dient tuit, 'Deus en seit graciez!L1570 [L1570] graciez aurez [O]  1_53
                   Ne pot meuz avenir: issi fu destinez.'L1571 [L1571] Ne Nel; [O]  sil vus fust d., [O]  se nus fust ? d. [H]  1_53
78
                   Cil s'en vont as osteus, la vile est esturmie;L1572 [L1572] Re [H]  1_53L1572 [L1572] Ore sen v., [OH]  estorrie [H]  1_53
                   Chascun d'als pur sul Horn de pruesce ad envie.L1573 [L1573] E chascun, [O]  om  sul [OH]  1_53
         1574  Bien veïst ki la fust gente bachelerie!
                   N'i ad cil ne s'en vant qu'il frad chevalerie,L1574a [L1574a] om  [O]  ke ne se v. [H]  1_53

Page 1_53


         1575  Si k'en orra parler de ses bons faiz s'amie.L1575 [L1575] bons ben [OH]  1_54L1575 [L1575] om  ses [O]  1_54
                   Desqu'as chambres reaus fu la novele oïeL1576 [L1576] Ieskas [H]  1_54L1576 [L1576] F. 32a begins with this line, not with l. 1577.1_54 [f.32a]
         1577  De la bataille Horn e de sa cumpaignie,L1577 [L1577] dan H. [H]  1_54
                   Cum ont les messagiers oscis par envaïe,L1577a [L1577a] om  [O]  cum il [H]  1_54
                   E ke Horn ad sur tuz pris la conestablie.L1578 [L1578] prise, [OH]  om  la [H]  1_54
                   Rigmel, quant l'ot oï, forment Deu en mercie.L1579 [L1579] ot ad, [H]  deu f. [OH]  1_54
         1580  Lors ad pris un penun d'un cendal de Russie,L1580 [L1580] dun de [H]  1_54
                   A dan Horn l'enveia par une sue norrie:L1581 [L1581] par une sue norrie. So in all three MSS., apparently implying a monosyllabic pronunciation of sue (cf. Intr.2, p. 44), which is elsewhere disyllabic.1_54
                   Qu'il l'ait en cel bosoing pur s'amur, çoe li prie;L1582 [L1582] Kil eit en soe b.; [H]  om  çoe [H]  1_54L1582 [L1582] bosoing is used in several passages to denote strife, battle, as in Troie and F. Can., cf. Glossaries to these poems and note on F. Can. 747.1_54
                   E Horn l'ad receü, ne·l vout refuser mie:L1583 [L1583] ne ne volt, [O]  nel refusa mie [H]  1_54
                   Çoe si fu entr'eus deus premiere drüerie.L1584 [L1584] om  si [H]  Kar fud, [O]  la p. d. [OH]  1_54
         1585  Mut le cumparront chier icele gent haïe.L1585 [L1585] len c. c. encui geste h. [O]  1_54
                   La veïssez le jor meinte dame eschewieL1586 [L1586] meinte tante [OH]  1_54L1586 [L1586] le jor idunc, [O]  cel iur [H]  1_54
                   E puceles de pris od face colorie
                   Munter a cels kerneaus de la cité garnieL1588 [L1588] en [H]  1_54L1588 [L1588] Muntent, [O]  a cels k. [OH]  1_54
                   Pur vëeir destruire la gent de paënie.L1589 [L1589] cele g. p. [O]  1_54
         1590  Horn siet sur Passevent, cheval de Hungerie.L1590 [L1590] sun cheual [OH]  1_54
                   Bien semble chevaler ki deit aveir mestrieL1591 [L1591] Sen semblot, [O]  Ben semla [H]  1_54
                   Sur tuz ces ki la sunt, taunt gentement les guie.L1592 [L1592] Sur trestut [OH]  1_54
                   Or les cunduie deus, le fiz sainte Marie!L1593 [L1593] cundu, [O]  cunduit [H]  1_54L1593 [L1593] omitted and entered at the bottom of the page after l. 15981_54
79
                   Horn ist de la cité, si cunduit sa mesnéé:
         1595  Bien i ad dis mile de bone gent arméé.L1595 [L1595] .x. millers sunt il ben, [O]  Diz mile i ad ben [H]  1_54
                   Mes onc n'i vout mener fors jovente preiséé,L1596 [L1596] ne [H]  1_54L1596 [L1596] Kar il ni [OH]  1_54
                   Ke bien pusse ferir de launcë e d'espéé.L1597 [L1597] peusse [H]  1_54
                   Li vieil remainent tuit pur garder la cuntréé, [f.32b]
                   Ke, si rien lur mesvait, la seit la recovréé,L1599 [L1599] Si ren lur mesuient [O]  1_54
         1600  Kar li vieil sunt sovent gent bien aduréé,L1600 [L1600] ki [H]  1_54L1600 [L1600] Kar Que, [H]  li uielz resunt gent ke ben sunt a. [OH]  1_54
                   Quant bosoign lor succrest, suffrir poë[n]t haschéé,L1601 [L1601] poent [OH]  1_54L1600 [L1600] C Kar li vieil sunt sovent gent bien aduree : OH Kar li vielz resunt gent ke ben sunt aduree. The reading in C is unsatisfactory: a syllable short in the second hemistich and weakened in force by the addition of sovent. OH is without these faults but the rhyme-word aduree is grammatically incorrect. Presumably in the original adurees was employed and the line modified in C to secure a correct and grammatical rhyme, cf. the section on Versification in the Introduction to Volume II. In the next line the spelling poet may be due either to an accidental omission of the nasal tilde or to the desire to bring this line also into accord with the singular aduree.1_54
                   Cum[e] cil ki mut l'unt meinte feiz [tres]passéé.L1602 [L1602] kunt, [H]  suuente fiez, [O]  trespassee [OH]  1_54

Page 1_54


                   E Horn vet en requei par mi une valéé.
                   Nel savront ja paiens si avront ja mesléé,L1604 [L1604] Nel Ne, [O]  surent [H]  1_55
         1605  Kar Horn ot defendu qu'il n'i facent noiséé,L1605 [L1605] ne feissent [H]  1_55
                   Kar suzprendre vout si icele gent faéé.L1606 [L1606] faéé defaéé [O]  1_55L1606 [L1606] si issi, [H]  abs. [O]  1_55L1606 [L1606] faee. In Horn as elsewhere the simple form faé ordinarily bears a favourable meaning, enchanted, fairy, and it is the derivative de(s)faé that is used pejoratively in the sense of accursed, cf. O 5080. We should therefore, perhaps, follow O here and read cele gent defaee; but faee is supported by H, and an example of its pejorative use is cited in Tobl. Lom. from Aiol 5722.1_55
                   Il chevauchent un val d'une selve raméé,L1607 [L1607] They ride along a thickly-wooded valley.1_55
                   Taunt qu'il vienent al port u la flote est ancréé;L1608 [L1608] aencree [O]  1_55L1608 [L1608] flote. See Mél. Hoepffner, pp. 68-9.1_55
                   Mes li fol sunt eissu e gisent en la preeL1609 [L1609] li flos, [O]  li felun, [H]  om  e [OH]  a la terree [OH]  1_55
         1610  En tentes e en triefs cum gent aseüréé,
                   Kar taunt numbrë i ad ne quident ke durééL1611 [L1611] numbrez [O]  1_55
                   Ait vers eus nule gent en bataille arestéé –L1612 [L1612] Aient nuls uers eus [H]  1_55
                   Pur itaunt gisent si par mut grant surquidéé.L1613 [L1613] cil cum [H]  1_55L1613 [L1613] Par itant g. sicume gent s. [OH]  1_55
                   Mes dan Horn a itaunt ad lur ost escriéé,L1614 [L1614] tantost ad leue lescriee [H]  1_55
         1615  Ainz qu'il mot soüssent cummence la melléé,L1615 [L1615] ainz ke, [O]  cumencad la huee [OH]  1_55
                   Ki fud as premerains dorement cumparéé:L1616 [L1616] Si fud [O]  1_55
                   Meinte teste del cors i ot iloc sevréé.L1617 [L1617] del de, [O]  des, [H]  lores copee [OH]  1_55
                   Li acointiers i fud e l'amur achatééL1618 [L1618] Li a. e leal amur i fut tote a. [H]  1_55L1618 [L1618] cumparee barred before achatéé1_55
                   A ices asprement sanz autre demaundéé:L1619 [L1619] nule d. [H]  1_55
         1620  N'i ot cil ne vousist estrë en Cananéé,L1620 [L1620] cil ki, [O]  cil ke [H]  1_55
                   Taunt metent a dolur icele gent rechignéé;L1621 [L1621] Si mettrat, [O]  Issi mettet [H]  1_55
                   Taunt i veïssez morz gesir gole baéé,L1622 [L1622] e gesir, [O]  gesir e g. abaiee [H]  1_55 [f.33a]
                   Nes savreit acunter nule buche letréé.L1623 [L1623] Ke nel s. [H]  1_55
80
                   Horn cummence l'estur as premiers asprement.L1624 [L1624] cumencad [O]  1_55
         1625  N'i ateint nul al cop ke la teste n'en prent;L1625 [L1625] n'en ne [O]  1_55L1625 [L1625] al a [H]  1_55L1625 [L1625] prent. For the use of the indicative cf. Intr.2, p. 94.1_55
                   E si funt tuit li soen: i fierent durement.L1626 [L1626] e firent aurement [H]  1_55
                   E paiens vont fuiant vers nefs innelement.L1627 [L1627] sen fuent, [O]  uers les n. i., [H]  uers cels n. asprement [O]  1_55
                   Horn ateint rei Eghulf en mi liu de sa gent,L1628 [L1628] Horn ueit le Rei Eglaf [H]  1_55
                   Bien conut qu'il iert rei par sun acesmement.L1629 [L1629] ace^smement1_55
         1630  Lors ad coitié mut fort sun cheval, Passevent,L1630 [L1630] coitié point, [O]  acoilt, [H]  forment [H]  1_55

Page 1_55


                   E il li fet granz sauz cum cil ki n'iert pas lent,L1631 [L1631] icil ki [O]  1_56L1631 [L1631] i [O]  1_56L1631 [L1631] icil ki [O]  1_56L1631 [L1631] E il li f. granz s. cum ki nest lent [OH]  1_56L1631 [L1631] bien granz sauz; pas lent1_56
                   Quant l'ateinst, si li fist de sun brand un present,L1632 [L1632] tel present [OH]  1_56
                   Ke tresparmi le chief des qu'al pomun le fent.L1633 [L1633] des p., [O]  om  tres [H]  1_56
                   Al chäeir li ad dit un tiel ramposnement:L1634 [L1634] si li dist [O]  1_56
         1635  'Va, glotun, envers tei la nostre lei defend,L1635 [L1635] nostre lei se defent [OH]  1_56
                   Tiel treü t'en rendrai e [i]tiel tensement;L1636 [L1636] t'en te, [OH]  itel, [O]  tel [H]  1_56L1636 [L1636] tensement dues (cf. l. 2258). The word originally meant protection, as in ll. 1376, O 4743, but later came to denote the (feudal) due or charge payable to the lord for protection. Du Cange gives examples of tensamentum in this sense from the middle of the twelfth century, but the only instance of tensement dues cited in Gf. is from the French version of William of Tyre in the early thirteenth century (see also Stud. Rom., pp. 342-3). In l. 2258 the word is replaced in O by censeiment tax (misread by Brede as tenseiment).1_56
                   Pur Hunlaf nostre rei itiel rente t'en rend.L1637 [L1637] tele r. te r. [OH]  1_56
                   Ferez, franc chevaler! N'i ait esparniement!
                   Tuit serrunt ja vencu, sanz nul retenement.'L1639 [L1639] erent, [O]  recourement [OH]  1_56
         1640  E il l'en siwent tuit, si fierent vassalment;L1640 [L1640] E il leuuent [O]  1_56
                   Devant eus sunt chaëit li miller e li cent.
                   Mes Gudelof eschapa del envaïssement,L1642 [L1642] Gunderof, [O]  Guderof [H]  1_56L1642 [L1642] transposes the second hemistich of these lines [O]  1_56
                   Si entra en sa nef, arma sei fierement;
                   Ja justera en l'estur – si la geste ne ment –L1644 [L1644] istrad el, [O]  resterat al [H]  1_56
         1645  Kar li soen ont ja fait vers li ralïement.L1645 [L1645] om  ja [O]  aliement [OH]  1_56
                   Grant damage i fera ainz qu'ait definement.L1646 [L1646] defiement [H]  1_56L1646 [L1646] om  i [OH]  ainz kil eit finement [OH]  1_56 [f.33b]
81
                   Gud[e]lof est armé as nefs a la santine;L1647 [L1647] est sest, [OH]  tost a., [H]  a sa s., [O]  de la s. [H]  1_56L1647 [L1647] Gunderof, [O]  Guderof [H]  1_56
                   A lui sunt alié la gent de paenisme:L1648 [L1648] A lui s. raliez de la gent paeniene, [O]  la sunt raliez muz de la g. p. [H]  1_56
                   A terre sunt eissu par mut fiere ravine.L1649 [L1649] om  terre [H]  1_56
         1650  Il purpernent ces champs e par tut la gaudine;L1650 [L1650] om  e [O]  om  par [H]  1_56
                   E li nostre sunt poi vers la gent barbarine,L1651 [L1651] gent paenime [H]  1_56
                   Mes il sunt bon vassal e de proesce fine,L1652 [L1652] Read prüesce (cf. Intr.1, p. xiii).1_56
                   E Horn les cundurra k'ad vertu leonine.
                   A maint i coupa le chief e trenche a meint l'eschineL1654 [L1654] Meint i colperad le chef, [O]  Maint chief icopera e, [H]  trencherat meinte e. [OH]  1_56L1654 [L1654] Maint i coupe 1_56
         1655  E sa launce guie par mi meinte peitrine:L1655 [L1655] guierad [OH]  1_56L1654 [L1654] C A maint i coupa le chief e trenche a meint l'eschine
E sa launce guie parmi meinte peitrine : O Meint i colperad le chef (H Maint chef icopera): OH trencherat meinte eschine
E sa lance guierad . . . Since the battle is only impending, Brede is of the opinion that it is the future tense, furnished by OH, that was employed in the original and suggests for l. 1654 the emendation a maint i coupera le chief, a maint l'eschine, taking no count of the verb trenchier, although it is present in all three MSS., nor of the replacement of the lyric caesura in l. 1655, although it is a characteristic feature of the versification (cf. section on Versification in the Introduction to Volume II). We should therefore, I think, retain trenche and guie, regarding them as present tenses used pregnantly for the future, correct coupa to coupe and adjust the metre of the first hemistich by omitting A (cf. note on l. 1419).1_56
                   Nul ne·l purreit cunter, cum la letre devine.L1656 [L1656] nel ne, [H]  acunter [OH]  1_56L1656 [L1656] cum la letre devine. The verb deviner in the sense of narrate is used in Troie 4220 and in Mousket, cited in Gf. For letre see Intr.2, p. 3, and M. D. Legge, Mod. Lang. Rev. LVI (1961), 333-4.1_56
                   Les oz sunt encuntrez delëz une sapine;L1657 [L1657] Lur ostz, [H]  Les ore se s. e. pardelez [O]  1_56

Page 1_56


                   Lur enseigne escrient cele gent sarazine,L1658 [L1658] escria [H]  1_57
                   E li nostre la lur: 'Mallou la bretunine!'L1659 [L1659] bretine, [O]  bretonie [H]  1_57L1659 [L1659] Mallou la bretunine! The Breton war-cry is mentioned by Wace, Rou III, 2687 (Maslou) and in the chansons de geste, e.g. Aspremont 9709 Saint Mallo, Gir. Ros. 2494 Maslou, Og. Dan. 12694 Seint Malo; cf. P. Meyer in Gir. Rous., p. 83.1_57
         1660  Il i avra croissi meinte lance fresnine;L1660 [L1660] La i [OH]  1_57
                   Meint corn i ot tenti, sonée meinte buisine,L1661 [L1661] tenti tenu [H]  1_57
                   Dunt li suns fud oï bien loinz par la marine.L1662 [L1662] om  bien [H]  1_57
                   Horn brandist sun espié, dunt l'enseigne traïne,
                   Si ferit un paien, Turlin de Tabarine –L1664 [L1664] fert; [O]  turleu de berine, [O]  taileu de turkenie [H]  1_57L1664 [L1664] For Turlin (O Turleu) cf. Torleu in Ch. Rol.; Tabarine is no doubt a modification (cf. Intr.2, p. 34) of Tabarie Tiberias, common in the chansons de geste.1_57
         1665  Parent iert Gudelaf, nez iert de sa cosine –L1665 [L1665] nez fiz [H]  1_57L1665 [L1665] om  iert [O]  estei [H]  1_57
                   Que l'escu ne li vaut l'ele d'une gelineL1666 [L1666] geline owailline [O]  1_57L1666 [L1666] la cue [OH]  1_57
                   Ne l'auberc dublentin la pel d'une hermine,L1667 [L1667] sul [H]  1_57L1667 [L1667] sur la p. dermine, [O]  dun h. [H]  1_57
                   Qu'il li trencha le piz, le feie e la corine,L1668 [L1668] Ke li, [O]  Qui l ne li; [H]  om  la [H]  trenchat [O]  1_57
                   Ke mort l'ad trebuchié el tai lez une espine.L1669 [L1669] el tailleiz dune espine [H]  1_57L1663 [L1663] Horn . . . smote a pagan . . . so that his shield was not worth a hen's wing to him, nor his lined hauberk the skin of an ermine, for he cut through his chest, liver and entrails, so that he has thrown him down dead in the mire beside a thorn-bush. The more usual construction with ne li vaut is a dependent negative clause with the verb in the subjunctive; here in H a negation is introduced but the mood is left unchanged.1_57
         1670  'Utre,' fait il, 'glutun! de tei ait ui seisine [f.34a]
                   Belzebuc en enfern od sa gent enfernine!
                   Vus ne fauserez mes la nostre discipline.'L1672 [L1672] This line, in the second person plural, may be addressed to the pagans in general.1_57
82
                   Or le fait mut bien Horn e si quinze meschin,L1673 [L1673] Capital O absent, [H]  om  mut [OH]  1_57
                   Li novel adubé, ki siwent sun traïn;
         1675  Bien i mustrent lur cors al felun sarazin,L1675 [L1675] B. m. les cops as feluns sarazin, [O]  B. i sentent lur cops li f. s. [H]  1_57
                   Kar u ke il les trovent les metent a declin:L1676 [L1676] sis metent, [O]  les metoit [H]  1_57L1676 [L1676] ke il, k'il 1_57
                   N'en eschapë un sul ki nen eit male fin.L1677 [L1677] achapa; [H]  quil [H]  1_57
                   Haderof encuntra un paen, Gibelin,L1678 [L1678] Gibelin. In Ch. Guill. 2566 the name Guibelin is borne by Guillaume's youngest brother.1_57
                   Conestablë as reis e lur germein cosin:L1679 [L1679] lur son [O]  1_57L1679 [L1679] C. ert [OH]  1_57
         1680  Mut par iert bien armé sur un amoravin,L1680 [L1680] Mut pert; [H]  set sur un morauin [H]  1_57L1680 [L1680] amoravin Arab steed. The Amoraives Almoravids, a Saracen or Arab people, are mentioned occasionally in the chansons de geste, e.g. Gir. Ros., F. Can., and in Thèbes 8793; the derivative amoravi(n) is used in F. Can. and Og. Dan., cf. Tobl. Lom.1_57
                   Manacé out forment la gent de nostre lin.L1681 [L1681] manecot [H]  1_57L1681 [L1681] E manacot [OH]  1_57
                   Haderof l'entendi, tint le brant acerin,
                   Vers li vait, si·l feri el heaume barbarin,L1683 [L1683] el sur le, [OH]  saracin [O]  1_57L1683 [L1683] fert [O]  1_57
                   Qu'il le fent des qu'as denz e cil chiet jus sovin,L1684 [L1684] trekas, [H]  e il [O]  1_57
         1685  Ke ne·l porent tenser Mahun ne Apollin,L1685 [L1685] Nel purreit mes, [O]  Nel porunt plus [H]  1_57
                   Qu'il ne morust errant el milliu del chemin.L1686 [L1686] Ke ne m. li gluz en, [OH]  mile c. [O]  1_57

Page 1_57


                   Horn le vit, si fud lez, si li ad dit eissin:L1687 [L1687] lez en fu; [H]  tut issin [H]  1_58
                   'Bien aiez, Haderof! vengé sui del mastin!
                   Par cestui ne vendra nostre lei mes a fin,L1689 [L1689] m. n. l. [H]  1_58
         1690  Ne ne rendrum treü mes a utre marin.'L1690 [L1690] Ne lui r. t. m. ia u. m., [O]  Trieu ne r. mes a nul u. m. [H]  1_58
                   La bataillë est fort, paien sunt miserin,
                   Mut i sunt mal mené: tuit s'en fuient tapin.L1692 [L1692] om  i [OH]  parsunt, [H]  par tut f. t. [OH]  1_58L1692 [L1692] The adjective tapin, a derivative of the verb tapir conceal, meant primarily secretive, furtive, but acquired the sense of wretched and base, perhaps in part as a result of its frequent association with terms such as tafor, truant (cf. tafor tapin 3690, ne tafur ne tapin 3970, also come tapins truanz in Saisnes); in a variant of F. Can. tapin is replaced by frarin. In O. Prov., too, its meaning is pauvre, indigent (Levy). The locution sei en fuïr tapin occurs also in F. Can., where the meaning appears to be flee miserably rather than secretly. In the locution en tapin 4062 the idea of misery again seems to predominate.1_58
83
                   Reis Gudolf se cumbat fierement d'autre part.L1693 [L1693] initial R absent [H]  1_58
                   Encuntred ot Herland par delez un essart,L1694 [L1694] Il encontra [H]  1_58 [f.34b]
         1695  Ki esteit seneschal rei Hunlaf, le vieillart.
                   Il ad justé a li, si l'abat del liart:L1696 [L1696] labati [H]  1_58
                   Pur poi n'i dut venir Horn, li vaillant, trop tart –L1697 [L1697] ni ne [O]  1_58
                   S'il n'i venist plus tost mort l'eüst l'auçopart.L1698 [L1698] ne v. de plus tost [H]  1_58
                   Al nasal l'i tint ja, quant i vint li gaillart,L1699 [L1699] le tint ia q. il v. l. guaignart [OH]  1_58
         1700  E lo chief li trenchast li culvert de mal art,
                   Quant dan Horn l'escria: 'Ja·l me lerrez, musart!L1701 [L1701] le me liuerez [H]  1_58L1700 [L1700] For this use of the imperfect subjunctive to express an action narrowly avoided, cf. A. Henry, Etudes de syntaxe expressive (Brussels and Paris, 1960), pp. 49 ff.1_58
                   Joe li dei bien eidier, il me nurri tusart,L1702 [L1702] om  bien [H]  kil, [O]  kar il [H]  1_58
                   Si l'en dei guerredun a certes nun endart.'L1703 [L1703] marc [H]  1_58L1703 [L1703] l'en li, [O]  grant g., [H]  si meit seint meart [OH]  1_58L1703 [L1703] a certes, nun endart (the MS. has full stops both before and after a certes). The hemistich appears to constitute a pleonasm of a type common in O.F. (cf. l. 4104, also Hastivement, e nun a tart Brendan 655; Tout a certes, non mie a gas Amadas 3474 etc.): in good earnest and not fruitlessly. The adverb endar in vain, to no purpose, more usually written endart under the influence of the suffix -art, is attested in texts of the later twelfth and early thirteenth centuries, most frequently in the Northern region, but also in the Western (e.g. Yder 4033) and in A.N. (e.g. Fantosme and Protheselaus); cf. Tobl. Lom. and F.E.W. III, 16.1_58
                   De aïr l'ad feru [dunc sur sun toenart]L1704 [L1704] om  [H]  1_58L1704 [L1704] si [H]  1_58L1704 [L1704] om  [H]  1_58L1704 [L1704] A itant sil ad f. dunc sur sun toenart [OH]  1_58
         1705  Ke le quir e le fust tut quaissë e depart,L1705 [L1705] les quirs, [OH]  les fusz, [H]  quassat [O]  1_58
                   E par mi le hauberc li ront e char e lart.L1706 [L1706] li ad rumpu le lart, [O]  rumpi la c. e le l. [H]  1_58L1706 [L1706] li ront e char e lart. The idiom is curious in two respects: rompre is usually applied to the breaking through of the hauberk, not the wounding of the flesh beneath, though the locution char rompue occurs in F. Can. 3261 and the editor cites two or three other instances; and lart in the literal sense of human fat is cited by Tobl. Lom. only from F. Can. and Rom. d'Alix. besides Horn (in all three texts the word stands in rhyme).1_58
                   A cel cop en fait fin: pus vet a l'estandart,L1707 [L1707] en prist, [O]  fist f. p. ala [H]  1_58
                   Si ocist qui·l teneit, le paen Malbruart.L1708 [L1708] tenist; [O]  malbroinant [O]  1_58
84
                   Horn se fet baud e led; sa bataille ad vencue:L1709 [L1709] se le [H]  1_58L1709 [L1709] Horn se fet baud e led. Cf. Ch. Rol. 96 Li empereres se fait e balz e liez.1_58
         1710  N'i ad paen ateint la teste n'ait perdue,L1710 [L1710] om  i [H]  neit l. t., [O]  ki nait l. t. [H]  1_58
                   Si cum ainz fud de Deu la chose purveüe,L1711 [L1711] il [H]  1_58L1711 [L1711] Si c. fu ainz [OH]  1_58
                   Ki sa lei ad par Horn tenséé e defendue.
                   Pus s'en vont a la flote ki d'aveir iert vestueL1713 [L1713] s'en si, [O]  se, [H]  est [OH]  1_58
                   E de richeise grant, ki i fud despendue.L1714 [L1714] i si [OH]  1_58

Page 1_58


         1715  N'i ad petit ne grant sa part n'i eit éúé,L1715 [L1715] ne [H]  1_59L1715 [L1715] ki [H]  1_59L1715 [L1715] ne [H]  1_59L1715 [L1715] ke sa p. neit eue [OH]  1_59
                   Si ke tençon n'en fu ne parole meüe.L1715a [L1715a] om  [O]  ni ot n. p. esmue [H]  1_59
                   Al rei en fu sa part a sun pleisir rendue.L1716 [L1716] om  en [H]  tendue [O]  1_59
                   Horn ad vers la cité sa veie pus tenue.L1717 [L1717] Pus ad H. s. u. v. la c. tenue, [O]  Puis a uers l. c. H. s. v. t. [H]  1_59 [f.35a]
                   Tantes dames de pris veïssez en la rue,L1718 [L1718] de pris gentilz [OH]  1_59
                   U de paile[s] roez u de cendal vestueL1719 [L1719] om  [H]  pailes [O]  1_59L1718 [L1718] Tantes dames . . . de cendal vestue. The singular participle may be justified by the equivalence in sense between tantes dames (so all MSS.) and tante dame.1_59
         1720  Pur joïr lur amis – tiel joie en est venueL1720 [L1720] Pur, [OH]  esioir, [H]  tele ioie auenue, [O]  ki est t. i. auenue [H]  1_59L1720 [L1720] Purrej  Pus1_59
         1721  Ke de paens ont fet le jor taunt de char crue.L1721 [L1721] Ki, [OH]  om  taunt [O]  unt tant f. [H]  1_59
                   Pus cel jor ne fud mais bataille meuz ferue:L1721a [L1721a] om  [O]  Ke puis; [H]  om  mais [H]  1_59
                   Meinte paene en fu iloc s'amur tolue.L1722 [L1722] A meinte iloc fud samur adunc t., [O]  A m. bele dame fu iloek samur t. [H]  1_59
85
                   Mut par le fist bien Horn ki·s venqui vassalment.L1723 [L1723] om  par [OH]  se f. b. dan h. [O]  1_59
                   Les nefs ad depecéés e l'aveir tut en prent,L1724 [L1724] tut lauer [O]  1_59
         1725  Si·l parti si entr'eus qu'il n'i out plaignement.L1725 [L1725] E departit a tuz e si tres bonement, [O]  Quil d. issi a trestuz si b. [H]  1_59
                   L1726 [L1726] ou [H]  1_59L1726 [L1726] Kil ni ot ke fesist bon ne mal pleignement [OH]  1_59L1726 [L1726] See Introduction, II, § 5 (b) ii, p. xxxvi.1_59
         1727  Pus vet a la cité u dan Hunlaf l'atent,L1727 [L1727] om  dan [O]  les a. [OH]  1_59
                   Si·l receit par amur e mut joiosement.L1728 [L1728] ia [O]  1_59L1728 [L1728] Il les receurat co crei, [OH]  bonement [O]  1_59
                   Sa part li presentë e il merci l'en rentL1729 [L1729] ad dune, [O]  a presente [H]  1_59
         1730  Del aveir gááigné par tiel cunquerement.L1730 [L1730] om  tiel [O]  1_59
                   Pus ad mis le païs en sun cunseillementL1731 [L1731] Tut ad m., [H]  el suen [O]  1_59
                   Ke a sa volenté facent tute sa gent,L1732 [L1732] oirent [H]  1_59L1732 [L1732] Kar [O]  1_59L1732 [L1732] oirent [H]  1_59L1732 [L1732] Ke par s. v. ierent t. la g. [OH]  1_59
                   Qu'il est vielz, si ne poet soffrir travallement,L1733 [L1733] Kar il [H]  1_59
                   E dan Horn sera mes tut sun cummandement.L1734 [L1734] E horn en frat [OH]  1_59
         1735  Ces ki forfet li sunt desfië asprement,L1735 [L1735] Ces ke f. li fet, [O]  Ces ki forfaiēt li sunt d. horn a. [H]  1_59L1735 [L1735] Read deffie.1_59
                   Fait somondre trestuz ki sunt del rei tenent.L1736 [L1736] Il f., [H]  ki de lui, [OH]  sunt t., [O]  unt tenement [H]  1_59
                   Sur Angou veut aler trestut premerement,L1737 [L1737] veut vet [H]  1_59
                   Kar li quons iert mesfait vers Hunlaf durement:
                   De lui, sachiez, premier, veut prendre vengement.L1739 [L1739] De lui as premereins [OH]  1_59
         1740  Al jor ke lor fud mis sunt venu fierementL1740 [L1740] il sunt [H]  1_59

Page 1_59


                   Tuit icil del païs sanz nul essoinement. [f.35b]
                   Danz Horn les ad guiez cum vassal noblement;L1742 [L1742] E Horn [OH]  1_60
                   La terre art e destrut e met a guastement,
                   E le cunte ad asis par grant esforcement.L1744 [L1744] cunte cuntree [O]  1_60
         1745  U il voillë u nun ad fait acordement,L1745 [L1745] fet ad [OH]  1_60
                   Tut al pleisir dan Horn a ki la merci pent;L1746 [L1746] en ki, [H]  apent [OH]  1_60
                   E Horn est tut seür par bon ostagementL1747 [L1747] om  tut [O]  aseur [OH]  1_60
                   Quë il vers sun seignur se tendra lealment;L1748 [L1748] Kil mes u. [OH]  1_60
                   Ne li mesfera mes par Deu omnipotent.L1749 [L1749] iames [O]  1_60
         1750  Or est Horn mut cremu par cest fait veirement.L1750 [L1750] cremud mult, [O]  par cel f. durement [H]  1_60
86
                   Tuit cil ki orent ainz rei Hunlaf en vilté
                   Pur sun eage grant e pur sa fiebleté,L1752 [L1752] g. aage, [H]  fedletet [O]  1_60L1752 [L1752] fiebleté. Cf. fieble 3573; in A.N. the substitution of ie for e ( <ei) in the adjective feble and its derivatives is frequent.1_60
                   Ad dan Horn si destruit e [i]taunt guerreié,L1753 [L1753] En ad H., [O]  Ad Horn issi, [H]  destreint, [OH]  issi g. [OH]  1_60
                   U il voillent u nun, que merci ont crié
         1755  E ont rendu treü e ostage livréL1755 [L1755] tendu, [O]  ostages [OH]  1_60
                   De tenir vers Hunlaf e pez e quieté;L1756 [L1756] om  first e [H]  1_60
                   E ki faire ne·l veut tost est agraventé.L1757 [L1757] est t. [O]  1_60
                   N'i remaint a gaster burc, chastel ne cité;L1758 [L1758] Ne li r., [OH]  om  burc [O]  ne chastel [OH]  1_60
                   E qui de guerre est pris mort est e afolé:L1759 [L1759] e ou [H]  1_60
                   Pur çoe est pais e triwe par tut l'onor crié,L1759a [L1759a] om  [OH]  1_60
         1760  E pur çoe si est Horn mut cremu e duté,L1760 [L1760] mut tant [O]  1_60L1760 [L1760] par coe; [H]  om  mut [H]  om  si [O]  1_60
                   Si ke nul nen est taunt en la crestienté.L1761 [L1761] ki [H]  1_60L1761 [L1761] Ke nul hom nest si [OH]  1_60
                   E reis Hunlaf l'eime cum l'oüst engendré,L1762 [L1762] leust [H]  1_60L1762 [L1762] cum sil eust [OH]  1_60
                   Kar par li tient s'onur [en si grant quieté.]L1763 [L1763] e si [H]  1_60L1763 [L1763] . Kar il [H]  1_60L1763 [L1763] e si [H]  1_60L1763 [L1763] Kil tient par lui sonur en grant quieted [OH]  1_60
                   Kë il n'ad nul veisin par ki seit travaillé,L1764 [L1764] nen ad; [O]  par kil, [O]  par ki il [H]  1_60
         1765  Kar taunt redutent Horn e sa roiste fierté;L1765 [L1765] Tant pardutent dan h. [OH]  1_60 [f.36a]
         1766  E la u veut le mal mut tost s'en est vengé,L1766 [L1766] Kar la ou il; [OH]  sest tost [OH]  1_60
         1767  E la u veut le bien mut est d'ehumilité;L1767 [L1767] add il, [OH]  mut ia de h. [H]  1_60

Page 1_60


                   [Pur ço est el païs partut seingnur clamed]L1767a [L1767a] absent in C; text from OH, where it stands in O after 17681_61
         1768  Cum cil ki est vaillanz e taunt i ad donéL1768 [L1768] e ki a mult, [O]  om  cil [H]  e ki mut a [H]  1_61
                   Dunt sun los est creü par trestut le regné;L1768a [L1768a] om  [O]  1_61
                   E nul rien n'en requiert que li seit devéé,L1768b [L1768b] Kar nuls rien nel [H]  1_61L1768b [L1768b] requiert1_61
         1769  Pur çoe est par trestut e preisié e amé.L1769 [L1769] il par tut mut p. [H]  1_61L1767 [L1767] See Introduction, II, § 5 (a) i, pp. xxix-xxx.1_61
         1770  Mes fortune ne poet estre en estableté.L1770 [L1770] M. n. p. f. [O]  1_61
                   Pur cesti k'est taunt proz e de si grant beauté,L1771 [L1771] Par c. ki ert purz, [O]  ki esteit preuz, [H]  om  si [H]  bunted [OH]  1_61L1771 [L1771] Read pruz (cf. Intr.1, p. xiii).1_61
                   Vus di joe que de mutz esteit cist envié,L1772 [L1772] en esteit, [O]  om  cist [OH]  1_61
                   Cum joe vus dirrai ja si j'en sui escuté.L1773 [L1773] si en sui [H]  1_61
87
                   Rigmel, fille lo rei, bien ad oï parlerL1774 [L1774] la fille l. r. ben en oi, [H]  mult oi nuveillier [O]  1_61
         1775  De sa pruesce grant, de sun large doner.L1775 [L1775] e. d. s. lur d. [O]  1_61
                   De l'amur ke ainz i out, ne la poet mes celer.L1776 [L1776] mes [H]  1_61L1776 [L1776] kele ainz [H]  1_61L1776 [L1776] cele [H]  1_61L1776 [L1776] mes [H]  1_61L1776 [L1776] kele ainz [H]  1_61L1776 [L1776] Del a. keinz ot or nel p. plus c. [OH]  1_61L1776 [L1776] De intruded from the preceding line.1_61
                   El l'ad mandé a sei; il ne li vout veër,L1777 [L1777] le mande, [H]  e il ne li veolt, [O]  ne li voleit [H]  1_61
                   Ainz i vint volentiers pur deduire e joër.
                   Cele l'aresona cum voldrai reconter:L1779 [L1779] E ele la. cum uus u., [O]  si cum uodrai, [H]  conter [OH]  1_61
         1780  'Sire Horn, merci Deu, or estes chevalier,L1780 [L1780] m. d. estes fait [H]  1_61
                   Or vus poez tresbien e preisier e vaunterL1781 [L1781] e auanter e p. [H]  1_61
                   Qu'il n'ad meillor suz ciel pur ses armes bailler.
                   Vus en avez le los – bien l'oï d'avaunter –L1783 [L1783] des auanter, [O]  deuan ier [H]  1_61
                   S'il vus plest, des or mes ne·l poez refuserL1784 [L1784] ne me [H]  1_61L1784 [L1784] se [H]  1_61L1784 [L1784] ne me [H]  1_61L1784 [L1784] Sil uus p. nel poez des ore mes r. [OH]  1_61
         1785  Ke joe n'aië l'amur dont jeo vus soil preier,L1785 [L1785] Kar ioe nai lamur de vus, [H]  dunt uus soil apeler [OH]  1_61L1784 [L1784] Henceforth, if it please you, you cannot refuse me the love for which I entreat you. On the value of soil preier see Intr.2, p. 87.1_61
                   Kar joe frai voz pleisirs ke voldrez cummander:L1786 [L1786] E ioe, [OH]  cum uus [H]  1_61L1786 [L1786] frai interlinear insertion1_61 [f.36b]
                   Tut a vostre pleisir del mien purrez user.L1787 [L1787] user errer [OH]  1_61L1787 [L1787] a al, [O]  talent [H]  1_61
                   Merci vus del penun ke·l deignastes bailler –L1788 [L1788] ke, [O]  volsistes porter [OH]  1_61
                   Ke joe vus enveiai en bataille champer.L1789 [L1789] champer. Cf. cender 2290 and Intr.2, p. 34.1_61
         1790  Or pernez cest anel ki taunt est bon e cler,L1790 [L1790] mult est, [OH]  cher [H]  1_61
                   Quant le verrez, de mei vus purra remembrer.L1791 [L1791] Kant uus [H]  1_61
                   M'amur ne se purra ja envers vus fausserL1792 [L1792] purra [H]  1_61L1792 [L1792] uer [H]  1_61L1792 [L1792] purra [H]  1_61L1792 [L1792] Ia mamur enuers vus ne se poet f. [OH]  1_61

Page 1_61


                   Taunt cum savrai de vus ke me voillez amer.L1793 [L1793] uoldrez [OH]  1_62
                   Pur quei taisiez vus taunt? N'i ad rien d'escuser!L1794 [L1794] ni ert, [O]  del escuter [H]  1_62
         1795  Cest anel prendrez vus od tut icest beisier!L1795 [L1795] om  vus [H]  trestut cest [OH]  1_62
                   Ne vus chaut ke nuls die, garçon ne losenger:L1796 [L1796] ke dient li g. l., [O]  Ne uus chaille ken die nul g. l. [H]  1_62L1796 [L1796] C Ne vus chaut ke nuls die, garçon ne losenger, O Ne vus chalt ke dïent . . ., H Ne vus chaille k'en die . . . No need to worry about what anyone says, whether knave or tale-bearer. In H the statement is turned into a prohibition: Do not worry about . . .. On the use of chaleir and the mood employed in clauses such as this see A. Schulze, Zts. frz. Spr. XLIX (1927), 485 ff., and Behrens-Festschrift, pp. 159 ff.1_62
                   Tiel en purreit grocier ki·n avreit mal loier.'L1797 [L1797] quil en [H]  1_62L1797 [L1797] parler kil a. [OH]  1_62
88
                   Or respundi si Horn: 'Vostre merci, Rigmel.L1798 [L1798] respunt; [H]  v. dame R. [H]  1_62
                   Ne·l refuserai pas, ainz prendrai cest anel;
         1800  L'autrier pur vostre amur portai le penuncel –L1800 [L1800] Lautre iur [H]  1_62
                   Si sacez, meint paien en perdi sun putrel –L1801 [L1801] en i, [O]  om  sun [H]  1_62L1801 [L1801] sachez ke [H]  1_62
                   E l'amur entre nus vuil tuz jorz seit novel.L1802 [L1802] om  E [O]  ueol ke, [OH]  seit t. j. [H]  1_62L1802 [L1802] Amur, usually feminine, is masculine here (cf. novel) and in ll. 1825, 2421.1_62
                   Mut me vient bien a quoer mes qu'a Hunlaf seit bel,L1803 [L1803] Mult men est ben a grant, [O]  Bien magree e ben le grant [H]  1_62
                   Kar ne querrai vers lui rien dunt jeo port chapel:L1804 [L1804] ren vers lui [O]  1_62L1804 [L1804] Kar ne querrai vers lui rien dunt joe port chapel (the MS. has joe; the spelling jeo occurs only in the second hemistich of l. 1785). Thomas uses two idioms based on chapel to express shame or disgrace, porter chapel here and porter enbrunc chapel in l. 2078. In this latter locution chapel cap presumably stands for chief head, for bowing the head may symbolize shame as well as grief (cf, Tobl. Lom. III, 72). The locution porter chapel stands also in Aspremont 703, where Balan says of king Salatiel who has greatly wronged Charlemagne En vostre cort doit bien porter capiel; but its origin is obscure.1_62
         1805  Meuz voldreie estre mort – si m'aït saint Marcel! –L1805 [L1805] uodrai; [H]  deus e s. m. [H]  1_62
                   Qu'il m'ad suëf nurri de mut petit tusel.
                   Mes, bele, preëz lui pur l'angele MichaëlL1807 [L1807] pur langle deu s. m. [H]  1_62
                   Qu'a sun poair m'aït d'une rien dunt l'apel,
                   De purchacier mun regne, dunt chacié sui, mesel,L1809 [L1809] De purchacier Dauer; [OH]  sui c. [OH]  1_62L1809 [L1809] In O.F. and O.Prov. the adjective mesel ordinarily meant leprous, but here and in l. 4293 it seems to be used either in the Latin sense of wretched, miserable (cf. Gir. Ros. 7100) or possibly, by a shift of meaning from leprous, in the sense of outcast; in l. 3304 it can signify only wretched.1_62
         1810  Ke tienent sarazin – burc, cité e chastel –L1810 [L1810] brud [O]  1_62 [f.37a]
                   Cil culvert reneié, fiz Kaim nun Abel,
                   E par le grant le rei pus ferai vostre avel.L1812 [L1812] Par le g. dunc al r. frai pus tut v. a., [O]  E io p. le g. le R. frai trestut le v. a. [H]  1_62
                   Mar me dorra od vus or, argent ne vessel,L1813 [L1813] ne na [O]  1_62L1813 [L1813] nargent [OH]  1_62
                   [Fors tut sul vostre cors en un sengle mantel.]
         1815  Amez mei leaument, joe vus serrai leël,L1815 [L1815] e io, [OH]  erc [O]  1_62
                   Turturele seëz e joe ierc turturel,L1816 [L1816] serai [H]  1_62L1816 [L1816] me seez e io vus erc t. [OH]  1_62
                   Ki ne prent fors un per, si cum li livre espel.'L1817 [L1817] om  si [OH]  1_62
89
                   Issi cum vus oëz fud l'amisté fermezL1818 [L1818] affermez [H]  1_62L1818 [L1818] om  capital I [H]  vus ai dit; [OH]  fud lamur effermez [OH]  1_62L1818 [L1818] For amisté masculine see Intr.2, p. 45.1_62
                   Ki bien fud lungement d[e] ambes parz gardez;L1819 [L1819] fud ben [O]  1_62
         1820  Mes gaires ne dura qu'il ne sunt devisezL1820 [L1820] ne targat kil furent d. [OH]  1_62

Page 1_62


                   Par un mal traïtor par ki fud encusez,L1821 [L1821] furent [H]  1_63L1821 [L1821] mal maueis, [H]  par ki fud e. [OH]  1_63
                   K'iert sis cosins proceins e de ses parentez,L1822 [L1822] Ki ert le cosin Horn e de sun p. [H]  1_63
                   Par qui fud vers lo rei par mençonges mellez:L1823 [L1823] Kil fud envers [OH]  1_63
                   Si s'en ala servir en estranges regnez.
         1825  Pur un poi ke n'i fud icel amur passezL1825 [L1825] li a. [H]  1_63L1825 [L1825] ne, [O]  ni, [H]  lamur trespassez [OH]  1_63L1825 [L1825] poi interlinear insertion1_63
                   Par force ke l'en fist a Rigmel as beautez,L1826 [L1826] kil en f. [O]  1_63
                   Cum vus purrez oïr, s'escoter le vulez.
                   Un jor esteit dan Horn en sun ostel privez,L1828 [L1828] a sun o., [O]  en hostel [H]  1_63
                   Od lui si cumpaignun que il ot plus amez.L1829 [L1829] kil aueit, [O]  ceus quil [H]  1_63
         1830  Un disner lur ot fait e il furent haitiez,L1830 [L1830] f. tuz h. [H]  1_63
                   Si joerent entr'aus, si sunt entregabez.L1831 [L1831] e sunt [H]  1_63
                   Wikeles i esteit, ki fud niefs DenerezL1832 [L1832] dunc ki ert [O]  1_63
                   Ki encusa Aalof a Silaf l'onorez,L1832 [L1832] Cf. Intr.2, p. 17. Niefs here presumably means grandson; see note on l. 256.1_63
                   E cist encusa Horn ki fu sis avoez:L1834 [L1834] ki ert [H]  1_63
         1835  Fel traïtrë iert cist, pur taunt iert alignez,L1835 [L1835] en [O]  1_63L1835 [L1835] en [O]  1_63L1835 [L1835] en [O]  1_63L1835 [L1835] Traitur ert cist ben ert eslignez [OH]  1_63 [f.37b]
                   Qu'il est traitre e coart, çoe est tut veir provez.L1836 [L1836] Cist, [O]  Kil, [H]  est t. fort e cuar, [OH]  rest pruvez, [O]  espruve [H]  1_63L1836 [L1836] veir provez proven truth. For the use of prové as an augmentative epithet see Glossary to Troie.1_63
                   Icist vint dreit a Horn, si s'asist lez a lez,L1837 [L1837] E cist fel uint a H. [H]  1_63
                   Si ad parlé a li issi ses volentez:
90
                   'Sire,' dist Wikele, 'oëz vostre vassal!L1839 [L1839] S. co dit W., [O]  S. horn dit W. [H]  1_63
         1840  Joe sui vostre parent e vostrë hom leal:
                   La u joe serrai ja ne vus surdra mal,L1841 [L1841] La u erc deuant vus [OH]  1_63
                   Kar joe vus eim e pris sur tuz homes charnal,L1842 [L1842] homes [O]  1_63L1842 [L1842] sur tuz homes charnal. See Intr.2, p. 35.1_63
                   Kar n'est hom ke si seit orë enperïal,L1843 [L1843] om  [H]  om  si [O]  1_63
                   E voz faiz e voz diz sunt par tut si reäl,L1844 [L1844] Ka uoz fez, [O]  om  E [H]  1_63
         1845  Ke ne·s purreit fauser nul home charnal.L1845 [L1845] mortal [OH]  1_63
                   Un dun kar me donez, ke ne facez ore alL1846 [L1846] Un d. si me dunez si nen f., [O]  Un dun vus voil demander e si est li dun tal [H]  1_63
                   Ke vus ne·l me doingez: çoe est le blanc cheval,L1847 [L1847] donez [H]  1_63L1847 [L1847] Ke vus le me doinsez [OH]  1_63L1846 [L1846] C Un dun kar me donez, ke ne facez ore al Ke vus nel me doingez, O Un dun si me dunez, si n'en facez or al Ke vus le me doinsez, H Un dun vus voil demander e si est li dun tal Ke vus le me donez. The divergent readings in O and H offer little difficulty: O So bestow on me a gift, and do not do otherwise than give it to me (the use of facez for faites, which recurs in ll. 1905, O 4808, O 4816, may be due to a morphological change under the influence of façons and sacez, or to the syntactical substitution of present subjunctive for imperative, found especially in a negative command or in the second of two co-ordinated commands); H I wish to ask a gift of you, and the gift is such that you should bestow it on me. In C, however, the construction is ambiguous: ke may be replacing kar and facez functioning, as in O, as an imperative, Now bestow on me a gift, pray do not do otherwise than give it me; or the speaker may be avoiding a blunt request by the use of a wish clause, Now bestow on me a gift, may you not do otherwise than give it me. For the use of introductory ke see Intr.2, p. 92; for the ne in l. 1847 see note on l. 3568.1_63
                   Ke vus donad l'autrier Herland le seneschal.'
                   'Wikele,' çoe dist Horn, 'cest don fust vergundal.L1849 [L1849] est fust [OH]  1_63

Page 1_63


         1850  Doné l'ai Haderof des le jor de noal,L1850 [L1850] a H., [H]  del noal [O]  1_64
                   E un bon brand ovoc, li pont est de cristal.L1851 [L1851] point [H]  1_64L1851 [L1851] om  bon [O]  om  un [H]  oueoc, [O]  od ec, [H]  od un pun de c. [OH]  1_64
                   Mes un autrë avrez, ki iert plus principal,L1852 [L1852] ki est [O]  1_64L1852 [L1852] principal, an epithet to which Thomas is much addicted (cf. Glossary), has for him a wide extension. The beginning of the process may be seen in Ch. Rol., where principal, applied to elme, is left queried by Bédier and translated precioso by Bertoni, princely by Jenkins and Whitehead.1_64
                   Ki mut est mieuz corant e en pui e en val;L1853 [L1853] mielz est c., [OH]  en plein e en ual [H]  1_64
                   Ne vus flechira ja pur trespasser costal.
         1855  Si avrez un espied od penun de cendal,
                   En la cort n'avra tiel ki a cest seit egal.'L1856 [L1856] naurat nul, [OH]  seit a c. [H]  1_64
                   'Avoi!' dist Wikele, 'onkes mes n'oï tal!L1857 [L1857] co dit W. unc, [O]  om  mes and transposes the second hemistich of 1857 and 1858 [H]  1_64
                   Quant vus cest me vééz, ço est hange coral.L1858 [L1858] hange mortal [OH]  1_64
91
                   'Or vei bien,' dist Wikele, 'ke cest don n'avrai mie.L1859 [L1859] oRe vait ben [H]  1_64 [f.38a]
         1860  De poi me pus fier en vostre druërie.L1860 [L1860] pus io [O]  1_64
                   Autre part, si joe pus, querrai avoërie,L1861 [L1861] Daltre, [OH]  om  joe [H]  1_64
                   De qui aië beaus dons e al bosoing aïe.L1861a [L1861a] om  [O]  De ki auerai granz duns e beaus e grant aie [H]  1_64
                   N'est pas sage, m'est vis, ki trop en vus se fie.L1862 [L1862] pas ren, [O]  co mest, [OH]  om  trop [O]  safie [H]  1_64
                   Quant purrai, si vus iert la demande merieL1863 [L1863] joe p.; [H]  ma d. mercie [H]  1_64
                   Dont joe n'avrai or nent. Fous est ki vus en prie!'L1864 [L1864] nent rien, [H]  ke mult vus [OH]  1_64L1864 [L1864] Dont Kar [H]  1_64L1864 [L1864] om  or [O]  1_64
         1865  'Avoi,' çoe respunt Horn, 'quidez vus par estultieL1865 [L1865] estultie rustie, [O]  mestrie [H]  1_64L1865 [L1865] respunt dit [O]  1_64L1865 [L1865] om  çoe [H]  1_64
                   Un point aveir del mien? Ja est çoe grant folie.L1866 [L1866] mult [O]  1_64L1866 [L1866] Aver un point del men co est g. f. [OH]  1_64
                   Faites çoe ke porrez; verrai vostre mestrie,L1867 [L1867] F ke vus p., [O]  Ore f. coe ke vodrez ioe v. la m. [H]  1_64
                   Kar or n'avrez del mien le vaillant d'une fie.'L1868 [L1868] fie. This form recurs in ll. 2592 and *2764; it was early displaced by figue, but is cited from texts of the South-Western region (Chron. Nor., St. Martin, Angier), St. Thom. and St. Gilles, cf. Tobl. Lom. and F.E.W. III, 495 ff.1_64
                   A taunt s'en turne Wikele od chiere mut marrie,L1869 [L1869] sen turnat, [O]  sen est torne; [H]  om  mult [H]  1_64
         1870  Mençonge cuntrovra dunt Horn un point ne quie.L1870 [L1870] trouerat, [OH]  ja [O]  1_64
                   Sa sele mist mut tost, sa veie ad acoillie,L1871 [L1871] ad mise, [O]  coillie [H]  1_64
                   E taunt tost cum il pot vint en selve serie,L1872 [L1872] poet, [O]  poeit, [H]  en la s. s. [OH]  1_64
                   U li bons reis Hunlaf chaçout a establie.L1873 [L1873] om  a [H]  1_64
                   II le trest une part, dit li cuntroverie –L1874 [L1874] trait dune p. [H]  1_64
         1875  Mut dist veir ki çoe dist: 'Ja ne murra envie.' –
                   'Sire rei,' fet li il, 'joe ai novele oïe,L1876 [L1876] Sire chers, [O]  om  li [H]  n. veir o. [H]  1_64

Page 1_64


                   Ke ne larrai pur rien, ke ja ne la vus die,L1877 [L1877] Ore ne, [H]  ka vus ne la die [OH]  1_65
                   Kar vus estes icil ke plus eim d'iste vie,L1878 [L1878] Vus est ke p. eim tut le plus de ceste vie, [O]  K. v. ke p. eim en tote ceste vie [H]  1_65L1878 [L1878] iste. See Intr.2, p. 51.1_65
                   Neïs Horn, a ki dei e fei e cumpaignie.L1879 [L1879] Nis a Horn, [O]  ioe dei [H]  1_65
92
         1880  'Quant si est, sire rei, idunc nel celerai,L1880 [L1880] issi est, [H]  nel vus, [H]  ne vus [O]  1_65L1880 [L1880] nel, ne 1_65
                   Vostre hunte, si est en nul liu si la sai:L1881 [L1881] kant ele est en nulli [H]  1_65
                   Vers mun frere germein s'i·l sai, si·l vus dirrai,L1882 [L1882] si la sai la d. [O]  1_65L1882 [L1882] See Critical Notes1_65 [f.38b]
                   Kar par vus sui nurri; si vus guerredorrai.L1883 [L1883] si sil [OH]  1_65
                   Mes si jo·l vus mustre bien seür en serai,L1884 [L1884] musstre a vus b. s. s. [O]  1_65
         1885  Ke nen ierc descovert ne surdit d'icest plai.'L1885 [L1885] ditel, [O]  de tel [H]  1_65
                   'Beaus amis,' dist li reis, 'aseür vus ferai.L1886 [L1886] enfrai [OH]  1_65
                   Di vus en lëauté, ne vus descoverrai.'L1887 [L1887] ke, [O]  ia vus ne [OH]  1_65
                   'Par fei,' dist Wikele, 'dunc le vus musterrai.L1888 [L1888] Par ma foi, [H]  dunc vus dirrai [O]  1_65
                   En vos chambres avantier quant i fui, agaitaiL1889 [L1889] l'altrer, [OH]  igueitai [O]  1_65
         1890  Ke Horn jut od Rigmel, si me sembla mut lai.L1890 [L1890] iuot od R., [H]  e si me s. lai, [O]  semla deslai [H]  1_65
                   Pus dist la u li plout: "Ja ne l'espuserai,
                   Mes taunt cum me plarra si l'asoignanterai.L1892 [L1892] la soignanterai1_65
                   A cel fol, cel vieillart, sun rëaume toudrai,L1893 [L1893] regne [H]  1_65
                   E par cesti mut bien mun regne cunquerrai."L1894 [L1894] par cest ben, [OH]  apres [O]  1_65
         1895  E quant joe cest oï, sire, si·l chastiai;L1895 [L1895] sire iol enchastai [H]  1_65
                   Onc pus bien ne me vout; pur çoe de li me trai,
                   Kar al bien e al mal ove vus me tendrai.L1897 [L1897] K. al mal e al b. sire [O]  1_65L1897 [L1897] overej  od1_65
93
                   'S'il ne vus veut jurer, sire, si m'en créézL1898 [L1898] Si, [O]  nel, [OH]  me [H]  1_65L1898 [L1898] No break here between the laisses but q in the margin1_65
                   Ke içoe que vus di est trestut veir pruvez:L1899 [L1899] ke io, [OH]  om  trestut [O]  1_65L1899 [L1899] Read provez (cf. Intr.1, p. xiii).1_65
         1900  A enviz vus dirai un mot de fausetez.'L1900 [L1900] A en ei uiz [O]  1_65
                   'Amis,' çoe dit li reis, 'or[e] vus en alez,
                   Mut vus merci de quoer kar bien sai ke m'amez –L1902 [L1902] en merci, [OH]  io kar sai ke, [O]  kar ben sai ke uus [H]  1_65
                   E si joe lunges vif mut grant prou i avrez –L1903 [L1903] E si lunges vus uif, [O]  grant p. en aurez [OH]  1_65

Page 1_65


                   Quant encuntre m'onur Horn nen esparnïez.L1904 [L1904] nesparniez [O]  1_66L1904 [L1904] esparnïez. In insular French this verb appears in triple form, esparnier, esparnïer and esparnir. In C the first two forms are employed, in O all three, cf. Glossary.1_66
         1905  N'en facez nul semblant mes tresbien seit celez!'L1905 [L1905] le celez [O]  1_66
                   E li reis est remis dolenz e corociez, [f.39a]
                   Si ad ses venëors tuz a sei apelez:L1907 [L1907] asemblez [H]  1_66L1907 [L1907] Si ad idunc a sei ses v. essemblez [O]  1_66
                   Veneison ad pris[e], si ad chacé asez;L1908 [L1908] Kil ad pris v., [OH]  e chace a. [O]  1_66
                   Pus vet a sa cité ki est d'antiquitez.
         1910  E Horn vent cuntre li cumme il iert costumez,L1910 [L1910] uint [OH]  1_66
                   E: 'L'espee e les gaunz, sire,' dist, 'ça donez.'L1911 [L1911] Sespee e ses g. dit sire [O]  1_66
                   Issi·l soleit faire ainz qu'il fust encusez.L1912 [L1912] Si (le H) sot il f., [OH]  ainceins ki f. si e., [O]  fud enquisez [H]  1_66L1912 [L1912] Issil. See Intr.2, p. 32.1_66
                   Mes li rei ne li dist ne 'Venez' ne 'Alez',
                   Ainz les tendi avant a dous autres privez:L1914 [L1914] a ses a. p. [O]  1_66
         1915  E dan Horn e plusors s'en sunt esmerveillez.L1915 [L1915] E d. horn durement sen est e., [H]  sunt mult e. [O]  1_66
                   Pus ad Horn demandé dunt il seit corociez:L1916 [L1916] Puis li ad d. d. il est, [H]  cuntristez [OH]  1_66
                   'Sire chier, dites mei si sui vers vus mellez?'L1917 [L1917] om  si [O]  1_66
                   'Oïl vus,' dist li reis, 'ja en dreit si l'orrez.L1918 [L1918] Oil co d., [OH]  le orrez [H]  1_66L1918 [L1918] Oïl vus. This contamination of early O vos and later generalized O il is rejected in OH.1_66
                   Ja mes n'ermes amis si ne·l m'escundisez.L1919 [L1919] Iames ners ben de mei, [O]  ne seruns amis [H]  1_66L1919 [L1919] escundisez (also, l. 1925). In the present subjunctive and the first and second persons plural of the present indicative of escondire analogical forms with the radical -dis- of the present participle and imperfect indicative were developed relatively early (cf. Guingamor 194 escondisiez and the analogical forms of conduire). They were not infrequently replaced by inchoative forms, cf. O 1919 escondissez, H 1925 escundissez. Since Thomas does not elsewhere use the A.N. subjunctive in the protasis of simple conditional sentences, it is presumably the indicative that we have here. For ermes see note on l. 1385.1_66
94
         1920  'Mut ai mal enpleié en vus norrissement.L1920 [L1920] mal ai, [O]  le n. [OH]  1_66L1920 [L1920] Delete the full stop after norrissement.1_66
                   Ki m'avez purchacé mal e honissement.L1921 [L1921] Quant mauez, [O]  vergundus huniement [OH]  1_66L1921 [L1921] mal e honissement, vergundus huniement 1_66
                   Od ma fille gisez, si fetes folement,L1922 [L1922] sin fetes vantement [OH]  1_66
                   Le bien ke vus ai fait me rendez malement.L1923 [L1923] Mun, [OH]  fait vus ai [H]  1_66
                   Mes par icel seignor, ke requerent penent,
         1925  Si ne·l m'escundisez, e çoe par serrement,
                   Ja n'estrez bien de mei en tut vostre vivent.'L1926 [L1926] tut [H]  1_66L1926 [L1926] ne serez, [H]  en vostre vivent [OH]  1_66
                   Dunc respundi si Horn: 'Or m'oez, rei vaillent!L1927 [L1927] respund, [O]  om  si [H]  1_66
                   Pernez dous chevaliers ke eslirez de cent:L1928 [L1928] de entre [O]  1_66
                   Si m'en voelent prover, mei e li en defent:L1929 [L1929] Sil me, [O]  Sil le, [H]  e mei. [O]  ci li [H]  1_66
         1930  Mun dreit sai devant mei issi veraiement, [f.39b]
                   Ja ne seront taunt pruz ke je·s dut de neent:L1931 [L1931] Ia nen erent, [OH]  ke io lur dute [H]  1_66L1930 [L1930] My right I know to be so truly with me that I fear them nowise, however valiant they may be. Devant, the reading of all three MSS., appears to have here the force of devers, presumably by an extension of its sense of in the presence of (cf. Critical Note on l. 1841).1_66
                   Tuz les rendrai matez ci devaunt vostre gent.L1932 [L1932] ta gent [H]  1_66

Page 1_66


                   Fel seit cil ki·l vus dist, s'il n'en fait provement.
                   Ne devez, si vus plest, creire si folementL1934 [L1934] si sil [OH]  1_67L1934 [L1934] Nen deuez [H]  1_67
         1935  Ces mauveis envïus ki m'envient forment:L1935 [L1935] maus, [OH]  enviors, [O]  ki me hunient f., [H]  ki me nuisent f. [O]  1_67
                   Ne lur sui rien forfait, si m'aït saint Vincent!'L1936 [L1936] de rien, [H]  mesfet [OH]  1_67
                   'Par Deu,' çoe dist li reis, 'ne vus en crei neent,
         1938  Si joe meuz n'en sui cert, e çoe par jurement:L1938 [L1938] ne sui, [O]  ne sei, [H]  serement [OH]  1_67L1938 [L1938] jurement. A clerkly word, attributed by Bloch to the thirteenth century but cited by Tobl. Lom. from the Chanson d'Antioche of Graindor de Douai (1180-1200).1_67
                   E Cil ki vindrent od vus le jurrunt ensement.'L1938a [L1938a] om  [O]  Ceus ki; [H]  sil j. [H]  1_67L1938a [L1938a] Hunlaf is here insisting that Horn should clear himself by an oath of compurgation; but the demand is rejected by Horn on the ground that the compurgators suggested (his comrades) are not his peers.1_67
                   'Par Deu, sire,' dist Horn, 'n'iert si fait en presentL1939 [L1939] en a [O]  1_67L1939 [L1939] fait H., [H]  P. deu co li dit h. [O]  1_67
         1940  Kar a ces dunt sui nez n'est acostumement.L1940 [L1940] In O the capital C that marks the beginning of the laisse is given to Car in 1940 instead of to Cil in 1941 [O]  1_67L1940 [L1940] For nez read niez.1_67
95
                   'Cil deit fere serement ki tens est si alé,L1941 [L1941] Laisse in -ez in OH tut alez, [O]  ki sun tens est a. [H]  1_67L1941 [L1941] It is possible that the counterfinal e̥ of serement is here effaced (cf. Intr.2, p. 43, also l. 1961, which might be read Vus m'en ferez serment); but the word is trisyllabic in 11. 1925, 1977 etc.1_67
                   K'i[l] est vieill u est clop u il est mahaigné.L1942 [L1942] Ki, [O]  Ke est v. e clops ou il est maumiz [H]  1_67
                   Unc ne vi fiz de rei a quil fust demaundé,L1943 [L1943] il [H]  1_67L1943 [L1943] unc [H]  1_67L1943 [L1943] il [H]  1_67L1943 [L1943] Unkes noi, [OH]  a ki f. [OH]  1_67
                   Qu'il feïst serement, kar çoe sereit vilté.L1944 [L1944] co serreit grant v. [OH]  1_67
         1945  Taunt cum est sein del cors, s'est de rien apelé,L1945 [L1945] de cors, [O]  il est del c. s. sil est [H]  1_67
                   Par bataille le nit: si est dreit esgardé.L1945a [L1945a] om  [O]  1_67
                   Se il faire ne·l veut, si se rende prové,L1946 [L1946] nel ne, [O]  Sil coe f. ne [H]  1_67
                   Cum cil ki ne deit estre en la crestïenté,L1947 [L1947] om  la [OH]  1_67
                   Ne remaindre entre gent qu'il ne seit avilé:L1948 [L1948] auiltez [H]  1_67
                   Sire rei, çoe est dreit e si est leauté.L1949 [L1949] leauté pruuez, [O]  tut leautez [H]  1_67
         1950  Pur coe viengë avant, ki si m'ad encusé,L1950 [L1950] enquisez [H]  1_67L1950 [L1950] Read çoe and delete the comma after avant.1_67
                   E s'il m'en poet prover ja nen aiez pitiéL1951 [L1951] m'en me [OH]  1_67
                   Ke n'en seië pendu u en feu enbrasé.L1952 [L1952] n'en ne [O]  1_67 [f.40a]
                   Ait encore ove sei dous de sun parenté,L1953 [L1953] sun p. ses parentez [OH]  1_67L1953 [L1953] sei lui; [OH]  1_67
                   Vers aus tuz defendrai ke çoe est fauseté,L1954 [L1954] Vers tuz treis [OH]  1_67
         1955  Qu'il sur mei met tel fet par sa grant malveisté.L1955 [L1955] om  tel fet [OH]  mentout; [H]  om  sa [H]  1_67
                   Si seient, si joe venk, par dreiture jugiéL1956 [L1956] Si eus seient ci venkuz [H]  1_67
                   Cum feluns traïturs ki mal m'unt puraléL1957 [L1957] traitres; [H]  purparlez [H]  1_67
                   Saunz forfait ke lor fis en trestut mun ééd.L1958 [L1958] ke feisse [H]  1_67
                   Defendre me dei issi, gentil rei honuré.'L1959 [L1959] D. moi dei sire [H]  1_67

Page 1_67


96
         1960  'Horn,' çoe [li] dist Hunlaf, 'par la fei ki est meieL1960 [L1960] co li dit, [O]  coe dit [H]  1_68
                   Vus m'en ferez serement, si volez ke vus creie;L1961 [L1961] men me, [OH]  un s. si v. ke io [H]  1_68
                   Si fere ne·l volez, si tenez vostre veie,
                   Ne me chaut quelque part, si vulez, en Norweie.L1963 [L1963] quel [H]  1_68L1963 [L1963] ne [H]  1_68L1963 [L1963] quel [H]  1_68L1963 [L1963] Mei nen chalt quele p. [OH]  1_68
                   Ne deit estre creüz ki si ne s'e[n] aleie.L1964 [L1964] issi, [OH]  om  ne [O]  1_68L1964 [L1964] He should not be believed who does not thus clear himself from the charge. The verb aleier is cited by Gf. from Leis Guill. § 39 (1) s'il ne pot aleier (nisi purgare se possit); Du Cange has five examples of adlegiare, to which M.L.W.L. adds allegio, adlegio clear by oath, c. 1114. The verbs alegier and esligier, used in Tristan, Bér. as equivalents of deraisnier, are presumably based on the Medieval Latin form.1_68
         1965  Joe ne sui vostre amis ne ne crei ke mes seie.L1965 [L1965] ne ne crei ne crei, [OH]  le seie [O]  1_68
                   Cum purreië creire qui vers mei si foleie?L1966 [L1966] Cum le purreie amer ke, [O]  Coment le purai amer ke v. m. fet folie [H]  1_68L1966 [L1966] C Cum purreie creire. The version in C in ll. 1964-1968 is substantially the same in all MSS. except in 1966, where O has Cum le purreie amer and H Coment le purai amer. Brede (op. cit. p. 198) prefers the version of OH on the ground that it fits in better with the context, but his argument is not convincing. The dominant note of the whole passage seems to me to be the king's insistence on his inability to believe in Horn unless he clears himself by taking the oath of compurgation, and although, as Brede points out, the use of amer in OH fits in well with the line immediately preceding–Joe ne sui vostre amis ne ne crei ke mes seie–it seems on the whole more likely that the line in C, with its fretful insistence on belief and its archaic lyric caesura, is the one attributable to Thomas and that the substitution of amer for creire was suggested subsequently by the use of amis in 1965.1_68
                   Si ne·l volez jurer, par el ne vus crerreie,L1967 [L1967] nel uus creie [H]  1_68
                   Kar ne crei plus vos diz ke le vent ki baleie.
                   Ne metrai home en champ, fol fusse si·l feseie.L1969 [L1969] fol for [O]  1_68L1969 [L1969] Ni Ne [OH]  1_68L1969 [L1969] Nerej  Ni1_68
         1970  A taunt si vus tolez, kar el ne vus fereie,L1970 [L1970] enfrei [O]  1_68
                   E si vuil que de vus seit ma terre mes queie.L1971 [L1971] queie [H]  1_68L1971 [L1971] om  si [H]  1_68L1971 [L1971] queie [H]  1_68L1971 [L1971] Or si voil ke ma terre seit de vus coeie [OH]  1_68L1971 [L1971] queie clear, quit, rid. The Latin adjective quietum gave rise to two O.F. adjectives, normally used in different senses: traditional quei (coi) quiet, tranquil, and clerkly quite secure, free, from the secondary Latin significance a labore aut cura vacuus, cf. F.E.W. II (2), 1475. Here the first form has, exceptionally, the meaning of the second.1_68
                   Joe ne prendrai de vus ne nam në autre preie.'L1972 [L1972] om  [H]  1_68L1972 [L1972] nam ( < Frk. nama) is the rarely-used etymological spelling of this word (cf. Leis Guill. § 44 nam namium); analogical nant is more frequent.1_68
                   Dunc respundi si Horn: 'Ci ad male maneie.L1973 [L1973] li respunt h. [H]  1_68
                   Bien jurer le pousse, si faire le deveie,L1974 [L1974] Ben le pusse [OH]  1_68
         1975  Mes m'est vis en mun quoer, ke faire ne l[e] deie,L1975 [L1975] auis [H]  1_68
                   Ainz me larraie traire [e] le quoer e le feieL1976 [L1976] la [H]  1_68L1976 [L1976] larai [H]  1_68L1976 [L1976] la [H]  1_68L1976 [L1976] lerrei io le quor treire e le f. [OH]  1_68L1976 [L1976] C larraie, O lerrei, H larai. I am uncertain what larraie in C stands for. In thirteenth-century A.N. spelling all three of the above forms may represent the conditional, for the termination -aie etc. was relatively early used for -eie etc. (cf. Tanquerey, pp. 565-6) and -aie abridged to -ai (Tanquerey, pp. 48-53); cf. H 1966 purai for pureie, 2031 frai for fereie. But elsewhere in C the etymological spelling -eie is preserved and so we may have here a form of the future with e final added by the scribe and not a conditional with -aie substituted for -eie.1_68 [f.40b]
                   Ke serement face: franc qui·l fait, se desleie:L1977 [L1977] Ke fere s. [OH]  1_68
                   A sis de voz meillurs aunceis me cumbatreie.L1978 [L1978] om  me [OH]  1_68
                   Le parage de mei, s'il vus plest, ne·l otreie.'L1979 [L1979] om  [H]  1_68
97
         1980  Apres s'en turna Horn, li pruz e li leal,
                   Quant li reis Hunlaf l'out cungeié par mal.L1981 [L1981] li fiers R. H. [H]  1_68L1981 [L1981] li reis dan H. 1_68
                   En sa veie encuntra Herland, le seneschal;
                   De li prent le cungié cum de seignur charnal.L1983 [L1983] Coinge ad pris de lui [OH]  1_68
                   Od li vet tut plorant la mesnéé reäl.L1984 [L1984] vunt, [OH]  p. tut [H]  1_68
         1985  N'est merveille si·l le funt, qu'il lur iert cummunal;L1985 [L1985] sil, [O]  sil le, [H]  fud [H]  1_68L1985 [L1985] cummunal generous, open-handed. An example with similar significance is cited in F.E.W. II (2), 962 from the Bible of Hugues de Berzé (beginning of the thirteenth century).1_68
                   Ne preisast [riche] aveir encuntrë eus un jal.L1986 [L1986] Nest preisast riche a. envers els plus dun ial, [O]  Ne preisa r. a. vers eus plus de gal [H]  1_68
                   Unc mes ne li avint un peür jornal.L1987 [L1987] Mes unc ne lur, [OH]  iornal, [O]  aiornal [H]  1_68

Page 1_68


                   Or les lest, si s'en vet trestut dreit a l'ostal.L1988 [L1988] om  si [O]  1_69
                   Pus ad fait enseler un bien coraunt cheval,L1989 [L1989] un sun vaillant c., [O]  un sun bon c. [H]  1_69
         1990  Ki n'estaunchereit pas ne a pui ne a val.L1990 [L1990] om  pas [O]  a nul pui [H]  1_69L1990 [L1990] estaunchereit. For the probable derivation of this word from *stanticare see G. Tilander, Remarques sur le Roman de Renart (Göteborg, 1923), pp. 52 ff.1_69
                   Lor vesti un hauberc ki esteit principal,
                   Ne·l donast pur tut l'or le rei de Portigal;
                   L'eaume mist en sun chef dunt d'or fu li nasal;L1993 [L1993] Helme ad, [O]  Le heaume mist [H]  1_69
                   Espéé out al lez: le pont fu de cristal;L1994 [L1994] point [H]  1_69L1994 [L1994] a sun lez od un pin d. c. [OH]  1_69
         1995  Unkes meuz ne trencha Curtein ne Durendal.L1995 [L1995] meuz1_69
                   Chauces out de bon fer: ke vus direië al?L1996 [L1996] E c. ot de fer, [O]  C. ot teles de fer, [H]  pur quei en, [OH]  dirrei or al, [O]  dirai al [H]  1_69
                   Meillors ne chauçat onc Roullant l'enperïal.L1997 [L1997] M. unc ne c. [H]  1_69
                   Un espié out trenchaunt, l'enseigne de cendal;L1998 [L1998] espee; [OH]  enseigne [OH]  1_69
                   Un escu out al col, la bucle fu d'orkal,L1999 [L1999] fu ert, [OH]  dor tal [H]  1_69L1999 [L1999] al el [OH]  1_69L1999 [L1999] E un [H]  1_69L1999 [L1999] orkal. The more usual form of this word–a loan-word of the later twelfth century, derived from aurichalcum–is arcal or archal, with unexplained modification of the initial syllable.1_69
         2000  Ki doree est mut bien, asise de asmal.L2000 [L2000] ert ben a. desesmal, [O]  e a. de cemal [H]  1_69 [f.41a]
                   Si s'en vet cunréé dreit al mestre portal.L2001 [L2001] om  vet [O]  1_69L2001 [L2001] cunréérej  cuntréé1_69
98
                   Tut issi cunréé e issi fervestuzL2002 [L2002] om  initial T [H]  e si fier v. [H]  1_69
                   Est dan Horn del palais a l'entréé venuz,L2003 [L2003] de leis [O]  1_69
                   E si est del cheval cum ainz pout descenduz;
         2005  Tost i vint entur li dunt il est receüz.L2005 [L2005] ert, [O]  fu [H]  1_69
                   Sun espié lest iloc tresqu'il seit revenuz,L2006 [L2006] deskil, [OH]  fud [O]  1_69
                   Par devaunt lo rei vait, si li rent un saluz,L2007 [L2007] unc ne li dist s. [OH]  1_69
                   E si vait fierement, a sun col sis escuz,
                   Sun bon braund enpoigné, de novel esmoluz –L2009 [L2009] tut [H]  1_69L2009 [L2009] sa main [H]  1_69L2009 [L2009] tut [H]  1_69L2009 [L2009] en sun puin kert trestut nuz [O]  1_69L2008 [L2008] sis escuz, esmoluz See Intr.2, p. 78.1_69
         2010  Ne poet home garir ki·n seit par mal feruz –L2010 [L2010] Dunt ne puet nul g. ke seit, [H]  Ne purrat pas g. ki p. m. est f. [O]  1_69
                   E li reis quant lo veit s'en claimë a ses druz;L2011 [L2011] si se cleime [OH]  1_69
                   Mes il ne laist pas pur çoe, ne s'est aresteüzL2012 [L2012] Mes il nel lest pur, [O]  Mes il ne lest pas pur, [H]  ne il nest retenuz [OH]  1_69
                   Tresqu'il vint a Rigmel, kar pur çoe iert venuz.L2013 [L2013] ert esmuz [H]  1_69L2013 [L2013] vent [H]  1_69L2013 [L2013] ert esmuz [H]  1_69L2013 [L2013] Deskil vint ; [OH]  kar pur li er meuz [OH]  1_69
                   E quant Rigmel le vit, sis sens fu esperduz,L2014 [L2014] silens [H]  1_69L2014 [L2014] E quant ele, [O]  itel le vit, [H]  fud sis sens e. [OH]  1_69
         2015  Qu'ele pasmë e chiet en un des arcs voluz.L2015 [L2015] chai pasméé, [O]  pasméé chet [H]  1_69L2015 [L2015] arcs voluz. See Mél. Hoepffner, p. 65; a further instance occurs in Aspremont 833 sist en l'estal desor (desoz?) un arc volu.1_69

Page 1_69


                   Mes quant ele revint ne fu tel doel veüzL2016 [L2016] om  [H]  1_70
                   Cum[e] fu fait pur cestui [des puceles renduz.]L2017 [L2017] doel renduz [H]  1_70L2017 [L2017] dunc fud [H]  1_70L2017 [L2017] doel renduz [H]  1_70L2017 [L2017] Cume fud idunc pur lui des puceles renduz [OH]  1_70L2017 [L2017] Second hemistich from O; C kar mut sunt irascuz1_70
                   Pus dient: 'Sire Horn, mut as esté cremuz.L2018 [L2018] E puis, [H]  clere face tant cremuz [OH]  1_70
                   A Deu te cummaundum e as sües vertuz.'L2019 [L2019] e tote ses v. [H]  1_70L2019 [L2019] cummandum [H]  1_70L2019 [L2019] e tote ses v. [H]  1_70L2019 [L2019] vus cummande e atuz ses v. [OH]  1_70
99
         2020  Quant sout bele Rigmel ke Horn s'en vout aler,
                   Dunc li dist bonement: '[Mis] beaus amis, duz chier,L2021 [L2021] mis bels a. d. cher, [O]  Dunc li dit beau duz a. cher [H]  1_70
                   Ke deit ke ne vulez cest serement jurer?
                   Bien savez qu'il est faus: n'en purrez enpeirer.L2023 [L2023] n'en ni [OH]  1_70L2023 [L2023] faus sauf [OH]  1_70L2023 [L2023] Kar b. [H]  1_70L2023 [L2023] C faus, O salf, H sauf. You know well that it [sc. the accusation] is false; you cannot suffer from it [sc. by taking the oath]. The version furnished by OH is more straightforward but presumably a remaniement.1_70
                   E par taunt si purrez ove nus arester, [f.41b]
         2025  E purrez vus e mei de blasme delivrer,L2025 [L2025] mei e vus [H]  1_70L2025 [L2025] puriez [H]  1_70L2025 [L2025] mei e vus [H]  1_70L2025 [L2025] Si purrez e vus e mei [OH]  1_70
                   Dunt nus avum mal cri a tort e encumbrer.L2026 [L2026] aencumbrer [O]  1_70
                   Si çoe fust verité, si m'aït saint Richer,
                   Ne me fust dunc a nient, kar mut vus pus amer;L2028 [L2028] I should care naught, so greatly do I love you. For the locution pus amer see Intr.2, p. 86.1_70
                   Si me fust duz le mal pur vus [a] endurer.'L2029 [L2029] p. vus a e. [OH]  1_70
         2030  Dunc respundi si Horn: 'Lessez vostre plorer.L2030 [L2030] om  si [H]  1_70
                   Joe ne·l fereië pas pur mei tut detrenchier.L2031 [L2031] Kar joe nel frai [H]  1_70
                   Ne sui pas recreaunt pur tel rien si neerL2032 [L2032] rien chose [H]  1_70
                   Si par bataille nun: ja ne m'eiert reprover.L2033 [L2033] arepruuer [H]  1_70L2031 [L2031] I would not do it even were I to be hewn in pieces. I am not so cowardly as to rebut such a charge except by battle; never shall such a reproach be brought against me. On the construction in l. 2031 see Lerch, II, 115 ff. In l. 2032 pur means to the point of as in Ch. Rol. 514, 3617 and Brendan 1275n.1_70
                   Çoe sout bien li coart, li fel, li losenger,L2034 [L2034] solt, [O]  sout [H]  1_70
         2035  Ki d'icest fait me veut al rei [si] encuser.L2035 [L2035] ki me vot de cest f. al Rei si e., [H]  al rei e. [O]  1_70
                   Ja sui joe fiz de rei, si n'est pas mun mesterL2036 [L2036] om  joe and si [H]  1_70
                   Ke joe par serement me deië aquiter.L2037 [L2037] deie unc, [O]  men dei [H]  1_70
                   Mes quant repeirerai, si·l purrat cumparer,
                   Si joe sai ki il seit e jo·l pusse encuntrer.L2039 [L2039] est, [O]  peusse [H]  1_70
         2040  Mes l'amur entre nus, çoe vus pri de garder,L2040 [L2040] de a [OH]  1_70
                   Ke ne prengez entaunt a vostre oes autre per.L2041 [L2041] nen p. en t., [O]  entretant [H]  1_70
                   Le terme iert a set anz, si·l me volez doner –L2042 [L2042] The term (period) will be seven years, if you will grant it to me. Here as in ll. 1277 and 2067 the word terme appears to have the same meaning as terminus in Medieval Latin, term, fixed period of time, cf. M.L.W.L. (in l. O 5104 and perhaps in l. 3844 it has the more usual sense of fixed date, term-day). The term of seven years is the traditional period of probation in Biblical history, legend (cf. St. Brendan's seven years' Odyssey) and romance (cf. Hall's note on K.H. 732).1_70
                   Kar ainceis ne crei pas ke puisse repeirer –L2043 [L2043] puisse pusse, [O]  peusse [H]  1_70L2043 [L2043] ainceis einz [H]  1_70L2043 [L2043] ne crei io [O]  1_70

Page 1_70


                   Mes donc m'en revendrai, si joe n'ai desturber;L2044 [L2044] repeirereie [H]  1_71L2044 [L2044] M. d. repeirai , [OH]  si nen ai [H]  1_71
         2045  E si venir ne pus, si·n avrez messagerL2045 [L2045] si a., [O]  dunc en a. [H]  1_71
                   De faire voz pleisirs, de tel vië menerL2046 [L2046] De v. p. f.; [H]  demener [H]  1_71
                   Cum vus vendra a gré e mei quite clamer.'L2047 [L2047] a pleisir [H]  1_71
         2048  'Sire,' [çoe] dist Rigmel, 'mei l'estoet otreier;L2048 [L2048] co dit Rim., [O]  fait Rimel [H]  1_71 [f.42a]
                   Quant el estre ne poet, a Deu puissez aler.'L2048a [L2048a] om  [O]  peussez [H]  1_71
100
                   Ore entent bien Rigmel qu'il s'en veut si partir.L2049 [L2049] om  si [H]  1_71
         2050  Del quoer [en] ad jeté un mut parfund suzpir.L2050 [L2050] en ad ietet, [O]  a dunc iete un p. s. [H]  1_71
                   Pus li dit: 'Vostre anel, sire, vuil retenir,L2051 [L2051] Pus si ad dit, [O]  Puis li d. sire [H]  1_71
                   Pur çoe ke vostre fud, si m'iert bon a sentir.L2052 [L2052] bel a s., [O]  duz, le s. [H]  1_71
                   Un autre en porterez, meillor al mien arvir,L2053 [L2053] autre meillur, [O]  auir [OH]  1_71
                   U siet [enz] el chastun un entaillé saphir:L2054 [L2054] siet, [OH]  om  enz [O]  1_71
         2055  Hom ki l'ad sure sei ja ne purra perir;L2055 [L2055] Ia home ki lauerạ sur s. ne p. p. [H]  1_71
                   Ne en feu ne en ewe mar i creindra murir,L2056 [L2056] En euue u en fu mar crendrat demurrir, [O]  Nen ewe nen f. [H]  1_71
                   N'en bataille champel, në en turnei tenir,
                   Mesque sul le vuillez chastement costeïr.L2058 [L2058] voillez [OH]  1_71
                   Çoe vus pri ke·[l] portez de mei [pur] sovenir.L2059 [L2059] enportez [H]  1_71L2059 [L2059] Coe [H]  1_71L2059 [L2059] enportez [H]  1_71L2059 [L2059] Cest vus pri ke portez de mei pur s. [OH]  1_71
         2060  Al plus tost que purrez vus pri del revenir,L2060 [L2060] pri vus reuenir, [O]  uus purez uus pri de r. [H]  1_71
                   Kar si trop demorez m'en estovra languir.L2061 [L2061] men mei [OH]  1_71
                   Grant joie ai prof de vus e loinz de vus enpir.L2062 [L2062] e sanz vus, [OH]  si enpir, [O]  espir [H]  1_71
                   Si fust vostre pleisir ne me deussez guerpir,L2063 [L2063] Si [H]  1_71L2063 [L2063] Sil vus fust a p. [OH]  1_71
                   Kar vus estes la rien dunt joe plus pus joïr.L2064 [L2064] om  [H]  ke io. pus plus [O]  1_71
         2065  Deus vus doinst bien aler, si cum voill e desir.'L2065 [L2065] om  [H]  ben errer e si cum iol d. [O]  1_71
                   'Bele,' çoe li dist Horn, 'gardez vus del guenchir,L2066 [L2066] om  [H]  ne me volez g. [O]  1_71
                   Qu'en cest terme qu'ai dit vus voldrai bien tenir.L2067 [L2067] Kar cest t., [OH]  ke vus ai mis, [H]  v. io t., [O]  v. io ben t. [H]  1_71L2067 [L2067] C Qu'en cest terme qu'ai dit vus voldrai bien tenir, OH Kar cest terme k'ai dit (H ke vus ai mis) vus voldrai jo (H jo ben) tenir. In C the line is ambiguous, because it is uncertain whether vus should be understood as object or subject of tenir, i.e. whether the sense is for within this period that I have fixed I wish indeed to hold you or during this period I wish you to hold firm; the first interpretation is more in accordance with normal O.F. usage, but the accusative and infinitive construction which is found in clerkly writings (cf. V.B.I.3, 91) occurs with voleir in l. 3083, and tenir bien hold firm is used in Troie 18781. The version of OH is more straightforward: for I [for my part] will observe the term that I have set.1_71
                   Dementiers m'en irrai aukun bon rei servir;L2068 [L2068] ioe [H]  1_71L2068 [L2068] Endementiers i. [OH]  1_71
                   Mun servise, si·l faz, qu'il me voille merir!'L2069 [L2069] me voldrat remerir, [O]  Ki me uoille sil faz m. s. m. [H]  1_71L2068 [L2068] C Dementiers m'en irrai aukun bon rei servir; Mun servise, sil faz, qu'il me voille merir; O me voldrat remerir; H Ki me voille, sil faz, mun servise merir. Meanwhile I will go off to serve some good king, and may he reward the service I render him. The simplest construction is here supplied by O, he will reward the service I render him, but the more complex construction of C is supported by H and is unlikely to have been introduced by a transmitter. In C, however, the second hemistich is ambiguous: it may be an independent wish-clause, may he be pleased to reward me (cf. Intr.2, p. 92), or quil may be scribal for qui introducing an adjective clause expressing desire, as in l. 3419 and Aymeri de Narbonne 1556-7 Et Aymeris si les comande a Dé . . . Qui les conduie trestoz a sauveté (cited by Haas, p. 424). This latter construction, supported by H, should probably be preferred, and the semi-colon after servir replaced by a comma.1_71

Page 1_71


101
         2070  Pus k'eont changé aneaus Horn ad lessé Rigmel.
                   Lor prist cungié de lui, si s'en parti mut bel.L2071 [L2071] turna [H]  1_72L2071 [L2071] si sen turne tut bel [OH]  1_72 [f.42b]
                   Unc ainceis ne fina tresqu'al mestre eschamelL2072 [L2072] enceis, [OH]  deskal, [O]  desquil uint a m. [H]  1_72
                   U seeit rei Hunlaf, e il e si danzel.L2073 [L2073] entur li si d., [O]  entre li. e s. d. [H]  1_72
                   Horn li dit: 'Sire reis, d'une rien vus apel,L2074 [L2074] om  li [O]  1_72
         2075  Ke me mengez par dreit, pur amur saint Marcel.L2075 [L2075] maingnez, [O]  vus me menez [H]  1_72
                   Si nul hom' ad çaenz, u vieill u jovencel,
                   Ki dië k'unc feisse vers vus fait desleël,L2077 [L2077] Ke die ke vers uus fis unc [OH]  1_72L2077 [L2077] For ki read Qui.1_72
                   Dunt joe deië en curt porter enbrunc chapel,L2078 [L2078] en vostre c., [H]  enbrunc p. [O]  1_72
                   Prest sui del defendre l'aval en cel praëlL2079 [L2079] P. d. d. s. [H]  1_72L2079 [L2079] Read laval. Cf. note on l. 1130.1_72
         2080  U ci en vostre curt par delez cel humelL2080 [L2080] ici, [OH]  un ulmel [O]  1_72
                   U vers cinc u vers sis ki tuit seient parel,L2081 [L2081] Envers cinc [H]  1_72
                   Taunt me fi en cel Deu ki salva Israel,L2082 [L2082] fie io, [O]  en deu [OH]  1_72
                   Susanne delivrad par l'enfant Danïel,L2083 [L2083] E s. [H]  1_72L2083 [L2083] See Prophetia Danielis, xiii.1_72
                   E lui meïmes pus des liöns el putel:L2084 [L2084] des leuua del p., [O]  del puiz de liuncel [H]  1_72L2084 [L2084] putel. The ordinary O.F. word putel (a derivative of putidum) means puddle, mire; its use here might be due to a misunderstanding of the lai al leün 1404, the lacus leonum of the Vulgate (Prophetia Danielis, vi. 16-23 and xiv. 30-40). It is perhaps more probable, however, that Thomas forged a derivative of puteum well (cf. H del puiz de liuncel), in which he may have been influenced by M.E. pitte, putte (cf. O.E.D., s.v. pit).1_72
         2085  Tut ausi fera mei par l'aïe saint Michel.L2085 [L2085] Tut issi frad il mei si mait s. m. [OH]  1_72L2085 [L2085] C par l'aïe saint michel : OH si mait sent michael. In rejecting the less usual formula on the score of metre Brede (p.199) overlooks the fact that final -ə in hiatus with the tonic vowel may suffer effacement; cf. section on Phonology in the Introduction to Vol. II.1_72
                   E si vencu i sui par mun pechié novel,
                   Dunc seië joe jugié a ardre en un furnel.'L2087 [L2087] gugez ardeir [O]  1_72
102
         2088  'Vassal,' çoe dit li reis, 'ne m'alez surqueraunt.
                   Asez savom de vus k'estes pruz e vaillant;L2089 [L2089] om  de vus [O]  e cumbatant [O]  1_72
         2091  Pur çoe ne truverai ki en seit cumbatant,L2091 [L2091] ni t. home, [H]  ne me mttrai home kod uus seit mellant [O]  1_72
                   Mes si vus le jurez par taunt vus erc creaunt;L2092 [L2092] iurrez [O]  1_72
                   E si vus ne volez alez vus en a tauntL2093 [L2093] se vus [H]  1_72L2093 [L2093] E vus si nel iurez [OH]  1_72
                   Kar mes ore ove mei ne serrez ramanant –L2094 [L2094] om  ore [O]  Kar iames ne serez od moi r. [H]  1_72
         2095  [Mar avrai tant hardi ki m'en prit en avant]L2095 [L2095] avrai, [OH]  prist [H]  1_72L2095 [L2095] absent in C; text from O; avra1_72
                   Kar avant çoe qu'ai dit ne ferai tant ne quant.'L2096 [L2096] Ne kar, [OH]  auant de [H]  1_72
                   'Par Deu, sire,' dist Horn, 'tort en avez mut grant.L2097 [L2097] P. deu co li dit, [O]  om  mut [H]  1_72 [f.43a]
                   Or m'en irrai idunc e a Deu vus comant.L2098 [L2098] io dunc [O]  1_72
                   Unc ne·l pensai el quer ke dist li suzduaunt,L2099 [L2099] ke uus dit [H]  1_72

Page 1_72


         2100  Mut m'en vengerai bien si ja sui repairaunt.L2100 [L2100] m'en me [H]  1_73
                   Mes ne perdrez en mei, ke·m norristes enfaunt,L2101 [L2101] ke n. denfant [O]  1_73L2101 [L2101] Substitute a semi-colon for the comma after enfaunt.1_73
                   Si j'oi vostre bosoig, sai tost vendrai errauntL2102 [L2102] Se ioe vei v. b., [H]  om  sai [OH]  iuendrai [O]  1_73
                   Pur vus soffrir ahan, kar çoe iert avenaunt.L2103 [L2103] ahans, [O]  hans [H]  1_73
                   Entritant savrez bien ke cil vus fud mentant
         2105  Ki mençonges vus dist cum fel e recreant,L2105 [L2105] In the rejected readings of C insert recreant.1_73
                   E pus si·l harrez taunt cum or l'estes amant.'L2106 [L2106] tant autant [H]  1_73L2106 [L2106] om  E [O]  1_73
                   A taunt s'en est turné e munte el auferant.L2107 [L2107] om  turne e [F1]  al ferrante [H]  1_73L2107 [L2107] In variants of H read ferrant.1_73
                   Vers la mer trestut dreit fud sun chemin tenant.
                   Entur li sunt venu trestuit si bienvoillant,L2109 [L2109] Enuers [F1]  1_73
         2110  Ki de Suddene od lui vindrent en sun chalanc,L2110 [L2110] vindrent od lui, [OH]  om  od lui [F1]  el chalant [F1]  1_73
                   Fors Wikeles, li fels, il sul fud remanaunt,L2111 [L2111] See Intr.2, p. 106.1_73
                   Par çoe pout l'en saver qu[e] il l'iert encusant.L2112 [L2112] purent s., [O]  pureit il s., [H]  le fud [OH]  1_73
                   Trestuit prient dan Horn k'od lui les seit menant,L2113 [L2113] om  e [OH]  1_73L2113 [L2113] kod sei leseit [H]  1_73
                   E il lur respundi: 'Ne·l serai pas fesant',L2114 [L2114] ke pas nestrait f., [O]  ke pas nel sereit f. [H]  1_73L2114 [L2114] serai, sereit 1_73
         2115  Ne od sei ne merreit chevalier ne serjaunt.L2115 [L2115] Oue sei, [OH]  merrat [O]  1_73L2114 [L2114]  And he replied to them: "I will not do it", nor would he take with him knight or man-at-arms. C here passes from direct speech to style indirect libre; OH introduce indirect speech in l. 2114, replacing serai by estrait or sereit.1_73
103
                   'Seignurs ke taunt m'amez, Deu vus rende les grezL2116 [L2116] le grez [O]  1_73
                   K'od mei vulez aler, ki tut sui esgarez.L2117 [L2117] ki sui tut esguarnez, [O]  ke tant [H]  1_73
                   Li reis vus ad nurriz, ove lui remaindrez.L2118 [L2118] ove od [H]  1_73
                   Plus vus ad ke doner; meuz serez soudééz.L2119 [L2119] ke a [H]  1_73L2119 [L2119] Plus Mielz [O]  1_73
         2120  Sioëz en alkun liu que seië arestez,L2120 [L2120] alkun nul; [O]  atestez, [O]  adds joe [H]  1_73
                   Si bosoing vus suzprent, a mei lor[e]s venez,L2121 [L2121] Si E [H]  1_73 [f.43b]
                   E idunc vus rendrai que vus ore deservez,L2122 [L2122] E io vus r. dunc kore d., [O]  E ioe vus aiderai dunc ke uus ore d. [H]  1_73
                   Siai de quei; e si nun od mei le cunquerrez.L2120 [L2120] Read S'(i)oëz and S'(i)ai.1_73
                   El ore estre ne poet, mes or vus returnez:L2124 [L2124] El ore e., [O]  El e. ore [H]  1_73L2124 [L2124] Elrej  E el1_73
         2125  Mi cumpaignun, a Deu seez vus cummandez!'L2125 [L2125] Mi gentil c.; [OH]  om  vus [OH]  1_73
                   Haderof en fait doel; a poi qu'il n'est pasmez,L2126 [L2126] Haderof fet dol pur poi ke nest desuez, [O]  tel doel pur poi [H]  1_73
                   E li autre ensement, mes il les ad utrez.L2127 [L2127] om  E [O]  tuz otreez [H]  1_73

Page 1_73


                   A taunt sunt tuit remis e il s'en est alez:
                   Grant doel ad en sun quoer mes ne l'ad demustrez.L2129 [L2129] mes il, [OH]  mustrez [H]  1_74
         2130  En Westir veut aler, ki est regne preisez –
                   Yrlaunde out si a nun al tens d'auntiquitez:L2131 [L2131] al el [OH]  1_74L2131 [L2131] ot nun [H]  1_74
                   La maint un riche rei Godrechë iert nomez.L2132 [L2132] Guddret [H]  1_74L2132 [L2132] ki Guderecche est n. [OH]  1_74L2132 [L2132] Insert a semi-colon after rei.1_74
                   Dous fiz out francs e pruz de grant nobilitez:L2133 [L2133] ad, [O]  om  fiz [H]  e de g. [H]  1_74
                   Chevaliers aiment mut e d'içoe sunt loez.L2134 [L2134] presez [O]  1_74
         2135  A ces veut il aler; la'est sis chemins turnez.L2135 [L2135] uolt cist In Othe rhyme-syllable -ez is carried into laisse 104 [O]  1_74L2135 [L2135] la(e)'st. For the enclytic use of est see the section on Versification in the Introduction to Volume II.1_74
104
                   A un port venu est ki mut fu renomé.L2136 [L2136] est v., [OH]  est r. [H]  1_74
                   Une nef i trova solunc sa volenté,
                   En Westir en alout od tuz merz k'ot chargé:L2138 [L2138] om  en [O]  Ki en w. a. od mers kele [H]  1_74
                   N'out mes a demurer fors d'atendre l'oré,L2139 [L2139] Ni ot; [H]  om  l' [H]  1_74
         2140  E l'oré iert ore bon, tiel cum l'unt desiré.L2140 [L2140] E lorre unt ore vent tiel c. il unt d. [H]  1_74
                   Al mestre esturman vint e od lui ad parlé:L2141 [L2141] e od li est passe [H]  1_74L2141 [L2141] Cf. Wace, Brut 11214 Li maistre esturman li meillur.1_74
                   'Sire mestre,' fait il, 'est vostre eire apresté?L2142 [L2142] om  Sire [H]  fet li il [O]  1_74
                   Quel part volez aler? Dites m'en verité.'L2143 [L2143] uodrez, [H]  dites mei [OH]  1_74
                   'Sire,' dist l'esturman, 'ne vus iert pas celé:L2144 [L2144] ne ws voil pas celer [O]  1_74
         2145  En Westir vuil aler, ki est regne loé.L2145 [L2145] Uers W., [F1H]  preisez [O]  1_74 [f.44a]
                   La maint un riche rei; Gudrechë est nomé.L2146 [L2146] ki G.1_74L2146 [L2146] In variants read O ki G.1_74
                   Dous fiz ad chevaliers de mut grant largeté:L2147 [L2147] om  mut [H]  1_74
                   Chevaliers ki la vunt, bien i sunt soudéé.'L2148 [L2148] E c. ke [H]  1_74
                   'A ceus voil joe aler,' çoe dit Horn, l'alosé.L2149 [L2149] ces, [O]  om  çoe [OH]  1_74
         2150  'La me portez od vus; bien vus iert guerredoné.L2150 [L2150] merrez, [H]  guerdonet, [O]  guerdone [H]  1_74L2150 [L2150] guerdoné 1_74
                   Cest bou d'or melekin avrez bien esmeré.'L2151 [L2151] bou buj, [O]  pun, [H]  kest e. [OH]  1_74L2151 [L2151] bourej  Bou1_74
                   'Sire,' dist l'esturman, 'tut ferai vostre gré.L2152 [L2152] en frai, [H]  tut a uostre uolentet [O]  1_74
                   Ne vus faudra ja rien k'ait en vostre pensé,L2153 [L2153] kert, [O]  rien ia kaiez [H]  1_74
                   Tresque nus viengum la e seium arivé.L2154 [L2154] seium serum [O]  1_74L2154 [L2154] Tresque Deske, [O]  Ieke [H]  1_74
         2155  Sempres eschiperum tresqu'il iert avespré.'L2155 [L2155] deske il, [O]  ieskil [H]  1_74
                   E Horn est descendu, si s'est bien reposé;L2156 [L2156] om  bien [OH]  1_74

Page 1_74


                   De beivre e de mangier ad sun cors aaisié.L2157 [L2157] eiset [O]  1_75
                   Quant tens e lius en fu a la nef sunt aléL2158 [L2158] E kant fu tens a la nief [H]  1_75
                   E od les marinaus i est dan Horn entré,L2159 [L2159] om  [H]  mariners est d. h. dunc e. [O]  1_75
         2160  Ki Gudmod des or mes sera il apelé:L2160 [L2160] serrat d. [OH]  1_75L2160 [L2160] The use of a pleonastic subject pronoun in an adjective clause introduced by qui is rare in O.F. and is avoided in OH: O Ki Gudmod en serrat des hormes apelet, H Ki Gudmod sera desoremes apelé.1_75
                   Pur çoe turna sun num, dunt ainz esteit nomé,L2161 [L2161] turne, [H]  fud renumet [OH]  1_75
                   Qu'il ne fust koneü en estrange regné,
                   Desque pruesce oust fait dunt doust estre preisié.L2163 [L2163] Desquil eust fet dunt estre p., [O]  Ieske il ust f. dunt [H]  1_75
                   Quant lur ancres sunt trait e lor sigle est levé,L2164 [L2164] om  lor [H]  1_75
         2165  Mis se sunt a la mer: a Deu se sunt cummaundé.L2165 [L2165] e a deu se s., [O]  a deu seent il [H]  1_75
105
                   Mis se sunt a la mer cummun li marinal:L2166 [L2166] en le mer [H]  1_75
                   Il unt vent a talent e ored natural.L2167 [L2167] E unt, [O]  Cil unt [H]  1_75
                   Horn enportent od eus le nobile vassal,L2168 [L2168] porterent, [O]  E si meinent o. e. horn le bon v. [H]  1_75
                   En seisaunte regnez nen out un plus leal.L2169 [L2169] ni ot [OH]  1_75 [f.44b]
         2170  Ses armes out od sei e sun corant cheval:L2170 [L2170] a oue sei [H]  1_75
                   Il n'aveit plus cursif de ci qu'a Portigal.L2171 [L2171] Il ni ot [H]  1_75
                   Tute nuit ont curu al sen de l'esturial –L2172 [L2172] Sen sens, [OH]  esturmal, [O]  estermal [H]  1_75
                   L'esteile est as noüns qu'il unt plus principal.L2173 [L2173] unt ert [H]  1_75L2173 [L2173] quil sil, [O]  ki [H]  1_75L2173 [L2173] est ert [O]  1_75L2172 [L2172] For nuit read nut. All night they have run by the guidance of the esturial, the sailors' star, which they hold chiefest. The form noün is a variant of notun, cited by Gf. from Gir. Ros. and Partonopeus. On the word esturial (O esturmal, H estermal) Dr. G. C. Johnson writes: I have not met this esturmal (esturial) anywhere else . . . I think it must be the name of a star, and the north star was obviously the most important for sailors . . . It might possibly be another noun formed on the same root as esturman, meaning the star one steers by, but I have not so far found anything similar in Norse or Anglo-Saxon.1_75
                   Bien dreit tindrent lur curs tresque vint al jornalL2174 [L2174] deske, [O]  ieke, [H]  uint iornal [O]  1_75
         2175  Qu'il virent trestut cler une roche naälL2175 [L2175] naal native, here in the sense of living, solid, usually expressed in O.F. by naïf.1_75
                   En Westir sur un port ki est emperïal;
                   Ja nef k'i enterra de ored n'avra mal.L2177 [L2177] enterra entrat, [OH]  plus dor^ret, [O]  desore mes [H]  1_75L2177 [L2177] Ja La [OH]  1_75
                   Endreit prime l'unt pris a un jur festival.L2178 [L2178] pris lunt [H]  1_75
                   A la rive cuntr'eus gent i vunt cummunal,L2179 [L2179] A lariuer, [OH]  om  i [O]  1_75
         2180  Beles dames de pris vestues de cendalL2180 [L2180] e vestuz de [H]  1_75
                   Pur esgarder la nef qui la vint al costal.
                   Quant il sunt arivé issent fors el terralL2182 [L2182] el al [OHF1]  1_75L2182 [L2182] om  il [F1]  om  fors [H]  il issent [H]  1_75
                   E Horn est fors eissu cum pruz e bon vassal.L2183 [L2183] fors dunc, [OH]  al noble, [OHF1]  charnal, [O]  charal, [H]  caral [F1]  1_75L2183 [L2183] sen est e. [F1]  1_75L2183 [L2183] C cum pruz e bon vassal : OHF1 al nob(i)le charnal (H charal, F1 caral). In both versions the second hemistich is a tag. I have retained the reading of C, but with some hesitation, because the second hemistich of 2186–face out bien moullee–gives some support to the other version, as it is in keeping with the poet's technique to repeat in a following laisse an idea mentioned at the end of the previous one (cf. the section on Versification in the Introduction to Volume II). The unusual meaning here accorded to charnal–countenance and not flesh–might further have contributed to a replacement. On the other hand the only other instance of the use of the word in this sense in the romance, in H 4112, is in a tag (od le noble charnal) replacing one far less commonplace in C–mes n'i out paringal–one which is apposite in the distinction it makes between Horn and the ruck of the beggars with whom he is consorting.1_75

Page 1_75


106
                   Seignurs, or est Yrlande, lors fu Westir nomééL2184 [L2184] om  Seignurs [OHF1]  Kor est, [O]  Ki ore est; [H]  lors w. fu apelee, [H]  Buer fud hyrlande fu lors W. n. [F1]  1_76
         2185  U la nef ariva ki Horn out aportéé.L2185 [L2185] kot h., [OH]  portee [O]  1_76L2185 [L2185] aportee. See Intr.2, p. 91.1_76
                   Il eissi as premiers; façë out bien moulléé.L2186 [L2186] isseit, [O]  premereins, [H]  facun, [F1OH]  mut noble [H]  1_76
                   Mut fu diversement par ces dames notéé,
                   Kar entr'eles dient ke c'est chose faéé,L2188 [L2188] il [H]  1_76L2188 [L2188] els dient entre els kil est [OH]  1_76
                   E si dient plusur ke bor fu cele nééL2189 [L2189] om  ke [OH]  fust [OH]  1_76
         2190  Ki·n oust fait sun pleisir e de lui fust privéé:L2190 [L2190] Kin Ki, [OH]  f. d. l. [O]  1_76L2189 [L2189] bor fu (OH fust) cele nee Kin oust fait sun pleisir. In expressions with bor (buer) the preterite indicative required by the sense (cf. ll. 764, 3058) has sometimes been replaced (as not infrequently in later O.F.) by the imperfect subjunctive (cf. Critical Note on l. 1566). Here, however, the sense is hypothetical she who should have had her pleasure of him would be fortunate, and it is the fust of OH that is required.1_76
                   Tant cum l'en sovendreit de mal n'avreit haschéé.L2191 [L2191] l'en li [H]  1_76
                   Bien s'en aparceit Horn, mes ne l'en fud ovéé;L2192 [L2192] B. se apparcut nes, [H]  mel nel en est [O]  1_76
                   Ainz s'est bien aturné. Quant sa teste ad armééL2193 [L2193] fu b. a. kant esteit a. [H]  1_76 [f.45a]
                   Munta sur sun destrer en la sele feutréé,L2194 [L2194] om  sur [H]  feltee [O]  1_76
         2195  Prist cungié a la gent ki la fud aünéé,L2195 [L2195] fud ert, [O]  erent [H]  1_76
                   Pus qu'il out de la curt novele demandéé,
                   U reis Gudreche esteit od sa noble mesnéé.L2197 [L2197] od e, [OH]  om  noble [H]  1_76L2197 [L2197] li Reis Gudred [H]  1_76
                   Cele part ad mut tost sa veie tresturnéé;L2198 [L2198] om  mut [H]  1_76
                   Mes ne fu pas del port alé une lüéé
         2200  K'eun'aventure avint ke Deus out aprestéé,L2200 [L2200] li auint [H]  1_76
                   Ke li dui fiz le rei erent la matinee
                   Alé pur riveier od mesnéé privéé.L2202 [L2202] od lur m. [O]  1_76
                   Il n'ierent ke sul vint, de gent bien acesméé;L2203 [L2203] fors sul v., [O]  Il nerent de gent ke v. [H]  1_76
                   Osturs ont e faukuns, la riviere unt cerchéé;L2204 [L2204] O. portent [H]  1_76
         2205  Des oiseaus ont taunt pris ke mut bien lor agree.L2205 [L2205] Dossels; [O]  om  bien [O]  1_76
107
                   Entre les fiz lo rei dunt vus dis orendreit,L2206 [L2206] om  lo rei [O]  al Rei, [H]  om  vus [H]  1_76
                   Par amur, par dulçor une costume aveitL2207 [L2207] e dulcur, [O]  e par d. une c. esteit [H]  1_76
                   Ke, s'aukun chevalier en la terre veneitL2208 [L2208] la sa [O]  1_76
                   En soudéés servir, u cunquerre voleit,L2209 [L2209] Ki en s., [H]  i uoleit [O]  1_76
         2210  Ke les dous premereins li ainz né reteneitL2210 [L2210] premers, [H]  retendreit [OH]  1_76
                   E lo tierz qui venist li pus nez receveit,L2211 [L2211] receveit reperneit, [O]  prendreit [H]  1_76L2211 [L2211] venist veneit [OH]  1_76
                   Si l'avoit a sun oes e od li remaneit.L2212 [L2212] remaneit remandreit [OH]  1_76L2212 [L2212] avoit aureit [OH]  1_76

Page 1_76


                   Cist covenz ke vus di ore venu esteitL2213 [L2213] De cest couenant, [H]  ore avenuz, [H]  a. o. [O]  1_77
                   Ke li ainz niez des dous retint a sun espleitL2214 [L2214] des dous deus [H]  1_77
         2215  Dous corteis chevaliers qu'il amout e creeit.
                   Or deveit li pusnez le procein ki vendreitL2216 [L2216] Ore deust, [H]  li premer ki [O]  1_77
                   Retenir ove li, cum faire lo deveit.L2217 [L2217] om  [O]  Ouec li r.; [H]  soleit [H]  1_77 [f.45b]
                   Li un des retenuz, il iert d'itiel endreitL2218 [L2218] endreit. Examples of this word in the sense of kind, character are cited in Tobl. Lom. from Eneas, Troie and other texts of the later twelfth century.1_77
                   Qu'il iert fort en tut sen, ke tiel nuls ne saveit;L2219 [L2219] Mustre lad a Hunlaf [F2]  1_77L2219 [L2219] om  iert [O]  tel sen, [OH]  nul tiel [H]  1_77
         2220  L'autre juout as esches ki tuz homes venqueit,L2220 [L2220] as ches [HF1]  1_77
                   E nul qui s'en preïst, nul veintre ne·l poeit.L2221 [L2221] sen [F1]  1_77L2221 [L2221] E uers [H]  1_77L2221 [L2221] sen [F1]  1_77L2221 [L2221] Enuers ki se preist [OHF1]  1_77L2221 [L2221] Correct to Envers qui s'en preïst (cf. OHF1) No one against whom he competed could defeat him; for the anteposition of the relative clause cf. Intr.2, p. 99.1_77
                   Entretant Horn, li pruz, tut lur chemin teneit:L2222 [L2222] tut, [OF1]  lur chemin [OHF1]  1_77
                   Sis chevaus iert mut beaus e grant bruit i feseit,L2223 [L2223] Chevalers ert beaus; [H]  om  i [H]  de suz lui grant b. f. [F1]  1_77
                   E il iert bien armé, l'escu bien li sééit.
         2225  Bien semble chevaler u hom se fïer deit:L2225 [L2225] deveit [HF1]  1_77L2225 [L2225]  semblot c. u hom fier se deit [OHF1]  1_77
                   E li freres puisnez primes s'en aparceit.
108
                   Egfer out icil nun, ki s'aparçut primier,L2227 [L2227] om  [H]  ot nun icil [O]  1_77
                   E mut le mostra tost a sun frere Guffer:L2228 [L2228] dunc tost, [O]  mut tost le m. a s.f. Gofer [H]  1_77
                   'Vééz, frere Guffer, la vient un chevalier:L2229 [L2229] frere gentil [OH]  1_77
         2230  Gentement est armé e bel est sun destrer,
                   Il est pruz par semblant, mut le siet bien mener;L2231 [L2231] ben se seit m. [H]  1_77
                   Bien le vei acesmé pur ses armes porter.L2232 [L2232] pur de [H]  1_77L2232 [L2232] Bien mult [OH]  1_77L2232 [L2232] The verb acesmer adorn acquired the more general sense of attire, equip, and thus became synonymous with aturner prepare, make ready, used in l. O 4914. In this sense it may be combined with an infinitive, to which it is ordinarily linked by de as in H, occasionally by pur as in CO (cf. Tobl. Lom.). In l. 3108, where the knights are already fully armed and at their stations, it refers to the final preparatory action, cf. Fl. and Blfl. La mein destre mist a l'espee, Si l'a fors du fuerre gitee; Acesme soi por ax ferir (cited in Gf.).1_77
                   Par Deu, frere, s'il vient a nus pur soudeier,L2233 [L2233] om  frere [H]  1_77
                   Jo·l dei dunc retenir: ne·l me devez veër.'
         2235  'Frere,' çoe dit Guffer, 'bien fet a otrïer;
                   Le covent entre nus ne vuil pas traverser:L2236 [L2236] traverser frusser, [H]  pesceer [O]  1_77L2236 [L2236] Le couenant kest [H]  1_77L2236 [L2236] traverser is used here in the abstract sense of go counter to, deny, cf. Eng. traverse as a legal term, contradict, deny. The only similar use cited in this period is from St. Thom. 2363; the variants, O pesceer, H frusser, bear witness to the unusualness of the verb.1_77
                   Ja ne m'iert, si joe pus, turné a reprover.
                   Or alum cuntre lui noveles demander:L2238 [L2238] encuntre [H]  1_77
                   Ki il est? dunt il vient? sun nun, nel deint celer.'L2239 [L2239] Ki il est cum ad nun quei demande quei quer, [O]  Ki il est e dunt il vient e cum ad nun e quei il quer [H]  1_77L2238 [L2238] C Or alum cuntre lui noueles demander
Ki it est dunt il uient sun nun ne(l) deint celer : O . . . Ki il est cum ad nun quei demande quei quer : H . . . Ki il est e dunt il vient e cum ad nun e quei il quer. (Compare: 2245-2248 COH Ki estes cheualer nel me devez celer
Dunt venez ke querez cum uus dei ioe numer
Si venez el pais remaindre u cunquester
Ioe uus dei retenir . . . (H om. 2247); 2251-2254 COH Horn ot bien ke il dit del repundre n'est lent
Einz li ad respundu mut afaitéément
E en ordre trestut sa demaunde li rent
Qui ioe sui demaundez sire primerement: C Dunt ioe vienc e que quier e le nun qui m'apent . . . : O Dunt io vienc e le nun ki amei apent . . .: H Dunt ioe vinc e ke ioe quer e le nun ke m'apent . . . .)In these lines is described Gudmod's meeting with the Irish princes Egfer and Guffier, and their interrogation of him: first, preliminary suggestions by Guffier as to the questions to be asked–then Egfer's questions to Gudmod embodying these suggestions–finally Gudmod's answers. There are accidental omissions in O and H but otherwise there is a very general agreement in the accounts furnished by the three MSS., except in the preliminary conversation between the two princes, for here O and H diverge markedly from C and to a lesser extent from each other. In OH we have here a series of four questions: on identity, origin, name, aim, as in the interrogation itself, but in C the only questions asked directly are about identity and origin: name is asked indirectly and aim omitted altogether. Brede (p. 200) is of the opinion that the question of aim is of such importance that its omission here condemns the version in C. He seems to me, however, to pay too little heed to the skill displayed here by the poet in his treatment of this episode. It is, indeed, in accord with epic tradition that the answers to questions should follow the questions exactly, and this custom Thomas follows in the interrogation itself and even emphasizes, cf. l. 2252a above. Threefold repetition, however, becomes monotonous and so in the preliminary conversation he has varied the procedure. Support for the version preserved in C is furnished by the use of celer in C 2239 and in all MSS. in l. 2245 and by the discrepancies in the versions of O and H, that of O being obviously discredited by the omission of any question about origin in l. 2239 and the redundancy of the questions quei demande?, quei quer?–questions which are later on in l. 2980 substituted in H for the simple question in C: e ke veut demander?
1_77
         2240  'Mut par avez bien dit,' çoe respundi Egfer.L2240 [L2240] respundi respont [OH]  1_77L2240 [L2240] om  par [OH]  1_77

Page 1_77


                   Pus turnent cele part u·l quident encuntrer.L2241 [L2241] ou ille, [H]  u le [O]  1_78 [f.46a]
                   Egfer les avancist pur lui areisoner.L2242 [L2242] E E. s'auansist [H]  1_78
                   Tresqu'il l'ad encuntré si·l prent a saluer:L2243 [L2243] en a. [H]  1_78L2243 [L2243] Deskil ot encuntred apres le saluer [OH]  1_78L2243 [L2243] encunt%e1_78
                   Si·l met si a raisun cum vus vudrai cunter.L2244 [L2244] cil le met arasun [H]  1_78
         2245  'Ki estes, chevaler? Ne·l me devez celer;L2245 [L2245] estes vus [H]  1_78
                   Dunt venez? ke querez? cum vus dei joe numer?
                   Si venez el païs remaindre u cunquester,L2247 [L2247] el al [O]  1_78L2247 [L2247] om  [H]  1_78
                   Joe vus dei retenir; mien est or le mester,
                   Kar joe sui fiz lo rei ki ad a justisier
         2250  Icest regné u viens, ki large est e plener.'L2250 [L2250] venez kest large [OH]  1_78L2250 [L2250] We should probably correct to Icest regne u venez, cf. OH.1_78
109
                   Horn ot bien ke il dit: del respundre n'est lent,L2251 [L2251] respondi a lui, [O]  li respundi [H]  1_78L2251 [L2251] dit ad dit, [O]  deit [H]  1_78
         2252  Einz li ad respundu mut afaitéément,
                   E en ordre trestut sa demaunde li rent.L2252a [L2252a] om  [O]  E t. en o. [H]  1_78
                   'Qui joe sui? demaundez, sire, primerement,
                   Dunt joe vienc? e que quier? e le nun ki m'apent?L2254 [L2254] om  e que quier [O]  e ke joe quer, [H]  ki a mei a. [O]  1_78
         2255  Jo·l vus dirrai de gré sanz nul desveiëment.L2255 [L2255] de gre trestut, [OH]  deceivement [H]  1_78
                   De Suddene sui niez, un regne mut vaillent;L2256 [L2256] De Sutdene sui nez si ma geste ne ment [H]  1_78L2256 [L2256] niez1_78
                   Fiz sui un vavasur de povre tenement;L2257 [L2257] de dun [H]  1_78L2257 [L2257] dun v. [OH]  1_78
                   Dous escuz od le soen aveit en tensementL2258 [L2258] aveit ot [H]  1_78L2258 [L2258] Treis [O]  1_78L2258 [L2258] In feudal dues he owed the service of two armed men besides himself; cf. F. Can. 3422 De quanz escuz est vostre fiez assis? (How many armed men has your fief to furnish?). Examples of escuz armed men are cited in Tobl. Lom. from Thèbes onwards. For tensement see note on l. 1636; in the variants of l. 2258 insert O censeiment.1_78
                   Quant alout od seignur a nul turneiëment.L2259 [L2259] sun s. [H]  1_78
         2260  D'itiel gent sui venu: povre sunt mi parent.L2260 [L2260] sui io ne [O]  1_78
                   De cel pais vinc ça tut aruteëment.L2261 [L2261] uinc io ca trestut errantement, [O]  uienc ca e trestut erraument [H]  1_78L2261 [L2261] C arutëement (O errantement, H erraument). The verb aroter, formed from the noun rote ( < rupta), which might denote either way broken through, track, road or fragment broken off, group, band, had also a double meaning: either set on the way, start or band together, collect. The adverb arotëement, formed from the past participle of the verb used in the first sense, means without stop, directly, cf. Dolopathos 425 A Thoivre corroit roidemant Tot un jor arouteemant (cited in Tobl. Lom.).1_78
                   Pur servir sui venu, si Deu le me cunsent,L2262 [L2262] i sui [H]  1_78
                   U od vus u od autre ki·m frai retenement.L2263 [L2263] A vus u a altru kin frad, [O]  Ou a vus ou autre ki en fra [H]  1_78L2263 [L2263] ki·mrej  kem1_78 L2263 [L2263] kin frad r. [O]  ki en fra r. [H]  1_78
                   Si sachiez, si joe pus, jo·l ferai leaument:L2264 [L2264] ke iol [OH]  1_78 [f.46b]
         2265  Ne·m purrad nul blasmer par lo mien escient.L2265 [L2265] Ne me deura [H]  1_78L2265 [L2265] Ne·mrej  Nen1_78
                   Gudmod fui apelez a mun baptesmement.L2266 [L2266] sui a. en [OH]  1_78
                   Or vus ai tut rendu vostre demaundement.
                   Si fiz estes le rei a ki cest regne apent,L2268 [L2268] uus [H]  1_78L2268 [L2268] Si estes f. l. r. [OH]  1_78

Page 1_78


                   Dunc remeindrai od vus, si en faites covent.'L2269 [L2269] si od me f. [H]  1_79
         2270  E Egfer quant l'oï grant merciz l[i] en rent.L2270 [L2270] len li, [O]  en [H]  1_79L2270 [L2270] om  E [O]  mult g. [OH]  1_79L2270 [L2270] Correct preferably to [mut] grant merciz l'en rent (cf. OH and note on l. 2765).1_79
110
                   'Vus remeindrez od mei,' dist Egfer, 'beaus amis,L2271 [L2271] amis1_79
                   Dorrai vus bons destriers, beles armes de pris,L2272 [L2272] Uus dorrai bon destrer e bones arme, [H]  D. uus bones armes bons deistres [O]  1_79
                   Bones sabelines, peliçons vers e gris,L2273 [L2273] E trestous sabelins, [O]  Bons mantels sabelins [H]  1_79L2273 [L2273] C Bones sabelines; O E trestons (sic) sabelins; H Bons mantels sabelins. There is no example of the substantival use of sabeline in Gf., but it occurs in Protheselaus 4780 De ben chanue sabeline and Yder 1533 Mantel de purpre . . . Orlé a noire sabeline. The word and the lyric caesura are both modified in O and H.1_79
                   Quant de mei partirez ne serez pus mendis.L2274 [L2274] pus pas [OH]  1_79
         2275  Bien i ert enpleié bon aveir, çoe m'est vis;L2275 [L2275] om  i [OH]  ert en vus plae [H]  1_79
                   Ne vus poet hom doner ke bien ne seit asis.L2276 [L2276] kil ni seit ben a., [O]  tant d. ke ne seit b. a. [H]  1_79
                   Par semblant ke joe vei, si m'aït saint Denis,L2277 [L2277] P. le semlant ke vei en vus [H]  1_79
                   Poez estre engendré de prince u de marchis.'L2278 [L2278] Pussez, [O]  Ben peussez [H]  1_79
                   Dunc respundi [si] Horn: 'Sire, od vus me sui mis;L2279 [L2279] li r., [H]  r. si, [O]  me sui, [H]  remis [OH]  1_79L2279 [L2279] See Introduction, II, § 5 (d) i (å).1_79
         2280  De faire voz cummandz des ore n'ierc tardis.'L2280 [L2280] cummandemenz, [H]  desoremes [OH]  1_79
                   A itant s'en revont par le plein del païsL2281 [L2281] A tant si, [O]  revenent, [H]  les pleins [OH]  1_79
                   A la cité tut dreit u li reis iert, joïs;L2282 [L2282] iois al dis, [O]  as dis [H]  1_79
                   Il vunt a lur osteus halegres e jolifs.L2283 [L2283] uint, [H]  ioius, [H]  ious [O]  1_79L2282 [L2282] See Introduction, II, § 6, p. liii.1_79
                   Egfer meine Gudmod a la mesun Malgis,L2284 [L2284] Malgris [O]  1_79
         2285  Qui sis ostes esteit – si fud nez de Paris.
                   Iloc sunt descendu, si sunt lor cheval pris;
                   Quantque mester esteit tut orent, çoe plevis.
111
                   Gudmod est desarmé; bien semble chevaler:L2288 [L2288] sest desarme, [H]  semla, [H]  semblot [O]  1_79
                   [Mult aveit le cors gent e le visage cler.]L2289 [L2289] M. a. grant le cors e uisage cler [O]  1_79 [f.47a]
         2290  Bien estreit iert vestuz d'un bliaut de cender,L2290 [L2290] Mult ert esteit v., [O]  Ben e. esteit v. blial de c. [H]  1_79L2290 [L2290] cender. Elsewhere in the poem the name of this silken stuff appears in its more usual form cendal, but the variant used here for the sake of rhyme is found, again in rhyme, in F. Can. and two other texts cited in Tobl. Lom. Cf. champer 1789 and Intr.2, p. 34.1_79
                   Kamoisé out le vis de ses armes porter –L2291 [L2291] Chambussez, [O]  Chemisie [H]  1_79
                   Mut en semblout plus beaus, a ki·l plout esgarder.L2292 [L2292] Ben en s. plus kil volt e., [O]  a ki le vot e. [H]  1_79L2292 [L2292] plout esgarder. See Intr.2, p. 88.1_79
                   Mes desfublé remist, kar il n'out qu'afubler.L2293 [L2293] rennest [H]  1_79L2293 [L2293] Desafuble remist [OH]  1_79
                   Quant sis sires le vit, si li fist aporter
         2295  A un soen chamberlenc un mantel ki fu chier,L2295 [L2295] chier cler [O]  1_79

Page 1_79


                   E quant fu afublé vunt al mestre soler,L2296 [L2296] vunt vient [H]  1_80
                   U grant piece devant cornout hom laver.L2297 [L2297] corne hunt, [O]  cornot un [H]  1_80
                   Il puient les degrez, main a main, per a per,L2298 [L2298] ces d., [O]  poierent [H]  1_80
                   Mes cil qui veient Horn ne·l finent d'aviserL2299 [L2299] nel ne, [OH]  desguarder, [O]  del esgarder [H]  1_80
         2300  E demaundent entr'els: 'Ki est cil soudeier?
                   Mut est beaus de semblant, nepurquant semble fier.L2301 [L2301] pur quant si s., [O]  si est f. [H]  1_80
                   Mal me creez s'il n'est tut dur a encuntrer.'L2302 [L2302] Mar me crerez, [O]  Mar me creez si n'est dur [H]  1_80L2302 [L2302] C Mal me crëez; O Mar me crerez; H Mar me crëez. The usual formula is that in O (mar with the future as in l. 986 etc.), but cf. mal le crëez 3586 (H mar). mar is found elsewhere with the imperative, cf. Tobl. Lom. V, 1111, and in this sense it is not infrequently replaced by mal, cf. Tobl. Lom. V, 942-3, also in O. Prov. Alexandre 30, Mal en credreyz nec un de lour.1_80
                   Çoe dist aukun ki·l sout: 'Retenu l'ad Egfer,L2303 [L2303] Dunc dit aucuns ke r. [H]  1_80
                   Cuntre dous ke retint danz Guffiers [des] l'autrier.L2304 [L2304] ceus [H]  1_80L2304 [L2304] Contre co ke, [OH]  des laltrer [O]  1_80
         2305  Mes cist semble meuz pruz e hardi guerreier.L2305 [L2305] parz [O]  1_80L2305 [L2305] plus preuz , [OH]  e meillur gereur [H]  1_80
                   Mes si Egfiers me creit ne·l merra dounneier,
                   Ki ainz par sa beauté suleit trestuz passer:
                   Cil le passe de loing: nuls ne·l poet resembler.'L2308 [L2308] Cist, [H]  Cil le passez de loinz nel peot nul r. [O]  1_80
112
                   Juste lé fiz le rei s'est Gudmod arestez,L2309 [L2309] est G. aresteuz [O]  1_80
         2310  Mes il les passout tuz de cors e de beautez.
                   Deus! taunt fud de plusurs pur sa beauté notez,L2311 [L2311] est, [O]  Doutant fu [H]  1_80
                   K'il passot de grandur tuz qui sunt asemblez.L2312 [L2312] tuz de g. ki la s. a. [H]  1_80
                   Quant reis Gudreche vit ses fiz ki sunt entrez,L2313 [L2313] li reis [H]  1_80L2313 [L2313] Reis1_80 [f.47b]
                   Sempres les ad vers sei am[be]dous acenez,L2314 [L2314] a sei, [O]  ambesdous, [O]  ambedous [H]  1_80L2314 [L2314] Read am[bes]dous.1_80
         2315  E il vindrent a lui tresque·s out apelez.L2315 [L2315] des kis, [O]  tresquil les [H]  1_80
                   Cum il sunt la venuz, si lur est demaundez,L2316 [L2316] est a [H]  1_80L2316 [L2316] E cum [H]  1_80
                   Ki fu cil chevalier ki la iert amenez.L2317 [L2317] fu fust, [H]  ki la fud, [O]  quil la unt [H]  1_80L2317 [L2317] Read chevaler.1_80
                   'Sire,' çoe dist Egfers, 'or seit areisonez.
                   Joe l'ai ui retenu; dirra ses parentezL2319 [L2319] ses sun [H]  1_80
         2320  Si[·l] volez demaunder: bien est enromauncez.'L2320 [L2320] Sil, [O]  Sel [H]  1_80
                   E li reis li ad dit: 'Bien est issi asez.
                   Or le faites venir e ça le m'amenez.L2322 [L2322] om  e [O]  ci uenir deuant moi lamenez [H]  1_80
                   Mes une rien vus di joe dont seiez purgardez,L2323 [L2323] di ke seez, [O]  endi dunt purueu sééz [H]  1_80
                   Si alez donneier k'eove vus ne·l menez,L2324 [L2324] amenez [H]  1_80L2324 [L2324] Se vus, [H]  kod vus nel eez [OH]  1_80L2324 [L2324] menez may be a present subjunctive (cf. O eez), though the form used in l. 2075 is mengez; but it is more probably imperative, with the not uncommon O.F. substitution of the form of direct speech for that of indirect speech.1_80

Page 1_80


         2325  Kar il est de beauté issi enluminez,L2325 [L2325] Kar il Kil [O]  1_81
                   Ke vus la u il iert petit serrez preisez,
                   Ki tuz homes aunceis de beauté passiëz.'L2327 [L2327] par b. [O]  1_81
                   'Pere,' çoe dit Egfer, 'or vus en gaberez.L2328 [L2328] Pere Beaus sires [H]  1_81L2323 [L2323] Cf. K.H., C, ll. 793-8.1_81
                   Nus escoterum bien uos talenz e vos grez.'L2329 [L2329] For uos read vos.1_81
113
         2330  A itant fu Gudmod devant eus apelé.L2330 [L2330] A tant si [O]  1_81
                   Quant vint devant le rei mult bel l'a salué,L2331 [L2331] E kant il v., [H]  bel lad dunc [O]  1_81
                   E li reis fud corteis, bel li ad demaundé,L2332 [L2332] bel Si [H]  1_81
                   Ki il est? dunt il vient? quels est sis parenté?L2333 [L2333] si [H]  1_81L2333 [L2333] queus [H]  1_81L2333 [L2333] si [H]  1_81L2333 [L2333] quels est sen p. [OH]  1_81
                   En apres demaunda cum il iert apelé,L2334 [L2334] esteit numed [OH]  1_81
         2335  E il li respundi, mes neënt tut verté,L2335 [L2335] E il en r., [O]  E cil r., [H]  uerite [OH]  1_81L2335 [L2335] nëent tut verté. All three MSS. have tut, which is presumably used pronominally, not everything truth.1_81
                   Kar il veut ke sun nun seit ilokes celé,L2336 [L2336] ileoc dunc, [O]  seit unkore c. [H]  1_81
                   Dunt il iert coneü en meint divers regné.L2337 [L2337] iertrej  ierc1_81 [f.48a]
                   'Reis, çoe ke demaundez, ne vus iert pas vééd,L2338 [L2338] Duz reis, [O]  ert cele [H]  1_81L2338 [L2338]  For ke read que.1_81
                   Parmi tut çoe ke sui de povre parenté.L2339 [L2339] tut icoe sui [H]  1_81
         2340  De Suddene sui nez, ki est noble regné.L2340 [L2340] r. loed [OH]  1_81
                   Fiz sui un vavasur ki de poi ert chasé,L2341 [L2341] un dun, [OH]  ert cased, [O]  ert chacie [H]  1_81L2341 [L2341] ertrej  est1_81
                   Ki n'ot ke treis escuz od le soen acunté:L2342 [L2342] n'otrej  nad1_81
                   Lëaus hom fu tenu en trestut sun eëd.L2343 [L2343] om  hom [H]  1_81
                   Quant li païs fu pris, par paiens degasté,L2344 [L2344] pris [H]  1_81L2344 [L2344] Quant fud le pais, [OH]  e de p. de marginal addition [H]  1_81
         2345  Il i fu lors ocis od tut l'autre barné.L2345 [L2345] lors dunc; [O]  om  tut [O]  trestut [H]  1_81
                   Joe·n eschapai vallet par la deu volenté.L2346 [L2346] Joe·n Joe [H]  1_81
                   En Bretaigne en alai u me sui purchacié,L2347 [L2347] en men, [H]  om  [O]  1_81
         2348  Ke j'ai armes cunquis e destrier sojorné,
                   U me pus bien fier en bosoing cummencié.L2348a [L2348a] om  [O]  Ou ioe me p. [H]  1_81
                   De vus oï parler e de vostre bunté,
         2350  De vos fiz ke ci vei, ki taunt sunt alosé,L2350 [L2350] E de uos fiz gentilz [OH]  1_81
                   Pur çoe vinc ça servir, se il vus est a gré,L2351 [L2351] seruir uostre nobilited [OH]  1_81
                   E si m'ad retenu de vos fiz li pusné,L2352 [L2352] Or si, [OH]  uostre fiz le p. [H]  1_81

Page 1_81


                   E jo·l servirai bien tut a sa volenté,
                   A trestut mun poeir; ja n'en serai blasmé.L2354 [L2354] Par le men escient, [OH]  om  ia [H]  inserts: Se mun nun sauer vulez sire Rei honure [H]  1_82
         2355  Gudmod fui apelé, la u fui baptizé.L2355 [L2355] G. mapele lum [OH]  1_82
                   Ore avez, rei, oï cum est de mei alé.'L2356 [L2356] de mei est [OH]  1_82L2356 [L2356] Rei1_82
114
                   Rei Gudreche respunt: 'Amis, mut bien estaL2357 [L2357] om  mut [H]  1_82
                   Se mis fiz vus retient: grant honur vus fera,L2358 [L2358] g. h. i vus enfra, [O]  g. h. enfra [H]  1_82
                   E trestute ma curt par vus amendera.L2359 [L2359] par de [OH]  1_82L2359 [L2359] E Kar [OH]  1_82L2357 [L2357] King Gudreche replies: "Friend, fortunate indeed it is if my son takes you into his service; he will show you great honour, and all my court will be the gainer through you". Cf. ll. 2379-80.1_82
         2360  Mes ne crei ke hom povre unkes vus engendra!L2360 [L2360] ne crei unc ke p. vus e., [O]  ke poure home unc ne v. e. [H]  1_82 [f.48b]
                   Bien conois le païs – en Suddene fui ja –L2361 [L2361] conois cun, [O]  conu [H]  1_82
                   E bien conui Aaluf, le bon rei k'ii regna:L2362 [L2362] om  E [H]  ki i [H]  1_82
                   Prist mei a cumpaignun, sun aveir men dona;L2363 [L2363] me d. [OH]  1_82
                   Un fiz petit qu'il out, ilokes me mustra.L2364 [L2364] petit f., [OH]  kil ot repeated [O]  1_82
         2365  Unkes hoem en cest mund autre plus ne sembla,L2365 [L2365] plus autre [H]  1_82
                   Ke vus faites celui ki joe dunkes vi la,L2366 [L2366] ke io vi dunc [O]  1_82
                   Si joe·l tenisse ci, par celi qui·l cria,L2367 [L2367] ci issi [H]  1_82
                   Rendreië lui le bien ke Aalof cummença.'L2368 [L2368] Rendrei, [O]  Rendrai li les bens [H]  1_82
                   'Sire,' çoe dit Gudmod, 'meinte feiz avendra
         2370  K'un povre valletun al riche resembleraL2370 [L2370] al a [H]  1_82L2370 [L2370] vassal, [O]  vallet [H]  1_82
                   Mes de mei e d'iceus parentage n'i a,L2371 [L2371] dices, [O]  ne de eus p. nen na [H]  1_82
                   Dunt parlastes a mei: de noauz m'en esta.L2372 [L2372] men mei [H]  1_82L2372 [L2372] om  od mei second hemistich itted [O]  1_82L2372 [L2372] de noauz m'en esta Worse off am I in that respect (I have no such luck). For the use of de see note on l. 154.1_82
                   Peise mei, bien siet Deus! De mei [seit] k'il vudra!'L2373 [L2373] Peiset mei, [O]  Puis me, [H]  facet deus de mei co kil voldrad [OH]  1_82x [x] with r erased1_82
                   'Amis, mult dites bien; cum il veut, si serra:L2374 [L2374] om  mult [H]  co kil ueolt, [O]  si le fra [H]  1_82
         2375  Si sun pleisir i est tost vus enrichera.L2375 [L2375] om  i [O]  il vus e. [H]  1_82
                   N'iert pas povre del tut ki tiel beauté avra.L2376 [L2376] Nest [O]  1_82L2376 [L2376] He will not be altogether poor; cf. note on l. 4198.1_82
                   E le bien, s'il i est, mut tost i aparra.L2377 [L2377] adds il [H]  1_82L2377 [L2377] Cum vus auez ben eit ki vus honura [OH]  1_82
115
                   'Fiz, alez vus seeir cum faire soliëz.L2378 [L2378] or alez s., [O]  si cum s. [H]  1_82
                   Cest franc home honorez, cum faire le devez.L2379 [L2379] om  le [H]  1_82
         2380  Bien iert enpleiéé l'onur ke li ferez.L2380 [L2380] lonur honur [O]  1_82

Page 1_82


                   Ne crerrai en nul sen ke de bons ne seit nez.'L2381 [L2381] en a [H]  1_83
                   'Sire,' funt li enfant, 'si seit cum comandez.'
                   A itaunt sunt asis, cum il furent lavez,L2383 [L2383] furent ont [O]  1_83L2383 [L2383] alis, [O]  pus quil [OH]  1_83
                   E cist fu entr'els dous gentement apelez,L2384 [L2384] om  E [O]  Asis fu entre eus e g. a. [H]  1_83 [f.49a]
         2385  Cum lur fu covenant e del rei devisez.L2385 [L2385] bon Rei [O]  1_83L2385 [L2385] Cum il [H]  1_83L2385 [L2385] bon Rei [O]  1_83L2385 [L2385] E cum esteit des einz del Rei d. [OH]  1_83
                   Pus entrent el paleis, poiant par les degrez,L2386 [L2386] Entritant entre al paleis p. p. ces d., [O]  Atant entre el p. poignant p. les d. [H]  1_83
                   La reïne Gudborc od muz de ses privez,
                   Ses dous filles od sei u mut out granz beautez.L2388 [L2388] od lui, [OH]  que mult unt, [O]  kunt mut [H]  1_83
                   L'einz nee ot nun Lenburc e aveit taunz buntezL2389 [L2389] ot od, [H]  od tantes buntez, [O]  e ot tant buntez [H]  1_83
         2390  Ne purreient par mei ja estrë anumbrez;L2390 [L2390] ia [O]  1_83L2390 [L2390] Que ne purunt pur mei e. a. [OH]  1_83
                   La joindre ot nun Sudburc, ki esteit sage asez.L2391 [L2391] With this line this portion of the Oxford MS. ends abruptly, leaving the rest of the column blank. All subsequent variants down to l. 4234 are from H.1_83L2391 [L2391] La joindre ot, [O]  La pusnee auoit. [H]  1_83
                   Il s'aseënt al deis pur manger les deintez.L2392 [L2392] Eles sasent ades pur m. d. [H]  1_83L2392 [L2392] Il, Els 1_83
                   Pus ke li primer mes devant eus fud portez,L2393 [L2393] fud d. eus aportez [H]  1_83
                   Si fu mut de Lenburc danz Gudmod esgardez.L2394 [L2394] de Lenburc dan G. regarde [H]  1_83
         2395  Ele apele un vallet, si li dit: 'Ça venez!L2395 [L2395] om  li [H]  1_83
                   Beaus amis, par amur mun message ferez,
                   E ioe vus en rendrai e merciz e bons grez.'L2397 [L2397] sauerei mercis e mut [H]  1_83L2397 [L2397] For ioe read joe.1_83
                   'Dame,' dist li vallet, 'si seit cum devisez.'L2398 [L2398] ci ert cum uus cummandez. New laisse begun with l. 2400. [H]  1_83
116
         2399  'Ceste cupe pernez, ki est d'or affricaunt,
                   De l'oevre Salemun, fiz David le pussant;L2399a [L2399a] om  [H]  1_83
         2400  Portez al chevaler ke joe la vei devantL2400 [L2400] Portez Porter; [H]  ioe uei la [H]  1_83
                   Od mes freres sëeir: gentilz est par semblaunt.L2401 [L2401] mut gentil par s. [H]  1_83L2401 [L2401] transposed [H]  1_83
                   Dites li ke j'en bui la meitié or devant;L2402 [L2402] ioe beu la m. d. [H]  1_83
                   Or beive le surplus, par itiel covenant
                   La cupe ait a sun oes, si seit mun bienvoillant:L2404 [L2404] Ka sun oes ait la cupe [H]  1_83
         2405  Par itaunt si m'en iert des or mes conoissaunt.L2405 [L2405] The present participle conoissaunt may be here used passively in the sense of known (cf. V.B. I3, 40); or it may be used substantivally in the sense of acquaintance, friend which it acquired in the later twelfth century (cf. V.B. II2, 80; but all Tobler's examples are in the plural). In the latter case, the nominative singular of the possessive adjective, usually spelt mis (cf. Intr.2, p. 50), has been taken by the scribes to be part of the locution des or mes.1_83
                   Si me mand cum ad nun e quei il vient querant,L2406 [L2406] quil a nun quei il vienge ci q. [H]  1_83

Page 1_83


                   E quel est sun païs, qui sunt si partenant.L2407 [L2407] e ki sut sun p. [H]  1_84 [f.49b]
                   Çoe ke il respundra me seëz nuncïant.'L2408 [L2408] si me s. [H]  1_84
                   'Bele,' dit li vallez, 'bien frai vostre comant.'
         2410  Prent la cupe, si·n vait cele part tut errant.L2410 [L2410] si sen vait; [H]  om  tut [H]  1_84
                   Primes le salua de Deu, le tut poaunt.L2411 [L2411] de pardeu tut puissant [H]  1_84L2411 [L2411] lerej  la1_84
                   'Sire, joe vienc a vus un message fesaunt.
                   Lenburc, fille le rei, od le cors avenaunt,L2413 [L2413] la fille [H]  1_84
                   Vus maunde cent saluz del Deu hautisme grant.L2414 [L2414] de deu altisme le g. [H]  1_84
         2415  Par mei vus enveië cest vessel d'or luisant.L2415 [L2415] E par moi uus enveit c. v. dor luisant [H]  1_84
                   Ele en but la meitié: bevez le remanauntL2416 [L2416] om  en [H]  1_84
                   Par tiel covent, sire, cum joe vus ierc disaunt:L2417 [L2417] P. t. fer sire cher [H]  1_84
117
                   'Pur s'amur vus requiert ke vus bevez le vin.
                   A vostre oes retendrez le vessel d[ë] or fin,L2419 [L2419] r. pus [H]  1_84
         2420  Dunt bevrez, si vus plest, al seir u al matin.L2420 [L2420] om  and entered in margin D. beure pussez al s. ou al m. [H]  1_84
                   Par itaunt l'amerez, si·n iert l'amur plus fin:L2421 [L2421] sin si [H]  1_84
                   Sovendra vus de li quant irrez le chemin.
                   Maundez li vostre nun e quel est vostre lin,
                   E pur quei venistes en cest utre marin.'
         2425  E quant Gudmod l'oï, si respundi eissin:
                   'As tu, beau vallet[un], escrit en parchemin?L2426 [L2426] vallet [H]  1_84
                   Meuz ne deist sa leçun nul clerc, sage devin.L2427 [L2427] M. ne dit sa l. clerc s. ne d. [H]  1_84
                   A la danzele di, ki le vis ad rosin,L2428 [L2428] Dites a la dancele ke [H]  1_84
                   Ke le vin bevrai bien, mes ne sui [si] frarinL2429 [L2429] Ke ioe le v. b. mes ne fui frarin sin [H]  1_84
         2430  Ke d'or coveit hanap; meuz vuil un mazelinL2430 [L2430] Ke ioe prenge sun h. m. eime [H]  1_84
                   A mun oes, u mut mieuz un de sap u de pin. [f.50a]
118
                   'Trop se hastë, amis, d'enveier mei tel dun,L2432 [L2432] Trop se haste amis denueer moi teu dun [H]  1_84
                   Tel cupe, d'itiel pris, de l'oevre Salemun.L2433 [L2433] de tel p. e. [H]  1_84
                   E joe sui aventiz d[ë] autre regïun,L2434 [L2434] Kar ke sui a. e [H]  1_84
         2435  N'el ne siet ki joe sui, si joe vail un butun.L2435 [L2435] ne si ioe uaille [H]  1_84

Page 1_84


                   Ki doned a malveis sun or e sun mangun,L2436 [L2436] Ki dune sun as m. sun or ou [H]  1_85
                   Mut s'e[n] deit repentir, si m'aït saint Simun.L2437 [L2437] si issi [H]  1_85L2437 [L2437] Mut sen [H]  1_85
                   Ore atendë itaunt k'ele en ait la raisun,
                   Si joe sui bons u el; dunc en face sun bun;L2439 [L2439] ou els; [H]  dunc face sun dun [H]  1_85
         2440  Solunc çoe que ci ierc, doinst mei pus livreisun.L2440 [L2440] ke ioe sui doint moi l. [H]  1_85
                   Si li dirras içoe, ke Gudmod ai a nun;L2441 [L2441] Si li d. estre coe; [H]  ai nun [H]  1_85
                   En Suddene fui niez, k'or tienent Esclavon.L2442 [L2442] eschaiun [H]  1_85
                   Fiz sui d'un vavasur: tiel est ma nacïun.L2443 [L2443] Fiz fu [H]  1_85
                   Encor dirras, ami, tut un autre sermun:
         2445  Ne pris pas feu d'estreim, tost fet defectïun,
                   Mut tost est alumé e tost fet orbeisun.
                   Si est de fol amur quant ne vient par raisun.'L2447 [L2447] Si Issi [H]  1_85
119
                   Guidhere s'en turne, la parole ad oïe –L2448 [L2448] gUdereche [H]  1_85
                   Si out nun li vallez, fiz le rei d'Orkanie,
         2450  Si serveit pur Lemburc qu'i deveit estre amie –L2450 [L2450] Si Cist; [H]  ki deust estre samie [H]  1_85L2450 [L2450] His sweetheart that was to be.1_85
         2451  Ne pur quant ne lerrad ke les moz ne li die.
                   A la pucele vient, ki face out colurie,L2451a [L2451a] om  [H]  1_85
                   E les moz li cunta, ke ne li ceile mie.L2452 [L2452] Les moz tuz li cunte unc ne cela mie [H]  1_85
                   Cele s'en vergunda, ke tote en est rovie.L2453 [L2453] E ele se v. [H]  1_85
                   'Mut fet bien,' dist icele, 'ki par sei se chastie.L2454 [L2454] dit ele [H]  1_85 [f.50b]
         2455  Trop me hastai orainz, mes or sui repentie.L2455 [L2455] tart me sui r. [H]  1_85
                   Ne·l fis par malvaisté; fous est ki içoe quie.'L2456 [L2456] Nel f. pas p. [H]  1_85
                   Pus pensë en sun quoer e le manger ublie,
                   Kar amur la destreint, ki mut l'ad acoillie.L2458 [L2458] ke lad fort a. [H]  1_85
                   En sun pensé ad dit: 'Deus! fiz sainte Marie,L2459 [L2459] En sun quer pense e dit deu le f. [H]  1_85
         2460  Cum ainz fu devisé en la lei Moysie,L2459 [L2459] God, son of St. Mary, as was foreordained (earlier planned) in the Old Testament . . ..1_85
                   U nasqui itiel home? est il d'iceste vieL2461 [L2461] U Oi [H]  1_85
                   U est chose faéé, ki seit en tiel baillie?L2462 [L2462] deus kar fusse samie [H]  1_85
                   Si ne l'ai, dunc sai bien, ma joië est fenie.L2463 [L2463] Si nel . dunc ben sai ke [H]  1_85
                   Deus! si autre pur li estreit si abosmieL2464 [L2464] Deus Merueille; [H]  sereit si esbornie [H]  1_85
         2465  Cum joe sui! kar amur me destreint e [me] lie.L2465 [L2465] samur me d. e lie [H]  1_85L2464 [L2464] The si-clause with the conditional estreit (H sereit) must be an indirect question, and we should probably correct to Merveil s'autre . . . I wonder whether . . .; cf. H Merveille and Critical Note on l. 974.1_85
                   Ne larrai pur itaunt ne face autre asaillie.'L2466 [L2466] ke n f. a. saillie [H]  1_85

Page 1_85


                   Sa mere s'aparceit ke ele est enpalieL2467 [L2467] lapparceit kelest tote palie [H]  1_86
                   E siet ke c'est amur ki la tuchë e frie.
                   Si li dit soavet qu'ele laist sa folie.L2469 [L2469] soavet sovent [H]  1_86
         2470  Mes ele l'en aime plus; ne dute sa mestrie.L2470 [L2470] ele leime plus kele ne [H]  1_86
120
                   Quant li reis out mangé les tables funt oster,L2471 [L2471] e la nape fu cuillie [H]  1_86
                   Vont s'en a lur ostels e cunte e chevalier,L2472 [L2472] om  sen [H]  tote la chevalerie [H]  1_86
                   E dan Gudmod ne vout iloc plus demurer.
                   A sun ostel s'en vait u se vout reposer.L2474 [L2474] The laisse begins with this line. kar il se veut [H]  1_86
         2475  La reïne se fait en ses chambres mener,L2475 [L2475] sa chambre [H]  1_86
                   Mes sa fille Lenburc ne fina de penser.L2476 [L2476] fine [H]  1_86
                   Ele apelë a sei un sun vallet cursier,L2477 [L2477] E. apela a sei sun v. coroser [H]  1_86
                   Si li dit: 'Tu seras, ami, mun messagier. [f.51a]
                   Va al ostel Egfer e di al soldeierL2479 [L2479] a bel s. [H]  1_86
         2480  – Iloc le troveras, celui qu'il retint ier –L2480 [L2480] Ke tu la t. [H]  1_86
                   Ke il viengë a mei en mes chambres parler.L2481 [L2481] ma chambre [H]  1_86
                   Si tu·l poez amener, si·n avras bon loier.L2482 [L2482] Si le poez [H]  1_86
                   A cheval te metrai, si t'avrai tuz tens chier.L2483 [L2483] tuz iurz [H]  1_86
                   Di lui qu'a sun pleisir del mien face porter,L2484 [L2484] De li ke sun pleisir face tel aporter [H]  1_86
         2485  Kar joe ai beaus aveirs dunt jo·l pus avancer,L2485 [L2485] K% iai bons auers dunt iel pusse a. [H]  1_86
                   Destriers e palefreiz, bones armes d'acier
                   E argent muneié, vessele dë or cler,L2487 [L2487] E moneie dargent [H]  1_86
                   E bons dras a plenté, k'en ait a remuer.
                   Asez prenge del mien ke s'en puissë aider,L2489 [L2489] peusse honurer [H]  1_86
         2490  Kar en tuz lius est chiers cil ki ad que doner.'L2490 [L2490] om  Kar [H]  1_86
                   'Dame,' dit li vallet, 'ne vus estoet preier,L2491 [L2491] nen nestoit mut p. [H]  1_86
                   Ke ne face mut bien ke voldrez cummaunder.'
121
                   Or s'en vet li vallet la u Gudmod truva
                   E de la part Lemburc primes le salua:L2494 [L2494] de par l. [H]  1_86
         2495  Pus li dit mot pur mot quant k'ele li maunda.L2495 [L2495] om  pur mot [H]  1_86
                   'Ma daunzele vus dit ses aveirs vus durra.
                   Rien que voldrez del soen ja mes ne vus faudra,L2497 [L2497] Quei ken vodret del soen ia ne vus veiera [H]  1_86

Page 1_86


                   Palefreiz e destriers e armes kë ele ad;L2498 [L2498] ne bons armes [H]  1_87
                   D'or quit e de deniers bien vus enrichera.L2499 [L2499] bien trop [H]  1_87
         2500  Pur çoe ke vus l'amez ele vus amera.'L2500 [L2500] Par issi ke vus lamez e ele [H]  1_87
                   'Beaus amis,' dit Gudmod, ki trestut escuta,L2501 [L2501] kant escuta [H]  1_87
                   'De quant ke dit i avez rien n'i espleitera.L2502 [L2502] vus dit auez [H]  1_87 [f.51b]
                   Ben li purrez nuncier ke pur çoe ne vinc ça.L2503 [L2503] B. li poez nunc […] ne vinc ca [H]  1_87
                   Ne m'enseigna issi ki primes m'afeita.
         2505  Or atendë anceis e de mei si orra
                   Qui joe sui, ke joe vail, si bien enpleieraL2506 [L2506] Ke ioe [H]  1_87
                   Les duns qu'ele pramet par vus qu'ele enveia.L2507 [L2507] menvea [H]  1_87
                   Taunt purra oir de mei k'el s'en repentira,L2508 [L2508] kele se r. [H]  1_87L2508 [L2508] See section on Versification in the Introduction to Volume II.1_87
                   Kar si joe sui malveis mut li ennuieraL2509 [L2509] pur fole se tendra [H]  1_87
         2510  Si unkes del soen oi ne qu'a mei s'acointa.'L2510 [L2510] Si ioi unkes del s. ou [H]  1_87
                   Or s'en va li vallet, a sa dame mustraL2511 [L2511] e a sa d. [H]  1_87
                   Quant ke il li ad dit, kë [il] rien n'i fera.L2512 [L2512] Ke kanke li ot dit il rien nen fra [H]  1_87
122
                   Quant Lenburc ot les moz mut en fu adulééL2513 [L2513] ot oi; [H]  m. f. endolee [H]  1_87
                   Kar l'amur de Gudmod l'ad forment enlasséé.L2514 [L2514] del amur G. forment fu e. [H]  1_87
         2515  Ne s'en poet desoster, taunt en est eschauféé.L2515 [L2515] est fu [H]  1_87L2515 [L2515] Ne se pot [H]  1_87L2515 [L2515] desoster extricate; a nonce-word, cf. desoschier 1148.1_87
                   La nut ne poet dormir ne seir ne matinéé
                   E quant ele le veit si·n est si esfrëee,L2517 [L2517] veit vit; [H]  effréé [H]  1_87L2517 [L2517] esfrëeerej  esfreeie1_87
                   Ke rien ke l'em li face ne li plest ne n'agréé.L2518 [L2518] ne li p. nagree [H]  1_87
                   Deus! en tauntes guises s'est ele purpensééL2519 [L2519] om  ele [H]  1_87
         2520  D'aveir l'amur de lui: ne fud pas escutéé.L2520 [L2520] meis ne fu e. [H]  1_87
                   Sa mere par paroles l'ad sovent chastiééL2521 [L2521] Sa m. la s. par p. c. [H]  1_87
                   E en mutes manieres durement manacéé,L2522 [L2522] E en meinte manere [H]  1_87
                   Mes cum plus l'en dit l'em [e] plus en est desvéé:L2523 [L2523] li dit len est plus deuee [H]  1_87
                   D'aveir l'amur de lui ne poet estre turnéé.L2524 [L2524] ne nen [H]  1_87
         2525  Dan Gudmod le siet bien mes ne l'en est ovéé.L2525 [L2525] nel est [H]  1_87
                   Tut cel an ad esté si la reäl mesnééL2526 [L2526] ad tut si le r. m. [H]  1_87L2526 [L2526] la le1_87 [f.52a]
                   Qu'il ne vunt a turnei n'a autre chevauchééL2527 [L2527] ne ne funt c. [H]  1_87

Page 1_87


                   Dunt el seit ore en pris u en seit aloséé.L2528 [L2528] ele seit en pries ou ele s. a. [H]  1_88
                   Or sacez veirement tiel vie ad ennuiééL2529 [L2529] ke tel uia e. [H]  1_88
         2530  A Gudmod le vaillant od chierë honuréé,
                   Kar li reis sa guerre ot par tut apaééL2531 [L2531] ot par tut s. g. a. [H]  1_88L2531 [L2531] sa guerre ot par tut a.1_88
                   E la triwe prise out qui trop aveit duréé.L2532 [L2532] E la trewe auoit prise ke mut [H]  1_88L2529 [L2529] ennuiee, duree. See Intr.2, p. 91.1_88
123
                   En rivere e en bois se delitent en tauntL2533 [L2533] delitoent tant [H]  1_88
                   La mesnéé le rei, ki mut est sujornant;L2534 [L2534] ki sunt s. [H]  1_88
         2535  Mes en tuz les deduiz les fu Gudmod passanz,L2535 [L2535] ces d. G. les fu p. [H]  1_88
                   Kar n'out nul el païs qui d'içoe seüst taunt.L2536 [L2536] Kar ni ot el p. [H]  1_88
                   S'om li baille fol chien, il l'iert si afaitauntL2537 [L2537] om  [H]  1_88
                   Qu'en mut petit de tens ne fust nul meuz corant;L2538 [L2538] ne f. le meuz [H]  1_88
                   Autresi des oiseaus qu'il feseit bien volant,L2539 [L2539] kil les feseit [H]  1_88L2539 [L2539] feseitrej  faseit1_88
         2540  Ke de tuz lur meillors nul n'espleitast [i]taunt,L2540 [L2540] nespleita [H]  1_88
                   Ne il ja pur içoe ne s'est de plus preisaunt.L2541 [L2541] ne se fist preisant [H]  1_88
                   Quant tuit si cumpaignun lur fait erent cuntant,
                   Il se sëeit en pes; ja ne fust mot sunaunt,L2543 [L2543] se set en peis la ne fu [H]  1_88
                   Cumme s'il ne seüst d'itiel fait taunt ne quant,
         2545  Ke tuit cil de la curt s'en ierent merveillant
                   E diseient entr'aus ke mut iert abstinant,L2546 [L2546] erent astenant [H]  1_88
                   Ki les passout trestuz e s'en iert si celaunt.L2547 [L2547] Kil [H]  1_88
                   Mut le preisoënt tuit, si·n erent bien disaunt.L2548 [L2548] De mieuz le p. tuz sen erent [H]  1_88
                   Treis aunz ot ja passé, que onc ne fist semblant
         2550  De rien ke onc seüst, plus ke il fust enfaunt.L2550 [L2550] De nule rien quil seust [H]  1_88 [f.52b]
                   S'om joast as esches ja ne[n] i fust joaunt,L2551 [L2551] ia nen fist enseinant [H]  1_88
                   De tables ensement, ke nen oust mal voillant:L2552 [L2552] E de t. e. quil nust [H]  1_88
                   Si n'aveit el païs ki en seüst itaunt.
                   Taunt qu'avint a un jor – cum vus ierc recuntant –L2554 [L2554] Tant kunt; [H]  cuntant [H]  1_88L2554 [L2554] Si ni auoit el p. nul de li meuz iuant [H]  1_88
         2555  Ke li reis tint grant curt, kar la feste fu grant.L2555 [L2555] fu ert [H]  1_88
         2556  Tuit i sunt asemblé ki de lui sunt tenaunt,
                   Pur esforcier la curt kar çoe iert avenaunt.L2556a [L2556a] om  [H]  1_88

Page 1_88


124
                   Pentecuste iert le jor dunt m'e[n] oëz parler.L2557 [L2557] om  Initial capital letter itted [H]  1_89
                   La messe oï li reis al principal muster:L2558 [L2558] muster principer [H]  1_89
                   Dite l'out hautement l'arcevesque Markier.L2559 [L2559] Chante lot; [H]  marcher [H]  1_89
         2560  Pus s'en vont al palais, asis sunt al manger,L2560 [L2560] al p. el p. [H]  1_89
                   Mut i sunt bien servi de servise plenierL2561 [L2561] Mut sunt [H]  1_89
                   Par tut cummunement, k'om n'i sout qu'amender.L2562 [L2562] ni ne [H]  1_89L2562 [L2562] si c. [H]  1_89
                   Quant asez ont mangé les tables funt oster;L2563 [L2563] funt les t. [H]  1_89
                   De piment, de claré servent cil buteiller;
         2565  A ces qui beivre voelent asez funt aporter;L2565 [L2565] A celi ke b. en uot asez en f. a. [H]  1_89
                   Quant asez ont beü, vunt sei esbaneier.
                   En la curt vont juer cil liger bacheler,L2567 [L2567] Read cort.1_89
                   Ki launce i vout launcer, ki pierre i vout jeter:L2568 [L2568] ki la pere ieter [H]  1_89
                   Ilokes se purra, ki fort est, esprover.L2569 [L2569] Iloek ben se p. [H]  1_89
         2570  Mut se peinent forment de trestut essaier,L2570 [L2570] par trestut de e. [H]  1_89
                   Ki de force purra les autres surmunter.
                   Amdui li fiz le rei al dedut vont ester,
                   E li reis i alad pur le giu esgarder, [f.53a]
                   E la reïne od aus ses filles fait menerL2574 [L2574] E la Reine ausint ses dous f. f. amener [H]  1_89
         2575  Pur vëeir le dedut, ki s'en purra vaunter.L2575 [L2575] P. v. ki del iu mieuz se pura auanter [H]  1_89
                   A taunt sailli avant, desfublé, dan Egfier,
                   Li pusnez fiz le rei, qui se veut aloser.L2577 [L2577] se fait a. [H]  1_89
                   Tuz ceus qui i jetoent passë il al premierL2578 [L2578] Tuz iceus ki iete unt passa [H]  1_89
                   De treis piez mesurez, cum l'oï recunter.
125
         2580  Pieç'ad dire l'oï: 'Ja ne murra envie.'L2580 [L2580] Tuz iurs dire loi ke [H]  1_89
                   Li vassaus dunt vus dis ne se pot tenir mie,L2581 [L2581] Li forz dunt ioe uus di [H]  1_89
                   – Ke Guffiers des l'autrier prist en avoërie –L2582 [L2582] desaltrier [H]  1_89L2582 [L2582] des l'autrier. It was now three years (l. 2549) since Horn had entered the service of Egfer, and the knight (Eglaf) was then already in the service of Guffier (ll. 2214 ff.); so unless l'autrier is used very loosely to signify previously, formerly, Thomas would seem to be guilty of a discrepancy.1_89
                   Qu'il ne saillist avant e sun mantel deslie;
                   Pus si prent la pierre, e jete d'itiel baillieL2584 [L2584] Puis la pere prist a li ieta de tel b. [H]  1_89
         2585  Ke cinc piez, al premier, devant trestuz la guie.
                   Deus! taunt en fud loé de la bachelerieL2586 [L2586] Deus! taunt Doutant [H]  1_89
                   Del grant jet qu'ot jeté par force e par mestrie,L2587 [L2587] Del cop quil ot [H]  1_89
                   Mes la reïne en est od ses filles marrieL2588 [L2588] Mes la R. od ses f. en est mut m. [H]  1_89

Page 1_89


                   Pur sun fiz k'iert vencu, dunt il funt gaberie.L2589 [L2589] ki fu vencu dunt fu g. [H]  1_90L2589 [L2589] transposed [H]  1_90
         2590  Tiel maltalent en ad que tute en est palie,L2590 [L2590] en a eu ke tote enpalie [H]  1_90
                   E Lemburc ensement de dolur est rovie;
                   Mes li reis, ki sage est, n'en dorreit une fie,L2592 [L2592] fie. See note on l. 1868 and Intr.1, p. xxxix.1_90
                   Ki tels gius ad sovent bien veü en sa vie.L2593 [L2593] om  bien [H]  1_90
                   Eglaf out nun li forz, ki·n fait grant gorgerieL2594 [L2594] kin ki [H]  1_90L2594 [L2594] Eglof avoit [H]  1_90
         2595  E mut s'e[n] vet vauntant par grant sorquiderie.L2595 [L2595] se sen [H]  1_90
                   Gudmod veit sun seignur, ke chere fet murnieL2596 [L2596] For ke read ki.1_90
                   D'icel grant vauntement par itiel lecherie,L2597 [L2597] Pur cel [H]  1_90 [f.53b]
                   Or jetast volentiers pur veintre l'estutie
                   Ke cil vet demenant, si i est ki l'en prie.L2599 [L2599] Ke eglaf uait menant se set ke li coe die [H]  1_90
126
         2600  Egfer veit ke Eglaf se vet [is]si vauntant;L2600 [L2600] om  Initial letter issi se ueit u. [H]  1_90L2600 [L2600] Read vauntaunt.1_90
                   Mut en est en sun quoer coroçus e dulaunt,L2601 [L2601] coruce [H]  1_90
                   Si·n vet dreit a Gudmod sun chevaler vaillant,L2602 [L2602] Read Gudmot.1_90
                   Si li dit: 'Beaus amis, pur quei n'estes venjantL2603 [L2603] estes1_90
                   La hunte ke m'ad fet cist vassaus surquidaunt.L2604 [L2604] cil v. [H]  1_90L2604 [L2604] Substitute a question mark for the full stop after surquidaunt.1_90
         2605  De quantque tu comences bien estes definant,L2605 [L2605] vus comencez [H]  1_90L2605 [L2605] C De quantque tu comences (H De kanke vus comencez) bien estes definant. Correct to Quantque vus comencez. In the periphrasis estre + present participle the direct object is normally retained (cf. Intr.2, p. 89); and Egfer elsewhere addresses Gudmod in the second person plural (for ll. 2250, 2606 see notes). The initial De has no doubt been carried in from the De quantque of l. 2607; the tu comences of C may be due to a subsequent attempt to correct the metre.1_90
                   Or me venge d'icest! bien t'eierc guerredonantL2606 [L2606] vengez de cesti ben lerc guerdonant [H]  1_90L2606 [L2606] We should probably correct to vengez and l'ierc, cf. H.1_90
                   De quantque vus plarra tut a vostre gräaunt.L2607 [L2607] trestut [H]  1_90
                   Bien sai ke lu veintrez, si l'estes cummençaunt.'L2608 [L2608] kel v. [H]  1_90
                   'Sire,' çoe dist Gudmod, 'ne fui pas costumantL2609 [L2609] om  coe fu unkes [H]  1_90
         2610  D'itiel geu enveisier la dunt sui ça venant,L2610 [L2610] De tel ieu iuer ci, dunt sui [H]  1_90L2609 [L2609] I was not accustomed to amuse myself with such a game. For the double function of de see note on ll. 1177-8.1_90
                   E parmi tut içoe sui al vostre comantL2611 [L2611] Parmi trestut icoe frai tut [H]  1_90
                   Al meuz ke joe purrai, kar çoe iert avenantL2612 [L2612] kar ke [H]  1_90
                   Ke joe face pur vus sulunc que sui puissant.'L2613 [L2613] selunc coe ke [H]  1_90
                   Or s'en vet al estal u einz furent estauntL2614 [L2614] a estal; [H]  erent [H]  1_90
         2615  Li autre jeteür qui jeterent devant,L2615 [L2615] avant [H]  1_90
         2616  E la pierre li fud aportéé a itant.L2616 [L2616] portee [H]  1_90L2616 [L2616] Read itaunt.1_90
         2617  K'eele pesaunte fust, n'en fist unkes semblant,L2617 [L2617] expanded as follows: Godmod la recut mes unc nen fist semlant Kele pesante fust le vaillant dun gant [H]  1_90
                   L2618 [L2618] See Introduction, II, § 5 (b), p. xxxvi.1_90
                   Unc pur çoe sun mantel n'en fu desafublant.L2619 [L2619] n'en ne [H]  1_90

Page 1_90


         2620  Il l'enpeinst un petit e cele fu volauntL2620 [L2620] Il lenpoint [H]  1_91
                   Trestut dreit en cel cop u Eglaf fud jetant.
127
                   Quant Eglaf vit le jet ke Gudmod out jeté [f.54a]
                   E il ot ke il est par les rencs mut loé,L2623 [L2623] rencs regs [H]  1_91L2623 [L2623] quil fu [H]  1_91
                   Çoe saciez ke li fu en sun quoer mult iré.L2624 [L2624] coruce [H]  1_91L2624 [L2624] For li read il.1_91
         2625  La pierre dunc reprist, si s'est mut esforcé
                   Qu'il la jeta avant plein pie mesuré.L2626 [L2626] de p. p. [H]  1_91
                   Ne se tint, ainz se rest mut durement vanté;L2627 [L2627] sest d. revante [H]  1_91
                   E Gudmod fud en pes: un mot n'i ad suné.L2628 [L2628] kunc mot ne sone [H]  1_91
                   Deu! cum fud tutes parz lores reproiéL2629 [L2629] Deu cum fu de tute parz lors reprie [H]  1_91
         2630  Qu'il encore asaiast de veintre cel malfé!
                   E sis sires en est envers li acliné.L2631 [L2631] len a mut grant merci crie [H]  1_91
                   Quant entent lur desir, si fet lur volenté,L2632 [L2632] Ne lur vot deveer einz f. [H]  1_91
                   Si rejeta al cop u cil iert avauncié.L2633 [L2633] cil sis [H]  1_91
                   Mes idunc fud Eglaf en sun quoer adulé,L2634 [L2634] om  Mes [H]  1_91
         2635  Tut i mist sun esforz quant il ad rejeté:L2635 [L2635] Tut ifu sis esforz al geter mustre [H]  1_91
                   Par itaunt si jeta avant bien demi pié,L2636 [L2636] ben avant [H]  1_91
                   Mes taunt siwi sun cop qu'il est ajonoillié.L2637 [L2637] Mais il s. t. s. c. kas genoilz sa basse [H]  1_91
                   Or se crement trestuit ke Gudmod l'eit lessé,L2638 [L2638] om  se [H]  1_91
                   Qu'il ne voille jeter, mes el ad en pensé.L2639 [L2639] pur le cop del fae [H]  1_91
         2640  E sis sires le veit, forment l'ad cunjuréL2640 [L2640] Kant si sires le uit ? si la c. [H]  1_91
                   Qu'il li facë honur, si cum l'ad cummencié.L2641 [L2641] cum il lad [H]  1_91
128
                   'Dan Gudmod,' fait li il, 'or entendez a mei!L2642 [L2642] om  li [H]  1_91
                   D'ambesdous vus cunjur e l'amur e la feiL2643 [L2643] De dous parz v. c. lamur e la foi [H]  1_91
                   Ke vus cele devez, ki belë est, çoe crei,L2644 [L2644] Ke deuez a cele ke [H]  1_91
         2645  E l'anel vus duna ke vus portez el dei –L2645 [L2645] el al [H]  1_91
                   Mut sovent l'esgardez, si l'amez bien, le vei –L2646 [L2646] vei crei [H]  1_91 [f.54b]
                   Si la pussiez nomer en besoig de turnei,
                   Cum vus vengerez bien, l'orguil e [le] buffeiL2648 [L2648] me v. del o. e del bufflei [H]  1_91

Page 1_91


                   Ke m'ad fait cil vassal par sun maigne desrei,L2649 [L2649] maigne meisme [H]  1_92
         2650  Kar bien sai, si vulez, ke m'en frez bon agrei.L2650 [L2650] Kar ioe sai ben si uus v. ke me [H]  1_92L2650 [L2650] The word agrei, ordinarily denoting armour, harness, equipment, and apparently more especially defensive equipment, seems here to be extended to signify defence, support.1_92
                   Bon gré vus en savra[i] e mis peres, li rei,L2651 [L2651] uus sauera mun pere nostre Rei [H]  1_92
                   E ma mere cent taunt, ki·n est trop en esfrei.'L2652 [L2652] cent itant ken trop en e. [H]  1_92
                   Dan Gudmod, quant l'oï, si s'est tenu tut quei,L2653 [L2653] si se tient [H]  1_92
                   Mes que taunt respundi: 'Sire, faire le dei,
         2655  Ke que cummander volez; çoe est dreit e est lei.L2655 [L2655] Ke c. uodrez cest d. e cest lei [H]  1_92L2655 [L2655] C Ke que . . . volez, H Ke . . . vodrez. In C, que appears to be intercalated from the adjacent lines.1_92
                   Quant ke faire purrai ne remeindra en mei.'
                   Pur la pierre porter i corent plus de trei.L2657 [L2657] curunt plus ke [H]  1_92L2657 [L2657] plus de trei. See Intr.2, p. 78.1_92
                   E Gudmod la jeta par issi grant nobleiL2658 [L2658] issi si [H]  1_92
                   Ke de set piez passa Eggalf de mareschei.L2659 [L2659] eglaf le makerei [H]  1_92L2658 [L2658] And Gudmod cast it with such vigour that it overshot Eglaf's throw by some seven feet of level ground (?). The word mareschei is used in its ordinary acceptation marshland in l. 504, but this sense is inappropriate here since, according to l. 2567, the games were held in the courtyard of the royal residence. In the variant version of H, Eglaf le makerei, we have apparently a metrically modified form of maquerel, an abusive epithet attested only in the thirteenth century.1_92
129
         2660  Deu! quel cri i out fait quant Eggals fu vencuz!
                   Des dous filles le rei fud loenges renduzL2661 [L2661] furent loenges [H]  1_92
                   A Deu haltisme grant, ki pur nus fet vertuz.L2662 [L2662] le grant [H]  1_92
                   Eggeals vet a l'ostel, tut teisanz e tut muz,L2663 [L2663] Eglaf; [H]  tusant e meuz [H]  1_92
                   Pur poi qu'il n'est de doel e del sen esperduz.L2664 [L2664] de doel de sen e. [H]  1_92
         2665  En la cort ne fu pus [plus] de uit jorz veüz.L2665 [L2665] plus deduit le iur veuz [H]  1_92L2665 [L2665] C pus, H puis plus. The absence of plus in C is presumably occasioned by its proximity to pus.1_92
                   Des idunc fud Gudmod preisiez e coneüz.L2666 [L2666] Mes idunc; [H]  plus p. e c. [H]  1_92L2666 [L2666] Read Godmod.1_92
                   Li rei dist a ses fiz: 'Bien sui aparceüzL2667 [L2667] me sui a. [H]  1_92L2667 [L2667] aparceüzrej  aparcez1_92
                   Ke mut ad grant bunté li noveaus retenuz.'L2668 [L2668] noble retenuz [H]  1_92L2668 [L2668] Gudmod is described as newly arrived although he has been at the court for three years; hence perhaps the replacement of noveaus by noble in H.1_92
                   Or li mande Lenburc de sa part cent saluz,
         2670  Si dit k'od li avra le fied de mil escuz.L2670 [L2670] quil au%a fiels de [H]  1_92 [f.55a]
                   Gudmod rit ducement, ne s'en est irascuz,
                   Ainz dit al messager: 'Pur neent estes venuz.
                   Ne vinc pas pur içoe quant fui ça esmeüz.
                   Ore atendë itant ke bien seit einz veüz,L2674 [L2674] ke seit einces v. [H]  1_92
         2675  Cum me serra el col en bosoig mis escuz,
                   Cum abatra vassaus mis espiez esmuluz.'L2676 [L2676] abat%ai uassal [H]  1_92
130
                   Quant li reis ot tenu sa curt festivalment,
                   Le cungié ont pris pus, si departent la gent.L2678 [L2678] om  pus [H]  1_92

Page 1_92


                   Mut ennuie a Gudmod qu'il taunt sunt quoiëment,L2679 [L2679] ke tant [H]  1_93
         2680  Qu'il ne vont a cembel ne a turneiëment,
                   U poüst ki pruz fust mustrer sun hardement.
                   En riviere e en bois est lur delitementL2682 [L2682] est fu [H]  1_93
                   Pur tolir lur ennui e la vunt mut sovent.L2683 [L2683] a iceus vont s. [H]  1_93
                   En çoe mustre Gudmod sun grant afaitement,L2684 [L2684] sun mut [H]  1_93
         2685  Dunt l'enseigna Herland e bien e mestrement,L2685 [L2685] herlant mut maistréément [H]  1_93
                   Que tuz ceus de la curt venqui lointeinement;L2686 [L2686] venqueit [H]  1_93
                   Mes pur çoe ne feïst nule feiz vauntement.L2687 [L2687] Mes ne feseit pur coe [H]  1_93
                   Un jor vindrent de bois de lur deduiëment,L2688 [L2688] del bois de lur delitement [H]  1_93
                   Si vint as fiz le rei en quoer e en talentL2689 [L2689] al fiz [H]  1_93L2689 [L2689] asrej  al1_93
         2690  Qu'il irreient a Lenburc pur esbaneiëment,
                   Si bevreiënt od li e bon vin e pimentL2691 [L2691] od li bon v. [H]  1_93
                   E joereient as esches, orreient harpement,L2692 [L2692] e oréént [H]  1_93
                   Kar çoe sunt les choses dunt il ont plus talent.L2693 [L2693] ces sunt; [H]  dunt plus unt t. [H]  1_93
                   Il se sunt cunreiez e vestu gentement; [f.55b]
         2695  Chescun od sei qu'il vout de sa mesnéé prentL2695 [L2695] Chascun de eus od sei de sa mestrie prent [H]  1_93
                   Pur mener ove sei cum a tiel chose apent.L2696 [L2696] od li [H]  1_93L2696 [L2696] sei interlinear insertion1_93
131
                   Li dui frere s'en vunt es chambres lur sorur.L2697 [L2697] es as [H]  1_93
                   Li einz nez meine od sei des esches sun joür,L2698 [L2698] Li einz od sei m. [H]  1_93L2692 [L2692] It seems probable that Thomas used, alongside esches (ll. 2551, 2720), the truncated A.N. form ches (cf. Critical Notes on ll. 2220, 2726); and it is possible that we should read here E joëreient as ches and des ches sun joëür, for counterfinal e̥ in hiatus is preserved in all other future and conditional forms (cf. Intr.2, p. 60) and in the great majority of nouns in -eür including joëür 2727, 4037 (cf. Intr.2, p. 42); for the occasional effacement of e̥ in the termination -eient see Intr.2, p. 44.1_93
                   Ki taunt bien en jüot – çoe iert tut sun labur –L2699 [L2699] ert sun meudre l. [H]  1_93
         2700  E sun fort chevalier, kar il n'aveit meillur,L2700 [L2700] il esteit [H]  1_93
                   [E] li pusnez meine Gudmod ki n'iert pas vaunteür.L2701 [L2701] E li p. G. ki pas nesteit v. [H]  1_93L2698 [L2698] C Li einz nez meine od sei des esches sun joür . . . Li pusnez meine Gudmod: H E li puisnez Gomod. Syllabic count in l. 2701 may be rectified by a change in the word-order, but it seems more probable that the reading of H with its crisper style should be adopted; cf. l. 459 where clarifying ameinet seems to have been introduced in O.1_93
                   Léé en fu durement damaisele LenburL2702 [L2702] Lez en est d. dancele L. [H]  1_93
                   De lur avenement – ne fud plus a nul jor –L2703 [L2703] ne plus a nul iur [H]  1_93L2703 [L2703] plusrej  pus1_93
                   E tut plus de Gudmod kar vers li ad amur.
         2705  Vestu ot un bliaut d'un paile de valur,
                   [E] mantel ot el col – reïne n'ot gençor.L2706 [L2706] M. ot afuble Reine not unc g. [H]  1_93
                   De vergoigne rovit, si·[n] out meillur colur;L2707 [L2707] sin ot repeated and barred [H]  1_93
                   Tut li aveneit bien, cum dit l'esmireör.L2708 [L2708] cum li dit li merur [H]  1_93

Page 1_93


         2709  Cielee iert la chambre par art d'entailleörL2709 [L2709] In romance of the twelfth century, from Crestien on (cf. Yvain 964), the epithet celé, cielé is found applied to rooms of the grand type, but its exact significance has been much discussed. The gloss quoted by Tobl. Lom. from William Briton laqueare: celer, and the passage here, confirm the interpretation with carved or panelled ceiling. It is presumably a derivative of caelum, which in Late Latin denoted a vaulted ceiling, cf. F.E.W. II (I), 35.1_94
                   D'un umbrelenc bien fait – bon fu l'enginneör;L2709a [L2709a] om  [H]  1_94
         2710  Le pavement desuz bien est jonchié a flurL2710 [L2710] dedesuz; [H]  de flur [H]  1_94L2710 [L2710] See the section on Versification in the Introduction to Volume II.1_94
                   Jaunnes, indes, vermeilles, ki rendent grant flaör;L2711 [L2711] e vermeilz ki r. f. [H]  1_94L2711 [L2711] flaor. This seems to be the earliest example of the word, which denotes perfume here and in Chardry, Jos. 1976, and Ste. Modwenna 2847, and stink in Ambroise and the A.N. Miracles de la Sainte Vierge (cited in Tobl. Lom.). For the derivation from *flatorem see Bloch s.v. fleurer and F.E.W. III, 610.1_94
                   Des espieces k'ii sunt n'en ierc recunteör,L2712 [L2712] ki i sut nert enconteur [H]  1_94
                   Nuls hom ki la maindra ne sentira dolur.L2713 [L2713] Nul ki la m. ni [H]  1_94
                   El les veit, si lor dit: 'Bien viengez vus, seignor.L2714 [L2714] Ele vint; [H]  om  vus [H]  1_94
         2715  Tiel joie ai or de vus, n'en oi unkes maör.L2715 [L2715] om  or [H]  unc mais noi m. [H]  1_94
                   Seignurs freres, par Deu, or m'avez fet honurL2716 [L2716] fait mauez ore [H]  1_94
                   E joie frai que voudrez; seëz cummandeür.'L2717 [L2717] For joie read joe.1_94 [f.56a]
132
                   'Bele soer,' dit Guffier, 'a vus venum parler,L2718 [L2718] No indication of new laisse here1_94
                   Beivre de voz bons vins e nus esbaneier.L2719 [L2719] B. uolum de uos vins [H]  1_94
         2720  Demaundez les esches, si vus verrom joer,
                   Quel de vus miez trara, vus e cist chevalier,L2721 [L2721] ou uus ou mun c. [H]  1_94L2721 [L2721] For e read u.1_94
                   Ki de tels gius se sout sur tuz autres vanter.L2722 [L2722] Ki de ces ius seseit sur tuz auanter [H]  1_94
                   Quant çoe avrom veü, si vus orrum harper.'
                   'Sire,' çoe dit Lenburc, 'içoe ne dei veër,L2724 [L2724] nel dei pas deueer [H]  1_94
         2725  De faire voz pleisirs ke voldrez cummander.'
                   El apele un vallet, esches fet aporter;L2726 [L2726] vadlet les e. f. porter [H]  1_94
                   Od le bon joeür s'asiet a l'eschekier.L2727 [L2727] om  le [H]  1_94
                   Quatre geus ad jowé, [chescun] encuntre quoer,L2728 [L2728] unt iue chascun al autre coer [H]  1_94
                   Kar cil onc giu nen ot od tut lur enseignerL2729 [L2729] Ke cil; [H]  od tut losenger [H]  1_94
         2730  Ke li autre li funt, ki seënt cummuner,
                   Fors Gudmod, ki n'i vout une feiz esgarder.L2731 [L2731] n'i ne; [H]  regarder [H]  1_94
                   Quant la bele le veit prent sei a merveiller,L2732 [L2732] se p. a esmerueiller [H]  1_94
                   Si li dit: 'Ne savez d'itiel giu vus aider?L2733 [L2733] nen s. de cest ieu enseigner [H]  1_94
                   [Kar vus traëz en ça, vus purez autre enseigner.']L2734 [L2734] as in text [H]  1_94
         2735  'Bele,' çoe dit Gudmod, 'bien crei ke fust mester;
                   Mes la u fui nurri ne sunt pas costumer
                   Que la u sunt asis pur jower per a per,
                   Ke nul autre n'enseint, kar serreit reprovier.L2738 [L2738] ienseint coe estereit r. [H]  1_94L2738 [L2738] n'enseint. The illogical negation is absent in H.1_94

Page 1_94


         2739  E joe n'en sai pas taunt ke m'en voille meller,L2739 [L2739] Ne ioe ne sai ore tant ke io me [H]  1_95
                   Ne dire n'enseigner pur autre corocier.'L2739a [L2739a] om  [H]  1_95
133
         2740  Mut en est cil dolenz ki en est surjowez.L2740 [L2740] kore fud [H]  1_95
                   Pur trestut sun chatel n'i vousist estre entrez. [f.56b]
                   Dan Egfer en pesa, qui s'aperçut asez,L2742 [L2742] A dan E. apesat kil a. [H]  1_95L2742 [L2742] Read s'aparçut. For the absolute use of sei aparceivre be aware cf. Tobl. Lom. I, 442.1_95
                   Pus ad dit a Gudmod: 'Beaus amis, kar juez
                   Entre vus e ma soer, si nus revengerez:
         2745  E sai, si·l cummencez, bien i espleiterez.L2745 [L2745] Ben sai; [H]  ke mut ben e. [H]  1_95
                   Ne vus vei faire rien que vus bien ne finez.'L2746 [L2746] Vus ne cummencez rien ke mut ben ne finez [H]  1_95
                   Dunc fu de tutes parz de joer mut preiez,
                   E Lenburc sur aus tuz en ot grant volentez,
                   Taunt desira de lui qu'il fussent aprociez,L2749 [L2749] kele li fust aproecez [H]  1_95
         2750  Qu'il en main u en pie poüst estre tochiez.L2750 [L2750] as meins ou as piez puet [H]  1_95L2750 [L2750] For pie read pié.1_95
                   Escundire ne pout qu'il ne feïst lur grez,L2751 [L2751] Escondre nel pot quil ne face [H]  1_95
                   Mes itant lur ad dit: 'Seignurs, en pes seëz!
                   D'enseigner mei del giu ne vus entremetez!L2753 [L2753] Denseigner moi aiuer [H]  1_95
                   N'est pas afaitement, bien vuil que lo sacez:L2754 [L2754] Nest pas a. ke vus ienseignez [H]  1_95
         2755  Nostre costume n'est, ne·l funt la u fui nez.'L2755 [L2755] funt ou io fu n. [H]  1_95
                   'Par fei,' çoe dient tuit, 'çoe vus iert gräauntez.
                   Tuit nus tendrum en pes, bien verrom que ferez.'L2757 [L2757] Read tendrom.1_95
                   A itaunt sunt asis, lur gius ont ordenezL2758 [L2758] se s. a. e lur ieus [H]  1_95
                   E cele trest avant ki les autres out matez.L2759 [L2759] trait devant ki lautre auoit matez [H]  1_95
134
         2760  Or ont joé entr'els par si fete baillieL2760 [L2760] joérej  g faintly written as if blotted before ioe1_95
                   Qu'il n'i out un mot dit qui notast vilanie,L2761 [L2761] Ki ni ot chose faite ke turnast a uileinie [H]  1_95
                   Mes quant ke dit i out, turna a curteisie.L2761 [L2761] In the emphasis laid here on the good manners shown by the players there may be an allusion to the violent language and quarrels described in some of the chansons de geste, e.g. Og. Dan., an epic with which Thomas was acquainted, as is shown by his reference to the sword Curtein; cf. Jessie Crosland, The Old French Epic (Oxford, 1951), pp. 280-2.1_95
                   Quatre gius pres a pres ont joé par mestrieL2763 [L2763] ot Godmund p. m. [H]  1_95
                   Qu'ele n'out un d'ices [le] vaillant [d']une pieL2764 [L2764] le uaillant dune fie [H]  1_95
         2765  Nepurquant par semblant ke ne l[i] en pesa mie,L2765 [L2765] a Lenburc ne pesa mie [H]  1_95 [f.57a]
                   Kar ele l'amout taunt ke vers li n'out envie;L2766 [L2766] lama; [H]  neust [H]  1_95

Page 1_95


                   Mes si autre l'oust fait, ele en fust mut marrie,L2767 [L2767] ele f. marrie [H]  1_96
                   Si fust meismes li reis ki süef l'ot nurrie.L2768 [L2768] l'ot lust [H]  1_96
                   Lors s'en lieve Gudmod e Lenburc mut le prieL2769 [L2769] senleua [H]  1_96
         2770  Qu'il jeut encore un jeu pur amur de s'amie,L2770 [L2770] jeut iue; [H]  pur lamur [H]  1_96
         2771  E Gudmod ducement en riant la chastie,
                   Qu'el ne face preiere, ne un mot ne l'en die,L2771a [L2771a] om  [H]  1_96
                   Kar s'il plus en joast sereit surquiderie,L2772 [L2772] sil iuast plus? coe s. s. [H]  1_96
                   Quant il out ces vengié a quil vint en aïe.L2773 [L2773] celi v. a ki il [H]  1_96
135
                   Quant Gudmod out joé, si s'en est sus levé
         2775  E la u il einz sist s'e[n] est sëeir alé,L2775 [L2775] La ou; [H]  si sen est [H]  1_96
                   E la harpe Lenburc li frere ont demaundé,L2776 [L2776] sis freres [H]  1_96
                   El la prent, si lur fait un lai mut alosé,L2777 [L2777] The verb faire, which is used in l. 2790 to denote the composition of lais, is employed here as in ll. 2819, 2844 etc., to denote the performance of lais or their melodies.1_96
                   Ki mut fud ducement des escutanz loéL2778 [L2778] Ke mut fu durement descotanz l. [H]  1_96
                   E un autre apres fait ki mut l'ad amendé;L2779 [L2779] fait apres ke [H]  1_96
         2780  Si refu de trestuz, cum dut estre, preisié.L2780 [L2780] deust [H]  1_96
                   Pus ad Lenburc issi a ses freres parlé:
                   'Ces lais que loez taunt, il sunt mut bien noté;L2782 [L2782] Ces laiz ke tant loez unt mut sunt honurez [H]  1_96L2782 [L2782] Ces laisrej  Cest lais1_96
                   Mes un lai ai oï dunt joe sai la meitié,
                   Si jo·l soüsse tut, par ma crestïentéL2784 [L2784] Insert a comma after crestïenté.1_96
         2785  En cest nostre païs n'ad taunt bone cité,L2785 [L2785] bone bele [H]  1_96L2785 [L2785] pais regne [H]  1_96
                   Ki tant me fust a main e a ma volenté,L2786 [L2786] Ki me tant f. [H]  1_96L2786 [L2786] The usual sense of the locution estre a main is be at hand, be at one's disposition; here, however, it seems to mean be near to one's heart, be dear (cf. an example from Jehan Bodel in Tobl. Lom. V, 816).1_96
                   Ke ainz ne la perdisse ke l'oüsse ublié.'L2787 [L2787] E ki einz ne p. ke iol eusse u. [H]  1_96
                   'A Deu!' dist dan Guffer, 'sire de majesté,L2788 [L2788] om  dan [H]  1_96L2788 [L2788] Read maiesté.1_96 [f.57b]
                   Cum le purrai oïr? Ke l'oüsse escuté!L2789 [L2789] Se nus le peussum oir cum sereit escute [H]  1_96L2789 [L2789] How shall I get to hear of it? Would that I had listened to it! H, as often, supplies a more obvious version.1_96
         2790  E qui·l fist, bele soer? savez en verité?'L2790 [L2790] en de [H]  1_96
                   'Oïl,' coe dit Lenburc, 'tut m'est bien recunté.L2791 [L2791] For coe read çoe.1_96
                   Baltof, [le] fiz Hunlaf, rei de nobilité,L2792 [L2792] Batolf le fiz [H]  1_96
                   Ki en Bretaigne maint, kar çoe est sa'herité,L2793 [L2793] cest sun herite [H]  1_96
                   Le fist de sa sorur, Rimel od grant beauté.L2794 [L2794] Le fist de sa s. Rimel od la g. b. [H]  1_96L2794 [L2794] Le fiz de sa sorur cum il ot grant beaute1_96
         2795  Mut en avez oï parler en cest regnéL2795 [L2795] om  en [H]  1_96

Page 1_96


                   E de l'amur de Horn ke ele ad taunt amé –L2796 [L2796] Del amur dan horn kela t. a. [H]  1_97L2796 [L2796] adrej  od1_97
                   Si ad dreit, kar n'est hom qui taunt eit de bunté,L2797 [L2797] Sin ad dreit kar nad home ke [H]  1_97
                   Cum cil Horn ad en sei; bien m'a esté nuncié.'L2798 [L2798] C. c. H. kar assez mad este denuncie [H]  1_97
136
                   'Çoe est veir,' dist Guffer, 'Rigmel est mut loéé,L2799 [L2799] A est ueir [H]  1_97
         2800  Bele soer, de beauté en meinte cuntrééL2800 [L2800] en diverse c. [H]  1_97
                   E de Horn ai oï meinte feiz renoméé,
                   Qu'il est pruz e vallanz e corteis sanz ponnéé.L2802 [L2802] preuz e c. e v. [H]  1_97
                   Ploüst Deu qu'il fust ci ore od nus en soudéé!L2803 [L2803] P. a deu; [H]  od nus ere il soldee [H]  1_97
                   M'amur e mun avoir li estreit abandonéé.L2804 [L2804] sereit [H]  1_97L2804 [L2804] See Intr.2, p. 29.1_97
         2805  Mes del [lai] faites taunt [cum] estes escoléé.L2805 [L2805] des laiz fetes tanz cum este ad e. [H]  1_97
                   [La harpe pernez vers vus, ben serez escotéé.']
         2807  'Volentiers,' fet Lenburc, 'n'iert [pas] chose veéé.'L2807 [L2807] dit L.; [H]  ner pas [H]  1_97
                   Ore ot Horn sun pleisir, la rien que plus li gréé,L2808 [L2808] Horn ot ore s. p. e la rien ke li agree [H]  1_97
                   Mes ele iert en sun quoer, s'il poet, tresbien celéé.L2809 [L2809] quer si est ben celee [H]  1_97
         2810  La pucele ad [i]dunc sa harpë atempréé:L2810 [L2810] idunc sa h. ben tempree [H]  1_97
                   Plus la munt[ë] en haut de tut une muntééL2811 [L2811] Puis a munte en h. de trestut [H]  1_97
                   E apres l'atemprer sa note ad cummencééL2812 [L2812] Empres le temprer si a la n. c. [H]  1_97L2812 [L2812] The word note in this line and in ll. 2816, 2819 seems to be a musical term denoting the melody played on the harp.1_97
                   E si·n fait taunt cum siet e cum fu enseignéé;L2813 [L2813] E fist tant come sot [H]  1_97 [f.58a]
                   E d'itaunt cum en sout fu [el] tresbien preiséé.L2814 [L2814] E de tant; [H]  mut fu ben prisee [H]  1_97
         2815  Un d'iceus qui l'oi l'ad mut bien [tut] notéé,L2815 [L2815] Diceus ke lunt oi un lad tut notee [H]  1_97L2815 [L2815] Un d'iceus qui l'oï. This illogical construction, in which the verb in the adjective clause, dependent on a genitive plural, is attracted into agreement with the governing word in the singular, is not infrequent in O.F., cf. V.B. I3, 244-7.1_97
                   Qui sout bien u endreit la note fu fausee,L2816 [L2816] fausee finissee [H]  1_97L2816 [L2816] ṇọṭẹẹ fausee1_97
                   Çoe iert Horn, k'en sun quoer l'aveit bien remembréé.L2817 [L2817] om  bien [H]  1_97
                   A Guffer en apres fud la harpe bailléé
                   E del lai qu'il i fist fud la note escutéé.L2819 [L2819] om  i [H]  1_97
         2820  Loé l'unt quant l'out fet tresqu'a la definéé.L2820 [L2820] quant il uint ieke a la finee [H]  1_97
                   Tut en renc en apres fud la harpe livréé;
                   A chascun pur harper fud lores cummandéé,L2822 [L2822] fu la harpe c. [H]  1_97
                   E chescun i harpa; a plosors bien agréé.L2823 [L2823] om  E [H]  uileins seit quil deuee [H]  1_97

Page 1_97


137
                   A cel tens sorent tuit harpe bien manïer;L2824 [L2824] A En [H]  1_98
         2825  Cum plus fu gentilz hom e plus sout del mester.L2825 [L2825] ert curteis hom tant plus [H]  1_98
                   Venuz [ert] a Gudmod le dedut del harper,L2826 [L2826] V. ert a Gomud le d. de h. [H]  1_98
                   Or li dïent trestuit ne s'en face preier,L2827 [L2827] s'en se [H]  1_98
                   Kar il veient tresbien qu'il se veut escuser.L2828 [L2828] escuser escoter [H]  1_98
                   Escundire ne·s vout: ne·l tendront a lanier.L2829 [L2829] Nes en veut mes oir ne entendrunt laisner [H]  1_98
         2830  Lors prent la harpe a sei, qu'il la veut atemprer.L2830 [L2830] si cummence a. [H]  1_98
                   Deus! ki dunc l'esgardast cum la sout manïer,L2831 [L2831] cum il la [H]  1_98
                   Cum ces cordes tuchout, cum les feseit trembler,
                   Asquantes feiz chanter asquantes organer,L2833 [L2833] A quantes faire les chanz a kantes o. [H]  1_98
                   De l'armonie del ciel li poüst remembrer!L2834 [L2834] poust pureit [H]  1_98
         2835  Sur tuz homes k'i sunt fet cist a merveiller.L2835 [L2835] tuz ceus ke isunt [H]  1_98
                   Quant ses notes ot fait si la prent a munterL2836 [L2836] si la prent prent sen [H]  1_98L2836 [L2836] ses celes [H]  1_98
                   E tut par autres tuns les cordes fait soner:L2837 [L2837] E par tut autre tuns fait les c. s. [H]  1_98L2837 [L2837] tunsrej  cordes1_98 [f.58b]
                   Mut se merveillent tuit qu'il la sout si bailler.L2838 [L2838] Mut sesmerueillent; [H]  ci manier [H]  1_98L2838 [L2838] bailler touch, handle; cf. H manier.1_98
                   E quant il out issi fait, si cummence a noterL2839 [L2839] ci fait comenca [H]  1_98
         2840  Le lai dunt or ains dis, de Baltof, haut e cler,
                   Si cum sunt cil bretun d'itiel fait costumier.
                   Apres en l'estrument fet les cordes suner,L2842 [L2842] suner chanter [H]  1_98
                   Tut issi cum en voiz l'aveit dit tut premier:L2843 [L2843] dit en premer [H]  1_98L2830 [L2830] The translation of this interesting technical passage has been supplied, together with a comment, by Miss M. D. Legge: Then he takes the harp to him, for he wishes to tune it. God! If anyone had then seen him, how he could handle it, how he touched the strings, how he made them vibrate, sometimes playing the air, sometimes the accompaniment, he would have been reminded of the heavenly harmony. This man, of all those that are there, causes most wonder. When he had played all the notes, he began to raise the pitch, and made the strings sound in quite different modes . . . And when he had done so, he began to sing loud and clear the lay . . . . Afterwards he made the string repeat the tune exactly as he had first sung it with his voice. Ll. 2830-5 describe Gudmod's exceptionally skilful handling of the instrument, ll. 2836-8 its tuning, ll. 2839-43 the performance of the lai. In this connexion chanter means to sustain the melody or cantus, organer to play in organum (at an interval). Mr. Iain S. Robertson has explained to me that as the harp could only play in one key, it would be completely retuned between the songs. In tuning, each string would be proved in different chords.1_98
                   Tut le lai lur ad fait, n'i vout rien retailler.L2844 [L2844] a dit nen [H]  1_98
         2845  E deus! cum li oianz le porent dunc amer!L2845 [L2845] purrunt lores a. [H]  1_98L2845 [L2845] Cf. note on l. 2028.1_98
                   Damaisele Lenburc ne se poet plus celerL2846 [L2846] se sen [H]  1_98
                   N'en deïst sun talent, qui·l voillë escuter!L2847 [L2847] Ke ne deist s. t. ki kel vosist e. [H]  1_98L2846 [L2846] Damsel Lenburc could not refrain from speaking her mind; for this use of celer see note on ll. 270-1. In l. 2847 the text of C presumably means to whoever cared to listen to it; but the version of H, ki kel vosist escoter, suggests that we should read qui kel voille escuter whoever might be listening to it.1_98
                   'Ohi Deus! reis del ciel, ki nus venis salver,L2848 [L2848] om  reis [H]  venistes [H]  1_98
                   Ki purreit en cest munde itiel home truver?L2849 [L2849] Ou pureie en icest mund tel [H]  1_98
         2850  Ja siet il tuz les sens ke l'em poet remembrerL2850 [L2850] kom peust [H]  1_98
                   E de nul ne se veut qu'il en sace vaunter.L2851 [L2851] om  en [H]  1_98L2851 [L2851] And about none (of these accomplishments) is he willing to boast that he knows about it (?).1_98
                   Çoe est Horn, cum joe crei, dunt l'en sout taunt parler –L2852 [L2852] sout seit [H]  1_98L2852 [L2852] om  cum [H]  1_98
                   Si se ceile pur nus, ne se veut demustrer,
                   Ke conoistre ne deussum pur lui honurer –L2854 [L2854] Ke nus le conuissum [H]  1_98

Page 1_98


         2855  U n'est pas hom mortel: nul ne·l poet resembler:L2855 [L2855] morteus hom [H]  1_99
                   Del ciel est descendu pur la gent espïer.
                   Frere, kar li preiez qu'il me deigt enseignerL2857 [L2857] le preez; [H]  deint [H]  1_99
                   Cest lai k'oï avez: j'en ai grant desirer.L2858 [L2858] ke ci oez dont grant d. [H]  1_99
                   Joe l'en dorrai asez e argent e or mer:L2859 [L2859] dargent e dor m. [H]  1_99
         2860  Asez prenge del mien, asez ai ke doner.'
138
                   'Bele soer,' funt li il, 'e nus l'en preieromL2861 [L2861] om  li [H]  1_99 [f.59a]
                   E del nostre, s'il veut, grantment l[i] en dorrom.'L2862 [L2862] E de nostre garnement sil vet lendorum [H]  1_99
                   'Seignurs,' çoe dit Gudmod, 'ne vaut rien cest sermon.L2863 [L2863] om  coe [H]  tel. s. [H]  1_99
                   Si m'aït cil ki pur nus suffri la passïun,L2864 [L2864] cil ki; [H]  om  la [H]  1_99
         2865  Ja nen avrai de vus le vaillant d'un butun,
                   Ne de li nen avrai sun or ne sun mangun.L2866 [L2866] de li nauerai sun or ne sun don [H]  1_99L2866 [L2866] lirej  lui1_99
                   Joe ne vinc pas pur çoe en ceste regïun.
                   Tut i vinc veir pur el, si m'aït Lazarun:L2868 [L2868] Tut ueir i uinc; [H]  seint l. [H]  1_99
                   Pur armes vinc porter, si j'en aveie andun.L2869 [L2869] Ioe uinc pur a. p. si cum auoi ai dun [H]  1_99L2869 [L2869] andun. The only other instance that I have noted of this word (cited from Horn in Tobl. Lom. with a query) is in Ipomedon 9761-3 Vint coups li dune de randun Si k'il n'i pout aveir andun Entre ces coups d'un sul coup rendre, where it clearly signifies space to do something in, opportunity, a meaning quite appropriate in our passage. It is presumably derived from *ande (< ambitum, cf. F.E.W. I, 84, and Bloch, s.v. andain), which has lived on in Prov. with the meanings space to move freely in, swathe.1_99
         2870  Ki la triwe taunt tient, ja n'en ait beneiçonL2870 [L2870] ia nait raancon [H]  1_99
                   Al derein jugement, u serrunt mal e bun,
                   K'i forsjugié n'en est. Ore, par mesprisunL2872 [L2872] Kil frusse nel ad ore p. m. [H]  1_99L2870 [L2870] At the last judgement, where the good and the wicked will be, may he who keeps the truce so long not receive a blessing (H raançon redemption) on the ground that he is not guilty (?). This use of forjugié is abnormal; H substitutes K'il frusse[e] ne l'ad on the ground that he has not broken the truce.1_99
                   De mei, n'avra, si puis, Lenburc retractïunL2873 [L2873] si ioe puis; [H]  om  Lenburc [H]  1_99
                   Ke joe i venge u voise en chambrë a larrun.L2874 [L2874] en a sa [H]  1_99L2874 [L2874] om  i [H]  1_99
         2875  Tost en dirreient mal losenger e garçun.L2875 [L2875] le mal; [H]  e li garcun [H]  1_99
                   Je·s en garderai bien par ma salvatïun;L2876 [L2876] Joe en [H]  1_99
                   Ne m'en purrunt gaber: n'en orrunt si bien nun.L2877 [L2877] m'en me [H]  1_99
                   Or pernum le cungié, si nus en rëalum;L2878 [L2878] en alum [H]  1_99L2878 [L2878] rëalum. Cf. Critical and Explicative Notes on l. 1139.1_99
                   Si remaigne Lenburc a la Deu beneiçun.'L2879 [L2879] Read beneiçon.1_99
         2880  Lors l'unt fait li seignur cum Gudmod les sumun.L2880 [L2880] sumun sermun [H]  1_99L2880 [L2880] Lores unt fait [H]  1_99L2880 [L2880] See Intr.2, p. 54.1_99
                   E Lenburc remise est en mut grant passïun,L2881 [L2881] om  mut [H]  1_99
                   Kar amur tut li art le quoer e le pumun,L2882 [L2882] damur li art le cors [H]  1_99
                   S'ele mescine n'ad murra sanz garisun.L2883 [L2883] nen a si murra [H]  1_99

Page 1_99


139
                   Bele Lenburc remeint, mut la destreint amur,L2884 [L2884] destruit [H]  1_100
         2885  Palir li fet le vis e perdre la colur. [f.59b]
                   El s'en aparceit bien, quant veit el mireür;L2886 [L2886] kant ele eswarde [H]  1_100
                   Bien siet ke mal li fait icele grant chalur,L2887 [L2887] grant mal li fait cele clalur [H]  1_100
                   Pur quant d'amer Gudmod se met en grant labur;L2888 [L2888] Entre itant Godmod se met en grant labur [H]  1_100
                   Mes pur neent le feseit: ja n'en avra valur,L2889 [L2889] om  [H]  1_100
         2890  Ke eissi cum vuldreit ja n'en avra leissur,L2890 [L2890] Ke nest issi cum vodreit ke neust ia laissur [H]  1_100
                   Kar il n'ad soing d'amer, einz est en grant tristurL2891 [L2891] il est en [H]  1_100L2887 [L2887] Full well does she know that this great passion is affecting her ill, nevertheless she devotes herself to loving Gudmod; but all for, naught, never will she succeed (have profit therefrom); she will never have the opportunity she would like, for he has no care for love. Leissur is a derivative of leisir, but early influenced by laissier and spelt with ss and often, as in H, with the digraph ai. In H this passage is misconceived, presumably owing to a misunderstanding of the function of pur quant, a locution which underwent the same evolution as pur tant: originally causal forasmuch, then adversative yet, at first when following a negation or standing before the adverb si as in ll. 3406 and O 2301 (cf. Lerch I, 120), then more generally.1_100
                   Pur la triwe ke est e qu'il ad taunt sojurL2892 [L2892] De la t. ke iest; [H]  de suiur [H]  1_100
                   Qu'il armes ne[n] usa, dunt li croüst honur,L2893 [L2893] om  [H]  1_100
                   E dunt fust plus cheriz en la curt sun seignur.L2894 [L2894] E ken fust [H]  1_100
         2895  Cinc aunz ot ja passé qu'il n'i aveit fet turL2895 [L2895] i out; [H]  nauoit fait retur [H]  1_100
                   De ses armes porter: mut en iert de peior.
                   Envers Deu en sun quoer en ad fet grant clamur:L2897 [L2897] om  en [H]  1_100
                   'Ohi, Deus! sire chier, ki es veir creätur,L2898 [L2898] Ohi deus fait il ki es verrai c. [H]  1_100
                   Par ki devisé vait e la nut e li jor,L2899 [L2899] om  first e [H]  1_100L2899 [L2899] See note on l. 1213.1_100
         2900  Dune mei vëeir tens, dunt joe su preecheur,L2900 [L2900] Donez moi ueer le t. [H]  1_100L2900 [L2900] preecheur is treated as a trisyllable; it is probably to be taken as prëechur rather than prechëur (cf. Intr.2, pp. 42, 43). It is apparently used here in the sense of foreteller, proclaimer, presumably under Latin influence.1_100
                   K'encore puisse munter mun destrier milsoudurL2901 [L2901] peusse; [H]  d. soldeur [H]  1_100L2901 [L2901] munter used transitively, as often in A.N.1_100
                   E espied depescier devant chastel u tur,L2902 [L2902] espied espee [H]  1_100
                   Pur l'amisté de vus, desur gent paenurL2903 [L2903] Pur la maieste de uus sur [H]  1_100
         2904  Qui taunt ont mort des miens: k'en seie vengeör.'L2904 [L2904] tanz [H]  1_100L2904 [L2904] See Intr.2, p. 92.1_100
                   Sa preiere ad oïe, tresbien l'ira ancor,L2904a [L2904a] om  [H]  1_100
                   Cum vus purrez oïr s'estes escoteör.
140
         2905  A un jor sunt venu dui mut felun tirantL2905 [L2905] included in the preceding laisse [H]  1_100L2905 [L2905] tirant. The significance of this word, which occurs four times in this passage, is not easy to establish, and its use may have been determined mainly by metrical reasons. In adjectival function in l. 3333 it means overbearing, arrogant, as in Dolopathos 4363 (cited in Gf. X, 820) and F. Can. 3389 (cf. editor's note). Used substantivally, as here and in l. 3013 al sorquidé tirant, it seems to be merely an equivalent for a foreign title such amirant, amirail, and to denote prince, potentate; but in l. 3278 Mut i fierent granz cops cum aduré tirant the sense seems to be rather warrior or combatant, cf. aduré guerreier 3270.1_100
                   El regne de Westir od lur flote siglant.L2906 [L2906] En le r. de W. ot l. f. si grant [H]  1_100L2906 [L2906] effaced letter between flote and siglant1_100
         2907  Il erent fors eissuz del regne affricant;L2907 [L2907] regne pais [H]  1_100L2907 [L2907] Read regné affricant as in l. 2990.1_100 [f.60a]
                   Freres erent Rodmund, ki Suddene iert tenant –L2907a [L2907a] om  [H]  1_100
                   Aäluf, pere Hor[n], destrustrent, le vaillant –L2908 [L2908] A. le pere [H]  1_100
                   E freres sunt a ces dunt ot esté vengantL2909 [L2909] ot od [H]  1_100
         2910  En Bretaigne, quant fu od Hunlaf le puissant.

Page 1_100


                   Cist le[s] vienent venger, cum vus ierc recuntant;L2910a [L2910a] om  [H]  1_101
                   Le païs par ont vont sunt par tut purpernant.L2911 [L2911] Les p. p. unt uindrent; [H]  pernant [H]  1_101
                   Li ainz nez d'ices dous si ot nun Hildebrant,L2912 [L2912] de ces dous ot [H]  1_101
                   E li autre pusnez nomez iert Herebrant;L2913 [L2913] om  E [H]  ouoit nun [H]  1_101
                   Un nevou ont od eus, Rollac, fiz Goldebrant,L2914 [L2914] E lur nevu od eus [H]  1_101
         2915  Ki lur frere iert ainznez, e si iert reis persaunt:L2915 [L2915] Ke fiz lur frere ert einz nez e ert [H]  1_101
                   Sire esteit e chief d'aus, cum sovent sui disant.L2915a [L2915a] om  [H]  1_101
                   Cist Rollac si ocist par aventure grantL2916 [L2916] Cil R. ot occis [H]  1_101
         2917  Aälof dont sovent ai esté remembrant,
                   Li meudre chevaler d'icest siecle vivant:L2917a [L2917a] om  [H]  1_101
                   Or s'en vengera Horn, cum l'orrez en avant.L2918 [L2918] cum orrez [H]  1_101
                   Lor[e]s, cum vus ai dit, al port sunt arivant.L2919 [L2919] Iceus dunt; [H]  sunt al port a. [H]  1_101
         2920  A terre s'en issent fors grant orgoil demenant,L2920 [L2920] E a terre issent fors [H]  1_101
                   E al port sunt remis e buces e chalantL2921 [L2921] om  first e [H]  1_101
                   Od cables afermez e od ancres tenant.L2922 [L2922] ben fermez e od a. deuant [H]  1_101
                   Les armes en sunt trait e li bon auferant.L2923 [L2923] fors trait e li cheual auferant [H]  1_101
                   Ne·s vus sai acunter taunt est li numbres grant,L2924 [L2924] Nes Ne [H]  1_101L2924 [L2924] Insert a comma after acunter.1_101
         2925  Mes çoe sai bien de fi, les champs vont tuz covrantL2925 [L2925] bien ke les c. sunt [H]  1_101
                   E le rei dan Gudreche mut forment maneçant.L2926 [L2926] om  dan [H]  vont f. m. [H]  1_101
141
                   Al port sunt arivé li culvert sarazin.L2927 [L2927] li felun s. [H]  1_101
                   L2928 [L2928] Ki daufrike vindrent cruel e Barbarin [H]  1_101 [f.60b]
                   Al rei ont enveié dan Rollac, un meschin,
         2930  Fiz le riche soudan, dan Gudbrand, le persin:L2930 [L2930] Fiz al; [H]  le persin [H]  1_101L2930 [L2930] persinrej  meschin1_101
                   N'out si bon chevaler en la lei Apollin.L2930a [L2930a] om  [H]  1_101L2904a [L2904a] See Introduction, II, § 5 (b), pp. xxxv, xxxvi.1_101
                   Niefs esteit [cel] Rodlac ki Aalof mist a fin;L2931 [L2931] cist R. [H]  1_101L2931 [L2931] He was nephew to that Rodlac whom Aälof slew.1_101
                   Pur amur d'iceli raveit nun cist eissin:L2932 [L2932] Pur lamur; [H]  cist n. [H]  1_101
                   Cist ocist Aälof, cum dit le parchemin,
                   Or le vengera Horn, s'il plest al rei hautin.L2934 [L2934] s'il se [H]  1_101L2934 [L2934] le len [H]  1_101
                   L2935 [L2935] Sil volez escoter sanz noise e sanz frapin [H]  1_101L2928 [L2928] See Introduction, II, § 5 (b), pp. xxxvi, xxxvii.1_101
         2936  Cist s'en vet chevauchant tut le feré chemin,L2936 [L2936] Cist [H]  1_101L2936 [L2936] Cistrej  Cil1_101
                   A la cité tut dreit, ki ad nun Diuelin,L2937 [L2937] Read Divelin.1_101
                   U li reis sojornout e iert a cel matin.

Page 1_101


                   Sun message sot bien ke mandent li mastin
         2940  E il le dira bien, kar il sout meint latin.L2940 [L2940] E mut ben le dira kar assez sot latin [H]  1_102
                   Il aveit desuz li un bon amoravin,L2941 [L2941] morauin [H]  1_102
                   Ki bien iert afeutred suz la sele d'or fin;
                   Li champfrein k'out al chief, tut esteit argentin.L2943 [L2943] Li champfreis quil ot el chef e. dargentin [H]  1_102
                   Vestu ot en sun dos bon hauberc dublentinL2944 [L2944] om  bon [H]  1_102
         2945  E un heaume ot el chief, ki n'esteit pas frarin,L2945 [L2945] pas1_102
                   Li cercles environ, esteit d'or melekin;L2946 [L2946] melkelin [H]  1_102L2946 [L2946] Delete the comma after environ.1_102
                   Escu ot en sun col e espie sarazin,L2947 [L2947] espié espéé [H]  1_102L2947 [L2947] auoit [H]  1_102L2947 [L2947] Read espié.1_102
                   Esmolu e trenchaunt, od gunfanun purprin.L2948 [L2948] om  e [H]  1_102L2948 [L2948] Gunfanun1_102
142
                   A la porte est venu od tiel aturnement
         2950  Cum vus ai ci cunté mut orgoillusement.
                   Le porter apela e dist si faitement:L2951 [L2951] e dit li s. f. [H]  1_102
                   'Va laenz tresqu'al rei; mun message li rent; [f.61a]
                   Di li ke sui message a la paiene gent,L2953 [L2953] ke messager sui [H]  1_102L2953 [L2953] Tell him that I am the pagan people's messenger.1_102
                   E od lui vuil parler: dirai lur maundement.L2954 [L2954] om  E [H]  1_102
         2955  Bon loier t'en dorra[i] si tu·l fais bonement.'L2955 [L2955] te donrai se tul faz [H]  1_102L2955 [L2955] dorra[i]. For the thirteenth-century A.N. reduction of the termination -ai to -a see Tanquerey, pp. 61-63.1_102
                   'Par fei' dit li portiers, 'j'oei irrai erraument;L2956 [L2956] ioe irrai [H]  1_102
                   Dirrai vus sun respuns quant savrai sun talent.'
                   Ataunt s'en est turné, ignelement corent,L2958 [L2958] par les rues corant [H]  1_102
                   Sus al mestre palais dreit al haut séément
         2960  U li reis iert asis, ki ne dutout nééntL2960 [L2960] ki nel sauoit nient [H]  1_102
                   La guerre d'itiel gent ne lur avenement.L2961 [L2961] de cele g. [H]  1_102
                   Cum il vit le porter venir esfréément,L2962 [L2962] si e. [H]  1_102L2962 [L2962] Read esfreéément; for the effacement of counterfinal e̥ see Intr.2, p. 43.1_102
                   Entrer enz el paleis, grant merveille l'en prent.L2963 [L2963] E entrer el [H]  1_102
                   A sei l'ad apelé par un acenement,L2964 [L2964] par sun a. [H]  1_102
         2965  Pus l'ad areisoné issi faiterement:L2965 [L2965] par issi faiterement [H]  1_102
                   'Quels noveles siez tu, ki si curs folement?L2966 [L2966] ke ci curez [H]  1_102
                   Siez tu rien ki nus turt a nul damagement?'
                   'Ja savrez,' dist icil, 'tut mun entendement.L2968 [L2968] dit il [H]  1_102
143
                   'A la porte la fors vint ore un messager,L2969 [L2969] no break between laisses 142 and 143; marginal q1_102
         2970  Al semblant que joe vi orgoillos est e fier:L2970 [L2970] om  est [H]  1_102L2970 [L2970] Read orgoillus.1_102

Page 1_102


                   Mut est bien areisné pur message porter.
                   Entrer veut la cité e od vus veut parlerL2972 [L2972] vot en la c. [H]  1_103
                   De la part a dous reis ki la sunt a la mer.L2973 [L2973] Del part as [H]  1_103
                   Je·s vi bien des erseir a cel port ariver.L2974 [L2974] Ios vi [H]  1_103
         2975  Od eus vi bien grant gent mes ne·l vus poi nuncierL2975 [L2975] bien mut [H]  1_103
                   Kar vus fustes devant grant pose alé cuchier. [f.61b]
                   Dites vostre comand, si jo·l larrai entrer.'
                   'Par ma fei,' dit li reis, 'ne li vuil deveër.L2978 [L2978] Par ma ley [H]  1_103
                   Lais le avant venir, si l'orrum deraisnerL2979 [L2979] Leis les caenz entrer [H]  1_103L2979 [L2979] C Lais; H Leis. This may be the shortened form (occasionally employed in Continental O.F.) of the second person singular of the imperative of laissier, or scribal for lai, the common form of that of laier (cf. Fouché, p. 207).1_103
         2980  Quels noveles il dit e ke veut demander.L2980 [L2980] Queles n. dit ke demande e quil quer [H]  1_103
                   Mes ainz faites ma gent tute çaenz mander,L2981 [L2981] asemler [H]  1_103
                   Qu'il pussent ove mei qu'il dira escuterL2982 [L2982] ove od [H]  1_103
                   E cunseil prendre d'aus, s'il veient qu'ai mester?L2983 [L2983] de od [H]  1_103x [x] letter effaced between prendre and de1_103
                   Dient cil ki la sunt: 'Bien fait a otrier.'
         2985  A itaunt sunt maundé trestuit si chevalierL2985 [L2985] A tant si [H]  1_103
                   E il sunt tost venu e si fiz tut premier,L2986 [L2986] tost tuz [H]  1_103
                   E li portiers en vet le message amener:L2987 [L2987] sen veit le messager a. [H]  1_103
                   Cil entrë el palais; n'i vout plus demorer.L2988 [L2988] Cil est entre el p. ni fist trop d. [H]  1_103
144
                   Rollac vint devant els, surquidé e preisaunt:L2989 [L2989] preisaunt. See Intr.2, p. 89.1_103
         2990  N'i out meillor vassal el regné affricant.L2990 [L2990] Kar il ni ot si bon v. [H]  1_103
                   Il restut a cheval – qu'il ne fu descendant –L2991 [L2991] Il trestut [H]  1_103
                   Issi par grant orgoil sun message iert disant.L2992 [L2992] om  grant [H]  1_103
                   Trestuit cil de la cort le sunt mut esgardant
                   E li reis sur eus tuz s'en est esmerveillant:L2994 [L2994] om  eus [H]  1_103
         2995  Pur la fierté de lui si·l dutent li auquant.L2995 [L2995] redutent alquant [H]  1_103
                   Mes quant li plout parler issi fu cummençant:L2996 [L2996] kant il uot [H]  1_103
                   'Oez, rei de Westir, a vus sui ça venant.
                   Çoe vus mandent li rei, ki sunt al port bruant,L2998 [L2998] Çoe vus mandent li rei, ki sunt al port bruant. It is not clear whether bruant refers to rei or to port. In ll. 2920 and 2926 the kings are depicted as demenant grant orgoil and forment maneçant Gudreche, so that Thomas may be here representing them as raging. If the epithet describes the port, as is syntactically more natural, the interpretation stormy (cf. ll. 114, O 4962) is out of place, for it is contradicted by l. 2177 Ja nef k'i enterra de ored n'avra mal. It is possible, however, that the reference is to the activity of the port and that the meaning is noisy.1_103
                   Ki ci sunt arivé dë Aufrike, la grant,L2999 [L2999] hors daufrike le g. [H]  1_103
         3000  Si sunt frere al soudein de Perse, dan Gudbrant.L3000 [L3000] Gudebrant [H]  1_103 [f.62a]
                   Ça vienent desur vus cumme gent cunquerant.L3001 [L3001] sur uus cum grant c. [H]  1_103

Page 1_103


                   Si vus mandent içoe, ke d'als seiez tenant
                   Cest regne [de] Westir, ki est riche e manant:L3003 [L3003] de W. kest r. e grant [H]  1_104
                   Si·n rendrez le treü al soldein amirant –L3004 [L3004] Sin Si; [H]  lamirant [H]  1_104
         3005  Sis fiz sui, si vienc ci le treü demandant –L3005 [L3005] Ioe sui sun fiz; [H]  om  ci [H]  1_104
                   Desormes si crerrez Mahun e Tervagant.L3006 [L3006] crééz [H]  1_104
                   Si vus cest refusez, ke ne·l seëz fesant,L3007 [L3007] If you reject this, so that you do not do it, i.e. If you refuse to do this; for the construction cf. Intr.2, p. 105.1_104
                   Dunc trovez ki vers mei le seit or defendant
                   Ke faire ne·l devez: joe l'en ferai recrëant.L3009 [L3009] devez deiez [H]  1_104
         3010  A dous meillors qu'avez m'en serai cumbatant.'L3010 [L3010] As d. m. kaiez ioe men erc c. [H]  1_104
                   Ambdui li fiz le rei si·n ont offert lur gantL3011 [L3011] sin si [H]  1_104
                   Pur defendre lur lei; si se sunt puroffrantL3012 [L3012] saillent suz aitant [H]  1_104
                   Queamdui se cumbatront al sorquidé tirant,L3013 [L3013] om  Que [H]  1_104
                   Qu'il ne deivent guerpir la lei u sunt crëant,
         3015  Ne qu'il ne deivent pas treü estre rendant.L3015 [L3015] estre trieu r. [H]  1_104L3013 [L3013] For the construction see Intr.2, p. 100.1_104
                   Quant Gudmod l'ot oï, mut en fu desdeignant
                   E pur l'ire qu'il out lur est sailli avant:L3017 [L3017] lore sailli a. [H]  1_104
                   Si fud si devant tuz sa raisun cummençant:L3018 [L3018] Issi fu d. t. [H]  1_104
145
                   'Seignurs, or escutez! Entendez ma raisun.
         3020  Ici vei un vassal ki nus dit e somonL3020 [L3020] Issi uei ioe [H]  1_104
                   Ke lessum nostre lei e prengom la Mahun,L3021 [L3021] le mahun [H]  1_104
                   Ke truiës ont mangé, char e quir e crepun,L3022 [L3022] mil anz a el sablun [H]  1_104L3022 [L3022] The story that Mahomet was devoured by pigs while lying in a drunken stupor appears in Cor. Looïs 851-2 and several later chansons de geste; cf. K. Nyrop, Storia dell' epopea francese, tr. E. Gorra (Florence, 1886), p. 134.1_104
                   E ke treü doinssom a Gudbrant, le felun,L3023 [L3023] E ke deussum triu [H]  1_104L3023 [L3023] doinssom. Brede reads donissom, i.e. imperfect subjunctive, but there are no accents to distinguish ni from in and the present subjunctive fits in both with context and metre.1_104
                   Ke ne creit nostre Deu ne sa cunversïon.L3024 [L3024] Ke nostre ley deu creit ne sa conuersation [H]  1_104 [f.62b]
         3025  Cunbatre se vuldra, si nus cest ne fesum,L3025 [L3025] cest coe [H]  1_104
                   – E a dous les meillors d'iceste regïun –L3026 [L3026] A dous tut les m. [H]  1_104
                   Ke fause est nostre lei, icele que tenum,L3027 [L3027] cele ke nus t. [H]  1_104
                   E s'il la poet fauser, ke la suë prengom.
                   Par bataille champel, cum deivent champiün,
         3030  Li dui fiz nostre rei se sunt mis a bandunL3030 [L3030] om  se [H]  1_104
                   Pur defendre del tut çoe que dit li bricon.
                   Mes ne place celui ki soffri passïon
                   Pur nus traire d'enfer, cum nus dit la lesçon,L3033 [L3033] cum dit [H]  1_104

Page 1_104


                   Ke ja contre lui sul augent dui cumpaignun,
         3035  Ne k'en autre païs en venist mal renumL3035 [L3035] pais uenist la raisun [H]  1_105L3035 [L3035] mal interlinear insertion1_105
                   Ke Gudreche nen ait nurri en sa maisun
                   Ki cunbatre se pust tut sul a l'Esclavon.L3037 [L3037] om  se [H]  tut sul eschanun [H]  1_105L3037 [L3037] Read cumbatre.1_105
                   Joe l'en ferai teisant, si m'aït saint Symun.L3038 [L3038] tut t. [H]  1_105
146
         3039  'Or m'escutez, bons reis, si est vostre pleisir.L3039 [L3039] Ore mentendez sire Reis si cest [H]  1_105
                   Grant piece ad ke joe vinc el regne de Westir:L3039a [L3039a] om  [H]  1_105
         3040  Joe i vinc pur vos fiz e pur vus bien servir:L3040 [L3040] Ioe uinc pur uus e uoz fiz b. s. [H]  1_105
                   Bien le m'avez rendu e si cum jo·l desir.L3041 [L3041] iol ioe [H]  1_105L3041 [L3041] om  le [H]  1_105
                   O r est venu li tens ke m'en deit sovenir;
                   Les buntez qu'ai de vus me covient remerir
                   Ore envers cest paien, ke ferai tut teisir.L3044 [L3044] Dicest paen uus uengerai ke iol frai t. t. [H]  1_105
         3045  Qu'il ad del tut mentu bien li ferai gehir;L3045 [L3045] frai regeir [H]  1_105
                   D'içoe qu'il vint sur nus l'en ferai repentir,L3046 [L3046] sur uus le frai ioe r. [H]  1_105
                   Pur desfaire nos leis: pur fol l'en ferai tenir.L3047 [L3047] le frai [H]  1_105 [f.63a]
                   Quant l'avrai mis a fin e del tut fait perir,
                   Ceus ki vindrent od li irrum pus envaïr.L3049 [L3049] irum pus [H]  1_105
         3050  Ne s'en purra uns piez el païs revenirL3050 [L3050] Nen purra un pie a sun pais r. [H]  1_105
                   Dunt il sunt ça venuz, si ne volez guenchir:L3051 [L3051] il repeated; [H]  se nen [H]  1_105
         3052  Seignurs, çoe vus pramet, si·m voille maintenirL3052 [L3052] se uus me uolez m. [H]  1_105L3052 [L3052] voillerej  volez1_105
                   Li sires sovereins, ki tut fet costeïr.L3052a [L3052a] om  [H]  1_105
                   Ore irrai al ostel, si me vuil fervestir;L3053 [L3053] si me frai v. [H]  1_105L3053 [L3053] fervestir. This verb is cited in Tobl. Lom. from texts of the later twelfth century such as Mon. Guill., Aiol, Gaufrei; its past participle from these and also from Durmart and Chron. Nor. Both alternative forms of the past participle, fervestu and fervesti, are used in Troie as in Horn 2002 and O 4666.1_105
                   E vus gardez en taunt ke cist n'e[n] pusse fuïr,L3054 [L3054] entre itant ke cist nen pusse f. [H]  1_105
         3055  Kar taunt tost cum purrai m'en verrez revenir.'L3055 [L3055] m'en me laisse 147 with rhyme-syllable -ez [H]  1_105
147
                   Gudmod est al ostel pur sei armer alé
                   E tuit dient de lui: 'Gudmod ad bien parlé.'L3057 [L3057] ben a G. [H]  1_105
                   'E Deus!' çoe dist li reis, 'bor fud cel home ned;L3058 [L3058] cel tel [H]  1_105
                   Sa bunté bien nus ad de grant piece celé.L3059 [L3059] om  bien [H]  1_105
         3060  Jo·l diseië asez, quant bien l'oi esgardé,L3060 [L3060] Iol disai ben kant ioe loi e. [H]  1_105

Page 1_105


                   Ne pout estre malveis ki si fu figuré.'L3061 [L3061] Ne pet; [H]  kissi est [H]  1_106
                   En la chambre rëal li renuns est aléL3062 [L3062] est la raisun alez [H]  1_106
                   Ke la bataillë iert de Gudmod, l'alosé,L3063 [L3063] fra dan G. [H]  1_106
                   Encuntre cel paien, ki si iert reduté,L3064 [L3064] kissint [H]  1_106
         3065  De parler orgoillus e fol e surquidé.L3065 [L3065] E de p. si o. e si fier surquidez [H]  1_106
                   Or sacez de Lenburc fud Deu mut depreiéL3066 [L3066] p%ééz [H]  1_106
                   Qu'il n'i receive mal n'il n'i seit afolé.L3067 [L3067] ne ni [H]  1_106
                   A taunt vient dan Gudmod el palais bien armé:L3068 [L3068] A itant eis uus G. el p. a. [H]  1_106
                   Bien semble bon vassal de bien faire apresté.L3069 [L3069] Ben semlot; [H]  om  bien [H]  1_106
         3070  Bien se fu des parenz cest Rollac revengié,L3070 [L3070] om  cest [H]  1_106 [f.63b]
                   Quant en Bretaigne fud, cum desus est nomé;L3071 [L3071] cuntez [H]  1_106
                   Mes ne sout de cestui cum vers lui est faidé,L3072 [L3072] faiez [H]  1_106
                   Ki sun pere out ocis a doel e a pechié,L3073 [L3073] Kil [H]  1_106
         3074  Mes quant il le savra, mal li iert guerredoné,
                   E plus s'entremetra qu'il seit a mal mené.L3074a [L3074a] om  [H]  1_106
148
         3075  Gudmod entre el paleis armé sur sun destrier –L3075 [L3075] entra [H]  1_106
                   N'ot si bon el païs plus isnel ne plus chier:L3076 [L3076] Ni ot s. b. el paleis plus ignel corucer [H]  1_106L3076 [L3076] Insert a comma after païs.1_106
                   Pur cunquerre sun dreit bien semble chevalier.L3077 [L3077] semlot [H]  1_106
                   Il esgarde Rollac ki se feseit taunt fier.
                   'Amis,' fait il, '[en]tent! vus venez de la merL3079 [L3079] Amis or mentendez [H]  1_106L3079 [L3079] C 'Amis', fait il, '[en]tent! vus venez de la met'; H 'Amis, or m'entendez'. The combination of the second person singular and plural in the same passage is found several times in C, but is not usually supported by the other MSS.; see Intr.2, p. 81.1_106
         3080  Des dous reis ki de vus firent lor messager.L3080 [L3080] De dous [H]  1_106
                   Si dites ke nos leis, ki nus deivent salver,
                   Devom tutes guerpir kar il funt a blasmer.L3082 [L3082] eles sunt [H]  1_106
                   Pur les leis Apollin les nus volez fauser;L3083 [L3083] You wish us to renounce our laws (religion) for those of Apollin. For the construction see note on l. 2067.1_106
                   A Mahun, le pullent, nus volez aturner,
         3085  E Deu, ki tut cria, volez faire lesserL3085 [L3085] nus uolez f. [H]  1_106
                   Pur [les] voz malveis deus k'om doüst esbraser;L3086 [L3086] ke lon; [H]  enbraser [H]  1_106
                   E dites desormes devom treü donerL3087 [L3087] E d. ke triu desoremes d. d. [H]  1_106
                   A Gudbrant, le suldein, ne sai k'est, l'aversier.L3088 [L3088] ne sai ken li a. [H]  1_106x [x] corrected to ne1_106
                   Mes de tut çoe defend mun seignur dreiturer,
         3090  Qu'il ne deit pas sa lei pur hom vivant changer,L3090 [L3090] deit pur nul home la soe ley c. [H]  1_106

Page 1_106


                   Ke Jesu nus dona, ki se lessa penerL3091 [L3091] Ke li Reis nus d. [H]  1_107
                   Pur nus traire d'enfern, cum dient sermonier.L3092 [L3092] li sarmuner [H]  1_107L3092 [L3092] enfernrej  enferm1_107
                   Çoe est li premier point; çoe defend al primier.
                   En apres ke icil n'i deit trëu clamer,L3094 [L3094] ke a li ne [H]  1_107L3093 [L3093] For premier read premer. Punctuate with a colon after primier and a comma after apres.1_107 [f.64a]
         3095  Ki est suldein persaunt, ke oi Gudbrant nomer.L3095 [L3095] ke ioi [H]  1_107
                   Pur [i]çoe defendre de vus vus voil ja desfier.L3096 [L3096] Pur cest vers uus d. uus uoil d. [H]  1_107L3096 [L3096] C Pur çoe defendre de vus: H Pur cest vers vus defendre. This hemistich is suspect in both MSS., for defendre qu.ch. de or vers qu.qu'un denotes ordinarily defend someone from, ward off something from someone, as in l. 3089, for example. In l. 3031 defendre without adverbial extension has the force of deny, rebut, and I take it that this is how it is used here and that the line was modified in both versions, possibly to avoid the lyric caesura; cf. the section on Versification in the Introduction to Volume II.1_107
                   En la place ça fors vus en venez ester,
                   Pur home ke ci seit n'i avrez encumbrierL3098 [L3098] kiseit nen a. [H]  1_107
                   Ke ne puissez le dreit, si·l savez, deresnier.L3099 [L3099] se lauez [H]  1_107
         3100  Mes le tort qu'avez dit vus estoet cumparer.'L3100 [L3100] tort si lauez uus estoit c. [H]  1_107
149
                   Rollac ad entendu [quant] ke cil dit li adL3101 [L3101] kanke cist [H]  1_107L3101 [L3101] dit interlinear insertion1_107
                   Si dit mut fierement ke la fors s'en istraL3102 [L3102] Si respunt; [H]  om  la [H]  1_107
                   E trestut quant k'ad dit tresbien deresnera:L3103 [L3103] quant coe [H]  1_107
                   Un sul mot en nul sen pur poür ne larra.L3104 [L3104] Un mot a nul s. [H]  1_107
         3105  E Gudmod s'en depart, ki pas ne flechiraL3105 [L3105] E G. de sa part pas ne se f. [H]  1_107
         3106  Mes la lei damne deu cum vassal defendra,L3106 [L3106] Read Damnedeu.1_107
                   E joe sai bien de fi ke il li socorraL3106a [L3106a] om  [H]  1_107
                   Kar a nul ki bien l'aimt al bosoig ne faudra.
         3107  Cum ont pris lur estaus chescun autre esgardaL3107 [L3107] estaus liu [H]  1_107
         3108  E ses armes a sei chescun d'aus acesma;L3108 [L3108] om  d'aus [H]  1_107L3108 [L3108] Each one of them adjusted his arms. For acesma see note on l. 2232; a sei appears to be used as in Modern French to reinforce the possessive adjective.1_107
         3109  [Chescun autre par mal en aprés defia]L3109 [L3109] absent in C; text from H1_107
         3110  E chescun d'aus sun frein a sun cheval lascha.L3110 [L3110] cheval destrier [H]  1_107L3110 [L3110] stands after 3107 in the MS.; [H]  1_107L3110 [L3110] See Introduction, II, § 5 (a), p. xxix.1_107
                   Brochant a esperon chescun l'autre encuntra,L3111 [L3111] chescun autre [H]  1_107
                   E Rollac fiert Gudmod, ki sa launce brisa,L3112 [L3112] C brisa, H brusa. O.F. possessed two similar verbs meaning break, brisier and bruisier or brusier (some scholars derive both from the same radical; cf. the discussion in F.E.W. I, 535). In Horn both C and H elsewhere use brus-, bruis-, cf. ll. 3116, 4267.1_107
                   Mes Gudmod refiert lui ke tut l'agraventa;L3113 [L3113] referi li ke trestut [H]  1_107
                   De la sele el cheval a terre reversaL3114 [L3114] al cheval a la t. [H]  1_107L3114 [L3114] elrej  al1_107
         3115  Ke le coing del heaume enz el sablun ficha.L3115 [L3115] de sun helme en la terre aficha [H]  1_107
                   Pur un poi ke del cop le col ne li brusa,
                   Mes par aventure de la mort eschapa,L3117 [L3117] Mais auenture aidunc de la mort le garda [H]  1_107L3117 [L3117] Mesrej  p- corrected to Mes1_107

Page 1_107


                   E li reis e sa cort forment Deu en load.L3118 [L3118] om  en [H]  1_108 [f.64b]
                   Si espeirent par taunt ke Gudmod bien veintra.L3119 [L3119] om  bien [H]  1_108
150
         3120  Mut fu dolent Rollac, quant se sent abatu,L3120 [L3120] se uit [H]  1_108
                   Unkes pus qu'il nasqui, issi dolent ne fu.L3121 [L3121] Delete the comma after nasqui.1_108
                   Par mut grant mal talent est mut tost sus saillu;L3122 [L3122] est tost [H]  1_108
                   En sun poing tint sun brant, sur sun chief sun escu,
                   E taunt tost cum il pot sur Gudmod est coru,L3124 [L3124] sur uers [H]  1_108L3124 [L3124] si tost [H]  1_108
         3125  Mes ainz qu'il i venist esteit il descendu,L3125 [L3125] om  i [H]  1_108
                   Kar ne vout ke de lui fust sis chevaus feru.
                   Cil vient mut fierement e cist n'est esperdu,L3127 [L3127] uint; [H]  nen est [H]  1_108
                   Ainz l'ad bien encuntré e par mal receü.
                   E quant cil vint a lui, n'i ad plus atendu
         3130  Qu'il grant cop ne ferist el coing del heaume agu,L3130 [L3130] feri el nu [H]  1_108
                   Ke li feus en sailli, ki esprent tut l'erbu,
                   E Gudmod, quant çoe vit, mut s'en est irascu:
                   Ja s'en revengera par mut fiere vertu.L3133 [L3133] grant v. [H]  1_108
                   Tel cop li ad doné de sun brant esmoluL3134 [L3134] done ke; [H]  de inserted in the margin [H]  1_108
         3135  Ke·l mist a gonoillons; mes n'est del tut chaü,L3135 [L3135] Kil le mist a genoil mes ne fu de tut c. [H]  1_108
                   Taunt sunt ses armes forz par quei est defendu;L3136 [L3136] par queus il est d. [H]  1_108
                   Autrement fust or mort e del tut cunfundu;
                   Mes il resaut en piez cum cil ki n'est vencu.
                   Or est ja entr'eus dous un grant estur tenu,L3139 [L3139] Ore ert ia entre eus un [H]  1_108L3139 [L3139] dousrej  dous1_108
         3140  Dunt li reis e li soen grant poür ont oü.L3140 [L3140] unt g. p. [H]  1_108
151
                   La bataille est dure e grant est li resun,L3141 [L3141] La b. est grant dure est la raisun [H]  1_108
                   E li vassal sunt fier, ki·l funt a cuntençon.L3142 [L3142] fassal; [H]  ke sunt a [H]  1_108
                   Les heaumes funt tentir e quassent li blazon;L3143 [L3143] cil placun [H]  1_108L3143 [L3143] The word blazon, which originally denoted shield, took on the meaning painted device in the later twelfth century, cf. Tobl. Lom. In Protheselaus it is used in both senses, cf. ll. 10270 Que li blazun tut en [res]une and 6030 Falsent les ais, teint et blazun. Unless we admit a discrepancy, Thomas is here using the word in its later significance, for it is evident that the shields themselves remained intact.1_108 [f.65a]
                   Mut se vont demenant a pie par le sablun.L3144 [L3144] For pie read pié.1_108
         3145  E mut sunt Deu preaunt pur Gudmod, li baron,L3145 [L3145] li cil [H]  1_108L3145 [L3145] om  E [H]  1_108
                   E mut escordément li reis e tuit li sunL3146 [L3146] li reis len a somun [H]  1_108L3146 [L3146] tuit li sun. See Intr.2, p. 50. For escordément (H escordeement) see Tobl. Lom. s.vv. escordeement, escordement.1_108
                   Ke il veintre ne·l laist a cel culvert felun;L3147 [L3147] ne laist [H]  1_108
                   E Deus, pur qui il cumbat, en oïd l'oreisun,L3148 [L3148] pur ki il [H]  1_108

Page 1_108


                   Cum vus porrez oïr, s'escotez la lesçon.
         3150  Tresque none sonant dura la capleisun,L3150 [L3150] Treke a; [H]  durra [H]  1_109
                   Ke Rollac fud lassez; si ad dit tiel raisun:L3151 [L3151] om  [H]  1_109
                   'Vassal, mut estes pruz; onc ne truvai si bun
                   Fors un sul ke ja vi solunc m'ententïonL3153 [L3153] ke trouai [H]  1_109
                   En Suddene, quant fui od mun oncle Rodmon.L3154 [L3154] kant ioe ifui [H]  1_109
         3155  Joe ocis le vassal ke Aälof out nun.L3155 [L3155] La ocis un v. [H]  1_109
                   Traez vus ore en sus e si nus reposun
                   E si venez od mei tresk'en ma regïon.
                   Joe sui fiz al Soldein ki fait cummandeisunL3158 [L3158] en ki c. [H]  1_109
                   En Perse le regned par l'otrei de Mahun.L3159 [L3159] Est le regne de perse [H]  1_109
         3160  Une soror i ai, d'icele vus faz dun;L3160 [L3160] le dun [H]  1_109
                   Od lui avrez taunt fieu cum voldrez a bandun
                   E si tendrez od nus la lei ke nus tenom.'L3162 [L3162] tendrez la ley od nus ke [H]  1_109
                   'Par ma fei,' dist Gudmod, 'n'est pruz itiel sermon.L3163 [L3163] fei ley [H]  1_109
                   Trestut el vus dirai ainz ke nus departon.'
152
         3165  Gudmod veit le paen, ki est forment hastez,L3165 [L3165] ki quil [H]  1_109L3165 [L3165] The line is ambiguous, for est hastez may be either the present passive of the transitive verb haster press, beset or the perfect of the reflexive verb sei haster hasten. Is the pagan hard beset? or has he been overhasty in admitting that it was he who slew Aälof? The second interpretation appears to fit in best with the context.1_109
                   Si regarde sa main e l'anel k'est gemmez,
                   Ki li fu de Rigmel al departir donez:
                   Dunc rest par maltalent sis coers en haut levezL3168 [L3168] rest est; [H]  si cors esleuez [H]  1_109 [f.65b]
                   En orgoil de rankur, si·n est plus esforcez,
         3170  Kar bien out entendu dunt cil s'esteit vantez,
                   Qu'il ot mort Aälof ki fud rei coronez.L3171 [L3171] Kil ert m. [H]  1_109
                   Or nen iert mes pledé par autre pes finezL3172 [L3172] Or nert mais li pleiz par peis entr%r eus finez [H]  1_109
                   Entre ci ke l'un d'aus en remaigne afolez.L3173 [L3173] remeint afolez [H]  1_109
                   'Vassal,' çoe dit Gudmod, 'vers mei or entendez:L3174 [L3174] om  coe [H]  1_109
         3175  Aälof dunt parlas fud mis dreiz avoëz;L3175 [L3175] A. dunt uus uantez fu mi sires e mi voez [H]  1_109L3175 [L3175] Read probably parlas[tes], cf. the second person plural form in H.1_109
                   Mei l'estoet or venger, ne poet estre targez.L3176 [L3176] Mei lestut revenger; [H]  atargez [H]  1_109
                   De Suddene sui niez; la fud mis parentez:L3177 [L3177] fu nez [H]  1_109
                   Ki cel rei mist a mort vers mei [en] est faidezL3178 [L3178] uers moi sest aforcez [H]  1_109
                   E pur lui vus defi. Des or mes vus gardez.'L3179 [L3179] hui mes si uus g. [H]  1_109

Page 1_109


         3180  A itaunt est vers lui trestut les sauz alez;L3180 [L3180] de sautz [H]  1_110
                   En sun poing tint le brant, ki fud clers e letrez;L3181 [L3181] A sun poig tint sun b. kert [H]  1_110
                   Escrit i est li granz nuns de Deu de maiestez.L3182 [L3182] E sen iest le grant non del d. [H]  1_110L3182 [L3182] The use of granz and grant in two successive lines is suspect, and as the epithet seems to be of greater value in l. 3183 than in l. 3182, where its use is to some extent conventional, I have omitted it in this latter line, in which there is an overplus of one syllable.1_110
                   Il en fiert un grant cop, cum cil ki est irez,L3183 [L3183] Il refiert un cop cum cil kest corucez [H]  1_110
                   Sus el heaume lusant ke trestut est quassezL3184 [L3184] Sur le h. [H]  1_110
         3185  E le cerclë a or e les laz ad trenchiez.L3185 [L3185] cercle ki est dor [H]  1_110
                   A senestre est li cops sur l'espaulle avalez,
                   Ke l'espaulle e li braz od l'escu sunt versez –
                   L'escu ne donast matin pur pris de dous citez,L3188 [L3188] Cist nel d. hui matin pur le p. [H]  1_110
                   Kar n'ad arme suz ciel par qui il fust dampnez:L3189 [L3189] pur ki il f. damagez [H]  1_110
         3190  Pur coe s'i fiout taunt cil culvert reneiez,L3190 [L3190] s'i se [H]  1_110L3190 [L3190] For coe read çoe.1_110
                   Qu'il iert taunt mestrement e jetez e temprezL3191 [L3191] In variants of H insert mestriement.1_110
                   D'un metal ki n'iert pas de ligier devinez.L3192 [L3192] ke nert mie legerement d. [H]  1_110 [f.66a]
                   Mestre fud cil qui·l fist kar legier fud asez
                   E si ert issi fort, cum vus dire l'oëz.
         3195  Sur l'escu s'iert Gudmod vassalment arestez,L3195 [L3195] uassalment sest G. arestez [H]  1_110L3195 [L3195] restez
apuiez, with no expunctuation marks1_110
                   Si l'avra a sun oes, si iert meuz enpleiez.L3196 [L3196] Il lauerad [H]  1_110
153
                   Li paien s'esmaia del cop ki fud mortal;L3197 [L3197] sesmaiot pur le cop kert m. [H]  1_110
                   Ne vout crier merci, ainz vet vers lui par mal.
                   Od l'espëe qu'il tint li ad paié un talL3199 [L3199] pae ital [H]  1_110L3199 [L3199] Cf. note on l. 4081.1_110
         3200  Enz el vis dedevant, si ne fust li nasal,L3200 [L3200] El uis deuant. ke se ne f. [H]  1_110
                   Le nes li oust trenchié od tut l'autre charnal;L3201 [L3201] od tut le charnal [H]  1_110
                   A tuz jorz li fust mais reprovier vergundal:L3202 [L3202] om  iorz [H]  reprocer [H]  1_110
                   Mes ne·l vout pas issi li pere esperital.L3203 [L3203] uot issi deu li sire e. [H]  1_110
                   Quant Gudmod l'ad veü, li prouz e [li] lëal,L3204 [L3204] ot coe veu li preuz e li l. [H]  1_110
         3205  Sovint li qu'il fud nez de parage rëal,
                   Lors li vet redoner un cop enperïal.
                   Ne crei qu'il veie mais avant autre jornal,L3207 [L3207] iames nul autre j. [H]  1_110
                   Kar le chief li trencha cum nobile vassal

Page 1_110


         3209  E l'alme comanda au diable enfernal,L3209 [L3209] om  E laneme enuea a sun seignur belial: enuea itted and entered in margin [H]  a expunctuated [H]  1_111L3209 [L3209] as diables 1_111
                   Belzebub, Tervagan, Apollin, Belïal
         3210  [K'est sires d'enfer e a ceus principal.]L3210 [L3210] absent in C, text from H; K'est Ki est1_111
                   La est cil receü u avra peine e mal.L3210a [L3210a] om  [H]  1_111
154
         3211  La teste ad pris Gudmod; a Gudreche le rent;L3211 [L3211] e a G. [H]  1_111L3211 [L3211] Gudmodrej  Gud.1_111
                   Devant tuz ses baruns l'en ad fait le present;L3212 [L3212] les b. fait ad p. [H]  1_111
                   E li reis l'en rendi mut grant mercïement:L3213 [L3213] li en rent [H]  1_111
                   Si deveit il bien faire kar grant los i apent.L3214 [L3214] om  [H]  1_111
         3215  La novele s'espaunt par [tres]tut erraument,L3215 [L3215] E la n.; [H]  p. tres tut [H]  1_111 [f.66b]
                   Ke Gudmod ad vencu le paën vassalment.L3216 [L3216] si v. [H]  1_111
                   Quant la novele oït Lenburc od lo cors gent,
                   A Deu en ad rendu mut grant loengement.L3218 [L3218] om  mut [H]  1_111
                   E Gudmod ad al rei fait itiel loëment,L3216 [L3216] Gudmodrej  Gudm̄.1_111
         3220  Cumme ja vus dirai, s'escotez quoiëment.L3220 [L3220] Cum ioe vus d. ia [H]  1_111
                   'Sire reis, kar aluns sanz nul atargement
                   Asaillir vassalment icele paëne gent,L3222 [L3222] Asailler a cele mier icele [H]  1_111
                   Qu'il ne facent ici lunges arestement.L3223 [L3223] nul a. [H]  1_111
                   Nus ne truverons ja en eus defendement,L3224 [L3224] Nus ne queruns ia uers eus plus d. [H]  1_111
         3225  Kar il sunt mut coart – asaié l'ai sovent.L3225 [L3225] maueis cuarz a. les ai s. [H]  1_111
                   Lai vus iert s'il od vus funt lung sojornement.L3226 [L3226] Laid nus ert si od nus [H]  1_111
                   Certes sul dis des voz valent des lur le cent.'L3227 [L3227] des nos des lur ualent cent [H]  1_111
                   Par teus diz lor ad mis es quoers grant hardement,L3228 [L3228] es as [H]  1_111
                   E li reis lur en fait bon amonestement.L3229 [L3229] om  en [H]  1_111
         3230  Lors s'en vait al ostel cummunal la jovent;L3230 [L3230] vunt as hostels tuz cummunalment [H]  1_111
                   Si armerent lur cors, chescun mut fierement.
                   En la place issent fors u Gudmod les atent,
                   Ki tuz les cunduira al rei cummandement.L3233 [L3233] par le Rei c. [H]  1_111
155
                   Gudmod les cunduit bien par [mut] grant vasselage
         3235  Vers [les] paiens tut dreit ki sunt en cel rivage,L3235 [L3235] Vers les p.; [H]  sur le r. [H]  1_111

Page 1_111


                   Ki sunt mut orgoillus e de jeste salvage.L3236 [L3236] Si sunt [H]  1_112
                   Mes Gudmod n'amad onc në eus ne lur lignage,L3237 [L3237] unc eus [H]  1_112
                   Pur çoe mustra enkui [en]vers eus grant fiertage,L3238 [L3238] mustrat unkore hui [H]  1_112L3238 [L3238] mustrarej  mus%tra1_112
                   Kar n'i ot un tut sul ki n'i lessast grief gage –L3239 [L3239] om  tut [H]  lessa grand wage [H]  1_112 [f.67a]
         3240  Çoe sunt les fieres testes: n'en prendront autre ostage.L3240 [L3240] tuz lur chefs ne pernent [H]  1_112
                   Il s'asemblent a l'ost par de lez un boskage.L3241 [L3241] Il assemblot sun host [H]  1_112
                   Ses eschieles depart cum cil ki iert bien sage:L3242 [L3242] ipart; [H]  om  bien [H]  1_112
                   Set en fait mut vallanz ki tut sunt d'un corageL3243 [L3243] om  tut [H]  1_112
                   De paiens damager, de faire lur utrage:L3244 [L3244] Des p. d. e faire [H]  1_112
         3245  Si·s voelent costeïr al port e al passage,L3245 [L3245] Si·s Sil [H]  1_112
                   Ja mais n'en vendra uns a sun dreit heritage,L3246 [L3246] uns nul [H]  1_112
                   Kar quant d'aus partiront, mar i vindrent par nage.L3247 [L3247] Kar ia ne sen partirunt mar v. [H]  1_112L3245 [L3245] If they wish to defend themselves at port or passage, not one of them will ever return to his rightful heritage, for when they part from them (sc. Gudmod's men) [they will find that] they were ill-starred in sailing here. For the first hemistich of l. 3247 in C, Kar quant d'aus partiront, H substitutes the more straightforward Kar ja ne s'en partirunt. The phrase al port e al passage recalls Ch. Rol. 657 and 741 and probably refers to any passage through difficult terrain, considered from a military point of view, rather than to the seaport. The usual meaning of costeïr in O.F. is the specialized one tend, groom, as in O 4946 (cf. Tobl. Lom. and F.E.W. II (2), 1595); but in ll. 2058, 3052a, 3572, 3881 it is used in its Latin sense of protect, defend, and this sense appears to me to be appropriate here rather than, as suggested in Tobl. Lom., abwarten, erwarten.1_112
                   Faire lur vait Gudmod le premier chalenjage,
                   D'içoe qu'il sunt venu la issi sanz guionage.L3249 [L3249] sunt la venuz issi s. guuernage [H]  1_112
         3250  Tut primes vint al tref Escofard de Durage,L3250 [L3250] Escofard. Cf. the pagan Escofart in F. Can. 2479.1_112
                   Ki iert al premier chief herbergié par foltage:L3251 [L3251] par fol rage [H]  1_112
                   Tut ad agraventé par deled le marage.L3252 [L3252] Les prez ad a. [H]  1_112
156
                   Li bosoinz fud mut granz e grief al cummencier.L3253 [L3253] fu grant e mut g. [H]  1_112
                   [Dan Gomod le fait ben cum bon chivaler,]
         3255  Icil ki sunt od lui li vont mut bien aider:L3255 [L3255] E cil; [H]  om  mut [H]  1_112L3255 [L3255] lirej  Li1_112
                   Taunt i lessent des freiz e des morz el gravier,
                   Dunt lor eirs n'avront mes a nul jor recovrer.L3257 [L3257] Dunt les Reis; [H]  om  mes [H]  1_112
                   Paien sunt esturmi, si se corent armer,L3258 [L3258] estornus [H]  1_112
                   E as reis k'od aus sunt si l'ont fait nunciërL3259 [L3259] Reis souereins [H]  1_112
         3260  Ke il sunt asailluz par bataille champer.L3260 [L3260] assailli [H]  1_112
                   Ki dunc oïst les reis enseignes escrier,L3261 [L3261] lur enseigne [H]  1_112
                   Faire batre taburs e buisines soner,
                   E henir ces chevaus e grant bruit demener,L3263 [L3263] la le [H]  1_112L3263 [L3263] om  [H]  1_112
                   A merveille mut grant li purreit resembler.L3264 [L3264] sembler
reṃẹṃḅṛẹr1_112 [f.67b]
         3265  Lors s'asemblent paiens [e] de terre e de mer,L3265 [L3265] e de t. [H]  1_112

Page 1_112


                   E li reis sunt venu pur les noz encuntrer;L3266 [L3266] Les Reis; [H]  encumbrer [H]  1_113
                   Or cummencera ja mut grevus paleter,L3267 [L3267] Ia comencera m. g. chapler [H]  1_113
                   Kar li rei sunt vaillant, mut orgoillus e fier,
                   E si voldrunt les lur, ki mort sunt, revenger;L3269 [L3269] uelent [H]  1_113
         3270  E li nostre sunt pruz, aduré guerreier,L3270 [L3270] preuz e bons g. [H]  1_113
                   Si voelent les paiens de lur terres chacer.L3271 [L3271] terre [H]  1_113
                   Les oz s'asemblerent – n'i ad mes d'arester –L3272 [L3272] Ore sasemlent iloek ou na nul desturber [H]  1_113
                   E de val e de munt e de bois e de mer.L3273 [L3273] Ne de ual ne de munt ne de bois encumbrer [H]  1_113
157
                   Li fiz Gudreche sunt en l'eschiele devant,L3274 [L3274] Li fiz le Rei G. sunt ensemle deuant [H]  1_113
         3275  Dan Guffer e Egfer: amdui sunt bien vaillant.L3275 [L3275] Cest G. e E. andoi sunt v. [H]  1_113
                   A eus se sunt mellé li dui rei affricant,
                   C'est li durs Heldebrand e l'autre, Herebrand:L3277 [L3277] Hydebrant e li autres h. [H]  1_113
                   Mut i fierent granz cops cum aduré tirant,
                   Quant espié sunt froissié, si sunt fors trait li brand.L3279 [L3279] Quant li espéé sunt fraint dunc isonent li brant [H]  1_113
         3280  Bien konoistre se funt par la u sunt passant.L3280 [L3280] le funt; [H]  par la ou il s. p. [H]  1_113
                   E li fiz nostre rei ne·s vont pas revilant,L3281 [L3281] ne vunt pas auilant [H]  1_113
                   Ainz les encuntrent bien; ne·s vont esparniänt.L3282 [L3282] unt encontre; [H]  nes uunt pas [H]  1_113
                   Morz les lessent e freiz gesir gule baänt,L3283 [L3283] ilaissent; [H]  gisant g. abaiant [H]  1_113
                   Ke de sanc sunt li ruit par les veies curant:L3284 [L3284] E de sanc sunt li roit [H]  1_113L3284 [L3284] ruit. Here and in l. 4077 the word for rivulet or stream is written in C without distinguishing accent on the i–H has roit in this line, ruit in l. 4077, so I have taken the word to be ruit, a form that is confirmed by rhymes such as ruiz: deduiz (Chr. Nor. II, 25, 288). Brede prints riut here, ruit in l. 4077.1_113
         3285  Nuls ne·s purreit numbrer, ja ne·s cuntereit taunt.L3285 [L3285] ne·s ne [H]  1_113
                   Par ces champs vont chevaus lor resnes traïnant,L3286 [L3286] champs pleines [H]  1_113L3286 [L3286] cheva^us1_113
                   Dunt li seignur sunt mort enz el kaple pesant,
                   Mes n'i fu regardé des noz un auferant,L3288 [L3288] Unc ne fu des nos r. [H]  1_113 [f.68a]
                   Kar bien l'ot cummandé Gudmod, le cumbatant,L3289 [L3289] defendu [H]  1_113
         3290  Ke nuls n'en preïst un, mes fust tut el fesant:L3290 [L3290] Ki nuls ni p. un mes fust al f. [H]  1_113
                   C'est de destruire paëns ke nul n'en seit vantantL3291 [L3291] Cest destruire p. [H]  1_113
                   Ke les puisse tenser Mahun ne TervagantL3292 [L3292] Ke les puet sauuer [H]  1_113
                   N'Apollin, lur faus deu, u il erent creänt.L3293 [L3293] om  faus [H]  estéént [H]  1_113
         3294  Nepurquant runt des noz refait damage grant,L3294 [L3294] E des nos iot fait d. mut g [H]  1_113L3294 [L3294] runt . . . refait. Double use of the prefix re- on their part.1_113
                   L3295 [L3295] Ne serra restore en cest siecle uiuuant [H]  1_113L3295 [L3295] See Introduction, II, § 5 (ii), p. xxxvii.1_113

Page 1_113


         3296  Kar Guffiers i fud morz; si l'ocist Hildebrand,
                   Mes Gudmod le venga cum vus ierc recuntanz.L3297 [L3297] eirt disant [H]  1_114
158
                   Gudmod fu d'autre part, si[·n] oïd la novele,L3298 [L3298] gOdmod ert par de la sin [H]  1_114
                   U done des granz cops e vers paiens revele:L3299 [L3299] des les [H]  1_114
         3300  Si sacez quant l'oï li quors li estencele.L3300 [L3300] Si E; [H]  en sun quer le sele [H]  1_114L3300 [L3300] li quors li estencele. The figurative use of the verb estenceler sparkle, to express strong emotion, is found in F. Can. and Fantosme (li sanc li estencele 244), cf. Tobl. Lom.1_114
                   Cele part est turné delez une praele;
                   Quant il vit le paien de maltalent l'apele:
                   'Paen, Deu te dunt mal e dolurose quereleL3303 [L3303] Si soleint [H]  1_114L3303 [L3303] par ki fu estencele [H]  1_114
                   Ki Gufier nus ad mort, dunt sa mere est miseleL3304 [L3304] Ki G. as ore morz dunt tant sa mort meshere [H]  1_114L3304 [L3304] For ad read as.1_114
         3305  E Lenburc, sa sorur, la corteise, la bele;L3305 [L3305] L. la fille le Rei [H]  1_114
                   Sun frere esteit germain; ne sai tiel damaisele,
                   Fors Rigmel, la gentil, au quoer de turturele,L3307 [L3307] ki cors a treiturele [H]  1_114
                   Ki onc fors vers un sul en sun aëd n'oisele.L3308 [L3308] Ki unc fors un en sun éé ne oisele [H]  1_114
                   Or te defi, dan glutun! si·t parras em praele!'L3309 [L3309] om  dan [H]  si parat sun prele [H]  1_114
         3310  A [i]taunt vet vers lui; sun escu achanteleL3310 [L3310] A itant [H]  1_114L3310 [L3310] Read A itaunt.–achantele. The usual locution formed from chantel side to indicate the position (on the left side) in which the shield is held in action is en chantel, and the verb formed from it is enchanteler; but the form achanteler is used in Partonopeus, cf. Tobl. Lom.1_114
                   E brandist sun espié – fait fu a La Rochele
         3312  Del acier peitevin – trenchaunte est l'alemele:L3312 [L3312] Del auer penteu dunt enchant fu lalemele [H]  1_114L3312 [L3312] The term alemele, of which Wace appears to furnish the earliest examples (cf. Tobl. Lom.), was ordinarily employed to denote the blade of a sword or axe, but it is used of the lance-head in Eneas, Troie and other romances (cf. Tobl. Lom.) and in Ipomedon 4669.1_114
                   Ja li fera un trait peör ke de viële.L3312a [L3312a] om  [H]  1_114 [f.68b]
                   Sun escu li perça, ki fud fait a Tudele,L3313 [L3313] fait nouele [H]  1_114
                   E l'auberc li fausa – ne vaut une gonele –L3314 [L3314] E le hauberc li f. ne li valut un agoille [H]  1_114
         3315  Ke le quoer li trencha tresparmi la furcele,L3315 [L3315] ne li t. parmi [H]  1_114L3315 [L3315] furcele. See Mario Roques in Studies Pope, pp. 321-8.1_114
                   Ke mort le tresturne del destrier de Chastele;L3316 [L3316] lad tresturne [H]  1_114
                   Tut ad ensanglenté l'erbe de sa buële.L3317 [L3317] Tote en a senglante lerbe de la sentele [H]  1_114L3298 [L3298] The difficulty of finding rhymes in -ele has involved Thomas in a rather unusual set of words and locutions, several of which are distorted in H.1_114
159
                   Quant Gudmod ot ocis cest felun barbaran,L3318 [L3318] auoit mort icest Rei B. [H]  1_114
                   Mut en ont grant doel fait, ço sacez, affrican.L3319 [L3319] fait li affrican [H]  1_114
         3320  Des ore sunt afiebliz e entré en mal an:
                   Ja mes ne reverrunt, çoe crei, regne persan,L3321 [L3321] ne receuerunt le r. de p. [H]  1_114
                   Ne ne·s purra tenser Mahun ne Tervagan.L3322 [L3322] Ne les p. t. le maueis t. [H]  1_114
                   Gudmod les veit menant envers un desurbanL3323 [L3323] menant [H]  1_114

Page 1_114


                   V mil sunt trebuchié dunt il fist sun enjan:L3324 [L3324] fait sun engan [H]  1_115L3324 [L3324] For V read U.1_115
         3325  Cil n'aïderont mes en bataille al souldan.L3325 [L3325] Cist naueront mes mester en b. le s. [H]  1_115
                   A taunt i est venu un paien Cloakan:
                   Cist metra si il poet, dan Gudmod en ahan.L3327 [L3327] G. a han [H]  1_115L3327 [L3327] Insert a comma after metra.1_115
                   Il esteit riches hom si teneit Corinan,
                   Richë ille de mer u maignent marinan,L3329 [L3329] Ou iot riche i. de m. e meinent m. [H]  1_115
         3330  Si·n soelent aporter pailes e bukeran.
                   Mut esteit bien armé sur un destrier bauçan;L3331 [L3331] transposed [H]  1_115
                   Pur les soens ralïer cornout sun olifan;L3332 [L3332] sun un [H]  1_115L3332 [L3332] ralier resemler [H]  1_115
                   Gudmod vint maneçant kar fel iert e tiran.L3333 [L3333] vient mancant [H]  1_115
                   E Gudmod, quant l'entent, recleime saint Johan,
         3335  Qu'il li dont vengement de cel culvert griffan,
                   Pus ad turné vers lui sun destrier chastelan, [f.69a]
                   De l'espeë le fiert sus el heaulme hautan,L3337 [L3337] sus le [H]  1_115
                   Ke parmi le fendi cum si fust une glan:L3338 [L3338] Ke dreit parmi le fent cum coe f. un g. [H]  1_115L3338 [L3338] fendirej  feri1_115
                   Unc mestier ne li ot le hauberc jaceranL3339 [L3339] sun h. aceran [H]  1_115
         3340  N'en feïst dous meitiez de si qu'al cordowan,L3340 [L3340] Ke nel fendist en dous meitez [H]  1_115
                   Dunt la sele iert coverte a icel poplican.L3341 [L3341] de cel p. [H]  1_115
                   'Utre,' fait il, 'culvert, entré es en mal an.'L3342 [L3342] om  [H]  1_115
160
                   Quant paien ont veü cel cop desmesurezL3343 [L3343] cel cop desmesurez [H]  1_115
                   Ensemble se sunt trait kar mut sunt esmaiez,L3343 [L3343] Insert commas after desmesurez and trait.1_115
         3345  Ver le rei Herebrand, ki ore iert avoez,L3345 [L3345] hydebrant corrected by marginal entry of herebrant; [H]  om  ore [H]  1_115
                   Pur bataille tenir: ja[·n] sunt aseürez.L3346 [L3346] la sunt assemlez [H]  1_115L3346 [L3346] ja[·n] sunt aseurez. sunt aseurez without complement is ambiguous.1_115
                   E li nostre sunt pruz: ne·s ont esparniëzL3347 [L3347] E li nos s. preuz nes sunt pas e. [H]  1_115
                   Ainz sunt seürement envers eus asemblez.L3348 [L3348] A. se sunt durement uers [H]  1_115
                   La ot taunt de gros cops receüz e donez,L3349 [L3349] La iot tanz granz [H]  1_115
         3350  Ne·s poüst acunter ne lais ne nis letrez.L3350 [L3350] Nes pureit a. nul sage lettrez [H]  1_115
                   La ot taunt decoupé e poinz e piz e piez,L3351 [L3351] La iot tanz decopez ke de poigs ke de piez [H]  1_115L3351 [L3351] piezrej  p^iez1_115

Page 1_115


                   Ke vint chars en fussent par verité chargiez.L3352 [L3352] pur ueir ben c. [H]  1_116
                   Treis jorz ont cumbatu, k'il ne sunt desevrezL3353 [L3353] desevrezrej  deseuerez1_116
                   Ne par jor ne par nut; forment s'i sunt lassez;L3354 [L3354] ke tut sunt alassez [H]  1_116
         3355  Unkes cheval n'i ot ki i fust desfrenezL3355 [L3355] ki fust d. [H]  1_116
                   Ne un sul ne manga ne n'i but, çoe sachiez.L3356 [L3356] Ne home nul ni m. ne but [H]  1_116
                   Cuntre none au tierz di se sunt entrencuntrez,L3357 [L3357] furent e. [H]  1_116L3357 [L3357] Delete the comma after entrencuntrez.1_116
                   Herebrand e Egfer par mut ruistes fiertez.L3358 [L3358] Hydebrant corrected; [H]  marginal insertion her. [H]  1_116
         3359  Il s'entrefierent si enz [es] escuz listez,L3359 [L3359] si ke lestuet listez [H]  1_116
                   – Piz encuntre [le] piz taunt durement hurtez –L3359a [L3359a] om  [H]  1_116 [f.69b]
         3360  Ne se poënt tenir ainz sunt tuz dequaissez:L3360 [L3360] quassez [H]  1_116
                   Par les cops sunt chaeit e a terre versez.L3361 [L3361] chaeit cheuz; [H]  reuersez [H]  1_116
                   Mes taunt tost cum poënt, se sunt sus redresciez;L3362 [L3362] si tost c. poéént; [H]  om  sus [H]  1_116
                   Lors si fud entr'els dous li caples cummenciez,L3363 [L3363] om  si [H]  chpleiz [H]  1_116L3363 [L3363] In Critical Note, l. 1, for cumenciez read cummenciez.1_116
                   Dunt Egfer en fud mort e cil s'en est vantez.L3364 [L3364] recut la mort nul cil ne rest v. [H]  1_116L3363 [L3363] C Lors si fud entr'els dous li caples cumenciez
Dunt Egfer en fud mort e cil s'en est vantez: H Dunt Egfer reçut la mort nul cil ne rest vantez. It is possible that Thomas wished to indicate the temporary triumph of Hildebrand, but the version in H, though muddled, seems to have more force, and I would suggest reading ne cil n'en rest vantez, nor has he, on his side, boasted of it (on account of his own speedy death).1_116
161
         3365  Egfer e Herebrand se cumbatent par mal,L3365 [L3365] hydebrant corrected; [H]  marginal insertion herebr. [H]  1_116
                   Des cops ke s'entredonent retentissent li valL3366 [L3366] quil; [H]  redondissent cel ual [H]  1_116
                   E les bois environ e des munz li costal.
                   Egfer fiert Herebrand el heaume principal,L3368 [L3368] hidebrant [H]  1_116L3358 [L3358] Herebrandrej  Hildebrand1_116
                   Ke des quirs en abat e les clous cummunal,L3369 [L3369] clous laz [H]  1_116L3369 [L3369] des les [H]  1_116
         3370  Ke a gonoilz se mist e guerpist sun estal,L3370 [L3370] Kagenoiller le fist e guerpir [H]  1_116
                   Quant li fel reclama sun seignor Beliäl,L3371 [L3371] A Mahun fait un cri sun seignur principal [H]  1_116
                   Ki est prince d'enfer e jugierre enfernal,
                   Qu'il li dont vengement d'icel vallet reäl.L3373 [L3373] Ki li [H]  1_116
                   Lors est vers li coru e si·l prent al nasal,L3374 [L3374] om  e [H]  al vassal [H]  1_116
         3375  Od l'espéé le fiert – le pont fud de cristal –L3375 [L3375] om  [H]  1_116
                   Ke le vis li trencha, la face od le charnal.L3376 [L3376] De sun vis [H]  1_116
                   Tut l'agravente jus par la plaië mortal,L3377 [L3377] la le [H]  1_116L3377 [L3377] lagrauenta [H]  1_116
                   Ja en preïst le chief od l'eaume enperiäl,
                   Quant de loinz s'aparçut dan Gudmod, li leäl,L3379 [L3379] om  dan [H]  1_116

Page 1_116


         3380  Qu'en tiel destreit teneit sun seignur natural;L3380 [L3380] cel destreit; [H]  om  teneit [H]  ueit marginal addition [H]  1_117L3380 [L3380] For Qu'en read K'en.1_117
                   Tost ad turné vers lui le chief de sun cheval,L3381 [L3381] est torne [H]  1_117
                   Dont li cols est sanglent de ci kë al peitral;L3382 [L3382] D. li cops li est s. ieke [H]  1_117
                   Haut li ad escrié: 'Par Deu, l'esperital,L3383 [L3383] deu e. [H]  1_117 [f.70a]
                   Mar le tucherez mes, fiz a putein, jaäl!'
162
         3385  Li paiens l'ot mut bien, ne l[e] dute néént,L3385 [L3385] om  mut [H]  meis nel [H]  1_117
                   Egfer lessa pasmé e vers Gudmod destent,L3386 [L3386] pasmer e v. G. se tient [H]  1_117
                   E li biers est venu vers lui mut vassalment;L3387 [L3387] E la pres est v. [H]  1_117
                   Desqu'il vint tresqu'a lui de sun cheval descent.L3388 [L3388] Treskil uint uers li [H]  1_117
                   Or cummencë entr'eus un mut dur caplement,L3389 [L3389] om  un [H]  eschaplement [H]  1_117
         3390  Kar li paiens est fort e mut fel veirement,L3390 [L3390] fu fels e fort mut durement [H]  1_117
                   Si cumbat cum icil ki sa vië defent,
                   E cil fort le requiert e mut irusement,L3392 [L3392] om  e [H]  1_117
                   Qu'il vout pur sun seignur prendre le vengement,L3393 [L3393] Kar il; [H]  om  le [H]  1_117
                   Ki maint bien li ot fait – e ore en est dolent.L3394 [L3394] a fait e ore est pur li d. [H]  1_117L3394 [L3394] and now he sorrows for him. For the use of en as personal pronoun see Glossary.1_117
         3395  Il se fierent granz cops sanz nul retenement.L3395 [L3395] Il sentrefierent de gros cops sanz nul esparnement [H]  1_117
                   Gudmod sout de l'escu, si l'aprist de jovent,L3396 [L3396] quil laprist [H]  1_117
                   E tint le brant tut nu – dunt ad le braz sanglent –L3397 [L3397] E il tint sun b. neu dunt ad fait maint s. [H]  1_117
                   Si feri le paien sus el heaume lusent,L3398 [L3398] lerej  un1_117
                   Ke le coing abati e trestut le desment.L3399 [L3399] les coigs abati e tres tuz les d. [H]  1_117L3399 [L3399] and shatters it (the helmet) completely.1_117
         3400  La coife del hauberc refait il ensementL3400 [L3400] De la coiste del h. [H]  1_117
                   E li cops avala, ne fist arestementL3401 [L3401] sen ala [H]  1_117
                   Tresqu'il vint al brael e iloc sa fin prent:L3402 [L3402] Trekil: iloek fist arestement [H]  1_117L3402 [L3402] For Tresqu'il read Tresque.1_117
                   Ne fud par rien tensé kar trestut le purfent.L3403 [L3403] par pur; [H]  ke tut nel purfent [H]  1_117
                   A taunt est revenuz Egfer de pasmement.L3404 [L3404] paumeisent [H]  1_117
         3405  Quant veit le paien mort grant merci li en rent,
                   E pur quant si sent doel e grant angoissement;L3406 [L3406] om  [H]  1_117L3406 [L3406] And yet he feels pain . . .. Cf. note on ll. 2887-91.1_117
                   Des cops qu'ad receü mult grant dolur en sent. [f.70b]
                   Pus dit: 'Or murrai, mes meins dolurusementL3408 [L3408] Puis li dit or ne murrai mes d. [H]  1_117L3408 [L3408] Delete the comma after murrai; Then he says "Henceforth I shall die less sorrowfully". For the separation of or from mes see note on l. 625.1_117
                   Quant vei qu'avez ocis le glutun mescreënt.

Page 1_117


         3410  Mut fis bien quant de vus fis onc retenement;L3410 [L3410] om  onc [H]  1_118
                   Bien m'avez remeri trestut l'onorementL3411 [L3411] rendu tut [H]  1_118
                   Ke vus fis e ferai, si joe vif longement.
163
                   'Beaus amis dan Gudmod, [i]ci ne me lessez mie,L3413 [L3413] om  dan [H]  ci ne me l. m. [H]  1_118L3413 [L3413] See Introduction, II, § 4, pp. xxi, xxii.1_118
                   Mes quë aiez si bien la bataille furnie.L3414 [L3414] Ke ainzces paraiez la b. furmie [H]  1_118
         3415  Ja ierent descunfit tute la gent haïe,
                   Quant celui avez mort ki·s autres dut e guie.L3416 [L3416] kis cunduit e guie [H]  1_118L3413 [L3413] Fair friend lord Gudmod, do not stop here, although you have so well waged the battle. Now they will be discomfited, all the hated people, since you have slain him who leads and guides them. Forward! may He aid you who was born of Mary. See Intr.1, pp. xxi-xxii (on p. xxii, l. 7, for 3413 read 4969). The Saracens are designated as gent haïe in several chansons de geste, cf. note on F. Can. 4440.1_118
                   Alez! cil vus aït, ki nez fud de Marie.'L3417 [L3417] cil si; [H]  fu nez [H]  1_118
                   E Gudmod est munté el cheval de SobrieL3418 [L3418] al c. de sorbrie [H]  1_118
                   Dunt out mort Heldebrant – le ki cors Deus maldie!L3419 [L3419] hydebrant; [H]  marginal insertion rebrant; [H]  ki dompne deu m. [H]  1_118L3418 [L3418] And Gudmod mounted the horse of Sobrie, from which he had cast dead Hildebrand, whom may God curse! Sobrie appears to be a concession to rhyme, for the horse from which Hildebrand was struck down is said to be de Chastele in l. 3316, and in l. 3336 Gudmod is riding a destrier chastelan. For the use of dont cf. Dial. Greg. 11, 21 si lo leverent . . . el cheval, dont il l'avoient jus mis, cited V.B. III2, 45.1_118
         3420  N'out si bon ne si bel en tute paënie.
                   Gudmod sone sun corn e s'enseignë escrie,L3421 [L3421] e crie senseignie [H]  1_118
                   Ki mut loing par le champ fu conue e oïe.
                   Donc veïst ki la fust gente bachelerie!L3423 [L3423] fust fud [H]  1_118
                   E Gudmod les cunduit, ki mut bien s'i aïe;
         3425  U·s troeve plus espes lur fait un'envaïe:L3425 [L3425] U·s Ou les; [H]  om  the second hemistich of 3425 and the first of 3425a itted [H]  1_118L3425 [L3425] unenuaie1_118
                   Meint espie aceré par mi meint cors i frie;L3425a [L3425a] se frie [H]  1_118L3425a [L3425a] Read espié.1_118
                   Sentue i est sovent meint' espéé furbie.
                   Ne se poënt tenir cele gent malbaillie
                   Kar l'aïe qu'il orent lur est tute faillie,
                   E quant gent est sanz chief tost est anééntie.L3429 [L3429] est sunt [H]  1_118L3429 [L3429] est sunt [H]  1_118L3429 [L3429] om  E [H]  1_118
         3430  Ne·s porent mes soffrir: la bataille ont guerpie,L3430 [L3430] Nel purrunt; [H]  la baille [H]  1_118
                   Vers les nefs trestut dreit lor veie ont acoillie.L3431 [L3431] A lur n. tut d. lur v. unt fuie [H]  1_118 [f.71a]
164
                   Paien sunt descunfit, vers lor nefs fuiant vont,L3432 [L3432] vunt acoillant [H]  1_118
                   Mes li nostre entredous par force mis se sunt;
                   Cil ne porent entrer kar sus sunt trait li punt,L3434 [L3434] ni porrunt [H]  1_118
         3435  E ki noër ne sout, si s'est mis al parfunt:L3435 [L3435] en sot cil sest m. el p. [H]  1_118
                   Pres i sunt tuz neëz kar aïe n'i ont.L3436 [L3436] nen unt [H]  1_118
                   E Gudmod les en siut e les soens i somuntL3437 [L3437] i forment [H]  1_118L3437 [L3437] les sui [H]  1_118
                   Qu'il les augent ferir e il tresbien le funt.L3438 [L3438] om  tres [H]  1_118

Page 1_118


                   N'en ont nul esparnié ne aval ne amunt;L3439 [L3439] Nunt nul e. nen val nen munt [H]  1_119
         3440  Livré sunt [tuit] a mort; ja n'en eschaperont.L3440 [L3440] L. s. tuit [H]  1_119
                   Pur nent merci criënt, kar nule nen avront;L3441 [L3441] nule nauerunt [H]  1_119
                   Al puz del Baratrun tuz les enveëront.L3442 [L3442] Es poiz de b. [H]  1_119L3442 [L3442] Baratrun is better considered as a common noun. The earliest O.F. examples of the word are of the later twelfth century, but it occurs already in the O. Prov. boeci, cf. Tobl. Lom.1_119
                   Gudmod fiert durement, volentiers les cunfunt.
                   Dolent sunt li glutun, bien sievent qu'en murrunt;L3444 [L3444] quil morunt [H]  1_119
         3445  Or se sunt purpensé kë ainz se vengerunt.
                   Ensemble se sunt trait e dë aus chastel funt.L3446 [L3446] aus sei [H]  1_119L3446 [L3446] om  trait e [H]  1_119
                   A lor eirs apres eus ja ne·l reproveront.L3447 [L3447] ia ne puruerrunt [H]  1_119L3447 [L3447] Their heirs after them shall not be reproached. The third person plural is used not infrequently in O.F. to express an indefinite subject, cf. Sneyders de Vogel, § 64.1_119
165
                   Li gloton pautonier ensemble se sunt traitL3448 [L3448] Read glotun.1_119
                   E d'aus meïsmes ont grant fortelesce fait.L3449 [L3449] grant force fait [H]  1_119L3446 [L3446] Ensemble se sunt trait e de aus chastel funt . . . E d'aus meïsmes ont grant fortelesce fait. We have here a description of the defensive method of fighting employed both by the Romans and by the Germanic peoples. In England the shield-wall was last used in combat at the battle of Maldon in 991 (cf. The Battle of Maldon, ed. E. V. Gordon (London, 1937), note on l. 102). The phrase Des cors ont fait chastel e mur is used in Troie 22217, in an even more literal sense than here, as Achilles and his followers were without shields or hauberks; cf. also Turpin II, 59, 35 firent chastel d'euls mëesmes et les atendirent por combatre (cited in Tobl. Lom. s.v. chastel).1_119
         3450  K'eil chevetaigne n'ont, [i]çoe lur est mut lait,L3450 [L3450] coe lur ert fort plait [H]  1_119
                   Ne purquant n'erent pris ui mais sanz [mut] dur plait.L3451 [L3451] pris ore sanz mestrait [H]  1_119
                   Gudmod, quant l'ad veü, par mut grant ire i vait.L3452 [L3452] par g. ire sur eus vait [H]  1_119
                   Les soens rad asemblé al chief dë un garait,L3453 [L3453] ad asemle lez le chef dun [H]  1_119
                   Or les irra ferir, si lur fera aguait,L3454 [L3454] e si lur fra grant lait [H]  1_119L3454 [L3454] Now he will attack them and he will [also] lay an ambush for them. Gudmod's tactics are not clearly indicated, but from the course later taken by the battle (ll. 3461-2) it would appear that he had detailed a force to take the invaders in the rear and secure possession of their ships.1_119
         3455  En dolur e en ire lur turnera cest hait:L3455 [L3455] Si lur fra ia sil pet guerpir tut cel hait [H]  1_119 [f.71b]
                   Damne deu reclama par ki le munde vait.L3456 [L3456] vait estait [H]  1_119
                   Pus se mellë od aus; n'en fiert nul ki ne brait.L3457 [L3457] nen ne [H]  1_119L3457 [L3457] n'en fiert nul ki ne brait. The form brait may be the present indicative of braire replacing the subjunctive (cf. Intr.2, p. 94); but it could also be the present subjunctive of a first conjugation form of the verb which is found occasionally in Continental as well as A.N. texts, cf. Brendan, p. clxviii.1_119
                   Tant hauberc ont [rumpu], taunt escu i unt frait,L3458 [L3458] Tanz h. unt r. tanz escuz i unt fraint [H]  1_119
                   N'i out ainz taunt hardi ki ore ne s'esmait.L3459 [L3459] om  ore [H]  1_119
166
         3460  Malement lur esta kar ja ierent cunquis.L3460 [L3460] ke il erent c. [H]  1_119
                   N'avront mais [lur] chalanz kar Gudmod les ad pris,L3461 [L3461] Norrunt mes lur c. ke .G. les ad apris [H]  1_119
                   E le mieuz de sa gent pur garder i out mis.
                   Jamais ne reverront a nul jor lur païs.L3463 [L3463] Iamais a nul iur ne uerrunt [H]  1_119
                   Gudmod est corocié; del ferir est tencis;L3464 [L3464] G. fu c. de f. est tensis [H]  1_119
         3465  N'en ateint nul a cop a quil ne seit de pis –L3465 [L3465] Nel atent; [H]  a ki [H]  1_119
                   Unc hoem si ne feri des pus le tens Lowis.L3466 [L3466] des pus puis [H]  1_119
                   As soens ad escrié: 'Kar i ferez, amis!L3467 [L3467] Nen a nul esparnie eint dit mis amis [H]  1_119

Page 1_119


                   N'en esparnïez nul pur l'amur saint Denis!L3468 [L3468] Nesparniez un sul [H]  1_120
                   Les soudéés avront ke joe lur ai pramis;
         3470  Ne vivront mes avant; des or faudront lur dis.'L3470 [L3470] plus auant hui f. [H]  1_120
167
                   Paiens sunt descunfiz, morz [e] mis a turmentL3471 [L3471] d. e mis a t. [H]  1_120
                   E Gudmod en est lez e li soen sunt joient.L3472 [L3472] li soem sen ioient [H]  1_120
                   Tutes les armes prist; les cors ad mis al vent.L3473 [L3473] les lur; [H]  les cors leissa al vent [H]  1_120
                   Pus ad cerchié les nefs e pris l'or e l'argent,L3474 [L3474] pris ad [H]  1_120
         3475  Les pailes e les dras od l'autre aornement;L3475 [L3475] od e [H]  1_120
                   Del aveir qu'il i prist ne siet hom finement,L3476 [L3476] le finement [H]  1_120
                   E il fait cumme bier kar il part largement:L3477 [L3477] E cil f. cum ber si departe l. [H]  1_120
                   Mut le fist uëlment, ke n'i ad grucement.L3478 [L3478] Ni a ki tant nen ait; [H]  quil [H]  1_120
                   Li reis en ad sa part, la reïne ensement,L3479 [L3479] e la r. [H]  1_120 [f.72a]
         3480  E les filles amdous; chescune sa part prent:L3480 [L3480] E des filles andui c. p. en p. [H]  1_120
                   Bien sunt enricheïz trestuit cummunement.L3481 [L3481] enrichi [H]  1_120L3481 [L3481] C enricheïz, H enrichi. A derivative verb enricheïr does not seem to be attested elsewhere, but Thomas may well have formed such a verb on the model of beneïr.1_120
                   A sun oes en retint, cum li vint a talent,L3482 [L3482] om  en [H]  cum li fu [H]  1_120
                   Ne troeve ki par mal en tienge parlement;L3483 [L3483] Ni troua [H]  1_120
                   Taunt ad [a] tuz bien fait, n'en sievent blasmement.L3484 [L3484] Tant ot a tuz b. f. quil ne [H]  1_120
         3485  Quant il ot tut çoe fait, si recoilli sa gent;L3485 [L3485] fait coe [H]  1_120
                   Les malades nafrez cunduit mut belement,L3486 [L3486] Les malement n. ad cunduit m. bonement [H]  1_120
                   E lur morz k'unt truvé, en portent li parent.L3487 [L3487] li si [H]  1_120L3487 [L3487] lur les [H]  1_120
                   Gudmod vint dreit el champ u sis sires l'atent,L3488 [L3488] uint tut dreit ou [H]  1_120
                   Ki iert plaié al vis del paien mortelment.L3489 [L3489] nafrez el vis [H]  1_120
         3490  Encore le troeve vif e devant li descent.L3490 [L3490] Unkore la troue uif deuant li si d. [H]  1_120
                   Or li ad demandé e cel mut bonement:L3491 [L3491] e coe [H]  1_120
                   'Sire, purrez garir? cumment vus est kovent?'L3492 [L3492] coment vus ert couent [H]  1_120
                   Çoe li respunt Egfer: 'Amis, mut malement;L3493 [L3493] arains malement [H]  1_120
                   Mes d'içoe sui gari quant ai le vengement,L3494 [L3494] ke ioen ai u. [H]  1_120
         3495  Quant vus avez paëns issi mis a turment.L3495 [L3495] ces paens [H]  1_120L3494 [L3494] These lines should probably be punctuated with a full stop after vengement and a comma after turment (cf. A. Bell, Medium Ævum XXV (1956), 30). In Critical Note, l. 7, for 4981 read 4982.1_120
                   Or murrai plus suëf: çoe m'est vis, mal ne sent.'L3496 [L3496] ke mal [H]  1_120

Page 1_120


168
                   Gudmod descent a pié par devant sun seignur.
                   Si l'ad mut cunforté ducement par amur:
                   'Sire, purrez garir d'iceste grant dolur?
         3500  Si joe vus perc si tost, j'en serrai de peür.L3500 [L3500] pert issi tantost serai [H]  1_121
                   Vostre perë en iert mis en mut grant cremur,L3501 [L3501] en grant tristur [H]  1_121L3501 [L3501] en iert mis en mut g. c.1_121
                   Jamais jor nen iert lez, tut perdra sa valur.L3502 [L3502] nert liez or p. [H]  1_121L3502 [L3502] In O.F. valur ordinarily signifies worth, merit, but in Medieval Latin valor can be used with the force of valetudo health, strength (cf. Du Cange), which appears to be the sense here.1_121
                   Ke fera vostre mere? ja vivra en langor,L3503 [L3503] E uostre mere tut dis erṭ en tristur [H]  1_121 [f.72b]
                   Sa beauté desirra, chaungera sa colurL3504 [L3504] Sa b. changera pardechera sa c. [H]  1_121L3504 [L3504] I have retained the form desirra because it seems possible that Thomas profited by the freedom of his time in the use of prefixes to form a verb desaler to denote, like mesaler, deteriorate, but the reading pardechera in H suggests that the scribe might have misread the future of the verb dechaeir, written in northern fashion decairra.1_121
         3505  Quant si fiz erent mort, li gentil doneür,L3505 [L3505] Kant si fiz [H]  1_121
                   Ki plus ne tindrent plai d'un destrier milsoudurL3506 [L3506] Ki nient plus ne t. dun d. li soldur [H]  1_121
                   Ke d'un malvais runcin, dunt l'en fait le labur.L3507 [L3507] dunt hom fra sun labur [H]  1_121
                   Ki ert apres voz jorz ja mais meinteneörL3508 [L3508] Ki enpres uos tens iamais ert m. [H]  1_121
                   De gentilz chevaliers? a ki ert lur retur?'L3509 [L3509] a ki auerunt r. [H]  1_121L3509 [L3509] Read chevalers.1_121
         3510  'Amis,' çoe dit Egfer, 'ke vaut ore vostre plur?L3510 [L3510] om  ore [H]  1_121
                   Ne vus aiderai mais en cembel n'en estur,L3511 [L3511] en cenuel [H]  1_121
                   Kar ui sui avenu a mun de[e]rein jor,L3512 [L3512] Kar ioe sui hui uenuz al mien derain iur [H]  1_121L3512 [L3512] dë[e]rein. Elsewhere in Horn the disyllabic form derein is used, but trisyllabic forms were still current in texts of the later twelfth century and are found alongside the disyllabic form in Troie.1_121
                   Mes merci vus en rende li haut creatorL3513 [L3513] vus renc del altisme c. [H]  1_121
                   Ke m'avez si vengé del felun traïturL3514 [L3514] Ke uus mauez v. [H]  1_121
         3515  Ki m'ad mort. De saunté n'i ad mes nul retur.L3515 [L3515] nad en mei r. [H]  1_121L3515 [L3515] mort. de saunte?1_121
169
                   'Beaus amis dan Gudmod, beneit seit icil di,
                   Ke vus od mei retinc e ke primes vus vi.L3517 [L3517] Ke uus unc reting [H]  1_121
                   Si joe onc bien vus fis, bien l'avez remeri,
                   Quant si m'avez ocis mun mortel enemi,L3519 [L3519] mun interlinear insertion1_121
         3520  Ki la plaië me fist par ki joe sui peri.L3520 [L3520] ioe fini e p. [H]  1_121
                   Or murrai plus suëf: Deu me face merci!L3521 [L3521] me men [H]  1_121
                   Une rien vus requier: ne me lessez ici,L3522 [L3522] Dune rien [H]  1_121
                   E mun frere Guffer enportez autresi:L3523 [L3523] E ke mun f. [H]  1_121
                   Mun pere, bien le sai, avrez meuz a ami.L3524 [L3524] M. p. en auerez ben le sai plus ami [H]  1_121L3524 [L3524] My father, I know well, will cherish you the more.1_121
         3525  Ne pus or plus parler, mes or faites issi;L3525 [L3525] or cest [H]  1_121
                   Gudmod, beau chier ami, autre rien ne vus pri.'L3526 [L3526] om  chier [H]  1_121

Page 1_121


                   E Gudmod li respunt: 'Lëaument vus afi, [f.73a]
                   Tut issi cum as dit ja en dreit iert si.'L3528 [L3528] Tut si cum cummanda lad endreit furni [H]  1_122
                   Lors ad sanz demurer une biere basti,L3529 [L3529] basti hasti [H]  1_122L3529 [L3529] demoere [H]  1_122
         3530  U mist le cors Guffer, cum ainz li ot plevi,L3530 [L3530] lot [H]  1_122
                   Si·l en fait dreit porter al chastel de Bealni.L3531 [L3531] Si en f. [H]  1_122
                   Taunt i out fait pur lui guaiment e plur e cri,L3532 [L3532] pur li fait veiment pleur e cri [H]  1_122
                   Ja n'en serai creü: pur néént le vus di.L3533 [L3533] pur se iol vus di [H]  1_122
170
                   Gudmod prent sun seignur k[i] encore esteit vis;L3534 [L3534] ki uncore est uifs [H]  1_122
         3535  Sur un destrier amblant [mut] belement l'ad misL3535 [L3535] d. a. belement [H]  1_122
                   E il est detries lui sur le destrier asis;L3536 [L3536] E cil est derere li [H]  1_122
                   Suävet, par dulçor, entre ses braz l'ad prisL3537 [L3537] Suef [H]  1_122
                   Pur lui suëf porter dreitement a Beaunis.L3538 [L3538] a al [H]  1_122
                   Quant la vendra, grant doel en feront ses amis,L3539 [L3539] om  en [H]  1_122
         3540  E neent [eus] sulement mais tuit cil del pais.L3540 [L3540] E nient eus s. [H]  1_122L3540 [L3540] C E neent sulement: H E nient eus sulement. A personal pronoun is evidently requisite here and although grammatically it should be il, it may well have been the accusative form eus, which early encroached on the absolute nominative.1_122
                   Bien li tient dan Gudmod quant ke li ot pramis.L3541 [L3541] om  dan [H]  kanquil iout [H]  1_122
                   Quant la vindrent n'i ot [un] point giwé ne ris,L3542 [L3542] ni ot de gieu ne de ris [H]  1_122L3542 [L3542] C n'i ot point giwe ne ris: H ni ot de gieu ne de ris. The older construction used in C–impersonal use of aveir with past participle –is replaced by one more modern in H, but in C point is left undetermined by the indefinite article, which elsewhere in this MS. is employed whenever point is used to emphasize a negative; cf. ll. 1133, 1530, 1870.1_122
                   Ainz i ot grant doel fait e grant plur, çoe plevis.L3543 [L3543] fait coe vus pleuis [H]  1_122L3543 [L3543] after grant, bien is expunctuated and doel written above1_122
                   Li reis est abosmi, e la reïne mut pis,L3544 [L3544] e la R. [H]  1_122L3544 [L3544] CH e la reine mut pis. Expression is crisper without e and reine elsewhere is trisyllabic.1_122
         3545  Les sorurs funt dolur – tel ne fu ainz apris –L3545 [L3545] doel [H]  1_122L3545 [L3545] The sisters make lamentation beyond what was ever before known. The word dolur, normally grief, is here used as in O. Prov. to denote the expression of grief, lamentation (cf. H doel). In treating it as masculine (cf. apris) Thomas is presumably influenced by Latin; cf. Brendan, pp. clxxxvi-clxxxvii.1_122
                   Léés sunt d'autre part ke paiens sunt cunquis,L3546 [L3546] Lez sunt [H]  1_122
                   Ke mais ne reduterent ces culverz enemis.L3547 [L3547] Ke mes rien ne doterunt ceus c. e. [H]  1_122
                   E les morz funt porter al muster Saint Moris.L3548 [L3548] Tuz les morz [H]  1_122L3548 [L3548] If the dead here mentioned include Guffier, as seems probable, the muster saint Moris would appear to be the same as the royal and metropolitan church to which, according to ll. 3556-7, the body of Egfer was transported, for Thomas tells us that they (presumably Guffier and Egfer) were there together, l. 3557.1_122
                   La le[s] feront gaiter tresque vienge li dis.L3549 [L3549] La les funt gaiter deskal demain dis [H]  1_122
171
         3550  Les plaies dan Egfer mut [par] li funt grant mal,L3550 [L3550] mut li funt [H]  1_122L3550 [L3550] plaiesrej  pailes1_122
                   Ne pur quant s'entremet uns mires principal,L3551 [L3551] sentrement un miriers [H]  1_122 [f.73b]
                   Mes n'i veit pas santé par [le] sun orinalL3552 [L3552] Mes sancte ni ueit point par le soen o. [H]  1_122
                   Ne garison n'en siet par livre mescinal,L3553 [L3553] Ne nule g. ne set par l. meskal [H]  1_122L3553 [L3553] Read garisun.1_122
                   Kar li bier fud feniz ainz ke chantast li jal.L3554 [L3554] om  [H]  1_122

Page 1_122


         3555  Kant il fud cunreié – k'en direië vus al?L3555 [L3555] lunt cunree ke dirrum nus al [H]  1_123
                   Si l'en ont fait porter a l'iglise real –L3556 [L3556] Si lunt [H]  1_123
                   Çoe iert arcevesquié – u ierent cummunal:L3557 [L3557] al ercheueschéé [H]  1_123
                   Par sa mort ont eü cel damage mortal.L3558 [L3558] Ki eurent receu icel d. m. [H]  1_123
                   Al demain i out fait servise enperiäl,
         3560  Si·s firent enterrer cum dut gent natural,L3560 [L3560] Si furent enterrez cum g. n. [H]  1_123
                   E quant çoe orent fait, cheskun quiert sun ostal.
                   Le rei vont cunforter ki dolur out cural.L3562 [L3562] om  rei [H]  ki demeine del coral [H]  1_123
         3563  Unc le jor n'i out chant ne vïele ne bal,L3563 [L3563] Unc de tut le iur ni ot chante ne fait bal [H]  1_123L3563 [L3563] Unc le jor n'i out chant ne vïele ne bal. Nor during the day was there ever song nor fiddling nor dance. Both chant and bal are nouns denoting actions, but vïele fiddle is a noun of a different category; it therefore seems probable that we have here the past participle vïelé used with impersonal aveir (as in n'i ot [un] point giwé ne ris 3542) to express action by an indeterminate subject, cf. V.B. V, 400-1. A parallel to the rather awkward linking of participle and noun in this construction is cited in Tobl. Lom. I, 771, from Escoufle 3105, Mout ot au souper poi paroles, Poi envoisié et poi fait noise.1_123
                   L3564 [L3564] Ne par dames ni ot parlez ne ben ne mal [H]  1_123L3564 [L3564] See Introduction, II, § 5 (b), p. xxxvii.1_123
         3565  Taunt est la dolur grant par trestut e ruistal.L3565 [L3565] om  tres [H]  1_123
                   Unc mais ne fud veü maör a nul jornal.
172
                   Quant l'en ad trestut fait, ne poet el avenirL3567 [L3567] om  tres [H]  1_123
                   Ke, si cum Deu voldra, n'estoecë hom murir;L3568 [L3568] Ke si cum uodra nestuet [H]  1_123L3567 [L3567] In spite of all that is done, it cannot happen otherwise than that, as God wills, a man must die. The ne in the subordinate clause is due to a contamination of two constructions, It cannot happen otherwise than that a man must die and It cannot happen that a man is not bound to die; cf. ll. 1846-7.1_123
                   Mes ne poet hom pur çoe tuz dis le doel tenir,L3569 [L3569] lom p. c. le doel tut iurz t. [H]  1_123
         3570  Ainz deit a ses bosoinz plus proceins revenir.L3570 [L3570] reuertir [H]  1_123
                   Issi l'ad fait li reis, Gudreche de Westir,
                   Ki or veut sun rëaume autrement costeïr,L3572 [L3572] Kore v. a. sun regne custeíír [H]  1_123
                   Kar il est fieble mut: a tuz le veut geïr.L3573 [L3573] regeir [H]  1_123
                   Sun sororge ad mandé, un rei qu'il fait venir –
         3575  D'Orkenie esteit reis, si l'ot a meintenir.
                   Pensé ot en sun quoer, e si iert sun desir,L3576 [L3576] e si ert en sun d. [H]  1_123 [f.74a]
                   Kë il veut a Gudmod sun servise merirL3577 [L3577] remerir [H]  1_123
                   Par doner li Lenburc e pur sun doel tolir,L3578 [L3578] tolir teisir [H]  1_123L3578 [L3578] Pur doner L. [H]  1_123
                   Qu'ele aveit [is]si grant, e si ne·l pout guerpir –L3579 [L3579] issi grant si nel voleit g. [H]  1_123
         3580  E il n'aveit autre eir pur sa terre baillir –L3580 [L3580] E cil [H]  1_123
                   Si cremeit qu'el deüst pur la dolur perir
                   E par prendre mari se doüst s'i joïr.L3582 [L3582] se deust esioir [H]  1_123L3582 [L3582] Read se doüst si joïr and [hoped that] by taking a husband she would thus find happiness(?); but we should probably adopt the version of H, se doüst esjoïr.1_123
                   Issi l'ad fait li reis, itiel est sun pleisir.L3583 [L3583] icoe est [H]  1_123
                   Mes tut iert autrement; ne pot si avenir,L3584 [L3584] si issi [H]  1_123
         3585  Kar ne·l vout li haut rei ki tut deit sustenir.L3585 [L3585] Kar ne uot kissi fust ki tut sot s. [H]  1_123

Page 1_123


173
                   Seignurs, mal le creëz, ke ja avienge neentL3586 [L3586] mal mar [H]  1_124
                   A nul home del mund de sun purposement,L3587 [L3587] purpensement [H]  1_124
                   Si Deus n'en ad aunceis fait sun ordenement.
                   Parmi tut ke le reis lot pensé sagement,L3589 [L3589] P. tut coe ke li Reis ot [H]  1_124L3589 [L3589] C Parmi tut ke li reis l'ot pensé sagement: H Parmi tut çoe ke li reis ot pensé sagement. In C it is, I think, prepositional parmi governing tut that is employed: In spite of all that the king had wisely planned, cf. l. 4116 Parmi tut lur buter, but in both MSS. it has been interpreted as the conjunctional locution parmi tut çoe ke although. This is less evident in C than in H but is indicated by the scribe's introduction of the accusative pronoun l' before ot pensé.1_124
         3590  Ne purquant n'iert issi: tut avint autrement,L3590 [L3590] nauint issi [H]  1_124
                   Cum vus purrez oïr, s'escotez coiëment.L3591 [L3591] si escutez coment [H]  1_124
                   Ja en orrez le veir: ki el dirra, si ment.L3592 [L3592] Ia en dirrai la uerite [H]  1_124
                   Quant cil rei est venuz, dunt fis meinteivementL3593 [L3593] ert venuz de ki f. m. [H]  1_124
                   – Frere iert la reïne, hom de grant escient –
         3595  E li reis ad [od] lui tenu un parlement,L3595 [L3595] ot od li [H]  1_124
                   Si cum vus dirrai ja en tiel devisement:L3596 [L3596] om  ia [H]  1_124
                   Il li dist: 'Reis, en vus est mun cunseillement,L3597 [L3597] dist dit [H]  1_124
                   Puske ai si perdu voz nevoz e ma gent,L3598 [L3598] kai issi [H]  1_124
                   Mes dous fiz – dunt ai doel – sanz nul recoevrement.L3599 [L3599] doel ai; [H]  receurement [H]  1_124
         3600  Joe sui vieil, si ne pus tenir governement,L3600 [L3600] guerrement [H]  1_124 [f.74b]
                   Bien savez, solunc çoe kë a regné apent.L3601 [L3601] Coe sachez ben de uoir solunc coe [H]  1_124
                   Ne pus vers aliëns faire defendement,
                   Si de rechief m'acoillent, cum or fud en present.L3603 [L3603] Sil macoillent cum fu ore fait a p. [H]  1_124
                   Perdu fust li regnes od tut mun chasement,L3604 [L3604] mun regne e tut mun purchacement [H]  1_124
         3605  Si ne veillast pur mei li reis omnipotent,L3605 [L3605] uaillast [H]  1_124
                   Ki m'envead ici par sun cummaundement
                   Un barun naturel: il n'ad meillor en cent.L3607 [L3607] ni a tant bon en c. [H]  1_124
                   Mis fiz Egfer en fist par Deu retenement:L3608 [L3608] par Deu par ses dons [H]  1_124
                   Bien li rendi ses biens a sun definement,L3609 [L3609] tuz ses b. [H]  1_124
         3610  Kar le glutun ocist, ki l'ot mis a turment,L3610 [L3610] lot mort a t. [H]  1_124
                   E de tuz les paens nus fist destruiëment,
                   Ki ça furent venuz e par nef e par vent.L3612 [L3612] Ke ci f. v. par nief e [H]  1_124
174
                   'Joe ne sai ki il est mes bien semble barun,L3613 [L3613] resemle [H]  1_124
                   Taunt est beaus, genz e pruz kë il n'ad cumpaignunL3614 [L3614] om  beaus [H]  1_124
         3615  Enz el mund ki vers li [cuntre]vaille un butun:L3615 [L3615] El m. ni ad ki; [H]  cuntrevaille [H]  1_124
                   E il m'ad, Deu merci, rendu ma regïun,L3616 [L3616] Il mad la merci d. [H]  1_124

Page 1_124


                   Ki fust, si il ne fust, tut a perditïon.L3617 [L3617] Ke ne fust cil? tote fust alee a p. [H]  1_125
                   Or li voil doner mes trestut a bandun,L3618 [L3618] doner tut abandun [H]  1_125
                   Sanz nul retenement e sanz departeisun,
         3620  Od ma fille Lenburc par vostre asenteisun.L3620 [L3620] a uostre cuncenteisun [H]  1_125
                   Il la gardera bien ke paen n'esclauonL3621 [L3621] Il se g. b. ke p. neschaiun [H]  1_125
                   Ne li mesfera mes par nule mesprisun,L3622 [L3622] nule male [H]  1_125L3622 [L3622] mesfrunt [H]  1_125
                   Qu'il n'ad tiel chevalier suz la chape del tron.L3623 [L3623] niad [H]  1_125
                   Cinc anz ad ja esté od mei en ma mesunL3624 [L3624] Cink anz aeste [H]  1_125 [f.75a]
         3625  Ke il onc ne mesprist le vaillant d'un butun.'L3625 [L3625] Kil unkes ne mesfist neis a un sul garcun [H]  1_125
                   'Par ma fei,' dist li reis, 'mut grant beneïçonL3626 [L3626] Par ma ley [H]  1_125
                   Li dona deu ki nus tuz mist a salvatïon.L3627 [L3627] Li dona ki [H]  1_125L3627 [L3627] Clarifying deu introduced in C, cf. note on l. 2701.1_125
                   Or vuil parler od lui, si·l metrai a reisun;L3628 [L3628] ali p. [H]  1_125
                   Mustrera[i] li quel est nostrë ententïon.L3629 [L3629] Mustrai li de ceste chose quel est uostre e. [H]  1_125L3629 [L3629] Mustrera[i]. See note on l. 2955.1_125
175
         3630  'Mut par [est] en tuz sens de Deu enluminezL3630 [L3630] Mut par est [H]  1_125
                   Icil hom, si tiel est cum vus ci devisez.L3631 [L3631] sil tel est cum si le d. [H]  1_125
                   Itiels n'eiert or[e] mais truvé en nostre eëz.L3632 [L3632] nert mes; [H]  en tut n. ééz [H]  1_125
                   Bien est dreit qu'apres vus seit soen icist regnez,L3633 [L3633] ke soen seit apres uus cist r. [H]  1_125
                   E vostre fille ovoc, que vus la li dongez;
         3635  N'en purrez pur nuli james estre jetez.L3635 [L3635] Nient purad; [H]  engetez [H]  1_125
                   Se si est veirement, bien seront asemblez.'L3635a [L3635a] om  [H]  1_125
                   'Veirs est tut,' dit li reis, 'e meuz vaut il asez;
                   Ne purreient de li demi estre acuntez
         3636  Les valors que il ad, dunt deit estre preisez.'L3636 [L3636] Pur les ualurs quil [H]  1_125
                   A taunt sus el palais est dan Gudmod entrez.L3637 [L3637] A t. est el paleis> [H]  1_125L3637 [L3637] elrej  al1_125
                   Icil li vet encoste, ki i fud envééz.L3638 [L3638] Kar pur li oreinz fu un usser enveez fu interlinear insertion [H]  1_125
                   Quant il vint devant eus, Deus! taunt fud esgardez,
         3640  Kar il iert bien de cors eschiwiz e moullez.L3640 [L3640] bien beus [H]  1_125
                   Mut par fu bien vestuz e meuz esteit chaucez;L3641 [L3641] Mut esteit ben v. e m. ert c. [H]  1_125
                   Dë un mantel purprin esteit il afublez:L3642 [L3642] E si ert dun m. p. a. [H]  1_125

Page 1_125


                   Bien sembla avoé de chasteaus, de citez.L3643 [L3643] Ben resemlot seignur de c. e de c. [H]  1_126
                   Quant li reis l'ad veü si li dit: 'Ça venez!L3644 [L3644] lot veu [H]  1_126
         3645  Amis, ci entre nus, si vus plest, si serez! [f.75b]
                   Bien est veir ke de vus m'ad esté nuncïez:L3646 [L3646] coe ke [H]  1_126
                   Piert en vostre semblant, ke de bons seëz nez,L3647 [L3647] seez estes [H]  1_126
                   E joe crei bien de fi, par ma fei, ke seiez;L3648 [L3648] fei lei [H]  1_126L3648 [L3648] E iol [H]  1_126
                   Ja n'ussez altrement issi fetes buntezL3649 [L3649] issi si [H]  1_126
         3650  Ne taunz enseignemenz, k'en vus sunt aluëz.L3650 [L3650] Ne itant daffaitement com dient kauez [H]  1_126
                   Pur çoe veut or li reis ke seëz corunez
                   E sa fille Lenburc a moillier si prendrez.L3652 [L3652] a mulier pernez [H]  1_126
                   Vostre iert mais li regnes ki par vus est tensez.L3653 [L3653] om  mais [H]  1_126
                   Li reis tut le vus laist, nen iert mes reis clamez:L3654 [L3654] laist cil ner mes [H]  1_126L3654 [L3654] Read n'en.1_126
         3655  Il se veot reposer e vus le defendrez,L3655 [L3655] Ils veut r. [H]  1_126
                   Ki estes jovenceaus e il est tut alez.'
176
                   A taunt respunt Gudmod e çoe corteisement:L3657 [L3657] e çoe mut [H]  1_126
                   'Reis gentilz e vaillanz, ne sui pas d'itiel gent,
                   Qu'entre mei e Lenburc façuns noceiëment,
         3660  Mes li reis, mis sires, defendra[i] vassalment.L3660 [L3660] Mais le Rei mun Seignur? defendrai v. [H]  1_126L3660 [L3660] C Mes li reis, mis sires defendra[i] vassalment: H Mais le Rei, mun Seignur . . . The ungrammatical use of the nominative singular of nouns of the imparisyllabic type in the accusative occurs also in ll. 3719 and 3765 and is not infrequent in Old French, especially when the object is, as here, placed before the verb, and this, together with the fact that in all these three lines the use of this case of these substantives results in a lyric caesura, makes it advisable to retain it, as the scribal tendency is to eliminate this metrical anomaly; cf. the section on Versification in the Introduction to Volume II. For the A.N. spelling defendra for defendrai see note on l. 2955.1_126
                   Taunt cum serrai od lui mar avra dotementL3661 [L3661] erc ouek li? [H]  1_126
                   De feluns sarazins qu'il li facent turment.
                   Mes en Bretaigne fui vallet en mun jovent;
                   Od un prudome i fis un poi d'arestement.L3664 [L3664] un poi a. [H]  1_126
         3665  Une fille qu'il ot vers mei fist liëment,L3665 [L3665] aliement [H]  1_126
                   Si qu'ele m'amereit e joe li ensement.L3666 [L3666] mauereit e ioe li tut e. [H]  1_126
                   Fille est de vavasur e tiel sunt mi parent:L3667 [L3667] de dun [H]  1_126
                   Bien sumes parigal e d'un ordeinement.
                   Ja muiller ne prendrai od mun dreit escïent,L3669 [L3669] Ia ne p. muillie [H]  1_126 [f.76a]
         3670  Taunt ke sace vers mei seit tenue leaument;L3670 [L3670] sache si uers moi sa tenu l. [H]  1_126L3670 [L3670] teṇue1_126
                   Cum iert de nostre amur, s'el me tendra covent.'L3671 [L3671] E cum [H]  1_126
                   'Par Deu,' çoe dit li reis, 'trop parlez fierement:L3672 [L3672] om  çoe [H]  mut parle ore finement [H]  1_126
                   Çoe qu'ai oï de vus, bien est veir veirement.L3673 [L3673] Çoe koi [H]  1_126

Page 1_126


                   Mes n'est pas bien sage, par le mien jogement,L3674 [L3674] Mais fous est cil home par le mien escient [H]  1_127
         3675  Ki lait fille de rei e a plus basse se prent;
                   Ki regne poet aveir e tiel cummandement,
                   Çoe m'est vis, ki çoe lait, qu'il le fait folement.'L3677 [L3677] ki la laist si fait f. [H]  1_127
                   Entretaunt ke il sunt en icest parlement,L3678 [L3678] En itant quil sunt en iteu p. [H]  1_127
                   Enz al us de la sale entra tut erraumentL3679 [L3679] al el; [H]  om  tut [H]  1_127
         3680  Un paumer pelerin; bien resembla penent.L3680 [L3680] semlot [H]  1_127
                   Cele part u veit Horn tut dreit sa voie tent.
177
                   En la sale est entré li paumer pelerin,L3682 [L3682] li un [H]  1_127
                   Escreppe ot e burdun e un chapeau feutrin,L3683 [L3683] om  un [H]  1_127
                   Par mi çoe que povre iert, bien semblot de bon lin.L3684 [L3684] iert est [H]  1_127
         3685  La u vit sëeir Horn, la tint dreit sun chemin,L3685 [L3685] horn seer; [H]  om  dreit [H]  1_127
                   Bien conut sa façun e le vis qu'ot rosin,
                   E tresqu'il vint a li, a ses piez chiet enclin.
                   Si li dist: 'Sire Horn, de mei aiez mercin!
                   Ne me conoissez pas, bien le sai e devin,L3689 [L3689] Vus ne me c. ben le s. [H]  1_127
         3690  Kar joe sui cunréé cumme tafor tapin.L3690 [L3690] cum t. e t. [H]  1_127
                   Joe sui fiz dan Herland ki vus nurri, meschin –L3691 [L3691] om  dan [H]  1_127
                   Seneschal fud Hunlaf le bon rei palaïn.L3692 [L3692] Ki fu s. H. [H]  1_127
                   Wikele pur vostre amur l'ad mis a male fin; [f.76b]
                   Chacié l'ad del païs: n'ad destrier ne runcin;L3694 [L3694] pais cum cheitif miserin [H]  1_127
         3695  Tut ad perdu pur vus, ver e gris e hermin:
                   Lez serreit, s'il aveit un mantel mutunin.L3696 [L3696] Mut s. ore leez sil eust un m. mutelin [H]  1_127
                   Fuïz est del païs cum chaitif miserin.
                   E il est seneschal; a lui sunt tuit aclinL3698 [L3698] E Wikele est s. tuit sunt a li enclin [H]  1_127
                   Li home del païs e siwent sun traïn.
         3700  Taunt vus ai par tut quis ke tut sui barbarin;L3700 [L3700] barbarin. See note on l. 736; but here the meaning seems to be rather unkempt, wild-looking, and it is possible that Thomas has associated the word with Latin barba and is alluding to Joceran's hirsute appearance. A similar association between barbaran and barba (based, however, on excessive care for beards and not on their neglect) appears in Bible Guiot 1563 (see editor's note on l. 1561).1_127
                   Ne me conoistront mes në ami ne cosin.
178
                   'Treis anz ad ja passé ne finai dë errerL3702 [L3702] iad p. ke ne f. derrer [H]  1_127
                   Pur vus querre partut par terrë e par mer,
                   Mes aillors ne vus poi fors ore ici trover.L3704 [L3704] poei fors issi t. [H]  1_127

Page 1_127


         3705  Çoe vus mande Herland, si onc l'oüstes chier,L3705 [L3705] dan h. si unke le peussez amer [H]  1_128
                   Ke ne lessez pur rien, ne li viengez aiderL3706 [L3706] ke ne venez li a. [H]  1_128
                   A destruire pur lui cel malveis losengier,L3707 [L3707] E d. par li [H]  1_128
                   Ki si ad vus e lui del rei fait esloignerL3708 [L3708] Kissi vus e li a fait del r. e. [H]  1_128
                   Par ses granz mençonges e par sun encuser.
         3710  Encore i ad un el, ke ne vus vuil celer,
                   Ke me cuntad uns hom l'autrier al ariver,
                   Ki de Bretaigne vint – si vus quiert, cum joe quier –L3712 [L3712] uus uient querre cumm ioe uus quer [H]  1_128
                   Ke par ses pramesses, par sun amonester,L3713 [L3713] Par ses beus parlers e par s. a. [H]  1_128
                   Ke li reis [dan] Hunlaf fet Rigmel espuserL3714 [L3714] li R. h. [H]  1_128
         3715  Al rei de Fenenie – si l'oï cil nomer –L3715 [L3715] fenoie [H]  1_128L3715 [L3715] Fenenie. The name of Modin's kingdom appears in rhyme as Fenie in l. 4496, Finee in O 5218 (for the adaptation of other proper names to metrical requirements see Intr.2, p. 43). In the interior of the line C writes Fenenie here and in ll. 3959 and 4003, but a trisyllabic form is required in ll. 3959 (see note) and 4003, and is possible here with lyric caesura (cf. the spellings of H: Fenoie 3715, Fenice 3959, Fenoi 4003). Fenie and Fenenie designate a Saracen country or countries in Aspremont.1_128
                   Jovencel de grant pris pur barnage mener:L3716 [L3716] A youth of high renown in the leadership of men.1_128
                   Si deit Wikelë aveir pur cest fait grant loier.L3717 [L3717] Si Sin; [H]  bon loer [H]  1_128 [f.77a]
                   Çoe fu fiz Haderof ki fud reis pri[n]ciper,L3718 [L3718] Cist fu de harderon [H]  1_128
                   Frere l'enperere, Baderof, ki fud bier,L3719 [L3719] lemperur harderof li riche ber [H]  1_128
         3720  Aiol vostre pere, cum l'oï deviser.L3720 [L3720] Aiol fu vostre p. [H]  1_128
                   Cist est vostre cosin – bien le sai acunter
                   Quant serrons a leisir e il en iert mestier –L3722 [L3722] Pren tes armes a l. kar il ert m. [H]  1_128
                   Mes n'i ad fors un meis pur cest plai definer,L3723 [L3723] Mes il niad ke sul un marsde del plai finer [H]  1_128
                   Dont li jorz est asis. Vus covient a haster:L3724 [L3724] Dunt est li iurs a. uus couient haster [H]  1_128
         3725  Targez ne poez plus, si vus vulez venger.'L3725 [L3725] vulez deuez [H]  1_128L3725 [L3725] ne ni [H]  1_128L3725 [L3725] Read targer.1_128
179
                   'Çoe, ke est ke tu diz, beaus amis, tu penant?L3726 [L3726] cHo kest coe; [H]  om  tu [H]  1_128
                   Joe ne sui pas icil ke tu vais si querant.L3727 [L3727] icil cist; [H]  om  si [H]  1_128
                   Hom m'apele Gudmod. Va! si quer Horn avant!
                   Joe ne sai ki il est ne ne·l sui conoissant.L3729 [L3729] suirej  sui1_128
         3730  Bien diz cum[e] paumer, mençonges vas trovant;L3730 [L3730] Tu dis coe ke tu veus [H]  1_128
                   Lei est de pelerin, nul ne mentira taunt;L3731 [L3731] pelerins nuls ne mentent t. [H]  1_128
                   Ja ne dirront taunt veir ke je·s seie creant.L3732 [L3732] je·s iol [H]  1_128
                   Autre chose me di! çoe n'est veir taunt ne quant,
                   Kar ne·l fereit Rigmel taunt cum Horn est vivant.L3734 [L3734] est fust [H]  1_128L3734 [L3734] Ke nel freit ia R. [H]  1_128

Page 1_128


         3735  Taunt cum fui el païs bien conui sun talant:
                   Ele est si enterine ke ja nen iert boisant.'
                   'Nun,' dist li pelerins, 's'il fust a sun gräaunt.
                   Mes sis peres l'en vait [mut] forment esforçantL3738 [L3738] len fait del afaire force tant [H]  1_129
                   E Wikele l'en est de quoer amonestant.L3739 [L3739] est mut forment a. [H]  1_129
         3740  Bien sai k'estes cil Horn k'eele fud taunt amant.L3740 [L3740] Ben kestes horn kele fu [H]  1_129
                   Bier, kar li socor[ez]! ja es tu taunt vaillant.L3741 [L3741] es tu estes [H]  1_129 [f.77b]
                   Quant me desconoissiez, mut m'en sui merveillant:L3742 [L3742] Vus me d. mut en sui [H]  1_129L3742 [L3742] Read descono[i]ssiez.1_129
                   Joe fui norri od vus, si ai nun Jocerand.
                   Conoistre me devez, kar joe sui fiz Herland,
         3745  Cil ki bien vus norri quant erïez enfant.L3745 [L3745] vus fustes [H]  1_129
                   Pur çoe ne·m conoissez, ke joe sui pain querant.
                   Çoe ai joe tut pur vus, ki vus sui bien voillant,L3747 [L3747] ka uus sui [H]  1_129
                   E mis peres aussi pur vus est eissillant;L3748 [L3748] ausi ensement; [H]  om  est [H]  1_129
                   U il dorme une nuit, n'ad de terre plein gant.'
         3750  Tuit cil de la mesun, ki·l furent escotant
                   E l'unt oï parler, s'en sunt esmerveillant.L3751 [L3751] si sunt [H]  1_129L3751 [L3751] esmerveillantrej  esmueillant1_129
180
                   Horn ad trestut oï si·n est forment dolent.
                   Bien conut Joceran ki le message rent.
                   Ne se pot mes celer kar grant pitié l'en prent;L3754 [L3754] Ne se puet; [H]  kar p. la prent [H]  1_129L3754 [L3754] Ne serej  No se1_129
         3755  Or li respundra ja tut issi faitement:L3755 [L3755] Or respund il ia [H]  1_129
                   'Amis, bien vus conois, çoe sacez veirement,
                   E bien conois Herland: grant tort fust autrement.L3757 [L3757] toRt1_129
                   Tut le bien ke joe sai e tut l'afetement
                   M'aprist il, e jo·l sai de sun enseignement.L3759 [L3759] par le suen e. [H]  1_129
         3760  S'il ad perdu par mei, çoe peise mei forment.L3760 [L3760] pur moi mut men peise f. [H]  1_129
                   Ferai l'en, quant purrai, mut bon restorement.L3761 [L3761] Iol en frai [H]  1_129
                   Joe sui veirement Horn, dunt parolent la gent,L3762 [L3762] uerraiement [H]  1_129
                   Fiz le rei Aälof, ki bien fud cunquerent.L3763 [L3763] fu b. [H]  1_129
                   Joe ne finerai mes si avrai vengementL3764 [L3764] Ia ne [H]  1_129
         3765  D'icel mal traïtre, Wikele, le recreënt.L3765 [L3765] traitur W. le creant [H]  1_129 [f.78a]
                   Par Deu, duce Rigmel, ne dirrez ke sui lent;L3766 [L3766] sui seie [H]  1_129L3766 [L3766] bele R. [H]  1_129

Page 1_129


                   Par mei avrez socurs e çoe hastivement.
                   Ore i iert despendu mun or e mun argent;L3768 [L3768] om  i [H]  1_130
                   Si or trofs soudeiers, si·n avront a talent.L3769 [L3769] Si ore sui solders [H]  1_130
         3770  Mut en ai gäaigné, Deu merci, richement.'
                   E li reis Gudreche l'ot bien tut e entent –L3771 [L3771] E li Rois loit mut ben e lentent [H]  1_130
                   Unc ne veïstes mais, nul home taunt joënt:L3772 [L3772] si ioiant [H]  1_130L3772 [L3772] Delete the comma after mais.1_130
                   A lui vient tut corant e a ses piez s'estent:
                   Ja dira sa raison, en tiel cummencement:L3774 [L3774] en cel c. [H]  1_130
181
         3775  'Sire Horn, beaus amis, mut par sui engignéL3775 [L3775] sui fui [H]  1_130
                   Ke taunt poi vus ai fait; bien dei estre blasmé.L3775 [L3775] Sire Horn, it is greatly to my hurt that I have done so little for you. For this use of engigné cf. Gormont 366 Taut par me tenc [por] enginné ke n'i jostai oi premier and Tobl. Lom. III, 387.1_130
                   Mes or conois de vus la pure verité.L3777 [L3777] Mes ne conui [H]  1_130
                   Nepurquant [quant] vus vi primes [ben] oi notéL3778 [L3778] Ne pur kant quant: quant marginal entry [H]  1_130
                   Par le semblant de vus e al vis coluré
         3780  Ke vus esteiez [nez] de gentil parenté,L3780 [L3780] esteiez nez [H]  1_130
                   Del bon rei Aälof, ki esteit mun juré.L3781 [L3781] kert mi amis iure [H]  1_130
                   Deu! quant jo·l demandai, pur quei me fu celé?
                   A baundun oüssez e mei e mun regné:L3783 [L3783] moi e tut m. r. [H]  1_130
                   Li mien vus servissent, si fussez avoé.L3784 [L3784] E uus s. sin f. a. [H]  1_130
         3785  Ki vus furent seignur lors vus fussent al pé.L3785 [L3785] om  [H]  1_130L3785 [L3785] a^lpe1_130
                   Mes quant dunc ne fud fait, ore si seit cummencié!L3786 [L3786] om  si [H]  1_130
                   Or aiez tut l'onur – si seez coroné,L3787 [L3787] tote; [H]  si iseez [H]  1_130L3787 [L3787] Read onor.1_130
                   Ne sai home suz ciel u melz seit enpleié –
                   E ma fille Lenburc od le cors bien moullé. [f.78b]
         3790  Joe me reposerai ki vieill sui e d'ëéd.
                   Par cest cunquerrez pus Suddene a volenté,L3791 [L3791] Apres coe c. s. a v. [H]  1_130
                   Regne fud vostre aiol, ki mut fud alosé;
                   Vostre pere le tint apres par grant fierté:
                   Si vus vengerez bien de Rodmund, le malfé,
         3795  Ki ocist vostre pere Aälof par pechié.L3795 [L3795] K. v. p. a. o. p. grant p. [H]  1_130
                   Tut mun [aveir] avrez, dunt joe ai a plenté,L3796 [L3796] T. m. auer a. [H]  1_130
                   E si merrez od vus del païs le barné:
                   Vus siwront volentiers, s'il sunt bien soudeié.'L3798 [L3798] Ke uus syuerunt; [H]  om  bien [H]  1_130

Page 1_130


                   'Sire rei,' çoe dist Horn, 'bien vus ai escuté.L3799 [L3799] om  coe [H]  1_131
         3800  De quantque m'avez dit, Deu vus en rende gré!L3800 [L3800] De coe ke; [H]  om  en [H]  1_131
                   Mes ne poet estre si cum l'avez devisé,
                   Issi m'aït icil ki tuz nus ad crié.L3802 [L3802] om  cf. l. 3807 [H]  1_131
182
                   'Reis, la vostre merci, mut m'offrez grant honur,
                   Çoe est vostre regne od la bele Lenbur –
         3805  Bien s'i poet enpleier fiz d'un enpereür –L3805 [L3805] B se pet [H]  1_131
         3806  Mes ne poet si estre, si vus plest a cest tur.L3806 [L3806] pet estre issi ne uus peist [H]  1_131
                   [Mes ci m'aït cil ki nus est a tuz creatur,]
         3808  Joe ne·l lais par orgoill ne pur autre fierorL3808 [L3808] par pur [H]  1_131L3808 [L3808] See note on l. 1216.1_131
                   Ne pur vilté de vus, kar çoe sereit folur,
         3810  Ainz le lais pur içoe ke j'ai aillors amur,L3810 [L3810] pur coe ke aillurs ai [H]  1_131L3810 [L3810] amur beloved one, sweetheart, as in Auc. 27.4 Entre ses bras ses amors, cf. 39.7.1_131
                   Vers ki, taunt cum vivrai, ne serai boisëur:
                   Ja ne m'iert repruvé ke seië mentëor.L3812 [L3812] ke ki [H]  1_131
                   Or irrai al païs, si plest al salvëor,L3813 [L3813] al el [H]  1_131
                   Enquerrai qu'ele ad fait: tost en avrai ditur. [f.79a]
         3815  Si ad fait par mal art icil fel traïtur,L3815 [L3815] Si fait a mal art icel mauveis t. [H]  1_131
                   Qu[ë] ele m'ait guerpi pur prendre autre seignor,
                   Tost revendrai a vus; n'i ferai long sojor;L3817 [L3817] ni ne [H]  1_131
                   Crerai vostre cunseil, kar çoe m'iert li meillor.
                   E si çoe veir nen est la prendrai a oixurL3819 [L3819] om  nen [H]  ioe la p. [H]  1_131
         3820  E de vus nepurquant si ierc meintenëur:
                   Ne vus forfera ja amirail n'aumazor,
                   Ke sempres ne·l vus mat e ne·l mete a dolur.L3822 [L3822] nel uus materai e mette [H]  1_131
183
                   'Une rien sacez, reis, cumment qu'eauge le plai,
                   Vus e vostre regne par tut bien meintendrai;L3824 [L3824] om  bien [H]  1_131
         3825  Si nuls riens vus forfait bien vus en vengerai:L3825 [L3825] om  riens and en [H]  1_131
                   De voz filles doner mut m'e[n] entremetrai,L3826 [L3826] mentremeterai [H]  1_131L3826 [L3826] C mut me entremetrai: H mut mentremeterai. Since the use of pleonastic en occurs elsewhere (cf. Glossary), it seems more likely that in this line the scribe omitted the nasal tilde over me than that Thomas made use of the lengthened future furnished by H; cf. the section on Morphology in the Introduction to Volume II.1_131
                   A ausi bons cum joe sui, si Deu plest, si·s dorrai.L3827 [L3827] E tant ben cum ioe sai [H]  1_131
                   D'icest, rei, me crééz; si·[l] dotez, jo·l jurrai.L3828 [L3828] sil d. [H]  1_131
                   Mes pur vëeir Rigmel en Bretaigne einz irrai:

Page 1_131


         3830  Fille est lo rei Hunlaf ke joe ja mut amai,L3830 [L3830] al Rei; [H]  om  ia [H]  1_132
                   E s'ele n'elad forfet, encore l'amerai.L3831 [L3831] E sele na forfait [H]  1_132
                   Wikel[e] le cumparra, si joe eises en ai;L3832 [L3832] eises leisir [H]  1_132
                   S'ele ad autrë ami, par lui est, bien le sai:
                   Joe m'en vengerai tost; Lenburc espuserai.L3834 [L3834] E ioe; [H]  e lenbur e. [H]  1_132L3834 [L3834] E joe1_132
         3835  Çoe sacez bien de fi, covenant vus tendrai.'
                   'Deu le doinst!' dit li reis, 'issi l'otrïerai.'L3836 [L3836] le me doint; [H]  lotrai [H]  1_132
                   'Sire,' çoe li dist Horn, 'a mun ostel irrai,L3837 [L3837] om  li [H]  1_132
                   E cest mien pelerin ensemble od mei merrai,L3838 [L3838] p. oue moi amenrai [H]  1_132 [f.79b]
                   Saigner e reposer e baigner le ferai.
         3840  Chevaliers e serjanz entretaunt manderai,
                   Mun or e mun argent largement lur dorrai:L3841 [L3841] ke iai lur d. [H]  1_132
                   Asez ai ke doner: tuz les enricherai.
                   De paiens traïturs trestut le gäaignai.L3843 [L3843] De Des [H]  1_132
                   Li termes est mut briefs: plus n'i atargerai.'L3844 [L3844] nient ne targerai [H]  1_132
         3845  'Sire,' dist Joceranz, 'autrement sereit lai.'
184
                   En ses chambres oïd Lenburc bien noveler,
                   Ke c'eiert Horn ki Gudmod se feseit apeler.L3847 [L3847] se fet a. [H]  1_132
                   Mut ot oï de lui, grant piecë ad, parler,L3848 [L3848] Mut ai oi de li de g. p. p. [H]  1_132
                   Ke il soleit Rigmel e ele lui amer,L3849 [L3849] mut amer [H]  1_132
         3850  Ki iert fille Hunlaf, le bon rei principer,
                   Cele ki par beauté sout les autres passerL3851 [L3851] om  [H]  1_132
                   Par le cors bien moullé, par le visage cler:
                   Ne se poet nule a li en cest mund cumparer.
                   Dunc ad dit a ses pers: 'Ne me dei merveiller
         3855  Se cist hom ne m'amot, ki ot choisi tel perL3855 [L3855] om  h and choisi om. [H]  1_132
                   Cum la bele Rigmel: k'om ne poet tel trover.
                   Deu merci! Jesu Crist! cum se pout taunt celer!L3857 [L3857] om  taunt [H]  1_132
                   Nen est home suz ciel ki·l pusse resembler.L3858 [L3858] om  [H]  1_132L3858 [L3858] cielrej  ci^el1_132
                   Tuz iceus del munde poet il bien surmunter;
         3860  Enz es chambres, çoe crei, veintreit tuz par joer,
                   Ne pur çoe ne l'orra ja nul home vaunter.

Page 1_132


                   Mis peres voleit mut qu'il doüst ci regnerL3862 [L3862] om  mut [H]  ci oue nus r. [H]  1_133 [f.80a]
                   E od çoe si voleit qu'il m'oüst a moillier,L3863 [L3863] E s uoleit quil me eust eu a m. [H]  1_133
                   Mes tut l'en escundist, ne l'en sot taunt preier:L3864 [L3864] l'en le; [H]  nel ensot hom t. p. [H]  1_133
         3865  Çoe fu tut pur Rigmel, ke l'om sout taunt loer.L3865 [L3865] Coe fait il p. Rimel [H]  1_133
                   N'ad taunt bele suz ciel cum terre clot e mer.L3866 [L3866] tant terre clot mer [H]  1_133L3866 [L3866] There is none so fair under heaven within the bounds of earth and sea. For similar expressions see Tobl. Lom. II, 500.1_133
                   De meins me preng vers lui; bien li dei pardoner;
                   Mes si pur autre fust, donc l'en dousse blasmer.
                   Il est forment leaus, ne li veut pas boisier.L3869 [L3869] uot unke b. [H]  1_133
         3870  Mes quant aveir ne·l pus, si m'aït saint Richer,L3870 [L3870] kant ioe li nen ai [H]  1_133
                   James autre n'avrai en cest sieclë a per;L3871 [L3871] siecle muer [H]  1_133
                   Jesu Crist servirai, nonain me frai veler;
                   Pur s'amur a tuz iorz hanterai le mustier,L3873 [L3873] Pur la sue a.; [H]  om  le [H]  1_133L3873 [L3873] Read jorz.1_133
                   E pur mes bienfaitors la lirrai mun sauter.'
185
         3875  Bien ad oï li reis k'ead Lenburc en pleisir.L3875 [L3875] kot l. [H]  1_133
                   Pur le doel k'out de lui ad jeté un suspir,L3876 [L3876] kele ot de li ieta [H]  1_133
                   Pus ad dit si as soens: 'Moine vuill devenir,L3877 [L3877] a dit a soens issi moigne v. d. [H]  1_133
                   E a Horn si larrai mun regne de Westir.'
                   E dan Horn li ad dit: 'N'i ad rien del guerpir,L3879 [L3879] E Mes [H]  1_133
         3880  Ainz le garderez bien tresqu'a mun revenir.L3880 [L3880] om  bien [H]  deske a [H]  1_133
                   Des idunc en avant le voldrai costeïrL3881 [L3881] Des De; [H]  custoier [H]  1_133
                   E vos filles idonc dorrai a lur choisir;
                   E a vostre pleisir del tut vuil obbeïr.L3883 [L3883] E al uostre vuler del trestut o. [H]  1_133
                   Si nul des voz en taunt vers vus i veut guenchir,L3884 [L3884] en itant uoille uers uus reuelir [H]  1_133L3884 [L3884] If meanwhile any of your people fails [in his duty] towards you. For the periphrasis veut guenchir see Intr.2, p. 87.1_133
         3885  Çoe sachiez, malement li vodrai remerir.L3885 [L3885] li le [H]  1_133L3885 [L3885] Read saciez.1_133
                   Ne purra eschaper ne l'estoece murir,L3886 [L3886] ke nel e. [H]  1_133 [f.80b]
                   U par estre detrait u par furches perir.
                   Mes ainz, sire, m'estoet cest eirë acumplir,L3888 [L3888] mestoit mun eire paremplir [H]  1_133
                   De mun heritage tut mun voleir furnir,L3889 [L3889] E acest deserite t. sun u. f. [H]  1_133
         3890  E Wikel[e], le felun, frai devant mei tapir,L3890 [L3890] E cel felun wikle frai d. thapir [H]  1_133
                   Ki le pere cestui ad fait del rei fuïr:
                   C'est la rien del munde kë ore plus desir,L3892 [L3892] dunt iai plus d. [H]  1_133
                   Ke me seië vengé del culvert; a çoe tir.L3893 [L3893] Ke ioe seie v. del c. acortir [H]  1_133

Page 1_133


                   Ne li remeindra rien ke li puisse tolir;L3894 [L3894] ke ioe li peusse t. [H]  1_134
         3895  Qu'envers mei est parjure li ferai tut geïrL3895 [L3895] pariurez est tut le frai regeir [H]  1_134
                   E le cunseil de lui ferai al rei [re]lenquir,L3896 [L3896] frai le Rei relinquir [H]  1_134
                   E l'amur qu'est entr'aus ferai tute partir.'
186
                   'Sire Horn,' dist li reis, 'bien sai certainement,L3898 [L3898] ben enteinement [H]  1_134
                   Fors si cum l'avez dit n'irrat pas autrement
         3900  E ioe l'otrei issi tut a vostre talent.L3900 [L3900] tut a solunc [H]  1_134
                   Mes, quant vus revendrez, si me tenez kovent,L3901 [L3901] tendrez [H]  1_134
                   Kar ioe crei forment bien vostre prametement:L3900 [L3900] Read joe.1_134
                   Bien sai, vei e entent k'en vus n'ad boisement.L3903 [L3903] Ne quid ki en uus unkes hom trouast b. [H]  1_134
                   Pernez tut a pleisir mun or e mun argentL3904 [L3904] Ore pernez apleisir [H]  1_134
         3905  E le meuz eslisez de trestote ma gent,L3905 [L3905] om  [H]  1_134
                   Ke vus merrez od vus pur faire vengement,L3906 [L3906] a faire tiel v. [H]  1_134
                   E des nefs a cel port al vostre esgardement;L3907 [L3907] a ces porz a uostre agardement [H]  1_134
                   Seient prest esturman e eskipre vaillentL3908 [L3908] estereman e nageurs ensement [H]  1_134
                   Ki a vus e as voz servent de nagementL3909 [L3909] de del [H]  1_134L3909 [L3909] e a uos [H]  1_134
         3910  Tut a vostre pleisir e a comandement.'L3910 [L3910] Tut issi cum uus frez le c. [H]  1_134L3908 [L3908] Let steersmen and doughty sailors be ready at your decision to see to the navigation of yourself and your men.1_134 [f.81a]
                   Quant çoe oï danz Horn, mut grant merciz l'en rent.L3911 [L3911] E k. coe oi horn g. m. li r. [H]  1_134
                   Pus s'en vet a l'ostel, fait sun aprestement,L3912 [L3912] fait faire [H]  1_134
                   E le jor ad asis ke frad sun movement,L3913 [L3913] ke quil [H]  1_134
                   A cels k'iod lui irront dunë or e argent:L3914 [L3914] A ceus kirrunt od li ad done largement [H]  1_134
         3915  Pur çoe vienent a lui de tutes parz joventL3915 [L3915] li iuuent [H]  1_134
                   E il les retint tuz, e çoe corteisement,L3916 [L3916] E cil les r. t. mut c. [H]  1_134
                   E a tuz done si qu'il li sunt bien voillent.
187
                   A l'asise del jor si sunt tuit asemblezL3918 [L3918] om  si [H]  1_134
                   K'od lui deivent aler, e bien sunt aturnez:
         3920  Mut ont bones armes, bons destriers sojornez.L3920 [L3920] Bones armes unt tuz [H]  1_134
                   E quant del rei fud pris del aler li cungiez,
                   Tost sunt as nefs venuz e tost sunt eschipez.L3922 [L3922] Tuit sunt; [H]  si sunt tost e. [H]  1_134

Page 1_134


                   Les veilz traient amunt kar bon fud li orez,L3923 [L3923] li lur [H]  1_135L3923 [L3923] veilz veiles [H]  1_135L3923 [L3923] veilz. The masculine noun veil (< velum), though rare, occurs in the singular in Brendan 209 and 385, and in the plural in Gaimar (ed. Bell) 492 and F. Can. 1408 (velx) and II, 373, l, 2784 (voils).1_135
                   Ja ne fineront mais, si seront arivez.L3924 [L3924] Ia ne finerent mes trekerent a. [H]  1_135
         3925  Içoe fud al tierz di, quant li jorz fud finez,L3925 [L3925] E coe fu [H]  1_135
                   Ke il pristrent un port qui mut lur fud eisiez,L3926 [L3926] ki lur esteit e. [H]  1_135
                   Kar de vile e de gent fud aukes esloignez.L3927 [L3927] fud ert [H]  1_135
                   Bois i out environ, dedenz sunt enbuschiez,L3928 [L3928] Bois auoit e. ou einz sunt e. [H]  1_135
                   Qui trestut les covrit, qu'il ne sunt avisez:L3929 [L3929] furent [H]  1_135L3929 [L3929] Read trestuz.1_135
         3930  La poüst bien dan Horn lunc tens estre muciez,L3930 [L3930] om  [H]  1_135
                   Qu'il n'i fust par home ne oïz ne trovez.
                   Le matin, quant fud jor, s'est Horn bien cunrééz;L3932 [L3932] s'est fu [H]  1_135L3932 [L3932] fud ert [H]  1_135
                   Si li fud un destrier bien corant amenez.
                   A ses homes ad dit: 'Seignurs, ci m'atendez:L3934 [L3934] ci mantendez [H]  1_135 [f.81b]
         3935  Tresque joe revienge, ne se moevë un piez.L3935 [L3935] uienge a uus ne uus mouez un piez [H]  1_135
                   J'oeirrai sus el païs visiter les citez,L3936 [L3936] les ses [H]  1_135
                   Noveles demander – si m'en dirront asez –L3937 [L3937] om  [H]  1_135
                   Cum se cuntient li reis, e il [e] sum barnez,L3938 [L3938] e si barnez [H]  1_135
                   De la bele Rigmel od les fresches beautez,L3939 [L3939] les ses [H]  1_135
         3940  Si venuz est sis druz, se il sunt espusez.L3940 [L3940] e sil [H]  1_135
                   Quant avrai tut enquis e serai repairez,L3941 [L3941] e ioe sui r. [H]  1_135
                   Pus si ferom que Deus nus avra destinez.'L3942 [L3942] Puis frum dicoe ke [H]  1_135
                   'Sire,' tuit li dient, 'si seit cum vus voldrez!L3943 [L3943] S. coe dient tut ert si cum voudrez [H]  1_135
                   Vostre pleisir feron: ça nus avez gwiez.'L3944 [L3944] Nus frum v. p. [H]  1_135
188
         3945  Horn prent cungié de tuz, si s'en vet a itaunt.
                   Munté iert el destrier, ki mut fu tost corant,L3946 [L3946] M. fu al d. ki mut ert c. [H]  1_135
                   Ne portë arme od sei fors sulement un brant,
                   E quant fud esloigné el païs la avantL3948 [L3948] om  la [H]  1_135
                   En sa veie encuntra un paumer pen[ë]ant.L3949 [L3949] p. penant [H]  1_135
         3950  Primes le salua e pus fud enquerant
                   De la curt e del rei, u il fud lors manant;L3951 [L3951] menant [H]  1_135
                   De sa fille Rigmel demanda le semblant,
                   Si ele perneit mari, cum gent erent disant.L3953 [L3953] Sele p. seignur [H]  1_135
                   E cil li respundi: 'De la vinc dreit errant;L3954 [L3954] De la diloek [H]  1_135

Page 1_135


         3955  Or endreit m'en turnai dreit a prime sonant.L3955 [L3955] Oreinz; [H]  endreit p. s. [H]  1_136
                   Li reis est a Lions, ki est cité vaillant,
                   E la tendra sa cort, si ad barnage grant.
                   La ui vendra Modin, ki est rei mut preisant,L3958 [L3958] La vendra huy modun kest Rei puissant [H]  1_136 [f.82a]
                   De Fenenie est seignur, jovencel avenant,L3959 [L3959] De fenice est s. [H]  1_136
         3960  E ui deit espuser Rigmel al vis riaunt.L3960 [L3960] om  E [H]  1_136
                   Trestuit cil del païs en sunt lez e joant;
                   Cuntre lui sunt alé la u est arivant.L3962 [L3962] est il ert [H]  1_136
                   Ne pus mes demorer, kar joe me sui hastantL3963 [L3963] Ioe ne me pus d. [H]  1_136
                   De raler el païs la u joe fui manant.'L3964 [L3964] pais ou ioe fu cunuersant [H]  1_136
189
         3965  Horn ad tut entendu, si respondi eissin:L3965 [L3965] respunt [H]  1_136
                   'Bien m'en avez ore dit, beaus amis pelerin.L3966 [L3966] Bien Bel [H]  1_136
                   Mes quant joe vus esgard, si m'aït saint Martin,L3967 [L3967] esgard agart [H]  1_136
                   Bien me semblë al vis ke seëz de bon lin;L3968 [L3968] B. me semlez [H]  1_136
                   Par mi çoe qu'estes si degasté e frarin,
         3970  Ne semble ke seiez ne tafur ne tapin.L3970 [L3970] Ne me semle [H]  1_136
                   Pur la cote qu'avez avrez blïaud purprin;L3971 [L3971] ke tu auez a. mun p. [H]  1_136
                   L'esclavine avrai [joe], e vus, cest mantel hermin,L3972 [L3972] e uus [H]  1_136
                   E pur [ï]ces trebuz ces chauces d'osterin;L3973 [L3973] E pur cest escreppe ices chauces ostrin [H]  1_136
                   Pur cest vostre burdun cest mien amoravin;L3974 [L3974] Pur uostre b. [H]  1_136
         3975  Pur la paulme del col cest bon brant acerin;L3975 [L3975] le mien brant a. [H]  1_136L3975 [L3975] col interlinear insertion1_136
                   Pus si tendrez a Deu, palmer, vostre chemin
                   E j'oeirrai a la curt pur vëeir lur covin.'L3977 [L3977] E ioe irai [H]  1_136
                   'Sire,' dist li paumer, 'ki del ewe fist vinL3978 [L3978] ki dewe [H]  1_136
                   Des biens que m'avez fait vus en rende mercin!'
         3980  A taunt s'en est turné tut dreit vers le marin.L3980 [L3980] A itant sen torna [H]  1_136
                   E Horn si ad turné, cum dit le parchemin,L3981 [L3981] a torne [H]  1_136
                   Tut dreit envers la cort od sun chapel feutrinL3982 [L3982] envers uers; [H]  mantel camelin [H]  1_136 [f.82b]
                   Sun trotun si forment, ne s'i tenist roncin.L3983 [L3983] si fierement ne se t. un r. [H]  1_136
                   Pres del burc s'arestut suz la selve d'un pin,L3984 [L3984] de suz [H]  1_136L3984 [L3984] suz la selve d'un pin (cf. l. 4074). In ll. 1607 and 1872 selve bears its usual significance forest, wood, but here and in l. 4074 it seems to mean branches, foliage, which was one of the senses of Latin silva (so perhaps also silve in Tristan, Bér. 1518, cf. Stud. Rom., p. 346). The choice of tree may have been determined by the rhyme, but it is possible that it is a reminiscence of the pine-tree in the Tristan story, from which king Mark watched the clandestine meeting of the lovers.1_136
         3985  Iloc voldra vëeir de lur venir la fin.

Page 1_136


190
                   La gent le rei Modin sunt de la nef eissuzL3986 [L3986] des nefs [H]  1_137
                   E vont vers la cité tuz les chemins herbuz;L3987 [L3987] tut le chemin herbuz [H]  1_137L3987 [L3987] See the section on Versification in the Introduction to Volume II.1_137
                   Cuntre ciel flambeient lur espiez, lur escuz.L3988 [L3988] e lur [H]  1_137
                   De la u fud dan Horn les ad bien coneüz,L3989 [L3989] ert horn. ben les ad c. [H]  1_137
         3990  Ne se movra d'iloc tresque seient venuz,L3990 [L3990] om  se [H]  ieke erent tuz u. [H]  1_137
                   E a ceus qu'il voldra, si rendra ses saluz.
                   Les premiers lait passer, tut koi se tint e muz,L3992 [L3992] aceus si fu muz [H]  1_137
                   Kar coe sunt esquiërs, genz enveisez e druz;L3993 [L3993] Read çoe.1_137
                   E apres si vienent li jofne, prim barbuz,L3994 [L3994] Apres ceus v. juuenceus primes barbuz [H]  1_137
         3995  De novel adobez, chevaliers bien vestuz;
                   E ceus lait si passer, ne lur est mot renduz.L3996 [L3996] laist il p. ne lur fu [H]  1_137
                   Al derein vindrent gent bele, d'entrechanuz:L3997 [L3997] bele gent entre chanuz [H]  1_137
                   Od ices vint Modin – ces out il atenduz –L3998 [L3998] Od eus v. moduns ceus ot horn a. [H]  1_137
                   Kar çoe iert sis cunseilz, en ices s'est creüz.L3999 [L3999] en iceus sest il creuz [H]  1_137
         4000  Od eus vient Wikele, ki·s ad tuz esmeüz,L4000 [L4000] Od ceus [H]  1_137
                   Ki tiel plait ad moü dunt il iert irascuz.L4001 [L4001] ad mene dunt ert i. [H]  1_137
                   Desque Horn vit ices, bien s'est aparceüzL4002 [L4002] Desque Treke [H]  1_137
                   Ke çoe iert reis Modins, en Fenenie cremuz.L4003 [L4003] Kar coe ert moduns li Rois de fenoi mut creuz [H]  1_137
191
                   Reis Modins e Wikele [en] vienent chevalchant,
         4005  Detries lor cumpaignuns; grant jo[i]ë vont fesant,L4005 [L4005] om  vont [H]  1_137
                   Braz a braz a lur cols, giu e ris demenant.L4006 [L4006] ris e gyus [H]  1_137 [f.83a]
                   De Rigmel parloënt, cum ele iert avenant –
                   Unc sa pier ne nasqui en cest siecle vivant.L4008 [L4008] Kar tele unkes nasqui [H]  1_137
                   Horn l'ad bien entendu, ki coruz en ot grant,
         4010  Ja lur dira un mot, ki qu'en seit coroçant:
                   'Seignurs,' fet il, 'bachelers, bien semblez gent bevant,L4011 [L4011] om  fet il [H]  1_137
                   Ki a noces augez pur demener bobant;L4012 [L4012] as noeces a. d. b. [H]  1_137
                   Bien jurerez "Witegod", quant avrez beü tauntL4013 [L4013] Ben iurez wite God [H]  1_137
                   Ke li vins vus eschaufe e seëz si jurant.L4014 [L4014] Ke Kant; [H]  si sééz [H]  1_137
         4015  Dorrai vus un sestier si gré m'estes savant,L4013 [L4013] These puzzling lines should probably be punctuated with a semi-colon after 'Witegod' and a comma after jurant: You will indeed be swearing "witegod"; and when you have drunk so much that the wine inflames you, and you are thus swearing, I will give you a measure if you bestow thanks on me . . .. The locution witegod is an early M.E. oath, meaning literally let God know it, hence I call God to witness. Both in this form and in the alternative word-order God it wite, the adjuration was accepted on the Continent as being characteristically English. God it wite, in various spellings, is cited by Gf., s.v. godistouet, from three texts, and M. Noël Dupire informs me that the names Vitegot Jehan and Witegos Raous are entered in the Necrology of Arras under the years 1271 and 1263. In his ascription of the English oath to Wikele and Modin, Thomas appears to be having a fling at those Anglo-French barons who reveal in their cups the English origin they are usually at pains to conceal.1_137
                   E si gré ne·m savez, n'en avrez taunt ne quant.'

Page 1_137


                   E quant Wikele l'ot pur poi n'en est desvant;L4017 [L4017] loy a poi ne fu d. [H]  1_138
                   Par maltalent qu'il ot, l'en fu si respunant –L4018 [L4018] si issi; [H]  fu interlinear insertion [H]  1_138
                   Mes s'il le coneüst ne·l fust ja començant.L4019 [L4019] conuit ia nel fust c. [H]  1_138
         4020  E dan Horn conut lui, qu'il l'out nurri d'enfant.L4020 [L4020] le conuit ben quil ot n. [H]  1_138
                   Or oëz qu'il li dist, si seëz escutant:L4021 [L4021] quil dit si le sééz [H]  1_138
                   'Fiz a putein, malvais, lecherre surparlant,
                   Ne fust pur l'amur Deu e qu'estes si penant,
                   Ja fussez si batu, e nient d'autre vergantL4024 [L4024] del autre [H]  1_138
         4025  Fors de vostre burdon, ke fussez ordëant.L4025 [L4025] kar fuissez ia o. [H]  1_138
                   James cuntre tiel gent ne fussez si gabant.'
                   'A la fei,' çoe dit Horn, 'donc mar le fui portant!L4027 [L4027] Par ma foi dit h. d. le sui mal p. [H]  1_138
                   Dehé ait vostre col sior ne venez avant.L4028 [L4028] D. ait ore v. c. si ore ne vengez a. [H]  1_138
                   Ja savrez ki joe sui e cum joe sui ferant.'
192
         4030  'Wikele,' dist Modin, 'kar lessez cest seignur.L4030 [L4030] cest cel [H]  1_138L4030 [L4030] coe dit [H]  1_138L4030 [L4030] cest seignur. An early instance of the derogatory use of the word.1_138 [f.83b]
                   De tencer cuntre lui n'i avrom ja honur;L4031 [L4031] Si nus tencum c. li ia nen a. h. [H]  1_138
                   Il en avreit le meuz e nus tut le peör.
                   [A li piert qu'il est, las! un lecheur,]
                   Ki a ces noces vient pur joer od tabur,L4034 [L4034] noces interlinear insertion1_138
         4035  E si est aturné de si povrë atur,
                   Pur çoe qu'il prenge mielz, s'il troeve doneörL4036 [L4036] mielz le plus [H]  1_138
                   Ki li dont solunc çoe ke il est joëör.L4037 [L4037] quil ert [H]  1_138
                   De lunc tens n'est il pas de ces dras porteör:L4038 [L4038] nest pas par de ces d. [H]  1_138
                   Veez cum ad char blanche e fresche la colur –L4039 [L4039] a blanche char e cum f. c. [H]  1_138
         4040  Il purreit par beauté estre fiz d'almaçor,L4040 [L4040] Ia p. pur; [H]  al amazur [H]  1_138
                   Ne·l devreit refuser fille a enpereür.L4041 [L4041] refoler la f. al e. [H]  1_138
                   Or me dites ami, s'il vus plest, sanz iror,L4042 [L4042] Insert a comma after dites.1_138
                   Ki estes, dunt venez, u avez vus sojur.'L4043 [L4043] K. e. uus e d. v. e ou uus a. s. [H]  1_138
                   'Joe·l te dirai,' dist Horn, 'si es escoteör.L4044 [L4044] Iol uus d. dit h. si lestes e. [H]  1_138L4044 [L4044] We should probably correct to Joel vus dirai and s'estes, cf. H.1_138
         4045  Jadis servi ici un home de valur.L4045 [L4045] de grant v. [H]  1_138
                   Dirai vus mun mestier: joe fui sun pescheör.L4046 [L4046] Read mester.1_138

Page 1_138


                   Une rei ke joe oi – bone iert a tiel labor –
                   En une ewe la mis peissun prendre a un jor.
                   Pres sunt set anz passé ke ne fis ci retur.L4049 [L4049] ci ca [H]  1_139L4049 [L4049] seth anz alez [H]  1_139
         4050  Or sui ça revenuz, si·n ierc regardeör:L4050 [L4050] Ore sui ca venuz [H]  1_139
                   Si ele peissuns ad pris, ja mais n'avra m'amurL4051 [L4051] Si ele [H]  1_139
                   E s'iencore est sanz oec, dunc en ierc porteör.L4052 [L4052] C sanz oec, H sanz ec. See Intr.2, p. 51.1_139
                   Tiele vïe demein cum vus sui cunteör.
                   S'en volez plus oïr, querez autre ditor.'
         4055  'Wikele,' dit Modin, 'ci oëz grant folur. [f.84a]
                   Bien le saveie avant qu'il esteit gabeör:L4056 [L4056] Ben le sauoi des ainz [H]  1_139
                   Fous est ki pur cestui se coroce plein dor.L4057 [L4057] se c. un dur [H]  1_139
193
                   'Beaus amis Wikel[e], alum nostre chemin,
                   Si cummandom a Deu cest paumer pelerin,L4059 [L4059] c. poure pelerin [H]  1_139
         4060  Së il vient a la cort donum li de bon vin.L4060 [L4060] durai li del uin [H]  1_139
                   Ne piert pas ke il seit de lignage frarin;
                   Malement li avient qu'il vet si en tapin:L4062 [L4062] quil aut si t. [H]  1_139
                   Ja mar me crerez mais, s'il n'est ned de bon lin.L4063 [L4063] crerez creez; [H]  om  ned [H]  1_139
                   Il ad le cors taunt gent e le vis taunt rosin,L4064 [L4064] si rosin [H]  1_139
         4065  Il n'est pas lungement alé en tiel traïn.'L4065 [L4065] nest na; [H]  en teu trarin [H]  1_139L4065 [L4065] tain
c̣ḥẹṃịṇ1_139
                   'Ne me chaut,' dist Wikel[e], 'felun est e mastin.L4066 [L4066] dit [H]  1_139
                   Alum dreit cest sentier al mustier saint Maurin,L4067 [L4067] martin [H]  1_139L4067 [L4067] dreit cestrej  dreit a cest1_139L4067 [L4067] Maurinrej  mṭaurin1_139
                   La est l'acrevesquie, u sumes tuit aclin,L4068 [L4068] lercheuesche ou tut sunt enclin [H]  1_139L4068 [L4068] Read acrevesquié.1_139
                   E li arcevesquë est prodoem, danz Taurin.L4069 [L4069] Lercheueske est p. si ad nun dan t. [H]  1_139
         4070  La nus atent li reis e od lui si veisin,
                   La serrez espused, cum cummaundent devin,L4071 [L4071] cummande le deuin [H]  1_139
                   Ki la lei Deu ont fait escrire en parchemin.'
                   'A la fei,' dist Modin, 'dunc le faimes issin.'L4073 [L4073] faimes fesum [H]  1_139L4073 [L4073] Par ma foi [H]  1_139L4073 [L4073] faimes. This form, in various spellings, is cited by Fouché (p. 167) from several Western and A.N. texts of the later twelfth century; to these may be added the works of Angier and Hue de Rotelande and very occasional examples of later date, e.g. faesmes in the Combat de Trente Bretons (Bartsch, Chrest.8 no. 83, l. 68). It ordinarily functions as a present indicative but is imperative, as here, in Thèbes, App. I, 9682, Ipomedon 2013 and 8476 and the late example cited above.1_139
                   Or est Horn sul remis suz la selve del pin.L4074 [L4074] See note on l. 3984.1_139
         4075  Si s'est lors deguisez suz sun chapel feutrin,L4075 [L4075] de sun chapel f. [H]  1_139
                   Sa veie ad aquillie par dejuste le rinL4076 [L4076] om  ad [H]  un rin [H]  1_139L4076 [L4076] rin stream. This word, which is not in Gf., belonged mainly to the North and North-West, according to A. Dauzat, La Toponymie française (Paris, 1946), pp. 109-10.1_139
                   Ki vient de la cité, dunt li ruit sunt bien fin.L4077 [L4077] sun bon fin [H]  1_139

Page 1_139


                   Il portout en sa main sun bon burdun fraisnin;L4078 [L4078] sun b. fraisin [H]  1_140
                   Pur sei plus deguiser teneit le chief enclin.L4079 [L4079] om  [H]  1_140 [f.84b]
         4080  Si de rien li forfunt, escuier u meschin,L4080 [L4080] Delete the comma after forfunt.1_140
                   Tost lur paiëreit tiel qu'il les meteit sovin.L4081 [L4081] paera; [H]  mettra [H]  1_140L4081 [L4081] Read met[r]eit. He would speedily deal them such a blow that he would lay them out flat. Idiomatic in O.F., as in Mod.F., is the use of substantival adjectives in the feminine as complement to verbs such as doner, paier, e.g. Enf. Ogier 5333 Le glaive abaisse, tele li a dounee . . . (cited in Gf.; cf. M.-L. III, § 88). In ll. 3199 and O 4760 un tal appears to be used with definite reference to cop mentioned in antecedent lines.1_140
194
                   Tant ad erré dan Horn qu'a la porte est venu,L4082 [L4082] est ert [H]  1_140
                   Mes ne·l lessent entrer kar n'i fud coneü.
                   Çoe si est une rien dunt il fud cummeüzL4084 [L4084] est fu [H]  1_140L4084 [L4084] fudrej  funt1_140
         4085  E dunt li portiers ot trestut el ke saluz,L4085 [L4085] om  tres [H]  1_140
                   Kar dan Horn s'aprosma cum hom k'ert irascuz;L4086 [L4086] si laprima; [H]  om  kert [H]  1_140
                   Sus le prist bien en haut par les cheveus menuzL4087 [L4087] om  en [H]  1_140L4087 [L4087] cheveus menuz. Cf. Ch. Rol. 3605 and Glossaries to this text.1_140
                   E a sei le sacha cum cil k'iert de vertuz.L4088 [L4088] om  E [H]  1_140
                   Il l'enpeinst e retraist, ke treis cops out feruz;L4089 [L4089] Il le peint e retrait [H]  1_140
         4090  S'il referist le quart a tuz dis fust perduz.L4090 [L4090] dis iurs [H]  1_140
                   Suz le punt le jetad enz es parfunz paluz,L4091 [L4091] el parfund des p. [H]  1_140L4091 [L4091] paluz stagnant waters (of the moat). The more usual senses of palu(z) in O.F. are mud, as in l. 4470, and marsh, cf. Gf.1_140
                   Pus entra a bandun; si s'est [si] absconduzL4092 [L4092] a randon; [H]  si esconduz [H]  1_140L4092 [L4092] absconduz. An analogical weak past participle of this type is occasionally employed in place of the more usual strong form abscons, cf. Wahlgren, p. 124, n. 1.1_140
                   Enz en la grant presse qu'il n'est aparceüz.L4093 [L4093] En la p. de la gent [H]  1_140
                   Unkes pus icel jor n'en fud nul plai tenuzL4094 [L4094] om  nul [H]  1_140
         4095  Fors itaunt qu'al porter sunt si ami coruzL4095 [L4095] coruz interlinear correction above unexpunctuated uenuz1_140
                   Pur lui traire del tai qu'il n'i fust envoluz.L4096 [L4096] afoluz [H]  1_140L4096 [L4096] envoluz Like voluz in the locution arcs voluz 2015n2, this is presumably a Latinism, as the past participle volutus seems to have been replaced early in spoken Latin by voltus or volsus, cf. Wahlgren, p. 13.1_140
                   Asez fud demandé, ki c'eiert, qu'est devenuz.L4097 [L4097] ki le fist e ou ert d. [H]  1_140
                   Mes ne·l ont coneü, pur çoe se sunt teüz.L4098 [L4098] ne fu conuz? pur coe fu tenuz [H]  1_140
195
                   Quant la messe ont oïe al muster principal
         4100  E li servises fait e haut e festivalL4100 [L4100] fud fait haut e festival [H]  1_140
                   Cum tut dreit d'espuser cele fille real,L4099 [L4099] When they have heard mass in the chief abbey and the service has been performed, magnificent and festal, as was rightful in the wedding of that royal maiden . . . For the absence of auxiliary verb in the second clause cf. l. 363 and notes; but as the auxiliary required here is not that used in the previous clause, it is possible that we should correct to E li servise est fait (cf. H E li servises fud fait).1_140
                   A la cort sunt venu cil baron natural.
                   Al manger sunt asiz: servent cil seneschal [f.85a]
                   D'esquiëles d'argent, nun en autre metal.L4104 [L4104] e de nul autre m. [H]  1_140
         4105  Buteilliers ont hanaps e d[e] or e d'orkal,L4105 [L4105] hanaps dor e de nul autre arcal [H]  1_140
                   Ki mut sunt bien ovrez de pierre[s] e d'easmal,L4106 [L4106] Ke ben sunt o. de peres e de esmal [H]  1_140

Page 1_140


                   Il portent les pimenz, les vins clers cum cristal.L4107 [L4107] e les v. [H]  1_141
                   Li servises est granz; bien semble enperïal:
                   Onc hom ne vit plus bel avant a nul jornal.L4109 [L4109] om  auant [H]  1_141
         4110  Li aumoniers lo rei aveit pris cummunalL4110 [L4110] li Rois [H]  1_141
                   Des povres al manger; autrement fust mal.
                   Horn i fut pris od eus, mes n'i out paringal.L4112 [L4112] H. f. p. o. e. od le noble charnal [H]  1_141
                   Dedesuz sun chapel sun vis tint cuntrevalL4113 [L4113] Mes desuz; [H]  aual [H]  1_141
                   Qu'il ne fust coneü de home del ostal.L4114 [L4114] par home [H]  1_141
         4115  Dreit al chief dë un banc si ot pris sun estal;L4115 [L4115] om  si [H]  1_141
                   Par mi tut lur buter onc ne lor vout faire al.L4116 [L4116] ne vot [H]  1_141
196
                   De cel liu u il sist pot il bien esgarderL4117 [L4117] siet poeit il e. [H]  1_141
                   Tut lur cuntenement ke il funt al manger,
                   Cum servent seneschal de servise plener,
         4120  E cum vins e clarez portent cil buteiller,L4120 [L4120] E c. portent vins clarez [H]  1_141
                   Ki·s funt de totes parz envoisier e juer,L4121 [L4121] Cum il vunt de t. p. iuer e e. [H]  1_141L4121 [L4121] juerrej  iver1_141
                   Fors la bele Rigmel, ki mut par pout penser,L4122 [L4122] Fors la be Rimel kest en grant penser [H]  1_141L4122 [L4122] ki mut par pout penser who had much cause for sad reflection.1_141
                   Que nuls par nul dedut ne la pot cunforter.L4123 [L4123] Kar nul de eus par d. ne la p. reheiter [H]  1_141
                   Asez li feseit l'en harper e viëlerL4124 [L4124] l'en hom [H]  1_141
         4125  Mes n'i poeit sis quoers en nul sen deliter,L4125 [L4125] a nul sen sun quer d. [H]  1_141
                   Tant li pesout de Horn qu'el li deveit trichier;L4126 [L4126] qu'el ke [H]  1_141
                   Mes ele n'en poeit mes e meins fist a blasmer:L4127 [L4127] Meis ni pot mes si est meins a b. [H]  1_141 [f.85b]
                   Force feseit li reis par malvais cunseiller.L4128 [L4128] li feseit [H]  1_141
                   Quant asez ont mangié les tables funt osterL4129 [L4129] funt les t. o. [H]  1_141
         4130  E si ont cil lavé qui se voelent laver.
                   Or si voldront manger serjant e escuier,L4131 [L4131] e despenser [H]  1_141
                   Mes le reis entretant deit servise trover,
                   Si cum costume esteit, pur le vin aporter:
                   Ke firent si anceisor, çoe ne veut deveër,L4134 [L4134] Issi f. si ancessur coe ne vot il d. [H]  1_141
         4135  Ainz comande a Rigmel kë ele i deint aler.L4135 [L4135] A. cummanda Rimel kele ideust aller [H]  1_141
                   E la bele ne pout sun comant trespasser.L4136 [L4136] sun cummandement refuser [H]  1_141

Page 1_141


197
                   Costume iert a idonc en icele cuntréé
                   Ke quant aveneit si ke dame iert espuséé,L4138 [L4138] si issi [H]  1_142
                   Si ele pucele fust, k'el ne fust essaiéé,
         4140  Ke del beivre servist tut itaunt de fiééL4140 [L4140] Kele del b.; [H]  de finee [H]  1_142L4140 [L4140] See section on Versification in the Introduction to Volume II.1_142
                   Cum li seneschal mangast od cel'autre mesnéé.L4141 [L4141] Cum li s. m. od sa m. [H]  1_142
                   E quant oüst çoe fait, apres sa reposéé,L4142 [L4142] E quant ele ot coe fait apres se a r. [H]  1_142
                   Armes deveit porter cil, a qui fust donéé,L4143 [L4143] A. deiuent p. cil a ki furent donee [H]  1_142
                   Par defors la cité, u en champ u en préé.L4142 [L4142] And when she had done this, he to whom she was given in marriage should bear arms, after his rest, outside the city For this sense of doner see Tobl. Lom. II, 2016; it is misunderstood in H and referred to armes.1_142
         4145  E quant çoe costume iert, Rigmel pas ne·l devéé,
                   Ainz est de meintenant en ses chambres entréé,L4146 [L4146] en enz [H]  1_142
                   E s'est mut noblement ilokes aturnééL4147 [L4147] Ou sest iloek m. n. asesmee [H]  1_142
                   E pus tost s'en revient en la sale pavéé.L4148 [L4148] pusrej  p̃1_142
                   Trente puceles ot od lui en la rengéé;L4149 [L4149] sa regnee [H]  1_142
         4150  N'i ot cele ne fust tote desafubléé:L4150 [L4150] cele ke ne f. d. [H]  1_142
                   Filles sunt a barons, chescune iert enseignéé.L4151 [L4151] a as; [H]  chascune ben e. [H]  1_142 [f.86a]
                   En la buteillerie est Rigmel pus entréé,L4152 [L4152] pus apres coe [H]  1_142
                   Un corn prist de bugle, dunt la liste iert gemméé,L4153 [L4153] Un c. p. grant dunt [H]  1_142
                   Ki entur la buche demi pié esteit léé,L4154 [L4154] Kentur la b. ert ben d. p. l. [H]  1_142
         4155  Si iert d'or affrican merveilles bien ovréé.L4155 [L4155] a merueille [H]  1_142L4153 [L4153] See Intr.2, p. 112.1_142
                   De piment l'ad empli – beivre est ki bien agréé –L4156 [L4156] om  est [H]  1_142
                   A sun dru le porta, cum iert la costuméé;L4157 [L4157] la costumee. So written in both C and H; perhaps l'acostumee, cf. Tobl. Lom.1_142
                   Les autres ensement od vessele dorééL4158 [L4158] E les autres [H]  1_142
                   Serveient tut entur la sale encortinéé.L4159 [L4159] Serueent al manger en la s. curtinéé [H]  1_142
         4160  Quatre turs ont ja fait, ke n'i funt arestéé,L4160 [L4160] ni ne [H]  1_142
                   Si que vint al quint ke Horn l'ad vers li sachééL4161 [L4161] vers a [H]  1_142L4161 [L4161] De ci ke uint [H]  1_142
                   Al trespas qu'ele fist, par la maunce orfreséé,L4162 [L4162] orfresee interlinear correction above unexpunctuated doréé1_142
                   Pus li ad en riant tiel parole mustréé:
198
                   'Bele, mar vus fist Deus de [si] fines beautez,L4164 [L4164] de si grandes bontez [H]  1_142
         4165  Quant lui ne nul des soens un point ne[n] honurez.L4165 [L4165] Kant li ne soens un sulien ne h. [H]  1_142
                   Tute jor devant nus a ces riches alez

Page 1_142


                   E a nus sulement nule chose n'offrez:L4167 [L4167] Ia a nus; [H]  nen offrez [H]  1_143
                   Si m'aït ki vus fist mut grant tort en avez.L4168 [L4168] vus nus [H]  1_143L4168 [L4168] Insert a comma after fist.1_143
                   Les biens k'en vus ad fait mal les ad enpleiez,L4169 [L4169] k'en quil [H]  1_143
         4170  Quant pur li as soens [ci], si le guerredonez.L4170 [L4170] a soens ci le guerdonez [H]  1_143
                   Vostre los encreistreit, si vus nus servisez,
                   Treis itaunt qu'il ne fra des bien aparaillez,L4172 [L4172] de bons a. [H]  1_143
                   Kar cil ki vus furma aime les povertez:L4173 [L4173] om  Kar [H]  1_143L4173 [L4173] povertez; cf. 4176 richetez. The abstract nouns poverté and richeté are here used by metonymy for poor and rich persons, and the resulting collective nouns made plural, cf. Intr. 2, p. 35.1_143
                   Pur povres vint al mund e povre i fu asez.L4174 [L4174] el m. e il p. fu nez [H]  1_143
         4175  Pur çoe laissez or mais [servir] ces hauz barnez,L4175 [L4175] desore mes seruir ces barnez [H]  1_143L4175 [L4175] Therefore leave off serving those high barons; but as laissier in the sense of leave off, cease is normally followed by an infinitive introduced by a, we should perhaps correct to a servir ces barnez (cf. H). For barnez see note on l. 1174.1_143 [f.86b]
                   Kar çoe dient letrez, Deu n'aime richetez:L4176 [L4176] les lettres [H]  1_143
                   Ainz sereit un chamail en l'oil d'agoille entrezL4177 [L4177] dun agoile [H]  1_143
                   Ke n'estreit riches hom la sus el ciel levez,L4178 [L4178] om  [H]  1_143L4177 [L4177] Matth. xix. 24 Facilius est camelum per foramen acus transire, quam divitem intrare in regnum caelorum.1_143
                   Kar maint pur lur aveir ont Deu tut obliëz.L4179 [L4179] pur par; [H]  unt tut deu [H]  1_143
         4180  Pur çoe servez a ces ki mal sunt cunreëz.L4180 [L4180] seruez ices ke malement [H]  1_143
                   Guerredon vus rendra ki tut vus ad donez.'L4181 [L4181] E il vus r. guerdon ki vus a tut d. [H]  1_143
                   'Amis,' çoe dit Rigmel, 'gentement sermonez,
                   Ne direit mieuz sermun evesque ne abbez.
                   Or le frai dunc issi cum vus me somonez.'
         4185  Dunc returna, si prist un vessel k'iert dorez,L4185 [L4185] om  returna si [H]  ben dorrez [H]  1_143
                   De l'oevre Salomun, ki iert d'antiquitez –L4186 [L4186] si ert [H]  1_143
                   Hanap aveit esté grant tens a ses avoez.L4187 [L4187] aveit ot; [H]  a ses a. [H]  1_143L4187 [L4187] Cf. note on l. 1419.1_143
                   Quant l'ot empli de vin, si li fud aportezL4188 [L4188] Kant ele lot e. [H]  1_143
                   E il le mist avant, ne fud par lui gustez.L4189 [L4189] il cil; [H]  par li ne f. g. [H]  1_143
         4190  Si el s'e[n] merveilla, ne vus esmerveille[z].
199
                   Ele prist le hanap si·l ralad raporter,L4191 [L4191] Ele reprist [H]  1_143
                   Mes il onc n'en gusta ne ne·l deigna bailler.L4192 [L4192] nel g. nel deina b. [H]  1_143
                   Forment s'en merveille, si ne sout ke penser;L4193 [L4193] E ele se prist forment a esmerveiller [H]  1_143
                   Mut ententivement le cummence aviser.L4194 [L4194] E e. le cummenca a. [H]  1_143
         4195  El vit la char blanche e le visage cler,L4195 [L4195] blanche char [H]  1_143
                   Bien parut qu'il nen ot lung tens esté paumerL4196 [L4196] not este lunges p. [H]  1_143
                   Ne qu'il hom ne semblot ki menast tiel mester;L4197 [L4197] demenast [H]  1_143
                   Mes ne·l osad del tut, cum ele asma, noter.L4198 [L4198] She did not quite dare to indicate what she surmised. For ne . . . del tut cf. ll. 2376 and 3135 and T. B. W. Reid, Mod. Lang. Rev. XXXIV (1939), 541 ff.1_143

Page 1_143


                   Ne purquant si li dit: 'Or me dites, bea[u] chier,L4199 [L4199] sire cher [H]  1_144 [f.87a]
         4200  Quant beivre ne volez, ke deit le demander?
                   Dous feiz l'ai aporté, n'en vousistes guster:L4201 [L4201] nen nel [H]  1_144
                   Al semblant que joe vei le corage avez fier.'
                   Dunc respundi si Horn – ne se pout plus celer –L4203 [L4203] D. respund horn . [H]  1_144
                   'Bele, sacez de fi, joe fui ja costumierL4204 [L4204] ja jadis [H]  1_144
         4205  Ke plus riches vesseaus me seut hom aporter.L4205 [L4205] soleit [H]  1_144
                   Mes "corn" apelent "horn" li engleis latimier,L4206 [L4206] li e. naturer [H]  1_144
                   Si vus pur sue amur, ki si se fait nomer,L4207 [L4207] la sue a. ki se f. ci n. [H]  1_144
                   Icel corn plein de vin me vollez bailler,L4208 [L4208] vosissez [H]  1_144
                   Ke vus vi des orainz a vostre ami doner,
         4210  D'icel beivrë od vus si serai meiteier:L4210 [L4210] sin esterei meiter [H]  1_144
                   Mes bien sai ke celi poëz or poi amerL4211 [L4211] celirej  cel^i1_144
                   Pur qui jo·l vus demand; pur çoe·l larrez ester.'L4212 [L4212] om  vus [H]  e pur coe si l. e. [H]  1_144L4212 [L4212] çoe·lrej  l omitted and inserted between coe and larrez1_144
                   E quant Rigmel l'oït, mal se tint de pasmer,
                   Taunt li tocha el quoer k'out dit le reprovier.L4214 [L4214] kele loi r. [H]  1_144
200
         4215  Tiel doel out en sun quoer, pur poi ke ne pasma.
                   Quant revint, s'arestut e si se purpensa.L4216 [L4216] Mes kant sen r. estut si s. p. [H]  1_144
                   Ke il fust messager de part Horn, çoe quida:
         4218  Ke il meismes le fust entercier ne l'osa,L4218 [L4218] Ou quil meime le fust unc coe ne espeira [H]  1_144
                   Ne qu'il fust taunt povre en sun quoer n'espera;
                   Ne purquant al semblant grant piece l'avisaL4218 [L4218] She did not dare to recognize (admit) that it was he himself, nor did she in her heart expect that he would be so poverty-stricken, nevertheless she scanned his appearance for a long time. The verb entercier ordinarily takes a personal object, but is here construed with an object clause taken up by the neuter pronoun le.1_144
         4220  E, quant l'ot esgardé, pur s'amur suspira,
                   Mes n'osad demustrer çoe k'en pensé en ad,L4221 [L4221] k'en ke [H]  1_144L4221 [L4221] nel o. [H]  1_144
                   Ainz alad pur le corn, plein de vin l'aportad.L4222 [L4222] le porta [H]  1_144 [f.87b]
                   Quant el vint devant lui, en la main li baillaL4223 [L4223] la sa [H]  1_144
                   E il prist sun anel, suëf enz le jeta,L4224 [L4224] il cil [H]  1_144
         4225  Memes cel ke Rigmel al partir li bailla;L4225 [L4225] bailla dona [H]  1_144
                   Pus si but la meitié e vers lui se turna,L4226 [L4226] uers li [H]  1_144
                   Rova li ke·l beüst, cum el li covenançaL4227 [L4227] cum ele li c. [H]  1_144
                   Pur amur iceli ke des orainz noma:L4228 [L4228] celi quil oreinz li n. [H]  1_144

Page 1_144


                   Or verreit si fust veirs qu'ele jadis l'ama.L4229 [L4229] sil fust vieuz [H]  1_145
         4230  El le prist, si en but e le corn enclina
                   E l'anel od le vin a sa buche hurta;L4231 [L4231] hurta auala [H]  1_145
                   E quant el le senti, si s'en espoënta.
                   El l'ad pris, si·l conut taunt tost cum l'esgarda –L4233 [L4233] cum ele lagarda [H]  1_145
                   Bien conut que c'eiert cil que dan Horn enportaL4234 [L4234] With this line the version in H ends.1_145L4234 [L4234] celi kele a dan horn dona [H]  1_145
         4235  Quant il prist le cungié e de lui s'en ala.
201
                   El li dit: 'Beaus amis, un anel ai trové
                   En cest corn, mes ne sai ki çaenz l'ad posé.
                   Si vostre est, si·l pernez, si l'aiez de bon gré,
                   Kar joe del retenir n'ai nule volenté.
         4240  Mestier vus poet aveir si cumme m'ad semblé.
                   Beneit seit oi icil a kil jo l'oi doné.
                   Si rien savez de lui, ne me seit or celé,
                   Si il vit u est mort, nomez me le regné:
                   Jo·l quer[r]ai u murrai, ja n'en iert trestorné.
         4245  Ja pur lui ne·l larrai ki m'ad ui espusé.
                   E si vus estes Horn si me seit demustré; [f.88a]
                   E si mais vus celez si ferez grant pechié.'
                   'Bele,' çoe li dist Horn, 'ne sai u cil fud ned
                   Dunt vus parlez vers mei e m'avez demandé.
         4250  Rien n'oï mes de lui ne de sun parenté;
                   Mes cel anel fud mien – ne poet estre celé –L4251 [L4251] Substitute a semi-colon for the dash after celé.1_145
                   Taunt l'amai cum oi chier ki mei l'out cummandé:
                   Or est tut tresalé entre nus l'amisté.
                   Pur [i]çoe ke l'aiez iert bien guerredoné
         4255  Li servirs qu'avez fait del bon vin estoré.
                   D'autres aneaus avrai, quant deu voldra, plenté.
202
                   'Joe fui ja, valleton, nurri en cest païs,
                   Par mun servise grant un ostur i cunquis.
                   Ainz ke l'oi afaitié enz en mue le mis,
         4260  Pres ad ja de set anz: bien poet estre sursis.L4260 [L4260] sursis is the past participle of sursëeir, the clerkly verb modelled on supersedere. Here it may be used as a noun (the masculine noun is otherwise attested only in the fourteenth century, but the feminine sursise appears in the twelfth in Leis Guill. § 50) in the sense of (excessive) delay; or it may be an adjective (cf. li faucons sorsis, cited by Gf. VII, 484 from De Marco et de Salemon), perhaps meaning too long in mew.1_145
                   Or le vienc reveeir quels il seit, de quel pris,
                   S'il veut estre maniers u veut estre jolifs;L4262 [L4262] For the periphrastic use of voleir see Intr.2 , p. 87.1_145

Page 1_145


                   E s'il est si entier, cum il fud a ces dis
                   Quant joe turnai de ci, dunc iert mien, çoe plevis;
         4265  Od mei l'enporterai de ci qu'a mes amis.
                   E s'il est depecié u en coë malmis,
                   Ke penne ait bruséé, dunt rien li seit de pis,
                   Ja mes pus nen iert miens, si m'aït saint Denis.'
                   Quant Rigmel l'ad oï, si ad jeté un ris.
         4270  Dunc dit mut bonement: 'Del mal k'oi, or garis. [f.88b]
                   Amis Horn, c'estes vus! bien conois vostre vis.
                   Si m'aït li haut rei, ki meint en paraïs
                   E le mund ad furmé dunt il est poëstis,
                   Li ostur dont parlez, ja mar sééz pensis;
         4275  Par tut est bien gardé si cum joe vus pramis.
203
                   'Amis Horn, par mun chief, çoe estes veirement.
                   Si m'aït li haut reis ki fist le firmament,
                   U m'en irai od vus, bien sacez veirement,
                   U enut m'ocirai; si murrai a turment:
         4280  Autre n'avra de mei nul esjoïssement.
                   Or iert cum vus plara, a vus del tut me rent.'
                   Or ne poet faire Horn mes nul atargement
                   Qu'il ne conoisse veir qu'il le seit veirement:
                   Mes encor en frad ainz un fier essaiëment.
         4285  Or ad parlé a li tut issi faitement:
                   'Çoe est veir; joe sui Horn – n'en frai nul ceilement –
                   Ki mamastes jadis en mun premier jovent;L4287 [L4287] mamastes. The object pronoun m' erroneously introduced.1_146
                   Mes joe ai cunversé entre mut male gent
                   Ki mut poi m'unt doné: n'ai cunquesté néént.
         4290  Or me sui ça venu cum tafur povrement;
                   Ne vus sai u mener; joe n'ai or ne argent,
                   Ne n'ai en tut le siecle un point de chasement.
                   Pur quei me siwrez dunc, itiel mesel dolent? –
                   E vus avez un rei od mut grant tenement. [f.89a]
         4295  A celi vus tenez, si l'amez fermement,
                   Bien vus poet governer e çoe mut richement;
                   E joe sui soffraitus: n'ai fors çoe qu'al col me pent,L4297 [L4297] çoe is presumably introduced under the influence of its use in the preceding line.1_146
                   Ne vus ai dont covrir, neïs un garnement.
                   Ki suëf est nurri poet soffrir malement
         4300  Issi grant poverte cum joe chaitif atent.'L4300 [L4300] Though the form poverte would be possible here, with lyric caesura, we should probably read poverté, cf. l. 4173.1_146

Page 1_146


                   'Par Deu, chiers amis duz, poi savez mun talent.
                   Itiel cum vus soffrez, sofferrai bonement,
                   U ja mais ne verrai nul autre ajornement.
                   Il n'ad si riche rei de ci k'en orient,
         4305  Pur qui vus guerpissë od tiel aturnement.'
                   Or siet Horn bien de fi e tut certainement
                   Ke Rigmel est leal e ke rien ne li ment,
                   E qu'ad enterin quoer e tut sanz fausement.
204
                   'Bele,' çoe li dist Horn, 'or laissum le parler:
         4310  Vééz la Wikele, ne fin[e] d'aguaiter;
                   Des pieç'ad nus ad veu bien ici cunseiller.
                   Il nus ad mut noté, kar il est pautonier,
                   Bien quide ke de Horn seië un messager:
                   Or irrad ja al rei e pur nus encuser.
         4315  Bien tost prendre me frad, se ci me poet truver;
                   Mes a Deu vus comand, n'i pus plus arester:
                   En l'ester perdrïez, prou avrez en l'aler,
                   Kar joe ai treis cent nefs la aval a la mer [f.89b]
                   U enz vindrent od mei meint hardi chevaler.
         4320  Çoe ke vinc povrement fis pur vus essaier.
                   Or vus troef a lëale: Deus en pusse loer!
                   Si vus di veirement ke ne vus vuil lesser.
                   Mes dites a Modin qu'il aut la bohorder,L4323 [L4323] larej  ja1_147
                   Si cum li aunceisor furent ja costumier;L4324 [L4324] li, si 1_147
         4325  Si vendrai, si joe pus, al deduit pur eider,
                   E si joe la vus trof bien vus quid deraisnier,
                   E tost le comparreit, tiel en purreit grocier.
                   Or le faites issi; ja purrai trop targier.'
                   'Sire, a vostre pleisir! Deu vus dont espleiter!'
205
         4330  De la presse se mist Horn, li proz, aïtant.
                   Pur çoe que pareit povre n'est nul aparcevant:
                   Richë hom ne tient pla[i] quant veit povre passant,
                   Pur çoe n'est plai tenu quel part vait, tant ne quant.
                   Mes quant ist de la cort si s'en turnë errant –

Page 1_147


         4335  Ne s'i tenist roncin ne somer en corant.
                   A ses nefs est venu tut halegre e joaunt
                   E as soens ad cunté cum li fud pus estant,
                   E qu'asez ad parlé od Rigmel, la vaillant,
                   Par çoe que il changa ses dras si al penant.
         4340  Sachiez bien ke li soen sunt joius e gabant
                   E si dient entr'eus: 'Ne fud mes si vaillant.
                   U sereit il trové ki çoe fust cummençant?' [f.90a]
                   'Seignors,' çoe lur dit Horn, 'or me seëz aidant,
                   Kar il nus avendra un auendra un'aventure grant,L4344 [L4344] Read aventur[e].1_148
         4345  Ke cil de la cité istront fors buhurdaunt,L4345 [L4345] istront fors buhurdaunt. See Intr. 2, p. 88.1_148
                   U es champs u es prez erent armes portant.
                   La si vendra Rigmel, m'amie al beau semblant.
                   Dunc sui mat e coard si ne[s] sui chalengant.
                   Pur çoe voil ke seüm garni e cumbatant
         4350  Ke nus pussum od eus la cité estre entraunt.'
                   'Par Deu,' çoe dient tuit, 'cist fet est bien seaunt.
                   Fel i seit e coard ki espairne sun brant,
                   N'en chauf n'en chevelu ke bien ne seit ferant!'
                   Des idonc ki ainz pot se vet apareillant.L4354 [L4354] Thereupon they arm themselves as fast as they can. With locutions of the type ki ainz pot the comparative adverb is usually repeated in the principal clause, as in Brut 5342 E ki mielz pout, mielz i feri, Villehardouin (ed. Faral, Paris, 1938) § 156 qui ançois puet ançois arive.1_148
206
         4355  Entritant ke dan Horn fud as nefs repairezL4355 [L4355] asrej  ḍẹ as1_148
                   E il out del bosoing sa gent amonestez,
                   Fud Modin de Rigmel issi aresunez:
                   'Sirë, ore ai servi; dreiz est que vus augez,
                   – Cum fud des aunceisors meint jor acostumez –
         4360  La defors la cité: armes i porterez,
                   Si verrai del [de]duit, cum serrez alosez.'
                   'Par ma fei,' dist Modin, 'çoe ne vus iert veëz.'
                   'Alez,' fait il, 'seignurs, si vus apareillez
                   E trestuz mes aturns çaenz si m'envééz.
         4365  Joe istrai la defors; bele, vus me sivrez,
                   Kar joe vuil ke de vus seië d'armes loez.' [f.90b]
                   'Sire,' çoe dit Rigmel, 'si iert cum cummaundez.
                   Joe irrai bonement veëir mes amistez.'L4368 [L4368] mes amistez used as was amur in l. 3810 to denote beloved person, sweetheart, and in the plural as is amors in the passages from Auc. cited in the note to that line.1_148
                   Pur autre le diseit qu'ele amot plus asez.
         4370  Tresqu'en la chambre vint; Haderos fud mandez.

Page 1_148


                   Quant il vint tresqu'a li dit li fud e mustrez:
                   'Beaus amis, Haderof, od mei vus en irrez,L4372 [L4372] Haderofrej  Hadof1_149
                   La defors la cité ove vus me merrez.
                   Tiel vus i mustrerai dunt mut vus joïrez;
         4375  Pus ke Horn s'en alad ne fustes mes si lez.
                   Tiel i purrez veëir ke autaunt amerez
                   Cum vus amastes Horn, quant fustes desevrez.'
                   'Bele,' dit Haderof, 'que deit que me gabez?
                   Çoe n'est home del mund ki encore seit nez
         4380  Si ne fust meisme Horn e il fust ja trovez.
207
                   'Bele Rigmel, pur Deu, u est la leauté
                   Ke joe quidoe en vus? mut est tost oblié
                   Horn, li proz, pur autre ki ne vaut la meité.
                   Mez amez le procein – del lointein est alé –L4384 [L4384] For impersonal est alé de it is all over with cf. Tobl. Lom. I, 296.1_149
4385;4395  Ke ne faites celui ki taunt vus ad amé:
                   Ke taunt fud atendu trop lung vus ad semblé.
                   Feme ne crerai mes en trestut mun ééd:
                   Fous est ki nule creit, taunt sovent est prové.
                   Ki quidast çoe de vus? ja sui joe pres desvé.
4390;4400  Ki joe taunt puisse amer u sereit il trové? [f.91a]
                   Çoe n'estreit pas Modins, pur doner sun regné.
                   Ja de rien ne l'amerai; par mei n'iert esgardé
                   De ci qu'eoië de Horn, u il seit, l'alosé;
                   Ne par mei n'iert destrier de ci la chevauché;L4394 [L4394] parrej  p̃1_149
4395;4405  Ne nul bel cheval n'ai; nul ne me fu doné
                   Pus ke mis sire Horn out le païs voidié.'
                   'Or dirrez,' dist Rigmel, 'tut vostre volenté,
                   Quant que onc vus plarra: mes n'iert pas verité.
                   Issi m'aït li reis, ki siet en maësté,
4400;4410  Ki ciel e terre e mer ad en sa poësté,
                   K'eonkes home n'amai fors sul Horn, l'onuré.
                   Or ne·l celerai mes. Sacez en leauté,
                   Joe ai parlé a Horn ui cest jor, a plenté;
                   Si venez al deduit il vus iert ja mustré.'

Page 1_149


208
4405;4415  'Reis perre! Jesu Crist! est veir ke oï ai?
                   Pur Deu, bele Rigmel, a grant tort vus blasmai.
                   Si vus veir me dites, a vus m'acorderai,
                   E le bel e le bon Blanchart chevaucherai,
                   Ke me donad dan Horn: encore gardé l'ai,
4410;4420  E pur l'amur de lui le gard e garderai.
                   Vus le nurristes ja, bele, tresbien le sai,
                   Si·l donastes Herland: bien savom pur quel plai.
                   Or ne vus pus faillir; si·l faz, si serad lai.
                   Sur li vouldrai munter, si vus adestrerai: [f.91b]
4415;4425  Çoe ke m'avez pramis, si deu plest, i verrai.
                   Si vei qu'il eit busoig, ove lui i serraiL4416 [L4416] overej  od1_150
                   E pur la sue amur chevalier i ferrai:
                   S'il li est enemi tost le corocerai.
                   E, ke seient od lui, tuz les noz somundrai
4420;4430  E tuz prest e garniz d'armes les eiserai,
                   Fors a Wikel[e], le fel, tut sul le celerai,
                   Kar tut basti cest pled: si pus, jo·l vengerai,
                   Ke le chief del culvert od mun brant trencherai.'
                   'Venez tost,' dist Rigmel, ja le vus mustrerai.'
209
4425;4435  Entretaunt ke Rigmel s'est fet[ë] acesmer
                   E sur sun palefrei l'orent fait[e] munter,
                   Est venu Haderof chevauchant sun destrier
                   Ki le peil aveit blanc cumme neif sur gravier.
                   Mut iert bien acesmé e de fer e d'acier.
4430;4440  Fors sis sires dan Horn n'i ot tiel chevalier:
                   Bien semble bon vassal pur sun seignur aider
                   E en qui se poüst bien en bosoing fier.
                   Wikel' iert ainz venu, si la vout adestrier;L4433 [L4433] Wikel'rej  Wikelë 1_150
                   Quant le vit Haderof pur poi ne dut desver.
4435;4445  Pus li dit: 'Mal glotun, ja la larrez ester.
                   N'avez pas deservi ke la deiiez mener.
                   Si tost ne la lessez, si m'aït saint Richier,
                   D'icest brand que ai ceint vus frai le chief voler. [f.92a]
                   Unc n'amai a nul foer felun ne losenger:
4440;4450  Pur çoe que sai ke l'estes si ne vus pus amer.'
                   E quant Wikel l'oït, n'i osad arester,L4441 [L4441] Wikel'rej  Wikelë 1_150

Page 1_150


                   Ainz fuï cum chevroel quant ad veü l'archier.
                   Donc la prist Haderof par la resne d'or mier,
                   Al deduit la mena pur le geu esgarder.
4445;4455  Mes ele vint el vëeir, ke mut aveit plus chier.
210
                   De ices savez bien, cum se sunt cuntenuz;
                   Or si orez de Horn cum li est avenuz.
                   Il iert ja de ses nefs mut vassalment eissuz,
                   Si veneit chevalchant od vint milë escuz –
4450;4460  N'i out un chevalier ke ne fust coneüz –
                   Si chevalchent destriers sanz comë e krenuz;
                   Il ont ceint les durs branz e espiez esmoluz,
                   Haubers [ont] blancs e forz e bons heames aguz.L4453 [L4453] Read haubercs.1_151
                   Süef vont chevauchant suz ces arbres foilluz;
4455;4465  Koiëment se tienent, ke ne seient veüz.
                   De la cité mut pres tut le bois sunt venuz.
                   A l'issuë d'un bruil la se sunt arestuz
                   Si ke nuls d'aus n'i fu ne konu n'aparceuz.
                   Horn lor ad cummandé ke nul ne seit meüz
4460;4470  De si ke sun demeine corn lur seit bien coneuz;
                   S'il les veïssent tuz, tost serreient enbatuz
                   En la cité tut dreit, si serreiënt toluz:L4462 [L4462] si, si·s 1_151 [f.92b]
                   Sun afaire serreit par itaunt deperduz.
                   Quant çoe out comandé, od sul dis est eissuz;
4465;4475  Vers le turnei s'en vet galopant les herbuz:
                   Mut i vont fierement cumme gent irascuz.
                   Chascun choisi le soen, apres se sunt feruz
                   Qu'a cel cop premerein en ont dis abatuz.
                   Li uns d'els fud Modin ke Horn ot cunseüz,L4469 [L4469] For uns read un.1_151
4470;4480  Ke sis heaumes lusanz soillé fud del paluz.
211
                   Le cop ke Horn feri ad Rigmel bien vëu,
                   Pus dit a Haderof: 'Çoe est Horn, li mien dru.
                   Or li alez aider si volez [sun] salu,
                   Kar veez cum grant gent sunt encuntre li venu:
4475;4485  Ja rescorrunt Modun ke il ad abatu.
                   Alez, si·l socorez; mustrez vostre vertu.

Page 1_151


                   Las! trop ad poi gent, trop iert tart socuru.'
                   A taunt sonad sun corn li ber Horn, li cremuz,
                   Ki des soens fud malt tost e oïd e conuz:L4479 [L4479] For mult read mut.1_152
4480;4490  Lors saillent chevalier, guerpissent le foillu.
                   Quant cil de la cité se sunt aparceü,
                   Or saciez bien de fi, nen iert mie atendu,
                   Kar mut crement l'aguait ki del bois est eissu.
                   Haderof od les soens en aïe lur fud,
4485;4495  Bien i ad conu Horn al gripun del escu;
                   Pur çoe vint tost a lui, si li rendi salu.
                   E cil de la cité se sunt enz enbatuL4487 [L4487] enbaturej  abatu1_152 [f.93a]
                   E dan Modin, le rei, ont lessé retenu:
                   Ne crei ke seit hui mais par eus bien socoru.
4490;4500  Mes ainz k'eil entrassent perdi meint sun escuL4490 [L4490] escurej  escuu1_152
                   Ki li fud leidement cum en fuiant tolu.
212
                   Icil ki pout s'en fuit, mes Rigmel ne fuit mie:
                   Haderof vint a lui, ki mut tost l'ad saisie
                   E a Horn la livra, kar ele esteit s'amie,
4495;4505  E dan Horn la reçut e forment l'ad joïe.
                   Pus si ont pris Modin, ki reis est de Fenie,
                   E il l'ad cummandé a tel ki bien le guie.
                   Pus si vait chevauchant a la cité antive;
                   Si la vet asëeir od bele gent garnie;
4500;4510  Ja n'en turnera mais – çoe ad sa fei plevie –
                   Tresque prise l'avra e qu'il l'eit en baillie.L4501 [L4501] prise interlinear insertion1_152
                   Cent mil'homes ad bien od lui en cumpaignie,
                   Qu'apres lui sunt venuz, de gent fiere e hardie.
                   Bien se deit esmaier ki veit tiel baronie
4505;4515  E vers eus seit forfait d'aucune felunie.
                   Mes pus ke reis Hunlaf la novele ad oïe
                   Ke çoe iert sire Horn, a ki tensa sa vie,
                   Dunc sout bien qu'il ot fait d[e] içoe grant folie
                   Ke de lui e Rigmel fist unkes departie:L4509 [L4509] Read e (de) Rigmel.1_152
4510;4520  S'il fere le poeit or en feist repentie,
                   Mes ne crerra nuli ki vers li ait envie.
                   Mes Horn ad devers sei sa fillë eschiwie,

Page 1_152

[f.93b]
                   E le rei dan Modin ad en s'avouërie –
                   Si vers lui tient estrif si iert grant lecherie:
4515;4525  Le plus bel ad vers sei e la terre seisieL4515 [L4515] He has the upper hand and the land in his possession. For aveir le plus bel see Tobl. Lom. I, 909.1_153
                   E si ad le dreit eir u il tresbien se fie.L4516 [L4516] le dreit eir the rightful heir, i.e. Rigmel.1_153
213
                   Un evesque ad pur çoe e un abbé mandéL4517 [L4517] The bishop and the abbot are presumably acting as commissaries for the competent ecclesiastical authority, though this is not stated by Thomas.1_153
                   Ki erent meintenant a dan Horn enveié,
                   Ainz qu'il ait sun païs ne malmis ne gasté,
4520;4530  Qu'il s'acord ove lui e entre en la cité,
                   Kar il ensiwra mes tute sa volenté,
                   Mes qu'icel maltalent li seit tut pardoné
                   Qu'il par encusement fud de lui esloigné.L4520 [L4520] To propose that he (Horn) should come to terms with him (Hunlaf) and enter the city, for he (Hunlaf) will henceforth follow his will, provided that Horn's anger that he was estranged from him by [false] accusation is entirely renounced.1_153
                   Or si prenge Rigmel, si seit son avoé;
4525;4535  N'ierent mes departi en trestut lor ééd.
                   Entre lui e Modin ad trop pres parenté;
                   Il les ferad partir: meintenant iert juré.L4526 [L4526] For lui read l(u)i. Between her (Rigmel) and Modin there is too close kinship; he will have them separated. Consanguinity was a favourite ground for annulment of marriage in the Middle Ages. Horn and Modin are themselves kinsmen: Modin's ancestor Haderof was the brother of Horn's great-grandfather Baderof (ll. 3718-21). We must therefore assume that Modin is related to Rigmel through whichever of his parents is not descended from Haderof.1_153
                   Pus face de Modin ke lui vendra a gré
                   Si cum de sun parent, qu'il n'i seit malmené,
4530;4540  Ainz seit sis liges hom e sis feeilz juré.
                   Ja nen iert räançon autre par lui nomé.
                   Vont s'en li messager cum vus ai acunté
                   E il l'unt dit a Horn e il l'ad tut graé.
214
                   Tut ad granté dan Horn, si cum nus le cuntum,
4535;4545  E bien sunt acordé entre lui e Modun.L4535 [L4535] Modun. The termination of the name is modified to suit the rhyme, cf, Intr.2, p. 34.1_153
                   La cité sunt entré dan Horn e tut li sun: [f.94a]
                   Mut sunt bien receü de Hunlaf, le baron.L4537 [L4537] lerej  li1_153
                   Danz Herland fud mandé a cel'asembleison
                   E sun mester receut, si l'ot tut a bandun.
4540;4550  Unc del soen n'i perdi vaillant un esperon
                   Que il poüst mustrer dont oüst perdeisun:L4540 [L4540] Not a spur's worth did he lose of his possessions that he could prove he had lost. For the construction cf. Intr.2, p. 101.1_153
                   Tut li rendi Hunlaf par sa guarantisun.
                   E dan Wikel' en out en apres guerredun,L4543 [L4543] Wikel' Wikelë 1_153
                   Ki bien le dut aveir cum traïtre felun.
4545;4555  Pus si vont al muster pur prendre beneiçon
                   De Rigmel espuser od la gente façon,
                   Kar de Modun fud fait e de lui parteisun.L4547 [L4547] parteisun, usually distribution, share, here means severance, divorce.1_153
                   Quant li servises fud tut feni par raisun,

Page 1_153


                   La vint Wikel[e], li fel, enbronc en chaperon;
4550;4560  Unc mot n'en sout dan Horn si·l seisist al talun
                   E devant les barons li fist tiel oreisun:
                   Qu'il ait merci de lui, s'il vers lui fud bricon;
                   E si mais li forfait si·n prenge vengeisun
                   Issi cum il devra de traïtor felun.
4555;4565  Pur le preier de tuz danz Horn li fet pardon
                   Par itiel covenant cum fist devisiön.
                   Pus en sunt tuit alé a la real mesun:
                   Seneschaus on[t] truvé ki·n funt receveison.
                   Li plus povre ad vestu vair u gris peliçon
4560;4570  U bliaut de samit u de bon ciclatun [f.94b]
                   Estreit lacié a laz dunt d'or sunt li butun.
215
                   Cil baron natural asis sunt al manger:
                   Li servise fud grant, si servent riche per;
                   Par trestut oëlment sunt li mes tut plenier,
4565;4575  Par tut metent bons vins cil noble buteiller,
                   Ki sunt e clers e forz, ki·s ad fait enveisier.
                   Grant joië meine Horn vers sa bele muillier;L4567 [L4567] Read muiller.1_154
                   Autretel fait Rigmel, od le visage cler;
                   E li reis dan Hunlaf mut se poet leëscier
4570;4580  Quant il taunt bien ad fait sa fille mariër.
                   Quant asez ont mangé ces tables funt oster;
                   Lors se lieve en estant Horn, li pruz e li bier;
                   Od sa main fist escut kar od eus veut parler.
                   Il se tindrent [tut] koi, n'i osent mot suner,
4575;4585  Kar il le dotent tuit, taunt le sievent a fier:
                   Quant il est corocié nul ne l'ose aprimer
                   E quant il s'esjoïst chescun i poet joer.
                   Ja orrez que il dist, si·l volez escoter;
                   Des ore orrez mut bien, ke trop fait a preisier,L4579 [L4579] faitrej  fait1_154
4580;4590  Cum dan Horn veut aller pur sun pere venger.
                   Or ad si cummencié, sun quoer vudra mustrer:
216
                   'Sire rei, dan Hunlaf, al prim cummencement
                   Del seignur soverain aiez merciëment
                   Des biens que m'avez fait e del norrissement […] 'L4584 [L4584] With this line the text of the Cambridge MS. ends.1_154

Page 1_154

O

[f.18b]
                   'Vus l'avret,' dit Hardré, 'si Deu plest, a present.'
219
                   Apres sunt léément a lur nefs repeirez.L4587 [L4587] Laisse 219: I have followed here the Brede-Stengel edition and allowed two laisses and the end of 216 for the amount omitted.1_155
                   Deskes fud coneud ke ço fud dan Hardrez
                   Unc ne fud tel baldur entre gent demenez
4590;4600  Par trestut, pur s'amur k'il fussent plus heitez.
                   Quant il vint al demein [ke soleil] fud levez
                   Furent tuit cil des nefs al tref Horn essemblez.L4592 [L4592] Furentrej  Purent1_155
                   Dan Hardré les ad dunc issi aresunez:
                   'Or ent[end]et, seignurs, cument vus errerez:
4595;4605  Par le cunseil de mei, si Deu plest, vengerez
                   Le dol de voz amis ki a mort sunt menez.
                   Vostre ost, ke ci vei, en dous departirez:
                   E la u vus mustra[i], la meitet muscerez;
                   Od la meitet ici, sire Horn, i remeindrez;L4599 [L4599] Odrej  E1_155
4600;4610  Quant jo avrai Redmund od les suens ça guiez,
                   Vus lur ceindrez cest camp, si vus i cumbatrez:
                   E si tost cum en ert li esturs cumencez,
                   Vus ki serrez muscez, si vus desbucherez,L4603 [L4603] Read desbuscherez.1_155
                   E par detriers as dos vassalment ferrez.
4605;4615  Si eren descunfit li culvert reneez.
                   Ja n'en savru[n]t mot si erent morz ruez.
                   Quant serrez si vengez, la terre seiserez:
                   Tut al vostre pleisir i merrez voz barnez.'
                   Lors escrient trestuit: 'Buer fussez vus nez!
4610;4620  Issi ert cum vus plest, cum le cumandez.'
                   Atritant prist cungé e si s'en est turnez,
                   Mes li lius dunt parla lur fud einceis mustrez.L4612 [L4612] fudrej  frid1_155
                   A ce fere k'il dist, mult en ert eisez.
220
                   E en tant ke vet Hardré a rei Rodmund parler,
4615;4625  E Kil volt, se il peot, sun damage espleiter,
                   Kar quel semblant k'il fet, il nel peot unc amer:
                   Se il peot en nul sen, sun seignur veolt venger –

Page 1_155


                   Aäluf le barun, ki·l nurrit e ot cher.
                   Vunt s'en li home Horn par ces larriz muscer:
4620;4630  Ja ne·l savrat Rodmund, si avrat encumbrer.L4620 [L4620] encumbrerrej  cencumbrer1_156 [f.18c]
                   Mult i aveit vassal gent de cuntenement fer,
                   N'i ad cil ne s'en peint de Rodmund manascer –
                   E il le frunt mult ben, kar Deus lur volt aider.L4622 [L4622] Ni ad cil ne sen peint de Rodmund manascer
E il le frunt mult ben kar deus lur volt aider. It is difficult to determine the reading of l. 4622. Line 4623 shows, I think, that manascer is erroneous, since people need no help from God to enable them to utter threats. Is there, perhaps, omission of a line? I am, further, not sure whether we should read s'en peint or s'enpeint: the former, the third person singular of the present subjunctive of sei pener strive, is grammatically correct; the latter, the third person singular of the present indicative of sei enpeindre press forward, fits the context better and could be replaced by the correct present subjunctive s'en peigne without detriment to the metre. Replacement, however, is not necessary, as the use of the present indicative in clauses of this type is frequent in A.N. texts and paralleled in C as well as in O, cf. ll. 1625, O 4729.1_156
                   Hardré est ja venu desk'al mestre soler
4625;4635  U li reis od sa gent, Rodmund, sol cunverser,
                   Quant il vint desk'a lui, si li dit al premer:
                   'Sire, Mahun vus guard, nostre rei dreturrer!
                   Une ren vus dirrai, dunt me pus merveller:
                   xv anz ad ke jo oi tuz vos porz a garder,
4630;4640  Unc mes ne vi venir ki vosist damager.
                   Or i sunt venuz ne sa[i] quels paltenerL4631 [L4631] ne sa[i] quels paltener. For ne sai quel see note on l. 3088; paltener is apparenly in the nominative plural because the locution as a whole is subject of sunt venuz (cf. Intr. 2, p. 78).1_156
                   Od xx nefs solement – tant les [pus] aesmer –
                   Si il sunt cristiens, cel ne sai deviser.
                   Ne sai s'il serreit Horn, ki venist pur rober,
4635;4645  Mé ço distrent les voz k'il le virent néér.
                   E ki k'il seient, ne·s leissum surjorner,
                   Kar granz estreit la hunte e vilein repruver,L4637 [L4637] granz estreitrej  grant setreit1_156
                   Si ren portent de nus sanz le nus cumparer.'
221
                   'Hardré,' ço dit Rodmund, 'une ren vus dirai:
4640;4650  Mult forment suzcriem Horn e tuz jorz suzcreindrai,L4640 [L4640] suzcreindrairej  suzcreildrai1_156
                   Kar n'a gueres ke jo une espie enveai,
                   Ki me dist k'il vit e uncor le verrai.
                   Ki distrent k'eet neé, d'ices me vengerai.L4643 [L4643] Correct the eet of the MS. to ert. Those who told me he was drowned, on them I will take vengeance.1_156
                   L'altrer, n'ad mie mult, un gref sunge sungai,
4645;4655  E cum jo me purpens e jo plus m'en esmai:
                   Me fu vis, k'od mes chens un matin m'en alai
                   En un bois sur la mer, e ileoches chaçai;
                   En un sundre de pors esrai e si huai.L4648 [L4648] esrairej  esraui1_156
                   Un sengler grant dentud e fier od els trovai,
4650;4660  Ki nafrot mun cheval, mei abateit al tai,L4650 [L4650] al, el1_156
                   Enz el cors me feri, k'unc pus ne levai.
                   "Pors" senefient "gent" en sunge – ben le sai.

Page 1_156


                   Si jo vois cuntre ces, tres ben me guarderai.'
                   'Tolez!' ço dit Hardré, 'certes, mult serreit lai,
4655;4665  Se il quite s'en wnt de nus pur itel plai. [f.18d]
                   Si m'ait Apolin, en sunges ne crerrai!
                   Fable est devenut quancunkes sungaíi.
                   Pur ço·[l] turnum a vent; james n'escuterai.
                   Si n'i volez aler, e jo sul i irrai.
4660;4670  Des voz merrai od [mei] cel[s] ke mener purrai,
                   E si ço streit Horn sur lui primes ferrai.
                   Si vus me mescreez, certes jo·l vus jurrai –
                   Si m'ait Apollin! – c'unc ne·l esparnirai.'L4663 [L4663] c'uncrej  cum1_157
222
                   Par itant fud Rodmund del aler enhardiz;
4665;4675  Pur le sunge qu'ot veu si i alot enviz,
                   Od lui vunt mil paens armez e fervestiz.
                   Poi ad cuntre les noz, ki pruz sunt e elliz,
                   Mes si le veolt Hardré k'il seient tuz petiz.
                   Il les cunduit devant, si·s ad tuz esbaudiz,
4670;4680  Grant joie vet fesant e mult grant corneiz
                   E mult ben lur purmet k'il serrunt enrichiz;L4671 [L4671] purmet. See note on l. 246.1_157
                   Quant il avrunt cunquis ces garçuns esturdiz,
                   Plus avrunt del aver ke n'ot unc reis Daviz:
                   Par itant sunt li fel del aler enhardiz.
4675;4685  Del reisun k'il i funt sunt li munt rebundiz:L4675 [L4675] funtrej  fundi1_157
                   Ben les oent de loinz la gent Horn dé latriz;
                   Pur leisser les passer sunt muscez e tapiz,
                   Kar encui ert Hardré le voleir acumpliz:
                   A glaive murrunt hui palteners arabiz,L4679 [L4679] glaive. In O.F. this word ordinarily designates the lance, but in clerkly texts, presumably under Biblical influence, it is used as here in the locution murir a glaive die by the sword (e.g. Brut 9396) and occasionally elsewhere.1_157
4680;4690  De pus k'ert cumencez entr'els li ferreiz.
                   Li nostre erent vaillant, n'i treistrent a enviz.
                   E cist vers els sunt poi, s'erent acuardiz:
                   James ne reverrunt lur muillers ne lur fiz.
223
                   Hardré les ad cunduit trestute une valee,
4685;4695  Nostre gent eschiwant; ben sout u fud muscee;L4685 [L4685] soutrej  solt1_157
                   E dan Horn er guarniz, sa gent ot aprestee.
                   Paen vienent seur cum gent surquidee,

Page 1_157


                   A la flote en wnt dreit u ert aancree;
                   Quant surveue l'unt, chere funt desheitee,
4690;4700  Cum gent ke sevent ben k'a perte esteit turnee.L4690 [L4690] esteitrej  estent1_158 [f.19a]
                   Or sevent par Horn est lur mort enginnee
                   E veient ke tant sunt, k'il n'i avrunt duree,
                   Kar il ne sunt vers els for sul une poignee:
                   Volenters fusent turné ariere en lur cuntree,
4695;4705  S'il veisent par unt veie fust aprestee,
                   Mes il sunt tut enclos de gent vers els iree
                   E dan Horn lur ad ja cumencé la meslee,
                   E dan Hardré i fud k'od lui prest[e] sa hee:x [x] literally lends1_158x [x] see note1_158
                   De ferir sur paens c'est ren ke lui agree.L4699 [L4699] In rejected readings insert L4699 [L4699] c'est coe est1_158. In accordance with the construction developed in the later twelfth century, the infinitive logical subject of est is preceded by de; cf., Intr.2, p. 83.1_158
4700;4710  Or fierent tutes parz, paens pernent colee,L4700 [L4700] pernent colee suffer loss; cf. colloquial English take the rap. The idiom is employed in Tristan, Bér. 3497 and F. Can. 3627 and 5222.1_158
                   K'il gisent en tuz sens, versé gule baee.
                   Or seit ben Rodmund ke sa vie est finee;
                   Cunust l'avision, ke lui fud demustree,
                   E set ben ke par Horn la mort ert revengee
4705;4715  De sun pere Ááluf, ki de meint ert ploree.
224
                   Rodmund set ben de fi k'il pas n'eschapera
                   E la mort Ááluf ke Horn la vengera.
                   Quant il veit a estrus k'icel jur murra,
                   Sa mort, s'il purrad, mult chier lur vendera.
4710;4720  Primes maldit Hardré ki tant mal l'enginna,
                   Ki mescrere le fist e pur ço le tricha:L4711 [L4711] mescrerere The second hemistichs of 4711 and 4712 are transposed1_158
                   Dist ke poi erent gent e pur ço le mena
                   A cel champ dolurus, u seit k'il remeindra;
                   Quant il le dut aider as altres se turnaa:
4715;4725  Se il peot, as premiers cestui le cumpara.L4715 [L4715] cumpara, cumparra1_158
                   Sun espié ad brandit, sun escu enbrunça,
                   Pus vet ferir Hardré, la u il l'encuntra;
                   En l'escu de quartiers mult grant cop li dona
                   Ke les quirs e les fuz par mi li estroa,
4720;4730  Mes unc de sun halberc maele ne falsa:
                   Nepurquant del cheval a terre jus mis l'aa.
                   Mes sis fiz Badelac, a ki mult en pesa,

Page 1_158


                   Mult ben l'ad sucurud, k'il plus ne·l blesça.
                   E Rodmund vet avant ki ja·s esturmira:
4725;4735  Mult chier lu[r] vent sa mort dunt ad fiance ja. [f.19b]
225
                   Horn est d'altre part, si cumbat fierement.
                   Paens le criment mult e dutent durement;
                   De la mort Ááluf or prent le vengement;
                   N'en encu[n]tre un tut sul, ke la teste ne prent:
4730;4740  Grant est li ferreiz, grif est li caplement.
                   Haderof ad oi les granz criz de la gent,
                   Od les suens est formis hors de l'enbuschement,
                   As paens est venuz, si·s acoilt grivement:L4733 [L4733] si·srej  sil1_159
                   Dunc veist, ki la fust, tant grant abatement,
4735;4745  Dunt pus nuls ne leva ne ne vit sun parent.
                   Rodmund ad mult ben veu k'est turné a turment,
                   K'est asis tutes parz, k'il n'a eschapement:
                   De mil k'il amenat ne sunt or vif ke cent.
                   Mult se pleint de Hardré, mult le maldit suvent:
4740;4750  'D'icel fel traitur mult le fis malement,
                   K['a] meint jor ne·l pendi e ne l'oi mis al vent.
                   Tuz jorz certes les criens, e l'oi en suschement,
                   Mes sis deus le guarit e si·n fist tensement:
                   Mult valt mielz ke [Mahun] a celui ki s'i prent.
4745;4755  Hardré unc ne·l guerpi, mes k'en fist feignement.L4745 [L4745] fei^gnement1_159
                   Or le nus ad mustré a cel definiementL4746 [L4746] celrej  tel1_159
                   K'i vers ces est turné e envers nus venent,
                   Si m'en pusse venger en nul encuntrement,
                   Pus murreie plus suef e plus legierement.'
226
4750;4760  Quant Rodmund ot ço dit, pus brocha sun cheval.
                   En sun poin tint le brant od le pun de cristal
                   E si cerche les rencs trestut iré par mal.
                   Par mult grant maltalent vet ferir un vassal:
                   Tut le helme li fent jus desk'al nasal;
4755;4765  Cil ne se peot tenir, enz est chéét aval:
                   Ne fud merveille grant kar li cops fud mortal.
                   Haderolf l'ad veu, ki descent d'un costal.
                   Bien ad veu le cop k'il li donad real,

Page 1_159


                   Ja endreit, se il peot, altretal.
4760;4770  Il est venuz a lui, si l'ad paé un tal [f.19c]
                   En la pene devant del escu principal,
                   Ke tut le purfendi l'espee emperial;
                   Del cheval prist le col, res a res del peitral,
                   E le rei abatit estendu al terral.
4765;4775  Or li est avenu huniement vergundal!
                   E il est sus sailliz od dol k'il ot cural.L4766 [L4766] odrej  co1_160
                   Haltement reclamat sun seignur Belial
                   K'il en cel besoing li seit partut egal,
                   Ke il pusse ses cops reservir cumunal,x [x] e erased between s and r1_160
4770;4780  Kar pur lui sul ne volt ja guerpir sun estal:
                   Mult fust pruz, s'il creist le rei espirital.
227
                   Haderolf vient vers lui, ki mult est curuscez,L4772 [L4772] In the first four lines of this laisse the scribe has written a final z instead of t (similarly in laisse 239); cf. Intr.2, p. 34 n.1_160
                   Si referi le rei ke mult fort l'ad blescez;
                   E Rodmund ferit lui, ki forment est irez,
4775;4785  Un grant cop mult plener de sun brant afilez
                   Ke lui e sun destrer a terre ad graventet:
                   Des ore sunt amdui al camp cummuner a pet.
                   Or se wnt referir, ne sunt esparniet:
                   Amdui sunt bon vassal e mult ben aduret.L4779 [L4779] Amduj́1_160
4780;4790  Tant se sunt cumbati ke pres est esvespret,
                   Mes ore est Haderolf durement alasset,
                   K'il ne peot sustenir sun bon escu listet
                   E mult sunt ja flac li cops de sun brant aceret:L4783 [L4783] flacrej  flat1_160
                   N'est pas merveille grant, kar forment est blescet,
4785;4795  Kar en plusurs lius ert sun halberc fort falset,
                   E il ad durement de ses plaies seignet:L4786 [L4786] plaies1_160
                   S'il n'ad prucein sucurs, si ert de lui finet.
                   E Rodmund est mult pruz, si n'est point esmaet,
                   Ka[r] il se sent tut freis, cum s'il ne fust blescet,
4790;4800  Cum fust a delit e ust asez surjornet.
                   Si cum prendre le volt al nasel néélet,L4791 [L4791] prnedre1_160
                   Es vus poinant dan Horn o e sis sires Hardret,
                   Ki paens urent mort, e si lur fud cuntet:

Page 1_160


                   'Haderolf fust or mort, s'il ne fust aidet.'
4795;4805  Lors s'est Horn haltement envers Rodmund criet:
                   'Mar le tucherez mes, fel culvert, reneet.' [f.19d]
228
                   Horn est or descendu, vers Rodmund ve[t] curant,
                   Cum hom forment iré e en sun poin sun brant.
                   Il ad parlé vers lui, si li dit or itant:
4800;4810  'En vus ert ja vengez Ááluf, le vaillant.
                   Or ne vus aiderunt Mahun ne Tervagant
                   Ke [ne] muergez ici cum felun recreant.'
                   E Rodmund, quant l'oit, ne·l dotat tant ne quant,
                   Ainz li dist: 'Fols fui quant vus mis el chalant,L4804 [L4804] Folsrej  fols1_161
4805;4815  Ke [ne] vus pendi dunc cume larun robbant,L4805 [L4805] Substitute a semi-colon for the comma after robbant.1_161
                   Ne me fussez ore ceste feiz destruant.
                   Leissez mei, de Hardré ke me sei[e] vengant,
                   Pus si faciez de mei trestut vostre talant,L4808 [L4808] faciez. See note on l. 1846.1_161
                   Kar il m'ad tut trahi cum felun sudduant.
4810;4820  Mult est fols li paens quant james est creantL4810 [L4810] estrej  ert1_161
                   Home de vostre lei, ja n'ert tant prametant.
                   Purmettre me soleit, e tuz jorz m'ert jurant,L4812 [L4812] purmettre. See note on l. 246.1_161
                   Ke si ja veist Horn, k'il l'estreit ociant.
                   Or m'ad del tut mercit, si m'est tut decevant.
4815;4825  Mes or venez avant, m'espéé sui rendant,
                   E si facez de mei trestut vostre cumant.'L4816 [L4816] facez. See note on l. 1846.1_161
                   E Horn se trest ver lui – nul mal n'ert esperant –
                   E li fel de mal art trestut en ert desvant:
                   Par desuz sun escu vers sun quor ert butant,
4820;4830  Ocire le quida par mi sun jacerant;
                   Mes li halberc fud bons, si fud fort e tenant,
                   Vers le cop de lui li fud mult bon garant.L4822 [L4822] de luirej  del un1_161
229
                   Or veit Horn del culvert k'il le vot damager
                   Et k'oscire le volt, si n'en ust desturber.L4824 [L4824] k'oscirerej  Roscire1_161
4825;4835  Ainz en ust il merci, s'il le vosist crier,
                   K'il le retenist vif e halegre e enter,
                   S'il vosist Deu servir, si·l fesist baptizer:
                   Pur l'alme Ááluf li volt tut parduner.

Page 1_161


                   Ne jamest n'en eüst de sa mort repruver,
4830;4840  Pur ço k'il ne·l ocist, enz l'enveiat en mer,L4830 [L4830] enveiatrej  enveiaz1_162 [f.20a]
                   E issi le guarit li sires del hal[t] soler.L4831 [L4831] E issi le guarit li sires del hal[t] soler. Metre might be rectified by omitting hal[t], but the word soler by itself is a somewhat inappropriate term to designate the abode of the Deity. A possible correction is E si·l guarit li sires de l'altisme soler. For altisme see note on l. 3513.1_162
                   Mes cest fet k'il fist dunc fud tut del empeirer,
                   Lor le volt cum felun de la mort encumbrer:L4832 [L4832] But this deed that he then did was wholly to his hurt, when he wished like a traitor to bring him to death. Lor is a contracted form of la u (also written leu, lou, leur). This contraction is not used elsewhere in the poem, and the examples cited by Gf. and Tobl. Lom. appear to belong to the late twelfth or thirteenth century; it is therefore possible that it is due to a transmitter and that we should read La u le volt cum fel. For the construction in l. 4832 cf. l. 1374 and Ch. Guill. 204 Si tu t'en vas, ço iert tut del fuïr.1_162
                   Or li rendrat, s'il peot: ne lui veolt parduner.
4835;4845  Sur le helme le fiert del espee d'acer
                   K'en dous meitez le fent idunc desk'al braer.
                   A cel cop ad vencu sa bataille li ber
                   E rescust Haderrolf, sun ami dreiturrer.L4838 [L4838] rescus(t). See note on l. 988.1_162
                   Ses homes ad fet pus devant sei amener
4840;4850  E si ad fet sa pes par trestut l'ost crier.
                   Des or volt il avant par les pais aler
                   Tut seiseir a sun oes, cum cil ki volt regner;
                   S'il i trovet persan, almican u escler
                   Ne veolt k'il i seit plus: tuz les en volt jeter,
4845;4855  U par la mort jeter u lur lei renéér;
                   A ses bons chevalers la terre volt doner,
                   Ki de loin sunt venu od lui pur cunquester.
230
                   Qu'en dirreie or avant? [la terre] ad seisie
                   E de lunc e de lé l'at trestute en baillie;
4850;4860  N'i remeint un tout su[l] de la gent paenie,
                   U les met tuz a mort u lur lei unt guerpie.
                   Entre ses chevaler l'a pus ben departie
                   Sulunc ço ke il sunt, ke nul ne grusce mie,
                   N'entre bons n'entre mals n'i ad point d'envie.
4855;4865  A dan Hardré sur tuz en dunet la mestrie,
                   Ki ben set justiser ces k'at en meinburnie.
                   U furent les musters, par tut les edifie;
                   La u fud l'avesqué e u fud l'abbeie,
                   Par trestut les refet e les bens multiplie:
4860;4870  Par trestut, est loez Jesu, le fiz Marie.
                   Entritant est par tut cele nuvele oie
                   Ke dan Horn ad si mené geste haie
                   E crestienté est par lui par trestut recovrie,
                   Ki par pour en ert einz tute relinquie.

Page 1_162


4865;4875  Or avint une ren k'est dreit ke vus die, [f.20b]
                   Ke reine Samburc, mere Horn, l'eschevie,
                   Oit de lui parler – k'ele fud esjoie! –
                   Quant si sires fud mort e ele espourie,
                   En Ardene, la grant, vers la mer est fuie,L4869 [L4869] larej  al1_163
4870;4880  E od sei si menat une sue nurrie:
                   En un cros sur la mer s'est pus acutie.L4871 [L4871] acutie. In O.F. of the Western region and in many of the modern patois a verb cuter ( <*cuditare, of Celtic origin, cf. F.E.W. II (2), 1461) was in considerable use, but the second-conjugation form is attributed by Wartburg to A.N.1_163
231
                   Quant la reine oit la mort de sun seignur
                   En un cros sur la mer se musçat pur poür;
                   Unc trovéé ne fud par la gent paenur –L4874 [L4874] parrej  pur1_163
4875;4885  Ja si l'ad pus salvéé mult ben li creatur! –
                   De herbes vesqui pus e a que[l]que dolur.L4876 [L4876] Read que[l]ke. Thenceforth she lived on herbs, and with great difficulty (literally with whatever pain it might be). Cf. Critical Note on l. 1963 and Intr.2, p. 107.1_163
                   Une garce ot od sei, nurrie [par] amur;
                   Cele unc ne li falli pur mal ne pur langur.
                   As viles en alot e la feseit meint tur,
4880;4890  Si demandot del pain pur Deu le salveur,
                   E sa dame en peiseit: ço esteit sun labur.
                   Issi fere soleit, deske vint a un jurL4882 [L4882] Issi fere soleit. In C 1912 stands the closely similar hemistich Issil soleit faire and it seems probable that we have here a remodelled version, eliminating the two archaic features: (a) the lyric caesura, (b) the use of enclitic le with a disyllabic word. 1_163
                   K'ele vint en un pré u i u[t] cent pastur.L4883 [L4883] prérej  %pre1_163
                   Une pelote urent, si·n furent zoleur.
4885;4895  Li un dist a sun per: 'Fier, ami, par vigur.
                   Dé ore avum nus mult bon meinteneur;
                   Horn, li pruz, est venu, par ki avrum honor –
                   Fiz le rei Ááluf, le bon cunquereur –
                   Ki tuz ad mis a mort cele gent paenur:
4890;4900  James ne revendrunt li felun traitur.
                   Mis peres le cuntat er seir par grant dulçurL4891 [L4891] er seirrej  eisseir1_163
                   A ma mere a meisun: jo·n fui esculteor.'
232
                   La meschine l'oit; envers els aprimat
                   Pur noveles oir, dunt ele se certat;L4894 [L4894] To hear tidings about which she made certain. The verb certer is the A.N. aphetic form of acerter, itself attested mainly in A.N. texts, cf. Tobl. Lom.1_163
4895;4905  Quant ele certe en fud, a sa dame alat.L4895 [L4895] certerej  ceree1_163
                   Quant sa dame la vit, mult tost la demandat
                   Quel deit ke vient si tost e ke ren n'aportat.
                   […] L4898 [L4898] Line or lines (?) absent.1_163
                   Kar sis fiz est venuz ki des or la pestrat.

Page 1_163


4900;4910  Quant la dame l'oit, tut li sens li muat.L4900 [L4900] See note on l. 943.1_164
                   Ki cent langues avreit – ke ja mes n'avendrat! – [f.20c]
                   Ne purreit acunter cum grant joie el en at.
                   Ele li ad dit suvent: 'Bele fille, cument vat?
                   Est dunc vif Horn, mun fiz? Bele, ki·l vus cuntat?
4905;4915  E deus! peot c'estre vers ke james s'averrat?'
                   De la joie k'el ad, quatre feiz se pasmat,
                   E quant ele revint, dunches recumençat:
                   'Morz est [pur] veirs mis fiz; ja mes ne revendrat!
                   Fole, si m'as menti, mult grant mal t'en surdrat.'
4910;4920  E quant ele l'oit, si l'en recunfortat:
                   'Ore venuz est Horn.' Par fei li afiat.
                   Dunc li revient sun quor, si dit k'ele i irrat,L4912 [L4912] i irratrej  íj́rrat1_164
                   Si verrat, si vers est ço k'ele afirmat.L4913 [L4913] afirmat. The learned form afirmer (as distinct from afermer) is not in Tobl. Lom., and is cited by Bloch only in 1276.1_164
233
                   Od cels dras cume ele ot, feblement aturnee,L4914 [L4914] Correct cels to tels.1_164
4915;4925  Ad rene Suanburc sa veie cumencee,
                   E la meschine od li, ki tut dreit l'at menee
                   La u la curt le rei cel jor ert asemblee.
                   A la porte tut dreit s'est la dame arestee.
                   E li reis vint de bois, chevalchant par l'est[r]ee:
4920;4930  Pris out veneisun, si·n fet home menee;L4920 [L4920] menee is a hunting term, announcing shout or blast of a horn, here the blast sounded at the return of the huntsmen with their venison. Cf. Ch. Rol., Glossary; G. Tilander, La Vénerie de Twiti (Uppsala, 1956), p. 78.1_164
                   E quant Samburc le vit, s'est al re presentee.
                   Pus li ad dit en halt tel parrole membree:
                   'Reis, buer fustes vus nez e l'ure buer trovee
                   Ke sains estes e salf e k'avez la cuntree:
4925;4935  Si vesquist vostre mere or fust mult halegree.
                   Reis, pur l'alme Ááluf, k'ele seit mielz salvee,L4926 [L4926] mi^elz1_164
                   E pur l'alme Sambur, que j'ai ci remembree,
                   Peissez mei an avant, tant cum ert ma duree.'
                   E li reis li respont: 'Trop est fel ke ço vus vee!'
4930;4940  A tant l'ad fet mener en la sale pavee,
                   Si la fist ben servir juste une cheminee.
                   Mult comandat ke fust serv[i]e e gardee,
                   Kar ele semblot tres bien de gentil parentee,L4933 [L4933] parentee. See Intr.2, p. 108.1_164
                   Parmi tut ço k'el ert povrement conree.
4935;4945  Dan Hardré la vit ben, si l'ad mult avisee;

Page 1_164


                   Ses clers oilz e sun vis e sa buche ad notee, [f.20d]
                   Bien cunut que ço rert sa dame, la loee.L4937 [L4937] ce ert sa damee lonure [F2]  1_165
                   Puis [est] venuz a Horn, dit li ad en cellee:L4938 [L4938] Pus est venu [F2]  1_165
                   'Vostre mere vei la, k'avez ci amenee:
4940;4950  C'est Samburc, la gentil, ma dame l'anuree.L4940 [L4940] swanburc; [F2]  la loe [F2]  1_165L4940 [L4940] Read Sanburc.1_165
                   Ne sai u Damnedeu la nus ad si tensee!L4941 [L4941] om  u [F2]  1_165
                   Mes or en pensez, ber, ke bien seit cunseillee!'L4942 [L4942] M. ore pensez veer que ele seit b. conseille [F2]  1_165
                   Horn saillit dunc en piez, vers li curt randunee,L4943 [L4943] H. sailli sus en pez [F2]  1_165
                   Si l'ambraçat vers sei e .c. fiez l'ad baissee,L4944 [L4944] sei lui; [F2]  e cent feit [F2]  1_165
4945;4955  Si·l ad tant tost cum puet en la chambre guiee
                   V ele fud noblement custeie e baignee;L4946 [L4946] custee [F2]  1_165
                   En apres fud de dras noblement ascemeeL4947 [L4947] noblement haltement [F2]  1_165L4947 [L4947] E apres [F2]  1_165
                   E la feste fud puis haltement celebree,L4948 [L4948] E a la feste f. p. noblement c. [F2]  1_165
                   Tut pur l'amur de li k'il urent si trovee.L4949 [L4949] reduced to Tut pur lamur de lui la valdur esforce [F2]  1_165
4950;4960  A la curt fud Answit par grant joie mandee,
                   Si refud mult pur li la baldur efforcee,
                   Quant fud od sa dame en la chambre asemblee.L4952 [L4952] Quant ele fu a s. d. [F2]  1_165
                   La feste ad esté grant tute jor ajurneeL4953 [L4953] tute jor ajurnee. See Intr.1, p. xviii.1_165
                   Deske failli le jor, s'est la nuit anuitee.L4954 [L4954] Tresque la que vint la nuit apres la vespre [F2]  1_165
4955;4965  Lors s'en vunt tut ch[u]lcher pur fere reposee.
                   La reine s'en vet; en sa chambre est culcheeL4956 [L4956] E la reyne en vait en sa [F2]  1_165
                   E li reis ensement od la noble mesnee.L4957 [L4957] la sa [F2]  1_165L4957 [L4957] la, sa 1_165
234
                   Quant vint la mie nuit, ke li reis se dormeit,L4958 [L4958] se sen [F2]  1_165L4958 [L4958] q. la m. vint [F2]  1_165
                   Si vit un'avisium dunt forment se cremeit:
4960;4970  K'il er sur um flum – mes ne sout u esteit –L4960 [L4960] reduced to Quil ert sur un flum bele Rimel veeit [F2]  1_165L4960 [L4960] For um read un.1_165
                   E en miliu del flum bele Rimignil veeit
                   Es granz undes broiant desk'al mentun tut dreit.L4962 [L4962] desk'al tresqual [F2]  1_165
                   Wikle ert del altre part que neer la voleit:
                   Une furche de fer en sa mein si teneit
4965;4975  Dunt la rebutet en[z], si cume s'en isseit.L4965 [L4965] rebutet butout [F2]  Lines 4934, 4937, 4940, 4942, 4945, 4951, 4952, 4954 end in -é [F2]  1_165L4965 [L4965] rebutet. The imperfect indicative rebutout (cf. butout F2 ) is possibly to be preferred.1_165

Page 1_165


                   E[n] grant anguisse ert; mes quant il s'aperceit,L4966 [L4966] E en g. a. e. mult q. ille a. [F2]  1_166L4966 [L4966] Read s'aparceit.1_166
                   Si li criot en halt e a mult grant espleit
                   Si tost ne la laissast, k'il le cumpar[r]eit.L4968 [L4968] Sil tost ne la saisast quil [F2]  1_166
                   Cil ne leissout pur ço mes miaz li fer[ei]t.L4969 [L4969] Cil ne laisseit pur ce plus mal li feseit [F2]  1_166
4970;4980  Mult iert forment dolent ki eider ne l'i poi[ei]t;L4970 [L4970] quant aider ne poeit [F2]  1_166L4970 [L4970] Read po[e]it.1_166
                   Lors trovat un batel u enz il se meteit,L4971 [L4971] Lores trovout un b. u il enz [F2]  1_166 [f.21a]
                   E quant ultre est venuz e icil s'en fuieit.L4972 [L4972] icil sil [F2]  1_166L4972 [L4972] est ert [F2]  1_166
                   Pur le dol k'il aveit grant, apres fort le siweitL4973 [L4973] lensiwait [F2]  1_166L4973 [L4973] In the variants of F2 insert L4973 [L4973] aveit out [F2]  1_166.1_166
                   E quant il [l']out ateint, la teste en perneit;L4974 [L4974] il out; [F2]  la t. li toleit [F2]  1_166L4974 [L4974] See Introduction, II, § 5 (e), p. xlvii.1_166
4975;4985  Pus fist furches lever, al derein si·l pendeit:L4975 [L4975] om  [F2]  1_166
                   Issi bele Rimignil de peril guarisseit,L4976 [L4976] Rimer [F2]  1_166
                   E a lui pur cel fet grant merciz en rendeit.L4977 [L4977] en len [F2]  1_166L4977 [L4977] fet plai [F2]  1_166L4977 [L4977] erasure between e and n in rendeit1_166
235
                   Pur le suinge que ert gref li reis s'en esveillat,
                   Tant en fud esfreez ke pur veir le quidat.
4980;4990  Il s'aset sur sun lit, entur lui s'esgardat,L4980 [L4980] Il se seait s. s. l. e entur sei garda [F2]  1_166
                   Mes il bele Rimignil ne Wikle n'i trova;L4981 [L4981] ni trova [F2]  1_166L4981 [L4981] n'irej  ne1_166
                   Dunt sout k'ert visiun qu'en dormant veu at.L4982 [L4982] D. sout que ert avisiun qui en d. v. a [F2]  1_166
                   Ki giseit devant lui, Haderof, apelat:
                   Le sunge cume fud, idunc si li cuntat,L4984 [L4984] E sun s. trestut cum il fu lui c. [F2]  1_166
4985;4995  E quant il out oi, mult s'en esmerveillat,L4985 [L4985] mult si [F2]  1_166
                   E pus respond issi: 'Si Deu plest, bien irrat.L4986 [L4986] Pus respundi [F2]  1_166
                   Mé de Wikle suscreim k'alcune ren fratL4987 [L4987] succrem qu'il alquone [F2]  1_166L4987 [L4987] suscreimrej  sulcreim1_166
                   Vers ma dame Rimignil dunt ele se marirat.'L4988 [L4988] Rime dunt ele se maira [F2]  1_166
                   'Par ma fei,' dist li rei, 'ben le crei ke isi vat.'L4989 [L4989] mult crei ben que si v. [F2]  1_166
4990;5000  Apres dit, deske er jor, k'il s'apresteratL4990 [L4990] deske que tresque [F2]  1_166
                   E as nefs trestut dreit od sa gent s'en irrat,L4991 [L4991] s'en en [F2]  1_166L4991 [L4991] nefs neff [F2]  1_166L4991 [L4991] nefsrej  nesf1_166
                   Kar Rigmel volt veer: ja n'i atargerat.L4992 [L4992] ia plus ne targera [F2]  1_166
                   En la guarde Ha[r]dré sun regne si lerrat:
                   Entritant que vendrat, sa mere en servirat,L4994 [L4994] Entretant que il vienge [F2]  1_166L4994 [L4994] O Entritant que vendrat; F2 Entretant que il vienge. Elsewhere in the poem entretant que has its usual sense of while, but here it can mean only until. This use is not mentioned by Gf. or Falk, but occurs in a Besançon charter of 1262 (Schwan-Behrens, XLIIIb), cf. also O. Prov. entretan que while and until (Levy). For the mood see Intr.2, pp. 93, 94.1_166

Page 1_166


4995;5005  Car a sun repairrer Rimel od sei menrat.L4995 [L4995] Rimer en amerra [F2]  1_167L4995 [L4995] repairrerrej  reparirer1_167
                   Haderof, quant il oit, tut ses diz ben loat,L4996 [L4996] H. q. lout oi [F2]  1_167
                   Hunc puis ne pot dormir d'ici k'il ajornat.L4997 [L4997] Unc ni out plus dormi de ci quil a. [F2]  1_167
                   Des k'il virent le jor, le reis Horn si levatL4998 [L4998] si se [F2]  1_167L4998 [L4998] Tresque [F2]  1_167L4998 [L4998] O si levat, F2 se leva. Either reading is possible because lever may be neuter or reflexive, and Thomas makes frequent use of the adverb si postponed to the subject.1_167
                   E al palais halçur les barons asemblat.L4999 [L4999] les ses [F2]  1_167L4999 [L4999] p. halcur [F2]  1_167L4999 [L4999] halçurrej  a la curt1_167
236
5000;5010  Des ke parut le jor e li reis se est levez.L5000 [L5000] se est fu [F2]  1_167
                   Dunc sunt tut li baron al paleis asemblez,L5001 [L5001] Dunt s. li b. el p. a. [F2]  1_167
                   E li reis lur ad dunc descuvert sun pensez,L5002 [L5002] dunc tut [F2]  1_167
                   Trestut en tel semblant cum vus ert ja mustrez:L5003 [L5003] cum uus ert ia m. [F2]  1_167L5003 [L5003] ert jarej  ai1_167
                   'Seignurs,' ço dist li reis, 'Deu en seit aürez!L5004 [L5004] en nus [F2]  1_167
5005;5015  Par l'aie de vus ai cunquis mun regnez.
                   A ces ke m'unt servit, ai mes terres donez: [f.21b]
                   Sulunc ço ke unt servit, l'ai jo bien ordinez:L5007 [L5007] om  [F2]  1_167L5007 [L5007] airej  aie1_167
                   Par le men escient ne dei estre blasmez.
                   Des or mei est a vis que jo ai bien sorjornez;L5009 [L5009] D. or mest ben a. que mult ai s. [F2]  1_167
5010;5020  Si revoil errer – ço est ma volentez –L5010 [L5010] Si r. or e. [F2]  1_167
                   Pur Rigmel amener: ja n'ert plus atargez.L5011 [L5011] Rimer; [F2]  targe [F2]  1_167L5011 [L5011] Rigm̄.1_167
                   Mun regne garderat en tant li bons Ha[r]derez,L5012 [L5012] M. pais g entritant dan Hardre [F2]  1_167L4999 [L4999] See Introduction, II, § 5 (e), pp. xlvi, xlvii.1_167
                   E ma mere Samburc servirat a sun grez.L5013 [L5013] Swanburc [F2]  1_167
                   Segnurs, venet od mei pur la meie amistez:
5015;5025  Ne sa[i] qu'en cunterai: vers plusors sui faez
                   Ne ne sai ben de fi cum Hunlaf ert trovez,L5016 [L5016] fi ci; [F2]  cum H. ert t. [F2]  1_167L5016 [L5016] ertrej  est1_167
                   Car quors changent suvent, quant gent sunt esluingez:L5017 [L5017] suventrej  swent1_167
                   Pur ço est bon d'amener od sei sun bon barnez,L5018 [L5018] Pur ce est demener od sei bel barne [F2]  1_167L5018 [L5018] This line may be read Pur ço·st bon d'amener . . ., but in this construction de is of relatively late introduction (cf. V.B. I, § 2, p. 10) and amener not infrequently replaces mener in A.N. texts.1_167
                   K'il ad tel cum jo l'a[i] e issi alosez.L5019 [L5019] cum jol ai issi alose [F2]  1_167L5019 [L5019] Read Ki. l'ad tel cum jo l'a[i] if one has it (a baronage) as I have it; cf. Intr.2, p. 100.1_167
5020;5030  Si trovums el païs par trestut surtez,L5020 [L5020] S. t. el p. p. t. seurte [F2]  1_167L5020 [L5020] trovums elrej  trouum sal1_167
                   E nus trovum la prendrum ben: si en ert Deu loez;L5021 [L5021] la le [F2]  1_167L5020 [L5020] If we find security (peace) throughout the country, then we will accept it with thankfulness to God. For introductory e cf. note on l. 1081.1_167
                   E s[i] nus trovum el, si seit lores vengez.L5022 [L5022] lores sempres [F2]  1_167
                   Ore en alum as nefs! Ja n'en ert tresturnez.L5023 [L5023] ia nert mes t. [F2]  1_167

Page 1_167


                   Ore i parrat, seignurs, cum vus m'avez amez!'L5024 [L5024] E ore [F2]  1_168
5025;5035  'Sire,' ço dient tuit, 'ja n'ert cuntreparlez.L5025 [L5025] Sire ce dient tuz ja nert commande [F2]  1_168
                   Si [seit] cum vus volez en cum ert cumandez.'
237
                   Issi ad li reis Horn fet sun aprestement.
                   En ses nefs est entrez, oret ad e bon vent.L5028 [L5028] transposed [F2]  1_168L5023 [L5023] nefsrej  nelf1_168
                   Ore le cunduie Deus, li reis omnipotent!L5029 [L5029] Or le conduiez deu [F2]  1_168
5030;5040  De Wike[le], k'il ad fet, redirrum en present,L5030 [L5030] Qu'il ad feit de Wikele r. [F2]  1_168
                   Car ne fet a celer le sun cuntenement,L5031 [L5031] ne nen [F2]  1_168
                   Cum il vers sun seignur ad erré folement,
                   Cume despent sun tresor, ambure or e argent;L5033 [L5033] om  [F2]  1_168L5033 [L5033] ambure, a word cited chiefly from Western and A.N. texts, became obsolete in the later twelfth century.1_168
                   Ke rien ne li cusstat, si·l despent largement.L5034 [L5034] Ke Qui [F2]  1_168
5035;5045  Un castel ad ja fet, [bel e fort durement;]
                   [En un fort liu l'ad fet] de pere e de cement;L5035 [L5035] Text of second hemistich of 5035 and first of 5035a from F21_168
                   De par tut i ad mis mult grant guarnissementL5036 [L5036] mis trait [F2]  1_168L5036 [L5036] mis trait 1_168
                   Cum de vin e de char, de fuerre e de furment.
                   Chevalers retint mult e serjanz ensement,
                   Kar il volt a Hunlaf senz son otreement
5040;5050  Tut par force tolir Rigmel od le cors gent:
                   Si la prendrat a per – c'est sun purpensement.L5041 [L5041] ce ert s. purposement [F2]  1_168 [f.21c]
                   Mes un frere k'il out, ki errot lealment –L5042 [L5042] ki errot en erra [F2]  1_168
                   Wothere out a nun – par aperceivementL5043 [L5043] Wycohther aueit nun en sun baptemement [F2]  1_168L5043 [L5043] transposed [F2]  1_168L5043 [L5043] Read aparceivement; in Intr.1, p. xlviii (c) read aparceivement and s'aparçut.1_168
                   S'aparçut k'il voleit errer tricherusement.L5044 [L5044] S'en aparceit qu'il v. e. folement [F2]  1_168L5035 [L5035] See Introduction, II, § 5 (a), p. xxxi, § 5 (e), p. xlviii.1_168
5045;5055  A lui vint, si li dist issi chastiement:L5045 [L5045] si lui fist [F2]  1_168
                   'Ke fras? as tu mis ore en obliementL5046 [L5046] Que feiz desue as tu mis en ubliement [F2]  1_168L5046 [L5046] Ke fras feis , desvé?1_168
                   Ke feis a Hunlaf le grant encusement
                   Dunt Horn par sa bunté vus fist pardunement?
                   Si mes forfeis vers lui – ben en saez li covent –L5049 [L5049] en sez le [F2]  1_168
5050;5060  Ne te pardurrat mes, e dit l'ad lealment.L5050 [L5050] Nel te p. m. ne deit fere nent [F2]  1_168
                   Mal li deit avenir que vers son seignur mesprent.L5051 [L5051] Mal len d. avener qui v. s. s. prent [F2]  1_168L5051 [L5051] me^sprent1_168
                   Si fais k'as en pensé, tu murras veraiement.L5052 [L5052] k'as qui as; [F2]  veriement [F2]  1_168

Page 1_168


                   E ço ert a bon dreit, jo·l sai a escient,L5053 [L5053] om  ert [F2]  1_169
                   Traitre e felun ere si jo cest vus cunsent.'L5054 [L5054] T. ert e f. si ie vus icest c. [F2]  1_169
5055;5065  Quant Wikle cest oit, pur poi de dol ne fent:L5055 [L5055] Quant Wykele oust cest oi pur [F2]  1_169
                   James li[é] ne sereit, s'il n'en ai[t] vengement.L5056 [L5056] Jamais le ne serra sil nen ad v. [F2]  1_169
                   La nuit l'irrat murdrir – ço ad en pensement –L5057 [L5057] la n. murdrir le fra [F2]  1_169
                   Ke hom ne·l sacet mort: si·l frat privéément.L5058 [L5058] Que ne sache hom mot, ce est sun entendement [F2]  1_169
238
                   Mes cil par sun semblant s'en aperçut asez.L5059 [L5059] Read aparçut.1_169
5060;5070  A sun ostel alad, desk'il fud avesprez,L5060 [L5060] desk'il tresque [F2]  1_169L5059 [L5059] Blank space at the beginning of these lines, left for capital M omitted1_169
                   Coieitement s'est mult bien de ses armes armez;L5061 [L5061] coiment est [F2]  1_169
                   Sur le meillur destrier k'il aveit, s'est muntez,L5062 [L5062] s'est est [F2]  1_169L5062 [L5062] Sur le d. m. [F2]  1_169
                   Par la posterne issi qui ert devers les prez;L5063 [L5063] ert devers esteit vers [F2]  1_169
                   Unc hom ne·l aperçut que de [mere] fust nez:L5064 [L5064] qui de mere [F2]  1_169L5064 [L5064] Read aparçut.1_169
5065;5075  Issi est de[l] felun, cum Deus vol, eschapez.L5065 [L5065] del f. [F2]  1_169
                   Tute nuit ad erré, unc si cors n'at finez,L5066 [L5066] nest f. [F2]  1_169
                   Deske vint la u mist reis Hunlaf, li senez;L5067 [L5067] Tresquil; [F2]  lonurez [F2]  1_169L5067 [L5067] mist See note on l. 284.1_169
                   Ne finat des qu'il fud la tut dreit amenez,L5068 [L5068] In variants of F2 insert 5068 om.1_169
                   U esteit li reis dunc a ses cunseilliz privez.L5069 [L5069] U e. d. li reis [F2]  1_169L5069 [L5069] a ses cunseilliz. Correct to od ses cunseilz.1_169
5070;5080  Il l'ad tret une part, des altreis esloignez;L5070 [L5070] Il ad trait [F2]  1_169
                   Mandéé i fud Rimel od les tres grant beltez.L5071 [L5071] od ses grandes b. [F2]  1_169L5071 [L5071] Mantéé i f. Rim.1_169
                   Quant ele vint, idunc dit lur fud e mustrezL5072 [L5072] Quant ele ivint d. [F2]  1_169
                   Li ascheisuns pur quei il s'est vers els hastez.
                   'Sire reis, jo vus di, e si vus me creez!
5075;5085  Vus coveint ke mult tost la cité guarnissez:
                   Mis freres vient sur vus, si serez asegez [f.21d]
                   U ma dame Rigmel a muillier li durrez.L5077 [L5077] Rigm.1_169
                   S'il prendre vus pout e fere ne·l volez,
                   Dunc ad il bien jurez que serrez afolez.
5080;5090  Li n'en chalt que il fet, il est tut defaez:
                   Envers Horn, son seignur, en est tut parjurez.
                   Pur ço ke·l chastiai de lui sui defiez,
                   S'il anuit m'ust pris, tut fuisse desmembrez:L5083 [L5083] m'ustrej  mult1_169
                   Tute nuit ai erré ke guarni fuissez.'

Page 1_169


239
5085;5095  Meis Hunlaf, quant l'oit, mult en fud esmaez;L5085 [L5085] See note on l. 4772.1_170
                   Ne pur quant, si cum poet, ad guarni sa citez.
                   Ço c'um fet en lur salt, nen ad gueres durez,
                   E dedenz si maneit de la gent a plentez:L5088 [L5088] gentrej  gennt1_170
                   Si il alkes i sunt, il vivrerunt a lastet;L5089 [L5089] vivrunt: O uiurerunt. Cf. note on l. 974 and the section on Morphology in the Introduction to Volume II.1_170
5090;5100  E Wikle bien le sout, si s'est plus hastet,
                   La est tut dreit venuz e si·s ad aseget.L5091 [L5091] dreitrej  oreit1_170
                   Pur l'aver k'il ad tant, si ad tant grant barnet
                   Kil se tenent od lui: si l'unt fet avuet.
                   Deus messages ad prist, al rei ad envéét,L5094 [L5094] pris(t). See Critical Note on l. 988.1_170
5095;5105  K'il li doinget Rigmel od vis coluret,L5095 [L5095] doingetrej  doingez; Rigm.1_170
                   Si se rendet a lui – u il ert afamet.
                   E quant Hunlaf l'oit, si s'en est cunseilliet,
                   E sun cunseil li dit k'il n'en ert ja aidet
                   Pur nul hom suz ciel, s'a Horn n'eust nunciet.
5100;5110  Cel ne set il cument Horn i set ja alet,
                   Pur ço trius ad pris deske un jor numet –
                   Ço fut a xv jors: ne l'en fud plus donet.
                   Si Horn vient entritant, si ert le plai finet,
                   Si al terme ne vient, si rendra la citet:
5105;5115  Issi est de ames parz le plai tut grantet.
                   N'i out dementeres, un point tret ne lancet,L5106 [L5106] dementeres1_170
                   Ne denz ne defors n'i out home blescet.
                   Deus! ki purreit acunter le dol qu'ad demenet
                   E[n] tant bele Rigmel od le vis coluret?
5110;5120  N'e[n] purreit remembrer nul sage clerc lettret.L5110 [L5110] Since remembrer here means mention (cf. the similar formulas in ll. 948, 1623 etc.), we should correct to Ne[l] rather than N'e[n].1_170
                   Deus! cum ad sovent dit que Horn s'est obliet! [f.22a]
                   Mes ele ne saveit point cum il s'est aprestet
                   E cume vendrat al jor kil lur fud terminet –L5113 [L5113] terminet determined, fixed. Of this use of the clerkly verb terminer a thirteenth-century example is cited by Gf., and a similar use of terminare in Medieval Latin is attested in Du Cange.1_170
                   S'ele seust, de veir n'eust pas tan ploret.
240
5115;5125  Quant venuz est le jor que asis lur esteit,L5115 [L5115] Quantrej  Avant1_170
                   Rei Hunlaf fud pensis – e de ço si out dreit –
                   Que deveit meintenir quant dan Horn ne veneit
                   E viande dedenz a ses homes failleit;
                   Mult i out de la gent dedenz a grant espleit

Page 1_170


5120;5130  E li reis ert pitus, oscire ne·s voleit,
                   E pur ço sa citez rendre lui astuveit:
                   K'il eit altre socurs en nul sen ne·l veit.
                   Pur ço l'ad fet ouvr[ir] e Wikle i receit:L5123 [L5123] ouvrir. I have corrected defective ouvr to ouvrir but the scribe may have meant to write ouvrer, often confused with ouvrir in A.N. MSS.1_171
                   Si li livrat Rigmel ki grant dol feseit.
5125;5135  Il la prist volentirs car Horn point ne cremeit,
                   Bien quidad qu'il fust mort; mes sis quors n'i creeit.
                   Pus l'ad menee a muster ki er[t] de saint Beneit.
                   Li eveske del liu le muster […] L5128 [L5128] Li eveske del liu les nuces celebreit 1_171
                   Ço sacez ke Wikle mult se glurifieit
5130;5140  K'il out cumquis tel gent e tel fame perneit.
                   Mes Rigmel feseit dol e l'ure maldiseit
                   K'ele unkes fud nee e k'ele tant viveit.
                   Mes quel dol k'ele feist, a Wikle ne chaleit:
                   Par mi trestut sun dol ses nuces furnisseit
5135;5145  E od chire riante al maingier se seeit –
                   Mes il ne sout de veir cum il se levreit.
241
                   Sis freres s'en isseit, ki ne·s poet asgarder,L5137 [L5137] Sisrej  Mis1_171
                   Sur un cheval curant s'en alad a la mer,
                   Si [la] peust de Horn oir rien noveler,L5139 [L5139] Si la put de H. rien n. [F2]  1_171L5139 [L5139] Si rien peust1_171
5140;5150  E quant il est venuz, vit la flote sigler;L5140 [L5140] il est est la [F2]  1_171
                   Bien conut par les trefs ke ço ert Horn, li ber:L5141 [L5141] trefsrej  tresf1_171
                   Il ne sunt gueres luin, pres sunt del eriver.L5142 [L5142] ariver [F2]  1_171
                   Ne se poet atenir e pur els plus hasterL5143 [L5143] Nen sen pot abstenir [F2]  1_171
                   Si est mis enz al noer, car si·s volt encuntrer,L5144 [L5144] Sest il mis enz anod kar ille v. e. [F2]  1_171
5145;5155  Si s'est vers Horn hastet pur novele conter:L5145 [L5145] Si se haste v. H. pur lui noueles c. [F2]  1_171
                   Ne se creint de perir, tant fiet al destrier.L5146 [L5146] Ne crent d. p. t. se fiet el d. [F2]  1_171 [f.22b]
                   E quant Horn l'ad veu, fet sa barge jeterL5147 [L5147] l'ad lout [F2]  1_171
                   E si ad dit as sons: 'Cist hom ad grant mestier.L5148 [L5148] mesti^er1_171
                   Jo irrai contre lui noveles demander
5150;5160  E si ad nul bosoig, si lui voldrai aider.'L5150 [L5150] E sil ad [F2]  1_171
                   A tant jetent batels par tut li mariner

Page 1_171


                   E vers terre s'en vunt, tant comme poent nager.L5152 [L5152] tant comme cum plus [F2]  1_172
                   Celu coillunt a els, pres est del periller;L5153 [L5153] C. cuillent acels pres ert [F2]  1_172
                   Mes quant il fud enz treit, il ne donast un dener,L5154 [L5154] il ne ni [F2]  1_172
5155;5165  Ainz ad mustré a Horn le mal e l'encumbrerL5155 [L5155] A. ad Horn m. e lemal [F2]  1_172
                   Ke sis freres ad fet a Rigmel al vis cler,L5156 [L5156] Rimer [F2]  1_172
                   Si li priet pur Deu qu'il s'en alt tost veinger:L5157 [L5157] alt auge [F2]  1_172
                   Il le troverat ja seant a sun maingerL5158 [L5158] Il Quil [F2]  1_172
                   U il se fet servir de piement e de vin cler.
5160;5170  E dan Horn li respont, u n'out ke curruscer:
         5161  ['Certes j'i serrai ja, si je pus, sun jugler;]L5161 [L5161] j'i je [F2]  1_172
                   [Un lai bretun li frai od m'espee de asier.']
242
                   N'ert pas la cité loin u Hunlaf fud al jor:L5162 [L5162] fud ert [F2]  1_172
                   Horn i volt or aler tut a pié a cest tor.L5163 [L5163] cest cel [F2]  1_172L5163 [L5163] om  or [F2]  1_172
                   Cent compaignu[n]s menat, ke mult sunt de valor.L5164 [L5164] Cumpaignuns amenad cent qui [F2]  1_172
5165;5175  Harpes portent asquanz, vieles li plusor:L5165 [L5165] H. portent [F2]  1_172L5165 [L5165] portentrej  porterent1_172
                   Ço volt sire Horn k'il seint jugleor.L5166 [L5166] seint senblent [F2]  1_172L5166 [L5166] li sire H. [F2]  1_172
                   Fors halbers unt vestuz, dunt grant ert [la luur],L5167 [L5167] H. unt forz v. d. clere est la luur [F2]  1_172L5167 [L5167] blank after ert1_172
                   E lur chapes desus de diverse color,L5168 [L5168] Si unt les chapes d. [F2]  1_172L5168 [L5168] chapesrej  chapals; d^iuerse1_172
                   Lur durs branz ceint as lez cum vassal de reddor:L5169 [L5169] durs bons; [F2]  dereddur [F2]  1_172L5169 [L5169] reddorrej  ruddor1_172
5170;5180  Ja turnerunt la joie Wikle en dolor,L5170 [L5170] Ja la grant jeie W. turnerunt a d. [F2]  1_172L5170 [L5170] turneruntrej  turnerent1_172
         5171  E lur chaunz k'il firent finerunt en tristor.L5171 [L5171] kil firent que refunt; [F2]  finerunt [F2]  1_172L5171 [L5171] chaunzrej  chaluz1_172L5171 [L5171] fineruntrej  finerent1_172
                   [Ben se vengera Horn de sun mal traïtur,]
                   Kil volt partir de lui e de Rigmel l'amor:L5172 [L5172] De Rimer e de lui qu'il volt p. lamur [F2]  1_172L5172 [L5172] Rigm.1_172
                   Issi deit avenir tuz jors a boiseor,L5173 [L5173] tuz jors tut dis [F2]  1_172
                   Car unc ben ne finat ki trichat sun seignur:
5175;5185  En cestui purrez bien estre espermentor.L5175 [L5175] From this man you may well learn this; esperment[e]or, a nonce-word, is a derivative of the clerkly verb espermenter, employed in the later twelfth century, e.g. Q.L.R., Eneas, F. Can., cf. Tobl. Lom.1_172
                   Al porter sunt venuz, prient lui par dulçorL5176 [L5176] Els venent al p. [F2]  1_172
                   K'il les lest entrer sus al palais maior,L5177 [L5177] maior halcur [F2]  1_172L5177 [L5177] sus enz [F2]  1_172L5177 [L5177] K'il Quil [F2]  1_172

Page 1_172


                   Si ert par lur deduit li servise forçor.L5178 [L5178] lur nostre [F2]  1_173
                   Asquans sevent arper, asquant sunt roteor,L5179 [L5179] A. s. de harpes a. s. bon retur [F2]  1_173
5180;5190  Tels i ad ki de chant sunt si bon cha[n]teor,L5180 [L5180] sunt si [F2]  1_173L5180 [L5180] sunt sirej  frunt li1_173
                   Ja ki·s orat chanter ne se tendrat de plor. [f.22c]
         5182  'Par fei!' dist li porter, 'tels n'ad l'empereor:
                   [Sus cel n'ad nobles hoem, qui de teus n'ait honur.]
                   Ore entrez, bels amis, ja n'erc cuntreditor.'L5183 [L5183] O. e. beu seignur plus nert c. [F2]  1_173
243
                   Mes idunc entrat Horn e li son baldement,
5185;5195  Ke a Wikle e as sons ferunt ja tel present,L5185 [L5185] Ke Qui; [F2]  fra itel p. [F2]  1_173
                   Dunt se tendrunt tut mat, cureçus e dolent:L5186 [L5186] D. le tendrunt [F2]  1_173
                   Unkes a neces n'en out nul peür juglement.L5187 [L5187] Unc as noces nout [F2]  1_173
                   El palais sunt entré, venent al pavement,L5188 [L5188] El p. [F2]  1_173
                   Veient Wikle seer al plus halt mandement,L5189 [L5189] mandement normally means dwelling, apartment, especially the principal apartment in a castle (maistre mandement etc.), cf. Tobl. Lom.; here, however, it is possible that it designates the highest part of the hall, the dais, and is thus synonymous with sëement 2959 and eschamel 2072, cf. Intr.2, p. 111.1_173
5190;5200  Juste bele Rigmel, ki la face resplent,L5190 [L5190] Rimer qui f. cler r. [F2]  1_173
                   Lors s'e[n] marist dan Horn – e cel irusement.
                   Les chapes sachent tost, qui lor sunt muscement;L5192 [L5192] sunt funt [F2]  1_173
                   Par l'eire sunt chait des colps li estrument,L5193 [L5193] Par laire sunt chaet quel part nul dels cure ne prent [F2]  1_173
                   Car ne lur chalt quel part – nul d'els cure n'en prent.L5194 [L5194] In rejected readings of O insert L5194 [L5194] chalt eschalt [O]  1_173.1_173
5195;5205  Es halbers sunt remis, tret sunt li brant tre[n]chent,L5195 [L5195] Es h. [F2]  1_173L5195 [L5195] Esrej  As1_173
                   Par ces tables s'en vunt servir les malementL5196 [L5196] P. c. t. vunt servent els m. [F2]  1_173
                   Tut d'el ke de mes u de mestre piement,L5197 [L5197] de bons mes ne mestre piement [F2]  1_173L5196 [L5196] They go round the tables serving them ill, quite otherwise than with dishes and with dispensing spiced wine; mestre (scribal for metre) dispense as in l. 4565 Par tut metent bons vins cil noble buteiller.1_173
                   Ka[r] nul n'i est ateint ke ne seit fet sanglent,L5198 [L5198] ataint quil ne fet s. [F2]  1_173
                   Ke par Wikle s'avut u seit de sa gent:L5199 [L5199] Que par Wykele sewt ne qui [F2]  1_173
5200;5210  Mes la gent rei Hunlaf, cil unt esparnement.L5200 [L5200] om  rei [F2]  1_173
                   E Horn vet vers Wikle, manesçant mult forment;L5201 [L5201] om  mult [F2]  1_173
                   Tel lui donat al chief ke trestut le purfent;L5202 [L5202] al el [F2]  1_173
                   Pus l'ad fet fors sacher cum un mastin pullentL5203 [L5203] P. le feit; [F2]  om  un [F2]  1_173
                   E pendre as querefu[r]s que seit esgardement:L5204 [L5204] E prendre a quarefurs [F2]  1_173
5205;5215  Sulunc qu'ad deservit sun servise lui rent.L5205 [L5205] S. que aservi [F2]  1_173

Page 1_173


244
                   Puis ke des traitors fud la sale voisdee,L5206 [L5206] fud est [F2]  1_174L5206 [L5206] del traitur [F2]  1_174
                   Ad reis Horn de ses nefs tute sa gent mandee,L5207 [L5207] sa gent tute [F2]  1_174L5207 [L5207] nefsrej  nelf1_174
                   E, quant il sunt venuz, la feste est cumencee,
                   E tuz les xv jors ad noblement duree.L5209 [L5209] E Qui; [F2]  noblement ad d. [F2]  1_174
5210;5220  Horn ad mustré al rei cum la chose est alee,L5210 [L5210] In variants of F2 for 2219 read 5210.1_174
                   Cum il ad vassalment sa terre purchacee,
         5212  Cum il des paens ad sa guere fineeL5212 [L5212] E cum il ad de paens [F2]  1_174
                   [E la joie qu'il out de sa mere trovee:]L5212a [L5212a] absent; text from F21_174
                   De quank il ot fet ne fud chose celee.L5213 [L5213] De quanquil; [F2]  ne li fu [F2]  1_174L5213 [L5213] Read quank'il.1_174
                   Pus la feste s'en wnt chescon en sa cuntree:
5215;5225  N'i ad nul que n'en ait de Horn bone soldee.L5215 [L5215] bone riche [F2]  1_174L5215 [L5215] nul que un qui [F2]  1_174 [f.22d]
                   E il apres ad Rimel a sun pere leisseeL5216 [L5216] E apres ad Rimer [F2]  1_174L5216 [L5216] rim.1_174
                   E ad [en] Wesstir sa veie lor turneeL5217 [L5217] E il ad en Westir; [F2]  lores sa v. [F2]  1_174L5217 [L5217] lorrej  lur1_174
                   Od sun cosin Modun, ki ert rei de Finee;L5218 [L5218] Od A [F2]  1_174L5218 [L5218] In variants of F2 insert L5218 [L5218] ki ert qui est [F2]  1_174.1_174
                   Pus il li ad Lemburc od grant richesce donee;L5219 [L5219] Ad il bele lenburc par richesce d. [F2]  1_174
5220;5230  E l'altre a sis cumpains, Haderof, espuseeL5220 [L5220] cumpains compaignuns [F2]  1_174
                   Od la terre trestute ke lur fud otrieeL5221 [L5221] la sa; [F2]  quil li fu o. [F2]  1_174L5221 [L5221] larej  sa1_174
                   De Guedereche le rei, ke sa vie ad muee.L5222 [L5222] Gudrike [F2]  1_174
         5223  Pus ke la chose fud si tote puraleeL5223 [L5223] tute si [F2]  Lines 5207, 5208, 5216, 5220, 5221, 5222, 5223a end in -é [F2]  1_174
                   [En Bretayne revint a Rimer l'onuree,]L5223a [L5223a] absent; text from F21_174
                   E iluc sorjornat itant cum lui agree.L5223 [L5223] In l. 5224 read surjornat; in variants of F2 insert L5224 [L5224] itant tant [F2]  1_174; in Intr.1, p. xxxi (3); for 5223a (twice) read 5224.1_174
245
5225;5235  Entritant de sorjorn cum iluc sorjornat,L5225 [L5225] iluc il la [F2]  1_174L5225 [L5225] Entritant 1_174L5225 [L5225] (read Entr'itant de sorjorn cum iluc sorjornat During as much sojourn as he made there, During the time he sojourned there).1_174
                   Le vaillant Hadermod de Rimel engendrat,L5226 [L5226] derej  de R.1_174
                   Ki Asf[r]iche cunquist e qe pus [i] regnatL5227 [L5227] i regna [F2]  1_174
                   E ki tuz ses parenz de paens [i] vengat;L5228 [L5228] i venga [F2]  1_174
                   De pruesce e de sen trestuz les ultreat,L5229 [L5229] les ultrea ṭ t1_174
5230;5240  Cum cil purrat mustrer ki la estorie savrat.L5230 [L5230] Read la storie.1_174
                   Icest lais a mun fiz, Gilimot, ki·l dirrat,L5231 [L5231] Willemot quil dirra [F2]  1_174L5231 [L5231] dirratrej  durrat1_174
                   Ki la rime apré mei bien controverat –L5232 [L5232] sai ben que entrovera [F2]  1_174

Page 1_174


                   Controvures ert bon: e de mei [ce retendra].L5233 [L5233] Kar troveur ert bon de mei ce retendra [F2]  2_xi
                   Or revenuns a Horn! Dium cum il s'en alatL5234 [L5234] revenunsrej  reuemus2_xi
5235;5245  En Suddene la grant. Sa muiller ameinatL5235 [L5235] sudeine; [F2]  en mena [F2]  2_xi
                   E mult grant tens od li bone vie menat,
                   Tant k'en richesce sa vie la fina.L5237 [L5237] Tant que richesse grant la sa v. f. [F2]  2_xi
                   Or en die avant ki l'estorie saverat!L5238 [L5238] die deit [F2]  2_xi
                   Tomas n'en dirrat plus, 'Tu autem' chanterat:L5239 [L5239] After l. 5239 stand the words Issi finist de Horn. AmeN. instead of those above. [F2]  2_xi
5240;5250  'Tu autem domine miserere nostri.' With this line the version in H ends.

Page

Page 2_xi

Descriptive Introduction, Explicative Notes and Glossary

Revised and completed by T. B. W. Reid (1964)

ABBREVIATED TITLES OF TEXTS AND WORKS CONSULTED

1 [1] This list supplements that given in Vol. I, pp. lx-lxiii.2_xii

TEXTS

2 [2] For citations taken from Tobl. Lom. or Gf. the abbreviations there used are generally retained.2_xii
Ambroise L'Estoire de la guerre sainte par Ambroise, ed. G. Paris (Paris, 1897).
Cor. Looïs Le Couronnement de Louis, ed. E. Langlois (C.F.M.A., Paris, 1925).
Gaimar L'Estoire des Engleis by Geffrei Gaimar, ed. A. Bell (A.N.T.S., Oxford, 1960).
Guill. d'Angl. Das Wilhelmsleben von Christian von Troyes, ed. W. Foerster (Halle, 1899).
K.H. King Horn, ed. J. Hall (Oxford, 1901).
Mon. Guill. Les deux rédactions en vers du Moniage de Guillaume, ed. W. Cloetta (S.A.T.F., Paris, 1906-13).
Og. Dan. La Chevalerie Ogier de Danemarche, ed. J. Barrois (Paris, 1842).
Pel. Charl. Karls des Grossen Reise nach Jerusalem und Constantinopel, ed. E. Koschwitz (Leipzig, 1925).
Resurreccion La Seinte Resurreccion, ed. T. A. Jenkins, J. M. Manly, M. K. Pope and J. G. Wright (A.N.T.S., Oxford, 1943).
St. Edm. La Vie seint Edmund le rei, ed. H. Kjellman (Göteborg, 1935).
St. Modwenna Saint Modwenna, ed. A. T. Baker and A. Bell (A.N.T.S., Oxford, 1947).
Yvain Der Löwenritter (Yvain) von Christian von Troyes, ed. W. Foerster (Halle, 1887).

OTHER WORKS

Page 2_xii

Biller G. Biller, Etude sur le style des premiers romans français en vers (Göteborg, 1916).
Du Cange C. Dufresne, seigneur Du Cange, Glossarium mediae et infimae latinitatis (Paris, 1840-6).
Enlart C. Enlart, Manuel d'Archéologie française, t. iii: Le Costume (Paris, 1916)
Et. Angier M. K. Pope, Etude sur la langue de Frère Angier (Paris, 1903).
Falk P. Falk, Jusque et autres termes en ancien français et en ancien provençal marquant le point d'arrivée (Uppsala, 1934).
F.E.W. W. von Wartburg, Französisches etymologisches Wörterbuch (Bonn–Leipzig–Basel, 1922–).
Goerlich, N.W. E. Goerlich, Die Nordwestlichen Dialekte der Langue d'Oïl (Heilbronn, 1886).
Goerlich, S.W. E. Goerlich, Die Südwestlichen Dialekte der Langue d'Oïl (Heilbronn, 1882).
Johnson G. C. Johnson, The Military and Naval Terms in the Norman and Anglo-Norman Chronicles of the Twelfth Century (unpublished Ph.D. thesis, Leeds, 1949).
M.-L. W. Meyer-Lübke, Grammaire des langues romanes (Paris, 1890-1906).
Pope M. K. Pope, From Latin to Modern French (Manchester, 1934; revised reprint 1952).
Rydberg G. Rydberg, Zur Geschichte des französischen ə (Uppsala, 1896-1907).
Stud. Rom. Studia Romanica: Gedenkschrift für Eugen Lerch (Stuttgart, 1955).
Suchier H. Suchier, Über die Matthaeus Paris zugeschriebene Vie de seint Auban (Halle, 1876).

Page 2_1

INTRODUCTION

A

THE AUTHOR

1

THOMAS A CLERK

THOMAS was evidently a clerk. He accords himself the title of mestre (l. 3), and like the author of Girart de Roussillon ends his poem with the versicle employed after compline or meal-time readings in monasteries. 1 [1] Cf. Gir. Rous., note on p. 318.2_2 He possesses no inconsiderable Biblical knowledge: he includes Belial and Beelzebub among the pagan gods, and makes Horn cite with almost verbal exactitude from St. Matthew xix in support of his claim that Christ showed special regard for the poverty-stricken (ll. 4171-4); he is familiar with the stories of Jonah, Daniel and Susannah (ll. 1404-5, 2083); he also alludes to theological dogma in ll. 317-9. He is not without some historical knowledge, witness his explanation of the term Westir (l. 2184) and his choice of names (cf. below pp. 18-19), and his legal vocabulary is copious and correct. His treatment of legal procedure is, however, slight and somewhat casual (cf. note on l. 4517); in his use of personal and topographical names metrical exigencies are not infrequently the determining factor (cf. below pp. 5, 34), and with the personal names fashion also plays a part (cf. below p. 19). Acquaintance with Ovid seems to be evidenced by his introduction of Godsƿiþ, norrice e mestresse to Rigmel (l. 855), for this use of the nurse as intermediary between lovers–a use so characteristic of the Latin poet–does not seem to have been carried over into French romance, and there is no instance of the word norrice in this function in Godefroy. In some of the stylistic characteristics of his treatment of the conception of love (cf. below pp. 8-10), Thomas also appears to have been influenced by Ovid rather than by the more elaborate treatment of the romance writers.

Page 2_2

Not only is Thomas's vocabulary influenced by Latin and impregnated with clerkly words, 1 [1]  Cf. Mél. Hoepffner, p. 64, and below pp. 108-9.2_3 but his whole outlook is coloured by his training. He shares the commonly held clerkly view of the frailty of women and their instantaneous subjugation by the charm of manly beauty, cf. Herland's comment in 683-9 and the frequent remarks such as Dame ne l'ad veü ki vers li n'ait amur E nel vousist tenir, suz hermin covertur Enbracié belement, sanz seü de seignur 476-8, Dame nel poet vëer ke n'en seit esragee, U pres est del murir u del tut est pasmee 861-2. In his treatment of Horn's character this influence shows itself plainly (cf. below pp. 15-16), and throughout the poem runs the insistence on the foreordaining purpose of God and the aid He vouchsafes to suppliants, cf. Mes a Horn ne fist mal, kar ne fud destinez 22, Icist norrira Horn, cum Deu fu purveant 109, Ne pot meuz avenir: issi fu destinez 1571, Seignurs, mal le crëez, ke ja avienge neent A nul home del mund de sun purposement, Si Deus n'en ad aunceis fait sun ordenement 3586-8, and 56-7, 104, 126, 1304-5 etc.–an insistence in which the poem shows a certain affinity with the Old English epic and still more with the Aeneid.

2

THOMAS A MINSTREL

Thomas's love of song and music is shown in the figures of speech that he draws from them (cf. 3312a, 5161-1a), in the use made of them to cheer Rigmel, both in her chamber and in the hall (1246-8, 1284, 4123-4), and above all in the skilful exposition of the harpist's art in the celebrated lai-scene in Lenburc's apartment; ll. 2776-2860. He was evidently a fully trained harpist, a member of the superior class of musicians that were both composers and performers, widely removed from the humble jongleur, joëor de tabor, as Horn in disguise is scornfully called by Modin (4033-7), the lechëor who frequented feasts and fairs. The audience Thomas appealed to was clearly of rank; it may not be significant that it is frequently addressed as Seignurs (1, 1302, 2184 etc.), but the whole tone of the poem is strongly aristocratic, cf. N'i ad un de nus tuz ki ne seit de parage 309, Joe ne sai ki il est mes bien semble barun 3613, Par mi çoe que povre iert, bien semblot de bon lin 3684. The knowledge of

Page 2_3

seigneurial etiquette displayed, the circumstantiality of the description of the royal dwellings, the banquets, manners and customs (cf. below pp. 110-13), indicate that Thomas was himself a frequenter of baronial and royal halls and possibly domiciled in one, though his acquaintance with Brittany and Dublin seems to betoken earlier wanderings.

B

THE POEM

1

INTRODUCTORY

The romance of Horn is the central poem of a trilogy relating the heroic deeds of Horn, his father Aälof, and his son Hadermod. From the allusions in the romance itself and in the Anglo-Norman poem Waldef, and from Middle English poems, we know something of the course events followed in the first poem, which was preserved in writing, as we learn from the first line of Horn, Seignurs, oï avez le[s] vets del parchemin, and from 2933 in which an allusion to Aälof's death is substantiated by a further reference to the parchemin. For the third poem we have only the vague indication contained in the last laisse of Horn, in which it is described as an estorie that is to be put into rhyme by Thomas's son Gilimot (Willemot), bon controvures–a description of projected activity which suggests that the estorie already existed in literary form.

From ll. 191-2, cum l'orrez recunter Nostre escrit, we learn that Thomas's poem was also written down, but it was most obviously composed to be read or recited to an audience, cf. lines such as Sil volez escuter ke ne seiez noisis 415, Seignurs, or entendez, si faites escotaunce, Si orrez . . . 1302-3, Cum vus purrez oïr, s'escoter le vulez 1827, and 1818, 2904b, 3591, 4578-9.

In the poem itself there are three apparent references to sources, variously described as la geste 1644, le parchemin 3981, la letre 1656. The last of these is a term employed in Troie and the Fables of Marie de France to denote the Latin text on which the relevant passages are based (cf. Troie, Glossary and Fables, iii, I; see also Explicative Note on 1656); but in Horn it refers only to the uncountable numbers of the hero's victims and is evidently, like the other two references, used merely to support the poet's claim to veracity. The strong likeness, in outline and in some details, between

Page 2_4

the romance and the Middle English poem King Horn indicates, however, that Thomas made unacknowledged use of an earlier poem (cf. below pp. 20-21).

2

TOPOGRAPHY

Thomas sets his story in the triangle formed by the kingdom of Suddene, Brittany and Ireland (Westir). Unfortunately the passage describing the recovery of the kingdom of Suddene from the pagans is for the most part missing; but from the sparse indications contained in the extant parts of the poem it would appear that for Thomas Suddene denotes South Devon, for the boat in which Horn and his companions are turned adrift, to be cast on the Breton coast, is driven from its launching-place by a wind blowing from the north-west–an indication that puts the south-eastern coastal region of England out of the question. (For dene from O.E. defena cf. O.F. juene from *jovene.) The few points mentioned at the end of the poem fit in well with the coast-line of Devon: the cave in which Horn's mother hid (4871), the woodland and rough hillsides bordering it (4619), and the position of the royal residence (perhaps Exeter or possibly Plymouth), for this is apparently not on the coast itself, but on a river or estuary, since it needs the hard pulling of twenty stalwart rowers to draw the boat out into the open sea (86-94). Ardene la grant (4869) is unidentified.

Thomas's knowledge of Brittany seems to be confined to the coastal region, for the only towns mentioned are St. Malo, in the battle-cry Mallou la bretunine 1659, and Lions, described as cité vaillant 3956, cité antive 4498. The name Costance given to the port at which the pagans arrive (1325) is presumably a concession to rhyme, as Coutances is in Normandy, a province of which there is no mention in the romance. Lions is presumably St.-Pol-de-Léon, a small town near the coast. Its cathedral, we are told, is dedicated to St. Maurin (4067), and it is the archbishop danz Taurin who celebrates the marriage of Rigmel and Modin (4069); Wikele's wedding takes place in the Benedictine abbey church (5127). According to the indications of the poem it is, further, a fortified town, surrounded by a moat (4082-91), situated on a stream (4076-7), a little distance from the coast (5138, 5162), to which it is linked by grassy roads (3987, 4465); in its vicinity there is woodland (4454-7), but also enough open space to permit of jousting

Page 2_5

(4345-6, 4465). In the first part of the poem no name is given to Hunlaf's chief residence, his mestre soler 186, mestre massage 1353, but it is presumably the same town. Fortifications are indicated by the mention of the porter (, 1354) and the crenelations (1588), and the town (vile 1572, cité 1594, 1717) stands a little distance from the sea with its rocky coast (rochu costal 215) and its port, with which it is linked by a cart-road (chemin charal 200). The port at which the pagans disembark appears to be more distant and to be situated in meadow-land at the foot of a wooded valley (1607-9), and the battle is fought over the fields and in the woodland and a clearing (1650, 1694).

The ship containing Gudmod, setting out from Brittany in the evening, impelled by a favourable wind and guided by the esturial, reaches its destination in Ireland at prime the following morning (2155, 2172, 2174-6), but the return journey to a port in Brittany occupies over two days (3925 ). The Irish port, crowned by a rock (l. 2175 ), is a magnificent one, affording secure harbourage to the ships that anchor there (2176-7), and its shores are lined by spectators, including beles dames de pris vestues de cendal, assembled to watch the arrival of the ship (2179-81). The port lies some little distance from the city of Divelin (Dublin), with which it is connected by a metalled road (feré chemin 2936); between them is open country in which the two princes, Guffier and Egfer, are hawking when Gudmod comes upon them (2199-2205). The battle fought with the pagans in the vicinity ranges through woods, hills and valleys, a ravine (desruban) and fallow land (3241, 3273, 3323, 3366-7, 3453). Dublin is fortified (II. 2949, 2969), and at or near the town is the castle of Bealni or Beaunis (3531, 3538), to which Guffier's body and Egfer, mortally wounded, are transported from the battlefield; in the city stands the royal church, the cathedral, to which Egfer's body is carried after his death (3556-7), no doubt identical with the abbey of St. Moris, to which the other dead are taken (3548).

In these descriptions traits observed and traits imaginary appear to be blended, the natural features corresponding to a considerable extent with reality while the names are often imposed by metrical exigencies; at Dublin there is no trace of a castle of Beaunis or of an abbey of St. Moris, and at St.-Pol-de-Léon the names Maurin and Taurin are unknown.

Page 2_6

Though there is no mention of Normandy, the proximity of Brittany to Anjou and Poitou is recognized by Thomas, cf. li quoens de Peitiers, ki plus est pres marchis 1280, and the description of the expedition undertaken by Horn against Anjou (1737-59). Casual mention is made of Besançon, La Rochelle, Mâcon and Paris in France, of Milan, Pavia, Pisa and Rome in Italy and of Castille and Tudela in Spain. Of Mâcon we are further told that it is une bone cité ke tienent Borgoignun 624, and mention is made of the cathedral of St. John and the Lateran Palace in Rome (1423-4). Of the East the poet's knowledge is evidently very vague: though both sets of pagan invaders are said to come from Africa (1298, 1311, 1328, 2907, 2999), Canaan is mentioned as the homeland of the invaders of Brittany (1620) and their champion Marmorin is said to have been born there (1463), while the pagan kings Hildebrand and Herebrand are described as brothers of the Sultan of Persia (3000) and their champion Rollac is his son (2914-5).

The heterogeneous nationalities comprised in the pagan forces are the traditional ones that figure in the Chanson de Roland: Arabiz, Barbaran Barbarin, Esclavon Escler, Leutiz, Pincenard (cf. note on 81), together with the unidentified Almican and the Persan and Turcople, who come into prominence in the crusading period.

3

AFFINITIES WITH EPIC AND ROMANCE

a

Form.

The poem, both in itself and as illustrating a stage in the passage from epic to romance, is of high interest. It is, undoubtedly, of the ligniee of the chansons de geste, whose form it retains, modified by the innovations introduced in the later twelfth century–the use of the twelve-syllable line, of rhyme and of enjambment–and by an individual treatment of the caesura (see below pp. 24-7.) The epic themes are, however, interwoven with those of romance, and although the traditional conception of love is retained, the setting and to some extent the treatment are modified in accordance with the incoming fashions of the day. Characterization is unwontedly strong.

b

Allusions.

Allusions in the poem show the author's acquaintance with the epics of Roland, Ogier le Danois and Gormont: mention is made of Roullant l'enperïal and of Durendal (1995-7), of Ogier's

Page 2_7

sword Curtein (1995), of the mighty blow dealt by King Louis that clove Gormont in twain (3466) and, more vaguely, of Pepin (733, 945b). In Horn's commendation of Haderof's prowess (1687-90) there may perhaps be a reminiscence of Roland's praise of Oliver and Turpin (Ch. Rol. 1558-1660, 1672-5); and the three days' battle against the invaders of Ireland may well owe something to the long-drawn-out battle in Gormont with its insistence on the heroic bearing of the pagan king. To the Coronement Looïs there is no direct allusion, but a considerable similarity is traceable in plan and in versification. The hero is twice involved in combats with pagans, first against a hideous giant and then against a valorous pagan champion; laisse xxxv of Cor. Looïs describes the meeting of William with a pilgrim from whom he seeks information, cf. Horn 3949-64; and the description of the cutting off of William's nose in Cor. Looïs 1037-41 might have suggested Horn 3200-1, si ne fust li nasal, Le nes li oust trenchié od tut l'autre charnal, and Egfer's wound Ke le vis li trencha, la face od le charnal 3376. Minor points of resemblance are the sudden and isolated reference to Wikele's traitorous ancestor Denerez, Horn 1832-3, cf, the similar reference to the traitorous lineage of Alori in Cor. Looïs 1499; the story in Horn 3022 of Mahomet in a drunken stupor being devoured by sows, cf. Cor. Looïs 851-2; and the mention of the puz del baratrun and of Beelzebub. Likeness is also observable in the irregular partial linking of the laisses (cf. below pp. 22-3), and in the frequent intervention of the author in forecasting events to come.

There is no definite allusion to any of the romances, but the germ of the Lenburc episode may be in the Lavinia episode of the Eneas, where a love-stricken maiden is rebuked by her mother for her passion; and a resemblance, often rather vague, to the Tristan story may be noted in the scenes at the end of the poem in which Horn watches Rigmel's bridal procession and later secures her recognition, in the part played by Herselot, in the character of king Hunlaf (like Mark, good and kindly but readily gullible) and in Horn's education with its inclusion of music, wood-craft and games and the emphasis on his superiority (cf. Tristan, Thom., I, 28-9). More important, however, is perhaps the provocative influence that the romance of Tristan may have exercised on our author, for he has so evidently in mind the defence of chastity and of fidelity (conjugal as well as feudal), and the condemnation of adultery and amour courtois, that it

Page 2_8

seems possible that the composition of Horn was to some extent called forth by the vogue of the work of his namesake.

c

Themes.

With the themes of the chansons de geste Horn has in common the foreboding dream (4644-53) and the feudal dispute (1924-40 etc.); and the main theme is still the conflict between pagan and Christian, a conflict in which the influence of the Danish invasions is very apparent, for as in Ch. Guill. and Gormont the Christians are on the defensive against a force of sea-borne pagans, with whom lust of conquest and religion are twin motives (cf. ll. 1339-47, 3002-6). With Horn himself it is the defence of religion that comes first: Vei me ci trestut prest, si l'oses cummencier, Pur defendre la lei ke tenum, al premier, En apres, ke Hunlaf ne deit treü doner 1489-91 (cf. ll. 3020-47, 3079-3100); and his good work is to be carried on after his death by his son Hadermod (734-6, 5226-9).

The somewhat limited range of theme of the epic is, however, extended in various ways. The poet has introduced domestic scenes, depicted with simple realism–conversations between mistresses and maidens or messengers (707-38, 2395-2409), between Rigmel and the seneschal (538-656, 876-913), the stone-putting and chess-playing scenes (2567-2666, 2688-2773) and the famous lai-scene.

d

The Love-theme.

Of much greater significance is the importance accorded to the love-theme, for it is here that the contrast between epic and romance is most marked. In the older chansons de geste marriage is ordinarily viewed from the standpoint of the state or the family–it is an arrangement of political or dynastic utility–and love is either represented episodically, as in Ch. Rol., or in the part played by mother or wife, e.g. Berthe, Guiborc. In Horn a love-story with many vicissitudes is interwoven with the tale of Horn's heroic deeds, marriage is its longed-for culmination, and the potency of love is kept before the audience by frequent allusions to the effect of Horn's marvellous beauty in arousing amatory passion in all feminine beholders: Dame ne l'ad veü ki n'en seit trespensee De l'angoisse d'amur, ki taunt fort l'ad tuchee 446-7 (cf. ll. 476-8, 928-9, 2187-90).

In some superficial features the influence of the incoming treatment of love in romance is evident, and more particularly the influence of Ovid. Love is both personified and represented as a malady, with physical symptoms set forth in detail: Vostre amur m'ad suzpris,

Page 2_9

si me tient de novel; Ne m'en pus desoschier, feru sui d'un quarrel, says Rigmel to Horn (1147-8), and of Lenburc similarly we hear Kar amur la destreint, ki mut l'ad acoillie 2458, E Lenburc remise est en mut grant passïun, Kar amur tut li art le quoer e le pumun, S'ele mescine n'ad murra sanz garisun 2881-3. Rigmel loses colour (l. 711), languishes, broods sadly, in spite of the efforts her maidens make to cheer her, and discusses with herself and with Herselot the nature of this unfamiliar emotion (709-14). Lenburc's devouring passion, unaffected by her mother's rebukes that only fan the flame, engenders restlessness, sleeplessness (2516-8), suffering: amur [la] destreint e lie, . . . la tuche e frie 2465-8, a description that bears an unmistakeable likeness to those of Ovid and his disciple the author of Eneas. In its main features, however, the portrayal of love follows the lines of the chansons de geste. Knights, indeed, fight to gain the notice of their amies (1574a-5), and Horn receives a pennon from Rigmel (1579-84), but there is no hint of mistress-worship; the suppliant is still the woman and not the man, whose position is dominant, and the love depicted is the headlong passion of the susceptible young girl. Rigmel, stirred to love by the reports of Horn's angelic beauty, bribes the seneschal lavishly to procure for her a meeting with him, and, this attained, completely swept off her feet, not only makes the first advances: Ne s'atendi Rigmel, einz ad parlé avant 1100, but immediately proffers her love: Joe vus otrei m'amur 1104, and places herself and her possessions at his disposal: Ja vus met joe mun cors, mun aveir en present 1182; even before the meeting with Horn, indeed, she speaks of the consummation she desires, in terms certainly more decorous than those often employed in the chansons de geste: Lee serreit ki l'avreit suz covertur martrin. Deu le me dunt encore . . . 726-7–terms repeated on her behalf by Herselot (963-5), who expresses her own consuming passion with greater crudity. In her reception of Haderof and Horn, however, Rigmel preserves dignity and decorum, offering a ring but no caress until Horn has won his spurs (1795). Lenburc, under the surveillance of her mother; is more discreet but no less forthcoming; she too, moved by the sight of Horn's beauty, makes advances at once, sending him a goblet with the request that he should become her bienvoillant (2395-2408), and on her return to her chamber makes a further attempt to bribe him into paying her a visit (2477-90).

Page 2_10

The sensuous passion of the maidens is in complete contrast with the love depicted in Horn, and indeed excites his scorn: Ne pris pas feu d'estreim, tost fet defectïun, Mut tost est alumé e tost fet orbeisun, he tells Lenburc (2445-6), and he meets her adulation and that of all other ladies with an indifference more than once bluntly expressed: ne l'en fud ovee 2192, 2525, although he is not without a certain smug satisfaction on perceiving it: Gudmod rit ducement, ne s'en est irascuz 2671. His own love for Rigmel is slow-growing and controlled. At the outset he holds himself sternly aloof, asserting his need to prove himself and to secure assurance of the king's approval before accepting her advances (1116, 1180, 1188-92), ready, indeed, to see her more suitably wedded to a prince who might bring lustre to the realm: Si avrez tiel mari dunt li reis iert forçor E sun regné avra loënge e pris maor 1221-2. Though his acceptance of her first love-token, the pennon, is followed up by ready willingness to visit her and accept the proffered ring (1799), his pledge of loyalty to her is still subject to Hunlaf's approval: Mut me vient bien a quoer mes qu'a Hunlaf seit bel 1803, and made firmly conditional upon her own fidelity: Amez mei lëaument, joe vus serrai lëel, Turturele sëez e joe ierc turturel, Ki ne prent fors un per 1815-7. And together with loyalty chastity is an all-powerful motive, insisted on for Rigmel as for himself: La grant beauté de vus ne turnez a folur, Tost en dirreient mal li garçon menteür 1218-9 (cf. ll. 385-6, 2066-7, 4263-8), leading him to the strictest avoidance of all situations that might provoke the tittle-tattle of garçons or losengeürs and so prove compromising: Ore, par mesprisun De mei, n'avra, si puis, Lenburc retractïun Ke joe i venge u voise en chambre a larrun. Tost en dirreient mal losenger e garçun. Jes en garderai bien par ma salvatïun; Ne m'en purrunt gaber: n'en orrunt si bien nun 2872-7. The contrast with the fashionable cult of amour courtois could hardly be more complete.

e

The Setting.

As so often in the romances the story is set in ancient times and its remoteness emphasized by the introduction of ancient names (Westir) and customs (Costume iert a idonc. . . 4137, A cel tens . . . 2824) and by insistence on the antiquity of the places mentioned (1909, 2131). There is, however, no supernatural element.

Page 2_11

Descriptive epithets are bestowed lavishly on armour and weapons, characterizing their provenance as well as their appearance (cf. below pp. 116-7). The architectural setting is described, e.g. the hall listé de marbre and encortiné, and especially the chambers of Rigmel and Lenburc (cf. below p. 110); and court life is represented with much circumstantiality, especially the splendour of the Whitsuntide banquets, the rich costumes of the servers and the opulence and variety of the vessels borne by them (cf. below pp. 112-3). The self-restrained and decorous behaviour that is emphasized is also in accord with that portrayed in the romances. Tears, so plentiful in the chansons de geste, are barely mentioned, and swoons are confined to the womenfolk; Hunlaf is commended for his self-control when he receives the alarming news of the pagan invasion: Quant li reis les entent, grainz fud en sun corage Mes nel vout lors mustrer kar n'ert pas si volage 1360-1; Gudreche is too experienced to show annoyance at the defeat of his son Egfer in the stone-putting competition–that is left to the mother and sister (2590-3); allocation of lodging is made sanz coruz, sanz meslee 443, and booty divided fairly Si ke tençon n'en fu ne parole meüe 1715 a; indeed, the lines descriptive of the behaviour of the chess-players, Or ont joé entr'els par si fete baillie Qu'il n'i out un mot dit qui notast vilanie 2760-, serve to characterize the behaviour of both Christian and pagan throughout. Only in traditional traits such as the gibes at the dead heathen foes and the presentation of their heads to the kings Hunlaf and Gudreche do we find echoes of older, rougher manners, in curious contrast with the occasional courtly traits already mentioned.

f

The Style.

On style and diction the influence of incoming fashion in romance is clearly perceptible. The impersonality of the chansons de geste is no longer maintained. Thomas not only attributes to himself at the outset the rhyming of the poem and names himself again at the end, but also makes frequent appeals to his audience (cf. above p. 2) and is prone to intervene with formal remarks in the first person, such as joe crei 522, ne cre[i] 819, si cum crei e devin 933, joe sai 3106a, cel ne sai 4633, dreit est ke vus die 4865 etc., or dirrai de Rigmel 699, çoe plevis 2287, n'en ierc recuntëor 2712, departis la mestrise 820.

Page 2_12

Only one actual proverb is cited, Ja ne murra envie 1875 and 2580, 1 [1]  Cf. Envie ne morra ja, J, Morawski, Proverbes français antérieurs au XVe siècle (C.F.M.A., Paris, 1925), no. 704.2_13 but the narrative is occasionally varied with maxims of a proverbial character, e.g. Kar corage remue a feme mut sovent 683, De feme est costume qu'el change ses pensez 1015, Mes fortune ne poet estre en estableté 1770 (cf. also ll. 5087, 5173), or with ironical comment: E Horn ne l'esparnia, ki nel tint pur cosin 1535 , Quant l'ateinst, si li fist de sun brand un present 1632, Ja li fera un trait pëor ke de vïele 3312a, Certes j'i serrai ja, si je pus, sun jugler; Un lai bretun li frai od m'espee de asier 5161-1a, Par ces tables s'en vunt servir les malement Tut d'el ke de mes u de mestre piement 5196-7. The dialogue is sometimes enlivened with crisp antithetical lines: Grant joie ai prof de vus e loinz de vus enpir 2062, En l'ester perdrïez, prou avrez en l'aler 4317, Mez amez le procein–del lointein est alé 4384, as well as with gibes at the fallen foe in traditional epic fashion, cf. ll. 1635-7, 1670-1, 3342.

As in the chansons de geste, scenes are frequently represented dramatically instead of being simply described (Biller, p. 165), cf., for instance, the bestowal of arms on Horn and his companions (1408-48) and Wikele's quarrel with Horn (1839-68); and free use is made of dialogue throughout the poem, most extensively in the early scenes between Rigmel and Herland and between Rigmel and Horn, where both dialogues and speeches are of considerable length. Quick interchange of question and answer is not infrequent (cf. ll. 527-30, 1022-3 etc.), but the use of single lines containing both question and answer is not found–a contrast with the practice in romance (Biller, p. 166). A link with the chansons de geste is the occasional use of the chorus-speech (Biller, pp. 168-9), cf. ll. 70, 1384-5, 1570-1, 3943-4, 4351-3, 5025-6 and below p. 22. Passage from direct to indirect speech (Biller, pp. 167-8) occurs in ll. 2114-5.

There are no soliloquizing lamentations of the type frequent both in the chansons de geste and in the romance of antiquity (Biller, pp. 160-1), nor any of the psychological monologues that became popular in romance (Biller, pp. 161-5); but Herland debates with himself at some length how to deal with Rigmel's request to him to bring Horn to her (665-96), and Lenburc's three-line soliloquy regretting her over-hasty advances to Gudmod (2454-6) is

Page 2_13

followed by one considerably longer in which the recollection of his magic beauty induces her to make another attempt (2459-66). Rigmel expresses her emotions either in dialogue with Herselot (707-38) or in the form of a prayer that combines a recital of his charms with a request to God to keep him from overweening pride and to grant him speedy opportunity to win his spurs (ll. 1253-82a). Weary of long inactivity, Gudmod beseeches God to grant him opportunity to avenge his kinsfolk (2898-2904), but he makes no long prayer before engaging in battle, a practice that became tedious in its length in some of the chansons de geste such as Cor. Looïs, where a single prayer may extend to 95 lines (695-789).

Some distinction is given to the style by a more individual use of simile and metaphor than is generally found in the chansons de geste, e.g. Cum esteile jornals, quan lievet al matin, Sur les altres reluist, ki li sunt pres veisin, Sur tuz ses cumpaignuns resplent Horn 16-18 (cf. ll. 205-6), Cumme cinne sunt blanc e innel cum faukun 614, Ne m'en pus desoschier, feru sui d'un quarrel 1148, Ainz fuï cum chevroel quant ad veü l'archier 4442 (cf. also ll. 1053, 1968, 2445-7 and above p. 12). It is noticeable that the sea is not among the sources to which Thomas has recourse for his figures of speech.

Thomas employs with some frequency alliterative couplets of words, traditional and individual: bel e bun, n'en chauf n'en chevelu, main a main, per a per, piz a piz, sul a sul, ne lais ne letrez, en tentes e en trefs; chemin charal, chiere rechignee, grief gage, selve serie, virge vaillent, puceles de pris, Turlin de Tabarine etc. A fuller use of this figure of speech is occasional: Li acointiers i fud e l'amur achatee A ices asprement sanz autre demaundee 1618-9, Tiel treü t'en rendrai e [i] tiel tensement; Pur Hunlaf nostre rei itiel rente t'en rend 1636-7, L'autrier pur vostre amur portai le penuncel–Si sacez, meint paien en perdi sun putrel 1800-1, E en mutes manieres durement manacee 2522, La ot taunt decoupé e poinz e piz e piez 3351 (cf. also ll. 478, 625, 849-51, 871, 1280-1, 1515). In his use of alliteration the poet was presumably influenced by medieval Latin poetry, in which examples are frequent. 1 [1]  Cf. A. H. Krappe, Alliteration in the Chanson de Roland and the Carmen de Prodicione Guenonis, Diss. Chicago, 1921, pp. 33 ff.2_14

Page 2_14

Of descriptive epithets and locutions there is a plenitude, indeed a superabundance (cf. Index of Proper Names). They are occasionally employed three or four at a time, as in ll. 785, 1012-3, 2802 etc., an accumulation that Biller (pp. 143-5) found rarely except in Troie; often they are evidently mere tags, cf. the use with vis or face of coluré or colori 266, 405, 409, 1587 etc., with chiere or vis of riaunt 1258, 3960 etc., with rei of coruné 407, 3171 etc., and with proper names of epithets such as le poaunt 296, 359 etc., le cumbatant 3289, le pruz sené 674, l'alosé 2149 etc., or locutions such as od la face (façun) loee 445, 857, od chiere honuree 2530.

Reinforcement of an idea by the coupling of words or locutions that are synonymous or nearly so is frequent in both epic and romance (cf. Biller, pp. 40-3) and is much practised by Thomas who, like most writers of his time, employs it freely not only for emphasis but as a convenient device for filling up a line. Examples of this formal use are: dit e mustrez 598, 1000, 4371, plest e agree 491, 2518, eschaufe e atise 929, ire e maltalent 873, 905, loënge e pris 1222, pris e los 1263, per e oixor 1217, joius e heité 549, halegre e joaunt 4336, lez e joant 3961, pruz e vaillant 2089, orgoillus e fier 2970, surquidé e preisaunt 2989, cremu e duté 1760, deduire e joër 1778. Examples with more pregnant value are: dreit e asis 1085, escolé e sage 1352, fausse ne losengiere 1128, dolenz e corociez 1906, coroçus e dulaunt 2601, fel e recreant 2105, mat e coard 4348, joius e gabant 4340, sens e talant 980, tort e encumbrer 2026. The repetition of pronouns, used with effect but overmuch by Wace, is found only in ll. 3107-11, where chescun appears in five successive lines.

In the older epic the naive convention whereby messengers repeat in extenso the terms delivered to them still obtains, but Thomas varies his procedure with skill. In the first Saracen episode the terms are detailed to the messengers who, we are told, relate them with exactitude to Hunlaf and his barons: Pus dïent tuz les moz–ke n'i funt retaillage–Cum l'orent komandé cil ki vindrent a nage 1358-9; Li message sunt fier, si dïent fierement Quant k'enchargié lur fu sanz nul retaillement 1362-3. In the second, the envoy Rollac, who knew his message well, proudly makes known the terms from his seat on horseback (2989-3010). Lenburc's lengthy messages to Gudmod are repeated with but slight variations by her pages, one of whom earns Gudmod's commendation for his exactitude: As tu, beau vallet[un], escrit en parchemin? Meuz ne deist sa leçun nul

Page 2_15

clerc, sage devin 2426-7; but of their report to their mistress all we learn is that it is given (2452, 2511-2). In the scene in which the Irish princes discuss their terms with Gudmod, substance and order are carefully preserved, but variations are introduced to break the monotony of the triple repetition (cf. Critical Note on ll. 2238-9).

4

CHARACTERIZATION OF PERSONAGES

In his portrayal of character and appearance Thomas relies upon traditional methods–speech, action and descriptive epithet and locution, lavishly employed; of the devices introduced in romance, psychological soliloquy is absent and full-length description employed but once (cf. below p. 16). Horn's character and appearance are, however, brought before us in considerable detail.

At the outset we learn that his grant sen enables him to profit by all the varied instruction that he received in Suddene (32-3) and in his adolescence from Herland (371-81, 390-6), so that he surpasses all others in eloquence and understanding as well as in all knightly accomplishments–music, woodcraft, horsemanship, fencing, play of sword and lance. In him are manifest all the qualities of the ideal knight: prowess (401-1a, 674, 1775 etc.), loyalty (384, 1980 etc.), openhandedness (1775, 1985), courtesy (785, 2802 etc.), magnanimity (4828-30). He is beloved by Haderof and his followers, he preserves in grateful remembrance all his benefactors, even Rodmund (ll. 4825-30), and his tender devotion to his lord Egfer inspires the most touching scene in the poem (3488-3541). His outstanding worth is recognized by all (179-81, 3630-2, 3859). The account we are given is not, however, entirely laudatory, for Thomas recognizes in him one fundamental defect, excessive pride, and traces its development. It is pride that lies at the basis of his masterful attitude to Rigmel and of his stubborn refusal to take the oath demanded by Hunlaf; it inspires the self-sufficiency that dispenses with the need for prayer in combat (cf. above p. 13); in his youth it is masked by his modest bearing (397-400, 926-7, 2802), but it is recognized by Rigmel, who prays God to preserve him from its ill effects (1262-5 ), and with unchecked success it becomes a roiste fierté (l. 1765) which inspires fear in the hearts not only of his enemies but also of his followers (4574-6).

His physical features are recorded by Rigmel in her prayer that he may be preserved from pride (1255-61); elsewhere we are

Page 2_16

told of his rosy complexion (724, 3686, 4064), height (818, 1013 , 2312) and strength (382, 1013). It is, however, chiefly Horn's radiant beauty that is over and over again emphasized; it surpasses that of all others (696, 819-20, 2308); it saves him from death at the hands of Rodmund (36-8), from Gudreche calls forth a jest at the expense of Egfer (2323-7), and excites the admiration of all beholders (452, 753, 863 etc.); it illuminates the house he enters (1053), outshines all others as does the morning star those nearest it (16-18), it is, indeed, proper only to angels or heavenly visitants (860a, 2855-6); he is chose faee (453, 752, 860, 2188, 2462), ke onc mes de Deu ne fu tiel figuree (454); and the splendour of his appearance is heightened by the rich apparel in which he is clad (233, 448-50, 3641-2).

In contrast with this wealth of detail and hyperbolical laudation, the description accorded to the appearance of Rigmel and Lenburc is meagre and the epithets trite. Of Rigmel the only individual physical traits mentioned are her complexion (vis colure 266, 405, 409, 5095, 5109), her open expression (visage cler 3852, 4568, vis cler 5156) and her slender elegant form (409, 3852, 4512), and of Lenburc similarly la face colurie 2451a, le cors bien moullé 3789. Although there are many allusions to Rigmel's great beauty (as beautez 1826, od grant beauté 2794, od les fresches beautez 3939 etc.) and its superiority to all others (2799, 3851, 3856 etc.), the terms in which they are couched, except for the second hemistich of l. 5190, ki la face resplent, are all general or commonplace, for even the word flur (483, 1216), frequent in epic and early romance, had so lost its freshness that it seems to have been spurned by Crestien (Biller, p. 64). Of her dress, similarly, the only detailed mention is that of the maunce orfresee plucked by Horn in disguise (4161-2), though we hear in general terms how she adorned herself with her best clothes (525 , 790) and decked herself nobly (l. 4147).

Rigmel's character, also, is but lightly sketched in. The conventional epithets corteise, duce, gentil, onuree, vaillant are accorded to her, and she is further described as being sage e vezïee (489) and [ne] vilaine ne laniere in her reception of her guests (l. 801). In speech and action, however, she reveals a real personality: impulsive and warm-hearted, capable of flaring up in angry passion but speedily mollified, loyal to the core, quick-witted and resourceful, possessing a common sense that shows itself in her attitude to Horn's stubborn

Page 2_17

refusal to take the required oath (2021-6), a pleasant girlish solicitude about her appearance that leads to much consultation of mirror and maidens (526-8, 787-9, 1025), and a natural playfulness seen in her speech to Horn in ll. 1794-7, in the teasing way in which she keeps Haderof in the dark about Horn's identity (4370-4424) and in her play on the word amistez (4368).

The treatment of Wikele's character is uneven and disconcerting. In the first part of the poem he is simply one of Horn's youthful companions, who are all alike described as being of noble birth, well dressed, well brought up, courteous (10, 12, 204, 309, 370, 388-9) and gallant in combat (1673-6). His relations with Horn appear to have been poisoned by his envy of Horn's success (l. 1772), and his ill-feeling comes to a head when his request for the horse Blanchard is refused (1846-50). At this juncture Thomas suddenly brings in two entirely new facts about him: his cousinship to Horn (1822) and his kinship with the traitor Denerez, who, we are now told, falsely accused Aälof to king Silauf (1833), and who is not again mentioned. From this point on Wikele is the wily and unscrupulous traitor. Established in Hunlaf's confidence by his false accusation of Horn, he is able by his machinations to dispossess Herland, gain a strong following (l. 5038), and seize Rigmel. It would seem that Thomas was influenced in his delineation by the contemporary craze for genealogies (cf. below p. 18).

Of the other personages in the poem, Herland is the typical loyal and accomplished seneschal, Herselot the pert but devoted confidante, Lenburc the lovesick maiden, Guffier and Egfer brave and generous knights. The only portrait that is at all individualized is that of king Hunlaf. Introduced as un rei mut poëstif, riches hom e vaillant, De grant religïun, lëaulté mut amant 107-8, he is discreet and dignified in bearing (1360-1); to his subjects he is just and considerate (pitus 5120), asking and accepting advice from the barons of his council (1366-9, 1543-52, 5097-9), ready to take prompt action when necessary (5085-6); in his youth a giant-killer (1419-21), he is still able with a gentil sermun to encourage his barons to bring down the pride of the pagans (1397-1401). But the epithets poëstif, poaunt, puissant (107, 315 , 359, 772) apply to his position rather than to himself, for he is already old and somewhat feeble (1695, 1733, 1752), and over-ready to believe the

Page 2_18

unsupported accusation of Wikele (1888-1900) and to fall under his domination.

5

NAMES OF MINOR PERSONAGES

The origin of the names of the chief personages has been much discussed and is to some extent still controversial, 1 [1]  A convenient summary of the discussions on the origins of the personal names is given by W. H. French in Essays on King Horn (Cornell University Press, 1940), pp. 117-46.2_19 but it is a question that concerns mainly the evolution of the story, and one too large and complex to be treated here. The bulk of the names in the romance denote quite minor or supernumerary personages, and are introduced by Thomas either to give circumstantiality and colour to his narrative or in accordance with the genealogical tendencies of the period.

Like all good narrators, Thomas avoids introducing anonymous actors. The archbishops of Dublin and St.-Pol-de-Léon bear the names Markier and Taurin respectively, and as in Ch. Rol. some of the pagans are furnished with names, e.g. Broivant, Cloakan, Escofard de Durage, Gibelin, Malbruart, Turleu de Tabarine. The dignity of the position of kings and lords is enhanced by the introduction of officials or attendants to carry out their orders: Hunlaf summons his treasurer Moroan, un Bretun, hom de religïon, to produce the arms needed for Horn and his companions; the fugitive queen Suanburc has with her her maiden Answit; Lenburc sends to Horn her vallet Guidhere, and to ply Herland with gifts Rigmel calls on her butler Rabel and her groom Bertin; Rigmel's nurse is called Godsƿiþ, Guffier's strong man Egolf; Egfer's host is Malgis, nez de Paris, and on architect and goldsmith the names Bertin and Marcel are bestowed.

The craze for genealogies that took so strong a hold on the chansons de geste in the later twelfth century 2 [2]  Cf. J. Crosland, The Old French Epic (Oxford, 1951), p. 18.2_19 leads to the frequent mention of forbears and offspring. Thus to Herland is given a father Toral (Torel), and a son Jocerand; to Hardré, father of Haderof, a second son Badelac; to the traitor Wikele, a traitor ancestor Denerez and a loyal brother Wothere (Wycohther); to Rigmel a very casually mentioned brother Baltof; and to Herselot a father

Page 2_19

Godefrei, li cuitus, duke of Albanei. Rollac, Horn's most redoubtable opponent, is provided with a father Gudbrand, sultan of Persia, and an uncle Rodlac, slain by Aälof, who are brothers of the other five pagan kings. Gudreche has a wife Gudborc and a second daughter Sudburc; and Horn's pedigree is traced back through his father Aälof and his grandmother Goldeburc to his great-grandfather Baderof, emperor of Germany–a genealogy which no doubt shows the influence of the close relations between the English royal house and the Empire in the early twelfth century, when Matilda, daughter of Henry I, married the emperor Henry V (1114), and Henry himself took as his second wife the daughter of the duke of Lower Lorraine (1121).

The distribution of the names is not purely haphazard. In Horn's pedigree the names are of German origin–Silauf, Baderof, Goldeburc and possibly Suanburc, also Answit (French, pp. 121-31); those of the pagan leaders, Gudbrand, Gudolf, Egolf, Herebrand, Hildebrand, Rodmund, are Scandinavian. Most of the minor personages introduced at the Breton court bear French names–Bertin, Godefrei, Jocerand, Marcel, Rabel, Taurin, Toral; but Moroan is Breton, Baltof (Batolf) and Godsƿiþ probably German (French, pp. 121-4); at the Irish court, except for the archbishop Markier and Lenburc's vallet Guidhere, all the minor characters bear names of Norse or German origin; for Guidhere and Badelac English origin is suggested (French, pp. 121, 131). The isolated names of pagans are of the type employed in the chansons de geste–made-up French names such as Malbruart, Malbroïn, Marmorin, some of which are found elsewhere (cf. notes on ll. 1664, 3250).

6

CONSTRUCTION AND USE OF EARLIER SOURCE

There are in the poem a few discrepancies and loose ends: Guffier's strong man, already in his service when Horn arrives in Ireland (2213-9) is spoken of three years later (2549) as having been recently retained by him (des l'autrier 2582); after the conclusion of the first part of the poem no mention is made of any of Horn's twelve companions except Haderof and Wikele, nor of Herselot or Godsƿiþ; and the ivory shield bestowed on Horn by king Hunlaf (1416-8) renders him no service afterwards. In spite of the reduplication of incident, however, the narrative follows a straight-forward course; the episodes either lead one to another in a motivated

Page 2_20

sequence, or are required for the setting, e.g. the domestic scenes of stone-putting, chess and music.

The credit for this is not wholly to be ascribed to Thomas, for the outline of the story is evidently based on an earlier work of which we have fortunately a version preserved in the Middle English poem King Horn. 1 [1]  Ed. Joseph Hall (Oxford, 1901). Questions still at issue are the language and locality in which this poem was originally composed; cf. Hall, pp. li-lvi and French, pp. 141-5.2_21 The general resemblance between the two poems, unlike as they are in length and complexity, is unmistakeable, and it is corroborated by a significant likeness in some details. 2 [2]  For a fuller comparison, with references to the texts, see M. K. Pope, The Romance of Horn and King Horn, Medium Ævum XXV (1957), 164-7.2_21 Both poems emphasize Horn's angelic beauty and its potency in softening the hearts of pagan and Christian alike, and in both it is described in heightened and to some extent unusual terms, which are in one passage almost identical (see note on l. 1053); in both it calls forth from the king of Ireland a jest at the expense of his younger son. In both poems Rigmel's cupbearing function at the end of the marriage feast is ascribed to the custom of the country (cf. note on ll. 4132-41); in both the use of riddling parables is noticeable.

Though extant only in a thirteenth-century version, King Horn is, in its terse simplicity, clearly much nearer to the original than the romance. In constructing his poem, Thomas has developed the topography, greatly enlarged the scale of the fighting, amplified the incidents, added episodes to fill in gaps in the narrative, elaborated the organization of the society described, increased the number of minor personages, and characterized the protagonists more fully. Yet in the main he has preserved the outline of the story with considerable exactitude, especially the narration of Horn's early days and of the course of his love for Rigmel. Here the only important modifications are in the accounts of Wikele's treacherous accusation and of Modin's death. The malicious report that Wikele makes in King Horn of Horn's illicit relations with Rigmel, then verified by the king, is replaced in the romance by Wikele's false and unverified accusation, and Horn's banishment is occasioned by his refusal to take the required oath; in King Horn Modin, an enemy, is slain by Horn at the wedding feast, but in the romance he is captured in a joust and becomes Horn's liegeman, while the marriage is dissolved on grounds of consanguinity.

Page 2_21

Very different is the treatment accorded by Thomas to the combats with the pagans. In place of the meagre and rather improbable tale in King Horn of the hero's exploits against them–the slaughter of the crew of the pagan ship and the defeat of a giant champion–we have here a narrative of the amplitude and temper of a chanson de geste: an invasion by large pagan armies bent on the destructon of the Chritian faith as well as on the conquest of the country, battles on a large scale involving ambushes and stratagems, duels not only with a pagan giant but also with an arrogant, high-born pagan champion and with Rodmund, and an imaginative treatment of the combatants, pagan as well as Christian, that gives the narration a sympathetic quality rarely attained in works of this kind.

The pathos of the position of Rodmund, betrayed by the Christian in whom he had placed implicit confidence, is sensitively portrayed; so too is the courage of the pagan combatants, rising to heroism in the stubborn resistance of the leaderless rump at the end of the three days' conflict in Ireland–this is reminiscent, indeed, of passages in the Battle of Maldon. The same poetic insight is revealed in the account of the relations between Horn and his lord Egfer, and above all in the touching scenes between them in Egfer's mortal agony, which in their moving simplicity may well stand beside the noblest scenes in Les Lorrains and even in the Chanson de Roland. His powers of imagination and construction, together with his skill in narration and versification, give Thomas a high place among the poets of the twelfth century.

C

THE LANGUAGE

I

VERSIFICATION 1 [1]  This section is based on my article Four Chansons de Geste: a study in Old French epic versification, Mod. Lang. Rev., VIII (1913), 352; IX (1914), 41; X (1915), 310.2_22

The poem is composed of laisses of Alexandrine lines, of varying length.

1

Structure of the Laisse. 2 [2]  In this section the numbers of the laisses are indicated by heavy type.2_22

As in the chansons de geste the laisses are of irregular length; the number of lines in those contained in the Cambridge MS. (C) varies from eleven to thirty-seven, in those contained only in the

Page 2_22

Oxford MS. (O) from eighteen to forty-four. Unlike those of the Chanson de Roland, however, many of the laisses are here composite, a few containing three or four themes, e.g. 10, 27, 34, 51; and not infrequently a speech or monologue overruns a laisse into the following one, e.g. 12-13, 34-5, 36-7, 49-50, 50-1, 52-3, 58-9.

No specially characteristic line distinguishes the beginning of the laisse, but there is a tendency to start with a time-indication. Thus the feast of Pentecost is mentioned in the first lines of 22, 23 and 124; the temporal conjunction quant begins 6, 13, 31, 47, 52, 54, 77 etc., the temporal adverbs or 26, 36, 68, 70, 82, 88 etc., apres 38, 56, 97 etc., (i)dunc 55, 57. At the ends of the laisses certain types of line tend to recur, e.g.:

[1] A speech of one or two lines by an individual or a group expressing approval or disapproval, e.g. 3 Dïent tuit e[n]viron: "Broivanz est bien parlanz", 9 Dïent tuit cummunal: "Bien fait a otrïer Si cum vus l'avez dit; ne fait a refuser", cf. 22, 69, 77, 98; 7 "Par ma fei", dist Herland, "e nus si le ferun", 33 "Dame", fet [li] Herlaund, "bien fait a otrïer", cf. 39, 72, 90, 99.

[2] Prediction or comment, e.g. 27 Or purrez ja oïr cum el cummencera. Par blaundie, çoe creit, de mieuz espleitera, 80 Grant damage i fera ainz qu'ait definement; 79 Nes savreit acunter nule buehe letree; cf. 44, 51, 73, 86, 139, 140, 147 etc.

[3] Lines summing up the position or the preceding event, e.g. 38 Li servise(s) ad duré tresque none est sunee, 82 La bataillë est fort, paien sunt miserin, Mut i sunt mal mené: tuit s'en fuient tapin, 85 Or est Horn mut cremu par cest fait veirement, cf. 97,165 etc.

There are in the romance no laisses similaires properly speaking, though Haderof's double approach to Rigmel in 42 and 43, and the repetitive way in which Thomas dwells upon Horn's beauty in 47 and 48, produce something of their heightening effect. Considerable use is made, however, of the other repetitive device that is employed in Ch. Rol. and so many other chansons de geste–the verbal linking of the last lines of one laisse to the first lines of the next. On seven occasions the link consists in the literal repetition of a hemistich, but more often it is slighter and involves merely the recurrence at the beginning of a laisse of the dominant word of the end of the preceding one, in varying form or context.

Page 2_23

Repeated hemistich:



4-5
                   Al nagier sunt assis, tuit treient seguran
                   Ve[r]s palagre de mer; des enfanz funt engan.
                   Ore les guarisset cil ki meint en suveran.
                   Al palagre de mer sunt sil venu najant . . .

6-7
                   Herland ad veü Horn sor les autres premier,
                   Si turna cele part le chief de sun destrier.
                   Herland ad veü Horn od la gente façun . . .

43-4
                   Kar en la chambre entre Godsƿiþ el pavement.
                   Gudsƿiþ entre la chambre, ki ert pavementee . . .

45-6
                   N'osai ainz pur lo rei mun seignur natural.
                   N'osai ainz pur le re[i] a vus Horn amener . . .

60-1
                   Kar a ore d'icest ne ferai nul covent.
                   Ne vus frai nul covent, danzelë, a cest tur . . .

104-5
                   Mis se sunt a la mer: a Deu se sunt cummaundé.
                   Mis se sunt a la mer cummun li marinal . . .

164-5
                   Ensemble se sunt trait e dë aus chastel funt.
                   A lor eirs apres eus ja nel reproveront.
                   Li glotun pautonier ensemble se sunt trait . . .

Repetition of key-word:



14-15
                   Mes cil nus ariva par ses dignes comanz,
                   Li soverein haut pere, ki le mund fud criaunz.
                   Si fumes arivé a tiel est le lignage . . .

37-8
                   Des or dormirai meuz, si pus, tresqu'al matin.
                   Apres dormi süef . . .

38-9
                   Li servise(s) ad duré tresque none est sunee.
                   Mut ennuia Rigmel qu'il ad duré itant.

97-8
                   Si s'en vet cunrëé dreit al mestre portal.
                   Tut issi cunrëé e issi fervestuz . . .

Cf. also 53-4, 80-1, 109-10, 138-9, 154-5, 176-7, 181-2, 190-1,199-200, 213-4, 235-6, 242-3, 244-5. This repetitive tendency justifies the adoption from H of l. 3807, which in part repeats l. 3802, the end-line of the previous laisse.

The second, slighter type of linking is found throughout the romance, but the more characteristic literal type occurs mainly in the earlier part, the narration of Horn's enfaunce.

2

Page 2_24

Caesura

The caesura is placed in the middle of the line, and is regularly marked in C by a full stop. It is observed throughout the poem with great consistency, and weak cuts occur but rarely. In a few lines it is preceded by a rather stronger pause, e.g. Quant le verrez, de mei vus purra remembrer 1791, cf. 1187, 2123, 3515; in a few others it separates closely related words: (a) verbs from their subjects or objects, e.g. De la presse se mist Horn, li proz, aïtant 4330, De servir l'endemain le rei mut ad pensé 658, cf. 2313, *2854, 4572; (b) verbs from dependent infinitives or from predicative adjectives or participles, e.g. Vostre perre m'ad fait nurrir par sun comant 1114, cf. 3600, 4175, 4570; Par ses faiz k'il [fist] fu faidis vers meinte gent 249, cf. 492, 801, 3501, 1 [1]  In this line, and in l. 4460, the full stop marking the caesura in C is placed at the sense-pause.2_25 4474; (c) substantives from qualifying adjectives, e.g. Mes cist passout trestuz homes d'(e) humilité 400, De si ke sun demeine corn lur seit bien coneuz 4460n1; (d) the constituents of conjunctional locutions, e.g. Sil suzpristrent aunceis qu'il en fust acointé 276, Bien savez, solunc çoe ke a regné apent 3601; cf. also l. 4161, written in C Si que vint al quint ke Horn l'ad vers li sachee.

Such strict observance of the pause is in marked contrast with the treatment accorded to it by Guernes de Pont-Sainte-Maxence (St. Thom., Intr., p. cxxxvii) and many later A.-N. poets (cf. Suchier, pp. 19 ff.). The technical skill displayed is indeed superior to that shown in some Continental didactic verse, e.g. the poème moral, in which weak cuts are considerably more frequent and at times more awkward than any in Horn.

An unusual trait that facilitates correct observance is the variety of cut employed by Thomas. Much the commonest is, of course, that in which the first hemistich ends with a stressed syllable (ordinary caesura). When it ends with an unstressed syllable, however, he allows himself three variants instead of the usual two. The unstressed syllable may be the seventh, in which case (a) if its vowel is final -e it may be elided before a word beginning with a vowel (a form of ordinary caesura), or (b) the syllable may be disregarded metrically (epic caesura); but (c) the unstressed syllable may also be the sixth, and is then counted metrically, even if its

Page 2_25

vowel is final -e followed by a word beginning with a vowel (lyric caesura).

The relative proportion in which the epic and lyric caesuras were employed by Thomas may best be illustrated by an examination of ll. 1455-2391, the passage contained in the three MSS. C, O and H, as it is here that we have the best-attested readings. Agreement between the three MSS. is frequent, but in some lines the version of O and H is clearly due to a remodelling of the original (cf. Critical Notes). It is not, of course, always possible to be certain which type caesura Thomas intended, because he uses alternative forms of many words, such as encore/encor; ore/or, el/ele, cil/icil, tant/itant, mund/munde, regne/regné (cf. below p. 32), and his treatment of weakly-stressed vowels in hiatus is variable (cf. below pp. 28-31); the caesura in l. 2787, for example, may be epic (Ke ainz ne la perdisse) or lyric (K'ainz ne la perdissë), that in l. 3604 may be lyric (Perdu fust li regnes) or ordinary (Perdu fust li regnés). Since, however, his own preference seems to have been for the lyric type, which was evidently a great stumbling-block to his transmitters, we should probably adopt this interpretation in most of the doubtful lines.

Epic Caesura:



         1713  Pus s'en vont a la flote ki d'aveir iert vestue

         1724  Les nefs ad depecess e l'aveir tut en prent

       1759a  Pur çoe est pais e triwe par tut l'onur crïé

         1796  Ne vus chaut ke nuls die garçon ne losenger

         1809  De purchacier mun regne dunt chacié sui, mesel

         2184  Seignurs, or est Yrlande lors fu Westir nomee

     2263n2  U od vus u od autre kin fra retenement

Lyric caesura:



         1458  Si bataille voelent ne lur iert iert pas vëee

         1563  Conestablë estes alez, si cummencez

         1595  Bien i ad dis mile de bone gent armee

         1615  Ainz qu'il mot soüssent cummence la mellee

         1655  E sa launce guie par mi meinte peitrine

         1658  Lur enseigne escrïent cele gent sarazine

         1729  Sa part li presente e il merci l'en rent

         1762  E reis Hunlaf l'eime cum l'oüst engendré

         1839  'Sire,' dist Wikele 1 [1]  Syllabic value of the unstressed penultimate syllable in Wikele is optional.2_26 'oëz vostre vassal'

Page 2_26



         1857  'Avoi!' dist Wikele 'onkes mes n'oï tal !'

         1859  'Or vei bien', dist Wikele 'ke cest don n'avrai mie'

         1884  Mes si jol vus mustre bien seür en serai

         1888  'Par fei', dist Wikele 'dunc le vus musterrai'

         1908  Veneison ad pris [e] si ad chacé asez

         1912  Issil soleit faire ainz qu'il fust encusez

         1966  Cum purreie creire qui vers mei si foleie?

         1977  Ke serement face franc quil fait, se desleie

     2058n1  Mesque sul le vuille(z) chastement costeïr

         2079  Prest sui del defendre laval en cel prael

         2188  Kar entr'eles dïent ke c'est chose faee

         2273  Bones sabelines peliçons vers e gris

         2380  Bien iert enpleiee l'onur ke li ferez

Doubtful caesura: 1 [1]  In these lines C has apparently epic or elided ordinary caesura, but the original may have had lyric caesura (cf. the variants).2_27



         1589  E pur vëeir destruire la gent de paenie x [x] delete E?2_27

         1676  Kar u ke il les trovent les metent a declin k'il

         1974  Bien jurer le poüsse si faire le deveie p(o)usse

     1976n1  Ainz me larraie traire e le quoer e le feie larrai

         2056  Ne en feu ne en ewe mar i creindra murir n'en

         2077  Qui die k'unc feïsse vers vus fait deslëel f(e)isse

         2360  Mes ne crei ke om povre unkes vus engendra k'om

In the remainder of the text the proportion of epic caesuras is somewhat higher, but the spellings of C imply the lyric caesura in over eighty lines, and there are some twenty-five others in which it may have been in the original.

Epic caesura:


219,
307,
377,
456,
496,
504,
652,
751,
853,
859,
876,
883,
923,
1088,
1099,
1124,
1138,
1169,
1220,
1231,
1243,
1257,
1285,
1287,
1289,
1290,
1325,
1380,
1396,
2462,
2518,
2521,
2522,
2565,
2578,
2605,
2711,
2771a,
2904a,
2916,
3214,
3240,
3366,
3428,
3455,
3503,
3513,
3603,
3638,
3736,
4076,
*4134,
4331,
4440,
4460n1.

Lyric caesura:


102,
*172,
198,
259,
271,
431,
506,
631,
720,
728,
800,
804,
827,
838,
852,
*950,
1015,
1016,
1056,
1058,
1098,
1152,
1258,
1284,
1312,
1378,
2415,
2417,
2424 2448,
2519,
2531,
2584,
2693,
2709,
*3096,
3115,
3117,
3141,
*3272,
3316,
3352,
3362,
3441,
3594,
3660,
3674,
3709,
3713,
3719,
3720,
3765,
3771,
3784,
3806,
3859,
3889,
3892,
3920,
3931,
3935,
3943,
3988,
3994,
4000,
4004,

Page 2_27


4007,
*4058,
*4066,
4069,
4093,
4153,
4154,
4193,
4195,
4218a,
4267,
4305,
4310,
4383,
4407,
4455.

Doubtful caesura:


a 

epic or lyic:


149 k'il?,
258 s'unc?,
351 tresqu'il?,
536 els?,
635 k'ostur?,
643 k'est?,
808 els?,
925 k'i?,
1139 k'il?,
1151 k'en?,
1230 k'il?,
1299 onc?,
2454 cele?,
2787 k'ainz?,
3547n1,
3715n2,
4490 k'il?;
b 

lyric or ordinary:


989 regné?,
*2920n2,
*3291n2,
3604 regnés?,
3653 regnés?,
3804 regné?,
3824 regné?,
4300n2;
ordinary or lyric: 831 k'ele? dec(e)ue ?;
c 

epic or ordinary:


644 el?,
807 els ?,
3895n1,
4321n1;
ordinary or epic: 1106 home?.

The lyric caesura is first attested in Provençal lyric poetry, where it is in use from the time of Cercamon, and occurs with some frequency in the verse of Bernart de Ventadorn. 1 [1]  Cf. ed. C. Appel (Halle, 1915), p. cxv.2_28 In Northern France it comes in with the lyric poets who model their verse on that of the troubadours, the generation writing between c. 1180 and the beginning of the thirteenth century, for instance the Chastelain de Coucy, Conon de Béthune and Gautier d'Epinal, who employ this type of caesura in respectively 6%, 5½% and 11½% of their decasyllabic lines. 2 [2] L. E. Kastner, A History of French Versification (Oxford, 1903), p. 87, n. 2.2_28 Outside lyric poetry its use is rare: according to Groeber (Gr., II, 1, 52) it is found on the Continent only in Auberon and two late continuations of Huon de Bordeaux, in Anglo-Norman only in Jordan Fantosme, in St. Auban and hie und da in Horn. To these may be added the Sermon of Guischart de Beauliu. 3 [3]  Cf. ed. A. Gabrielson (Uppsala and Leipzig, 1909), p. xl.2_28 Jordan Fantosme's connection with Poitou is well known, and Guischart de Beauliu seems also to have had links with this region (cf. ed. Gabrielson, pp. xxix, liv), so it may be that Thomas's technique was influenced by practices current in the South-West of France. The combination of lyric and epic caesura in the same poem is rare, but it occurs in Guischart's Sermon, and Suchier (p. 17) notes it in St. Auban.

3

Enjambment

Enjambment, in the sense of the absence of a sense-break between one line and the next and the presence of such a break in the interior of one of the lines, is rare in the Alexandrines of the chansons de

Page 2_28

geste. 1 [1]  Cf. A. Tobler, Vom französischen Versbau alter und neuer Zeit, 3. A. (Leipzig, 1894), pp. 27-28.2_29 It is occasionally found in the work of clerkly writers such as Wace and Guernes de Pont-Sainte-Maxence, and Thomas's practice is akin to theirs. Examples are:



23-4
                   Si lui ot Deus duné par ses digne[s] buntez
                   Un eür: k'i ne fust pur nul hom esgardez . . .

88-9
                   Al nagier sunt assis, tuit treient seguran
                   Ver [s] palagre de mer; des enfanz funt engan

560-1
                   . . . des le tens Danïel
                   Fud forgié, sil forga li orfievre Marcel

2430-1
                   . . . meuz vuil un mazelin
                   A mun oes, u mut mieuz un de sap u de pin

2872-3
                   . . . Ore, par mesprisun
                   De mei, n'avra, si puis, Lenburc retractïun . . .

Cf, ll. 282-3, 1063-4, 2519-20, 2895-6, 3311-2, 3508-9, 3514-5, 4110-1, 4382-3, 4461-2, 4810-1 etc.

4

Hiatus 2 [2]  For vowels in hiatus in the interior of the word see below pp. 42-4.2_29 and Elision

1

Final vowels other than e̥

The vowel a of the feminine article and pronoun la and of the unstressed possessive adjectives ma, ta, sa, though occasionally written, is always elided.

The adverb si (<sic) retains syllabic value consistently. The conjunction si, se (<si) usually suffers elision of its vowel if standing before il or el(e); before il, however, it retains syllabic value in ll. 159, 581, 3940, 4060 (written se) and 736 (written si); before other words it may be elided, e.g. s'unc *270, s'est 713, *1460, s'oëz *2120, s'om 2551, s'estes *2904b, s'encore *4052. The vowel i of the masculine nominative plural of the article is retained in hiatus, e.g. li enfaunt 115, 203, 343 etc., li autre 771, 1442 etc., li aunceisor 4324, li oianz 2845; in the nominative singular, where elision ordinarily occurs, it is probable that the form elided is le. As Thomas makes free use of the relative pronoun ke in the nominative, it is also probable that spellings such as ki i 2362, 2712, where elision is metrically required, stand for k(e) i. The unstressed dative pronoun li usually loses

Page 2_29

syllabic value before en, cf. ll. 168, 173 etc., but appears to retain it in ll. *2270, *2765, *2862 (but see Explicative Notes on ll. 2270, 2765); li estreit 2804 should probably be read as listreit or ljestreit, li ra 2904a as lira or ljira, li iert 3074 as, ljert. Similar treatment of this word is found in other texts, Norman as well as A.N. 1 [1]  Cf. Resureccion, p. xliv; St. Edm., p. lviii; F. Can., note on l. 4178.2_30 The pronouns çoe and joe ordinarily stand in hiatus, but elision of the vowel is occasional, cf. below pp. 49, 51.

2

Final e̥: normal categories

Thomas makes free use of e̥ in hiatus in all the cases where it is permitted in Old French prosody (Rydberg, pp. 89-202).

a

Monosyllables

With the monosyllabic words ke (conjunction and pronoun) and ne (conjunction) elision is, as is nomal, optional. The vowel of ke conjunction is in hiatus in ll. 103, *299, 316, 454, 517 etc., elided in ll. 99, 100, 111, 112, 113 etc.; that of ke pronoun is in hiatus in ll. 458, *692, 905, 911, 993 etc., elided in ll. *106, 167, 175, 183, 266 etc.; that of ne is in hiatus in ll. 221, 222, 608, 641, 1161 etc., elided in ll. 1161, 1169, 1417, 2527, 3067 etc. The vowel of the article le is always elided except in l. 944 where lë orphanin appears to be metrically required.

Disyllables and Polysyllables

The final -e of words of two or more syllables is normally elided. Most of the exceptional cases of hiatus would fall within one or more of the categories set up by Rydberg; but many of the lines, as transmitted, can be read metrically in more than one way, and it is difficult to know which of these types of hiatus can be attributed to the original. Thus words ending in -tre appear to be in hiatus in ll. 1108, 1117, 1150, 1199, 1405, 1620 etc.; but ll. 1108 and 1150 can be otherwise accounted for (see below), there is no hiatus in the other MS. in l. 1199, and much more commonly the vowel of final -tre is elided (ll. 192, 208, 358, 367, 485, 597, 630, 836, 838, 949, 1135, 1147, 1158, 1160, 1197 etc.). The only category of hiatus which seems to be fairly clearly established as belonging to Thomas's practice (though even here elision is commoner than hiatus) is the grammatical type, where the word ending in -e is set apart from

Page 2_30

the following word by its syntactical function, e.g. (a) a vocative: Belë, alez laenz 760, danzelë, a cest tur 1203, Sirë, ore ai servi 4358 etc.; (b) a postposed subject: ja est bien l'aubë escrevee 742, ke seit la festë esforcee 748, cf. 769 etc.; (c) an anteposed object or complement: que chosë est faee 860, Heaumë avra lusant 1414, Ma defensë ai ci 1459, cf. 1994, 2186 etc.; (d) a member of a couplet: maneië e pitez 329, u herminë u grise 922, e terrë e marine 971 etc.

3

Final e̥: exceptional categories

In addition to these normal types, Thomas further permits himself the use of hiatus in certain cases where it is most exceptional in Continental texts:

a

He places in hiatus the verbal termination e̥ derived from atonic -at, with a frequency approximating to that found in Ch. Rol. and Brendan and considerably greater than in the romances of Eneas or Troie or the works of Marie de France; cf. ll. 124, 373, 375, 706, 725, 929, 1200, 1253, *1371, 1478, 1677, 1705, 1735, 1950, 2011, 2015, 2432, 2436, 2438, 2457, 2468, 2477, 2481, 2489, 2505, 2641, 2674, *2811, 2847(?), 2988, 3389, 3457, 3568, 3914, 3947, 3968, 4334, in which hiatus is found in C, while elision occurs only in ll. 499, 1654, 2107, 2395, 2679, 2698, 2726, 2839, 3075, 3173, 3749, 4108, 4135, 4194, 4572, 4576.

b

By what seem to be an extension of this practice he sometimes sets in hiatus the first person forms aie, deie and seie and -eie of the imperfect indicative and conditional, e.g. aië 671, deië 2037, 2078, seië 1172, 2120, 4313, -eië 1108, 1150, 3060.

c

To the monosyllabic words that may optionally stand in hiatus Thomas adds the preposition de, thus making a practice of a licence that in Continental French is found very rarely, and then mainly before proper nouns (cf. Tobl. Lom. II, 1202). The hemistichs in which de appears to be so used are the following (a few might be easily corrected, but if the practice is admitted in some it seems advisable to assume it in all):

[i] With de so written in C: e d'or e dë asmal 577, Dë Aälof li membra 1387, Dë aïr l'ad feru 1704, asise dë asmal 2000, dë ored n'avra mal 2177, and ll. 2487, 2999, 3453, 3642, 3702, 4114, 4115, 4446;

Page 2_31

[ii] With hiatus metrically required: d[e] els tuz par ëage 311, d[e] enfaunce alaitant 367, d[e] armes bien preisiez 1173, d[e] ambes parz gardez 1819, and ll. 2419, 2434, 4105, 4508.

The basis of the poet's practice was presumably a rather fuller pronunciation of the vowel of the preposition than was customary, bringing it into line with the conjunction ne.

5

Aphaeresis and Contraction

The pronominal adverb en loses syllabic value consistently after ki and usually after si, e.g. kin 421, 1797, 2190, *2263n2, 2594, 4558 etc., sin 189, 238, 495, 591 etc. (but si en 461, 2269); it is similarly treated after ja in jan 1039, *3346 (but ja en 1521) and after joe in joen 2346, jen 1773.

In l. 1469 the scribe indicates the aphaeresis of encore by writing kincore (cf. St. Gilles 1125 kincontre); in l. 2135 la est should probably be read as la'st; in Taunt purra oir de mei 2508 oïr (uir) should perhaps be read as wir; with consonantalized u.

In ll. 1130 and 2079 la aval is contracted to laval; in l. O 4833 lor, the contracted form of la u, may be attributable to a transmitter (cf. Explicative Note).

6

Enclisis

Thomas makes a varied and extensive use of enclisis, and the scribe of C retains the forms with unusual correctness. The definite articles le and les are regularly combined with the prepositions a, de and en in the forms al, as, del, des, el, es; les also combines with the relative ki in kis autres dut e guie 3416.

The unstressed personal pronouns le and les are almost consistently combined with a preceding ne (<non), si (<sic), si (<si), joe and ki; examples are: nel 131, 296, 477, 641; nes 126, 436, 470; sil 253, 276, 509, 561, 626; sis 121, 161, 224, 345, 619, 797; sil 192, 1969; sis 146, 236, 285, 286; jol 608a, 712, 729, 974, 979, joel 2367, 4044; jes 1931, 2876, 2974, 3732, jos O 44; quil *1038, 1708, 1977; kis 1723. Exceptions are rare: ne l[e] 1975, 3385, si le 1551, 1552, 4170. With the conjunction ke we have kel 1788, *2059, but ke le 1554, ke lu 2608. For ll. 1880-4, in which the pronoun contained in nel, sil, sil and jol appears to refer to hunte, see Explicative Note.

The personal pronoun me combines with ne in nem *1128, *2265, 3746 and possibly *2063, but ne me is more frequent. For possible

Page 2_32

enclitic uses of the pronouns te, se and vus see Critical Notes on ll. 3309, 3675 and 1865.

The words to which the unstressed pronouns may be enclitic cover a wider range than usual; in addition to those mentioned above they include ja (jal 1266, 1701), la (las 224), u (ul 2241, us 3425), çoe (çoel 4212), qui = cui (quil 1144), tu (tul 2482, 2955), issi (issil 1912), tresque (tresques 2315).

So frequent and diversified a use of enclisis, more archaic than that found in Brendan or the works of Philippe de Thaun, is surprising. In Continental French it seems to be paralleled in the later twelfth century only in texts of the South-Western region such as Thèbes, Troie and Chron. Nor.

7

Correctness of Syllabic Count in MS.C

There are, even in MS. C, a number of lines in which there is either a deficiency or an overplus of a syllable in one or other hemistich, and occasionally in both; but so many are correct, and so many of the others easily rectifiable, that we are justified in assuming that the syllabic count was originally accurate and that the defects are imputable to the transmitters of the poem.

In a certain number of lines the metre appears to have been sacrificed to the desire to clarify, standardize or modernize the construction, or to remedy a rhyme that seemed imperfect; on these points see Critical Introduction, pp. xxxvii-xli, Critical Notes on the lines in question, and the section on Rhyme (below, pp. 34-6). More frequently the defect appears to be due to inadvertence or to the orthographical habits of the scribes, all of whom seem to have been Anglo-Norman:

Omission or addition of prefix:


[a]bandun 3618,
[cuntre]vaille 3615,
[de]duit 4361,
[de]mustree 1455,
[en]vers 102, 380, 1075, 1121,
[re]cuntant 2910a,
[re]lenquir 3896,
[re]vengee 1470,
[tres]passee 1602;
(en)cuntre 2304.

Interchange of doublets:


[i]cel 297,
(i)cele 1621, 3222,
[i]ces 3973,
[i]ci *3413,
(i)ci 1402,
[i]çoe *3096, 3450, 4254,
[i]dunc 2810,
[is]si 2600, 3579,
(is)si 1959, 2839,
[i]taunt 1753, 2540,
[i]tiel 1636;
cum[e] *2017, 3730,
encor(e) 556, 2901, 3490,
lor[e]s 2121; 2919,
or[e] 1901, *3632,
or(e) 1241, 2122, 2140, 3320, 3510,
3786, 3966;
el(e) 812, 1229, 1249, 1250, 2470, 4127, 4139, 4445,
el(e)s 1246;
mund[e]

Page 2_33

1106;
onc for onkes 1857,
onkes for onc 1596;
iloc for ilokes 2336;
od for ove 1897.

Addition or omission of tool-words: 1 [1]  In some of the cases of omission the word supplied is necessarily conjectural.2_34


a 

Article added:


li 4141,
un 3329;

omitted:


la 151, 950,
le 1516, 2648, 2764, 2792, 3359a, 3552,
les 237, 3086, 3235,
li 3204,
un 3542.
b 

Adjective added:


bon 433,
granz 3182,
lor 286;

omitted:


cel 2931,
lur 339, 3461,
mis 2021,
sa 860a.
c 

Adverb added:


bien 325, 1631,
fors 2920n2, i 2502,
ja 233, 1107,
pas 2012;

omitted:


bien 3778,
ci 4170,
en 295,
enz 2054,
ja 707,
mut 914, 2270n2, 3234, 3451, 3535, 3738,
ore 1168,
par 3550,
pas 2807,
plus 2665,
si 2279, 2429, 4092, 4164,
tres 528, 1261, 3215,
tut 2815, 4574,
unc 1456.
d 

Conjunction added:


e 1063, 1364, 1440, 1589, 1938a, 2124, 2308, 2584, 2988, 3544, 3834, 3972,
ke 2655, 2765n2, 3054;

omitted:


cum 2805,
e 219, 640, 1976, 2523, *2701, 2706, 3265, 3471, 3938,
k'en 289,
ne 152,
quant 3778.
e 

Preposition added:


a 1419, 1654, 1722, 2165n2, 2370 (al), 3665, 3827, 4187,
de 1090, 1776, 3291n1;

omitted:


a 914,
des 2304,
od 3595,
suz 963.
f 

Pronoun added:


cil 2864,
çoe 4297,
el 4227,
en 823,
il 255, 1037, 1340, 1985, 3148,
joe 2323,
lor 1344;

omitted:


çoe 656,
el 2814,
eus 3540,
il 1468,
li 650, 1960,
me 2465,
tu 240
g 
Title-word dan added: 3309n1;
omitted: 1427, 1981, 3714.

8

Correctness of Syllabic Count in MSS. O, H, F2

In the MSS. other than C irregularity in the syllabic count is considerably greater, especially in H and F2; it is least evident in O, in which the defects are mainly due to the careless omission of words. For O and H a basis of comparison is afforded by the portion of the poem preserved in all three MSS. In the first two hundred lines of this portion (ll. 1455-1654) C shows inadvertent irregularities in thirteen lines (1455, 1456, 1460, 1468, 1470, 1516, 1588, 1596, 1602, 1621, 1631, 1636, 1654). 2 [2]  For l. 1581 see Explicative Note; for ll. 1642 and 1647 see below p. 43; for l. 1644 see Critical Note and below p. 60.2_34 In the same passage O has at least thirty-five and H at least sixty-five irregular lines; and of the first hundred lines of F2 (corresponding to O 4934-5040) at least twenty-two are defective.

9

Page 2_34

Rhyme

1

Correctness of rhymes

As may be seen from the rhyme-list (below p. 36), masculine rhymes greatly outnumber the rather more difficult feminine rhymes; and Thomas takes no great pains to secure variety, for only one rhyme ends in supported s or z, (-anz, laisses 3 and 14), and laisses in -ant, -é, -er, -ez (all these very largely composed of verbal terminations) and -ent make up almost half the total.

To the eye the rhymes are impeccable: identical endings appear to follow one another throughout each laisse in C and usually also in O (in which the impression is heightened by the way in which the final letters of the lines are detached and set out in a vertical column down the page). Though closer inspection reveals that this orthographical regularity would often be unjustified in terms of twelfth-century Central French usage, the vast majority of the rhymes in fact appear to be correct if we allow for the characteristics of Thomas's own speech and the licences (paralleled in the practice of other versifiers of the time) which he permits himself:

[a] dialectal traits affecting certain tonic vowels (cf. below pp. 38-40) and final consonants (cf. below pp. 40-41).

[b] the partial breakdown of the Old French declension system (cf. below pp. 46-8) and a consequent confusion between forms with and forms without a final -s (-z). 1 [1]  Hence occasional discrepancies between the MSS. in the use of the rhyme-syllables -é, and -ez: in laisses 95, 147 and 236, which in C or F2 rhyme in -é, O and H have -ez: in laisses 104, 227 and 239 O begins with some lines ending in -ez, but then continues with -et.2_35

[c] the analogical replacement of suffixes, such as the use of -ant for -an (e.g. affricant, esturmant, persaunt, tirant, tervagant, found alongside the original forms in -an and perhaps due to hypercorrection of the tendency to reduce -nt to -n), and of -er for -el or -al (e.g. cender, champer, principer).

[d] among proper names, the regular use of the uninflected form as nominative (e.g. Apollin, Bertin, Gudmod, Herland, Horn, Simun), and occasional arbitrary variations in their terminations (e.g. Bealni/Beaunis, Fen(en)ie/Finee, Herselot/*Herselent, Lenburc/Lenbur, Modin/Modun, Moïsan/Moÿsie).

Page 2_35

There are, however, a certain number of lines where the rhyme-words as written in the MSS. would imply the use, in the accusative case, of a plural where the sense seems to require a singular, or, less frequently, of a singular where we should expect a plural:

[a]

abstract noun in the plural, e.g.


antiquitez 1909, 2131, 4186,
buntez 340,
ëez 3632,
fausetez 1900,
fiertez 3358,
grez 1002, 1170, 1344,
maiestez 3182,
nobilitez 2133,
pitez 329,
quïetez 1343,
trinitez 1433,
volentez 2748.

[b]

collective noun in the plural, e.g.


barnez 1174, 4175, O 4608,
parentez 228, 1822, 2319.

[c]

plural noun in singular context, e.g.


citez 1332,
paluz 4470,
saluz 2007;

singular noun in plural context, e.g.


baron 149 (cf. cuntur 481, vavasur 482),
cheval 882,
diable enfernal 3209,
felun sarazin 1675,
fïee 4140,
flur 2710.

[d]

plural adjective qualifying singular noun, e.g.


affricanz 297,
dorez 595,
esmoluz 2009,
onorez 1833,
privez 1828,
umbranz 294;

singular adjective qualifying plural noun, e.g.


charnal 1842,
entonelé 547.

[e]

plural past participle conjugated with aveir with singular object, e.g.


cunseüz 4469,
demustrez 2129,
destinez 3942,
donez 4181,
eissillez 337,
oblïez 4179 (for invariable participle with plural object see below pp. 91-2).

These forms are not all equally improbable. Many of those listed under (a), (b) and (c) appear elsewhere in Old French, either as idiomatic uses of the plural or as recognized poetic licences, (Tobl. Lom. quotes from other texts rois de maïstez, venir a grez, de bon grez, en mes aés etc.), or generic uses of the singular (Tobl. Lom. jonchié de flor, trente fil de contor etc.), sometimes followed by a plural construction according to the sense. Those listed under (d) and (e) are not so easily accounted for; and it remains uncertain whether Thomas himself took these liberties with agreement in number, or whether he used the grammatically normal forms at the cost of inaccuracy of rhyme. 1 [1]  The inaccuracy is in any case relatively slight compared with that found in some of the early rhymed chansons de geste; cf. Eugen Mündler, Der Übergang von der Assonanz zum Reim im altfranzösischen Volksepos (Halle, 1914).2_36 In the latter case, since the orthographical uniformity of the endings is common to all MSS., we must assume that it was introduced by the transmitter of X1. It seems doubtful,

Page 2_36

however, whether this intermediary, who was responsible for a number of errors (cf. Intr.1, pp. xviii-xxiv), would at the same time have meticulously added or removed a final -s or -z for the sake of rhyme, in many cases creating an apparent discrepancy in number between adjective and noun (all MSS. have, e.g., jardin . . . umbranz 294, icel rei affricanz 297, d'argent dorez 595, (en sun) ostel privez 1828, a Silaf l'onorez 1833, sur tuz homes charnal 1842).

At whichever stage formal regularity of rhyme was introduced at the expense of normal grammatical usage, it appears that the transmitter of X2 sometimes intervened to resolve the conflict:

a

l. 2759 C E cele trest avant ki les autres out matez
H E cele trait devant ki l'autre avoit matez

The second hemistich must have run in X1 ki l'autre aveit matez or ki l'autrë out matez; the object of mater is clearly Guffler's chessplayer, who had just been checkmated by Lenburc. The participle matez has led X2 to substitute les autres, presumably to be taken as referring to the previous games.

b

l. 3343 C Quant paien ont veü itels cops adurez
H Quant paiens unt veü cel cop desmesurez

Though the line in C is grammatically correct, the better version is that of H; what terrifies the pagans is the single stupendous blow struck by Gudmod, and the epithet desmesuré is much more appropriate than aduré hardened, stubborn.

c

ll. 2282-3: see Intr.1, p. liii.

2

Rhyme-list 1 [1] In this list the numbers of the laisses are indicated by heavy type.2_37

Masculine rhymes:


a (O ad, at): 27, 52, 114, 121, 149, 200, O 224, O 232, O 235, O 245.
ai: 92, 183, 208, O 221; includes lai, plai.
ait: 165; includes lait, plait.
al: 10, 18, 30, 45, 90, 97, 105, 153, 161, 171, 195, O 226; includes al, tal; termination -al < -alem: cummunal, leal, mortal, ostal etc.; Toral; (scribal?) cheval 882, charnal 1842, enfernal 3209.
ãn: O 4, 71, 159; includes termination -an < -anum: barbaran, certan, chastelan, griffan, haltan, persan, poplican, seguran, *suveran; roman, Tervagan; bauçan, chalan, glan, jaan, jaceran, marinan, olifan.

Page 2_37


ãnt (aunt): 5, 17, 23, 39, 50, 56, 102, 116, 123, 126, 140, 144, 157, 179, 188, 191, 205, O 228; includes esciant, talant; affricaunt, bobant, chalant, escarimant, esturmant, persaunt, tirant; Tervagant.
ãnts (anz, aunz): O 3, 14; includes talanz; barbaranz; (scribal?) affricanz 297, umbranz 294.
art: 83; includes endart.
e (O ed, et) (includes Early O.F. ie): 8, 13, 19, 28, 34, 40, 54, 62, 86, 95, 104, 113, 127, 135, 147, 181, 201, 207, 213, O 227, O 239; includes (scribal?) entonelé 547 etc.
ei: 26, 128; includes Albanei.
eit: 107, O 234, O 240; includes glurifïeit O 5129.
el (Early O.F. ęl): 29, 58, 88, 101; includes espel; deslëel, lëel; Torel.
ẽnt (includes Early O.F. ient): 12, 35, 43, 53, 60, 69, 80, 85, 94, 109, 130, 142, 154, 162, 167, 173, 176, 180, 186, 203, 216, O 225, O 237, O 243; includes aparissent, corent, cunquerent, jo(i)ent, *kovenent, lusent, mescrëent, penent, recrëent, tenent, trenchent, vaillent, venent, vivent, voillent; escïent, talent; *Herselent.
er (includes Early O.F. ier): 6, 9, 33, 46, 63, 74, 87, 99, 108, 111, 120, 124, 132, 137, 143, 148, 156, 178, 184, 196, 199, 204, 209, 215, O 220, O 229, O 241; includes quoer < cor; cender, champer, communer, principer.
ets (ez) (includes Early O.F. iets): O 2, 11, 16, 31, 51, 59, 67, 72, 77, 89, 93, 103, 112, 115, 133, 152, 160, 175, 187, 198, 206, O 236, O 238; includes (scribal?) pitez 329, buntez 340, grez 1002 etc., quïetez 1343, trinitez 1433, fausetez 1900, antiquitez 1909 etc., nobilitez 2133, volentez 2748, maiestez 3182, fiertez 3358, ëez 3632 etc.; parentez 228 etc., barnez 1174 etc.; eissillez 337, demustrez 2129, destinez 3942, oblïez 4179, donez 4181 etc.
i: 169; includes Bealni.
in: O 1, 37, 48, 76, 82, 117, 141, 177, 189, 193; includes lin; (scribal?) eissin, issin, mercin; sarazin 1675.
ir: 100, 146, 172, 185; includes arvir.
is: 20, 55, 64, 110, 170, 202; includes Beaunis; fis 1093, moris 3548.
its (iz): O 222.
ũn (um, on, om): 7, 32, 70, 75, 118, 138, 145, 151, 174, 214; includes somon, rodmon; modun; (scribal?) baron 149.
ũnt (ont): 164; includes somunt.
ur (or): 24, 61, 131, 139, 168, 182, 192, O 231, O 242; includes ancor; lenbur; (scribal?) *cuntur 481, vavasur 482, flur 2710.

Page 2_38


ü: 150, 211.
üts (uz): 98, 129, 190, 194, 210; (scribal?) saluz 2007, paluz 4470; esmoluz 2009; cunseüz 4469.

Feminine rhymes:


adže̥ (age): 15, 21, 68, 155.
ãntše̥(ance, aunce): 66.
ee̥ (includes Early O.F. eðe̥ and iee̥, ieðe̥): 22, 25, 38, 44, 73, 79, 106, 122, 136, 197, O 223, O 233, O 244; includes parentee; finee; mustree 741, aportee 2185, ennuiee 2529, duree 2532, O 5209.
eie̥ (includes Early O.F. eiðe̥): 96; includes maneie.
ele̥: 158.
ere̥ (includes Early O.F. iere̥): 41, 57; includes miere (subj. pr.), ere (ind. impf.), ere (fut.).
ie̥ (includes Early O.F. iðe̥): 36, 65, 78, 91, 119, 125, 134, 163, 212, O 230; includes quie; acutie, recovrie; fenie.
ine̥: 49, 81; includes paenisme, Tabarine.
ize̥ (ise): 42, 47; includes enquise 824.
üe̥: 84.

II

PHONOLOGY 1 [1] This section is based on the rhymes and syllabic count of the poem.2_39

I

Tonic Vowels

The laisses in al include not only mal and words in which a was blocked, such as cheval, estal, jal, seneschal, val, but also, almost consistently, words in which a was free, such as al, tal and, with the suffix -al < -alem, charal, cummunal, jaal, leal, marinal, nasal, ostal, real, Toral; the exceptions are Torel 573, lëel 1815, deslëel 2077, which are included in laisses in el. Isolated rhymes between words containing a blocked and those formed with the suffix -al occur in various Western and A.N. texts of the later twelfth century, but the consistent retention of a in the latter group is characteristic of the South-Western region of Continental French (cf. Pope, § 232; Fahlin, p. 28; Troie, Intr., pp. 111 ff.). A.N. influence is probably responsible for the inclusion of lëel and deslëel in the laisses in el (cf. Pope, § 1146).

In the laisses in ãn, words which had a free, such as certan, chastelan, haltan, rhyme with those which had a blocked, such as ahan, an, glan etc. Isolated rhymes of this type occur in several Western texts

Page 2_39

(cf. Brendan, p. cxxxix), presumably owing to clerkly influence, but the western region in which Goerlich locates this development is the more southerly part, including Saintonge, Angoumois, and the southern part of Vienne (Goerlich, S.W., p. 22).

In the laisses rhyming in e, ee̥, er, ere̥, ets, the Early O.F. diphthong ie, whether derived from a free preceded by a palatal (mangié, mesniee, chier, chiere, damagiez etc.) or from ę free (pié, fier, fiere, viez etc.), combines freely with the pure vowel derived from a free (gré, espee, ber, clere, buntez etc.). The reduction of ie to e is one of the earliest A.N. traits (Pope, § 1155), but a contributory factor in its reduction in Horn may have been the instability of the diphthong in S.W. French, where the use of e in place of ie from a free after a palatal is a recognized characteristic and where the suffix derived from -arium, -aria is often written -er, -ere. 1 [1] Goerlich, S.W., pp. 24 ff., 35; E. Gamillscheg, Zur sprachlichen Gliederung Frankreichs, Hauptfragen der Romanistik: Festschrift für P.A. Becker (Heidelberg, 1922), pp. 60-1.2_40 The inclusion of the word quoer in laisse 132 in er (rhyming with joër, chevalier, mester etc.) is possibly due to A.N. influence, for in insular French such rhymes appear at a relatively early date (cf. Ipomedon 821 quer: faucer, St. Modwenna 2078 queor: amer etc.).

The inclusion of parel (for pareil) in laisse 101 in el is presumably to be explained by substitution of suffix (cf. the variant forms fëel and feal of the adjective fëeil < fidelem).

Apart from the loan-words escïent and talent, which rhyme, as often elsewhere, both in ẽnt and in ãnt, the nasal vowels ẽ and ã are consistently differentiated; but there are in the laisses in ẽnt a number of forms of the gerund and present participle of the second and third conjugations in which the termination -ent has not been analogically replaced by -ant (cf. rhyme-list and below p. 53).

Rhymes with tonic vowel i (-i, -ie, -in, -ir, -is, -ise, -iz) include words with the tonic vowel derived from all the usual sources of the O.F. sound (i, ę + palatal, palatal + ẹ free, ẹ mutated by final i), also arvir 2053, a form of arbitrium attested mainly in the South-Western region (cf. Mél. Hoepffner, p. 66), and quie 1870 (see below p. 40).

In the words eissin, issin, mercin included in laisses in in we may have simply incomplete rhymes adapted by scribal activity, or they may have been introduced under the influence of Poitevin speech or

Page 2_40

verse, as these were affected to some extent by the Provençal instability of final n (cf. Gamillscheg, p. 70).

Laisses rhyming in ur (-or) contain words with tonic vowels derived from ọ both free and blocked, e.g. flur, seignor, sorur; jor, tur. The only case of admixture of ǫ is ancor 2904a. Similar isolated rhymes are found in Chron. Nor. and other texts (cf. Intr. 1, p. xxxvi); they may be due, as Mlle Fahlin suggests (p. 45), to the influence of the noun ore.

Laisses in un (-um, -on, -om) are segregated from those in ur (-or). They contain words with tonic vowel derived from ọ and ǫ blocked and ọ free before m or n, e.g. Rodmon; baron, dun, raison etc.; also bun (bon) and sun, the unstressed forms from bonum and suum used in stressed position (cf. below p. 50).

In the laisses in ü and üe̥ there is no admixture either of the vowel u or of the diphthong üi; but laisse 91 in ie̥ includes quie, a verbal form in which stress has slipped from ü to i. The laisses in ei and eit include no words which had in Early O.F. the diphthong ai or ǫi, but maneie (< manaie) appears in laisse 96 in eie (: creie, meie, veie etc.). In rather later texts from the South-Central and Western regions and in A.N. texts the diphthongs ai and ei fall together (Pope, §§ 1326 (ii, vi), 1157-8), but in Troie and Chron. Nor. equivalence is found only in the isolated rhymes raie: balaie, baleient : traient (cf. Fahlin, p. 59).

2

Consonants

Early O.F. ð or θ (derived from t and d intervocalic, t before r, and t final after stressed vowel or atonic a) has disappeared: thus espee, mesnee etc. rhyme with Cananee, finee; vie, ocie etc. with mie, prie; crue, eüe etc. with rue; lerre, pere etc. with chiere, clere; esta, loa, vendra etc. with ça, ja; cungié, doné etc. with dé (< deum); afi with enemi, ici; ind. pr. 3 atise, devise, prise etc. with guise; guie with mie. A final t or d, however, is sometimes written in C and frequently in O (cf. below p. 69), and in the interior of the line tradition is still strong enough to make retention of the syllabic value of a preceding atonic e̥ more usual than its elision (cf. above p. 30).

In two sets of words the final t from a supported dental consonant is sometimes absent: ( a) in the words lai 1890, 3845, 4413 and plai 1885, 4412 in laisses in ai (but lait 3450, plait 3451 in ait), and in quie 1870, 2456, ind. pr. 3 formed on qui for quit (küit < *kugito);

Page 2_41

(b) in the words chalan, glan, jaan, jaceran, marinan, olifan in laisses O 4, 71, and 159 in ãn, and in Rodmon 3154 (for somon 625 etc. see below p. 54). In the South-Western region t final is often absent in words normally ending in t < kt (cf. Pope, § 1327 (viii)) and unstable after n (cf. Gamillscheg, p. 63; Goerlich, S.W., p. 84; Goerlich, N. W., p. 63).

Final s and ts (z) are ordinarily kept apart, though fis (< fidus) 1093 and Moris (< mauricius) 3548 are included in laisses in is. In forms such as affricant, esturmant, barbaranz etc., rhyming in ãnt, ãnts, there has presumably been substitution of the suffix -ant for -an (cf. above p. 34).

Words in which m has become final are included in laisses in un (-on), e.g. nun 2441, renum 3035 and verbal forms such as dorrom 2862, fesum 3025, cuntum 4534 etc. The noun lin (liñ) rhymes with words in in, cf. laisses O 1, 37, 177.

Prae-consonantal ƚ is effaced in fiz (< filios) in rhyme with its (-iz) in laisse O 222, but no rhymes afford a positive indication of the vocalization of ƚ after a and e, though the spelling with u is usual in C. The forms cheval 882, charnal 1842, enfernal 3209, included in laisses in al, may be scribal for -als (cf. above p. 35), and in that case would indicate that the pronunciation of the vowel was not yet affected by the vocalization of the consonant For espel (< espelt) see below p. 54.

Absence of initial h is metrically required in auberc 1667, 3314 and eaume (heaume) 1993, 3378 and in *altisme 3513. Optional absence of this sound is found in Troie and Chron. Nor. (cf. Fahlin, p. 106 and Troie, Glossary, s.vv. hauberc, heaume) and other Western texts.

3

Countertonic Vowels

i

Countertonic vowels in hiatus with tonic and counterfinal vowels usually maintain syllabic value: 1 [1] For verbal radicals (pret., subj. impf., past part.) see below p. 62; for aphaeresis see above p. 31.2_42 Aäluf; aïr, äornement, aünee, chaëne, gräaunt, jäal, jäan (?), näal, räancon, saülee, traïn, traïtre, ëage, fëage, ëé (ëed), eslëescier, fëeil, lëal, lëel (deslëel), meïmes, nëent, nëer etc., neïs, rëal, rëaume, recrëent (mescrëent), sëeir, seür, vëeir etc., vëer etc.; dïable, fïee, lïart, vïande, vïele, oëlment, oïl, poür, soävet (süavet), süef; lüee, alüez.

Page 2_42

Synaeresis occurs in a few instances:


a-a>a: Aälof 784 etc.
a-ãn>ãn: ancree 1608, gaignera 522, grant (subst.) 1812, (ind. pr. 1) 466, grantez 1554.
a-ai>ai (>ei): eisiez 3926.
a-ẽn>ãn: hange (haunge) 887 etc.
a-i>ai: traitre 1836.
e-e>e: eed(?) 363n1, memes 4225, veez 4474; nent, neent (see Glossary).
e-ei>ei: veeir (?) 1030n2.
e-i>i: nis 3350; meismes 2768, 4218 (?), meisme 4380.
i-a>ja: diables (?) *3209n1.
i-ẽn>jẽn: nient 687 etc.

ii

Countertonic vowels in interconsonantal position. Syllabic value of e̥ is maintained in the initial syllable of werek (werec) 150n2 and verai(e), veraiement (cf. Glossary). For frai, fra etc. see below p. 60.

4

Atonic Vowels

i

Counterfinal vowels in hiatus with following tonic vowel

[a] Counterfinal i in clerkly words is consonantalized in avisiun 155, O 4959 and possibly O *4982n2, but it ordinarily retains syllabic value in this word and in others such as alïen, crestïen, confusïon, devisïon, nacïun, presentatïon, religïun, salvatïun. For the disyllabic verbal termination -ïez see below p. 55.

[b] Counterfinal o is consonantalized in Moroan 1406, 1408, 1434 and probably also 1427, cf. Critical Note.

[c] Counterfinal e̥ retains syllabic value in corneïz, enricheïz, ferreïz, and in the great majority of nouns in -eür (<-atorem), e.g. boisëor, chantëor, cuntëor, donëor, empereür, esmireür, losengeür; exceptions are adubur 1159 and perhaps joür 2698n2 (but joëür 2727, 4037) and preecheur 2900n2. It is effaced in maleite 1558, beneit 3516, 4241, beneiçon 145, 2870, 2879, 4545 (but beneïçon 3626); in penent 1924, 3680, penant 3726 (but pen[e]ant 3949, cf. H 3680, H 3726); in Lowis 3466 (but H Low[e]is); and in vesture 1134. For its value in verbal radicals (pret., subj. impf., past part.) see below p. 62.

ii

Page 2_43

Counterfinal e̥ in hiatus with preceding vowel

Counterfinal e̥ in hiatus with a preceding vowel is effaced in derein (<dëerein) 2871, 3997, O 4975; in esfreeement 2962n2; in huniement *385, *886, 1194, *1921 (?), O 4765 and possibly in definiement O 4746n1 and in esparniement 1638 (though here the doublet espargnement may have been used, cf. O esparnement); and perhaps in preecheur 2900n2. For its value in verbal forms (fut. and condit.) see below p. 60. In all other words its syllabic value is maintained, e.g.:


ee̥: afaitëement, arutëement, sudëement; sëement.
ie̥: alïement, chastïement, lïement, mercïement, oblïement, ralïement.
ue̥: loëment; avoërie.
üe̥: menüement; drüerie.
aie̥: veraiëment, delaiëment, essaiëment; paënie, paiënise, paënisme, paënur.
eie̥: aveiëment, desveiëment, esbaneiëment, noceiëment, turneiëment.
oie̥: koiëment (coiëment, quoiëment).
üie̥: apuiëment, deduiëment, destruiëment.

iii

Counterfinal e̥ in interconsonantal position

Between consonants counterfinal e̥ ordinarily maintains its syllabic value, cf. chevetaigne, enterin, entonelé, faiterement, fortelesce, guerredon, guerredoner, palefrei, pelerin, sabeline, serement, soverein, surquiderie etc. It is slurred in debonairté 1240, denree 1457 and perhaps guerredoné 2150, 3074n2 and serement 1941n2, words in which effacement of the vowel is attested relatively early; it is possible that Thomas also allowed himself to clip the words angelin 1054n2, bacheler 4011 and dolurose (dolerose) 3303n2. In some proper names counterfinal e̥ is retained or effaced according to metrical requirements: Gudelof (Gudolf) is trisyllabic in ll. 1647, 1665, disyllabic in ll. 1326, 1642, 1693 (also H 1647, H 1665); Haderof is normally trisyllabic, but is disyllabic in ll. 671, O 4996 and probably 812 (cf. O); for Fenenie (Fenie) see Explicative Note on l. 3715. For contracted forms of verbal radicals in fut. and condit. see below p. 60.

iv

Unstressed penultimate vowels

Unstressed penultimate i is retained in the clerkly word nobile 127, 209, 2168, 3208 and in its derivatives nobilité 403, 2133, 2792 and *nobilei 506n1; it is slurred in noble O 94, 1444, 2197, 4565 and in the derivatives noblei 2658, noblement 178, 1291. For Wikele see Index of Proper Names.

Page 2_44

v

Final e̥

[a] Final e̥ following a consonant. The syllabic value of e̥ in the final syllable following a consonant is consistently maintained, unless it is absolutely final and is elided before a word beginning with a vowel, cf. above p. 29.

[b] Final e̥ following the tonic vowel. With a few exceptions the value of final e̥ in hiatus with the tonic vowel is maintained, unless it is elided before a word beginning with a vowel; and in the verbal forms aie, deie, seie and the termination -eie it is even sometimes set in hiatus with the initial vowel of a following word, cf. above p. 30.


ee̥: descoloree 711, enpleiee 2380, entree 2003, espee 1441, 1445, 1994, 3199 etc., mesnee 1984, 2202, 2534, 2695, nee 1124, notee 1195, truvee 839; lees 3546, soudees 2209, 3469; asëent 2392, sëent 1098, 1370.
ie̥: aïe 3436, 4484, amie 1041, blaundie 537, mie 1126, vie 1333, 2046, 3391, 4053; desfie 1735, die 271, guie 1655, prie 512; oblies 1528; dïent 193, 338, 453, 837 etc., envïent 1935, maudïent 993, prïent 2113.
ue̥: coe 4266, sue 1465, 3028; coes 882, sues 1567, 2019; poënt 389, *1601, 3360, 3362, termination -oënt 2548, 4007.
üe̥: issue 4457, mue 4259; vestues 2180; salue 511.
aie̥: plaie 3377, 3520; plaies 3550; aie 515, 671, 1170, 1174 etc.; traient 1431, 3923.
eie̥: maneie 329, veie 501, 1717, 2198; veies 3284; deie 2037, 2078, seie 877, 974, 1172, 1195 etc.; seient 99, 102, 349, 350 etc., veient 2299, 2828, 2983; termination -eie 668a, 668b, 728, 968 etc.; -eient 433, 1219, 2390 2546.
oie̥: joie 2463, 4567, poie *4477.
üie̥: truies 3022; cunduie 1593; fuient 1692, puient 2298.

Effacement of e̥ final appears to occur in the following instances:


ee̥>e: sonee 1661n2 (lee 726n2).
ie̥>i: aïe 2085, armonie 2834 (Fenenie 3715n2).
ue̥>u: sue 1581n2.
üe̥>ü: feru (for ferue) 1148, tenue 3670.
eie̥nt>eint: irreient 2690, joereient 2692n2, serreient 4461 (cf. serveint O 11).

Apparent instances of the complementary phenomenon, the substitution of ee for é for the sake of exact or visual rhyme, are probably to be explained otherwise: for past participles such as mustree 741

Page 2_45

see below p. 91; for ahee O 4698 see Explicative Note; for parentee O 4933 see below p. 108.

In the pronunciation of unstressed vowels Thomas appears sometimes to have been influenced by insular French, which was early characterized by a weakening of these sounds; but the more striking feature of his treatment of them is the relative stability of e̥, which, as we have seen, preserves its normal syllabic value in the great majority of cases, and indeed receives unwonted prominence both at the caesura and in hiatus (cf. above pp. 24-5, 30). Is this to be ascribed to the influence of Continental French, or does it not rather suggest that Thomas had been trained to avoid the insular trait that was most destructive of verse rhythm, and tended to exaggerate his reaction against it ?

III

MORPHOLOGY 1 [1] In this section the evidence of rhyme and metre is supplemented by the evidence of the spelling of C.2_46

1

Gender

The masculine gender attributed to baldur and labur and to onur domain in ll. 1759a and 3787 is presumably due to Latin influence; the masculine gender of loënges 2661 may have been induced by the double gender of haenge (hange) and that of amistez 1818, 4253 by the double gender of amor. For the possible use of ëed (aé) in the feminine see 363n1; for rien neuter see below p. 82.

In the feminine of adjectives derived from Latin two-termination adjectives only the traditional uninflected forms are attested in the rhymes: coral, cummunal, enperïal, jornal, leal, mortal, naal, real, tal; cunquerant, grant, vaillant. In the interior of the line, gentil is metrically required in l. 867, grant in ll. 751, 863, 2062, 2555, 2594, 2668, 2975, 2976, 3039a, real in l. 2526, quels in ll. 2966, 2980, tiel (itiel) in ll. 2260, 2529, 2584, 2597, 2961; but pesaunte is employed in l. 2617 and tiele in ll. 839 and 4053, and quele seems to be metrically required in ll. 710 and 1963 (see Critical Notes). When feminine adjectives of this type stand at the caesura, where traditional and analogical forms are both metrically possible, the spelling of C varies, but the traditional forms predominate: real 255, 500, rëaus 404, 1576, fort 1691, forz 3136, gentil 3307, grant 1714, 1775, 3565, champel 2057,

Page 2_46

3029, leal 4307; analogical forms are riaunte 1258 (cf. trenchaunte 3312) and leale 4321.

2

Declension

a

Imparisyllabic nouns

The double radical developed in this type of declension is preserved in the most-used nouns: bier (biers, bers)–baron, cumpains–cumpaignun, enfes–enfant, enperere–enpereür, fel (fels)–felun, hom (hoem)–home, lecherre–lecheür, menterre–menteür, nefs (niefs)–nevou(newu), quoens (quons, quens)–cunte, salvere–salveür, sire (sires)–seignur, soer–sorur, traïtre (traitre)–traïtur. Attested only in the nominative singular are achatiere, trufflere; only in other cases entaillëor, espermentor, juglëor, poigneür.

The forms, however, are not always used in their normal functions. Accusative singular forms function as nominative singular: enfant 3745, emperëor O 5182, felun 1509 etc., home 1845 etc., lecheür 4033, newu 256, seignur 3959, sorur 3305. Frequently-used nominative singular forms function as accusative singular: enperere 3719, fel 4421, sires 3660n1 , traïtre 3765, or as nominative plural: fel O 4674, lerre 1138. Attested only in the form of the accusative singular but functioning only as nominative singular are adubur, bricon, cuntëor, enginnëor, gabëor, peschëor, pleignëor, portëor, preecheur, recuntëor, regardëor, vaunteür, vengëor; in the form of the accusative singular but functioning both as nominative and accusative boiseür, escotëor, glutun, joëür, meinteneür. The nominative singular of abbé 4517 is the analogical form abbez 4183.

b

Use of the flexional symbols s and z

The rhymes indicate that as in Western French the nominative singular of feminine nouns and adjectives remained uninflected, e.g. flur 483, 1216, gent 837, 1046 etc., lesçon 3033, vilté 1944; cummunal 879, grant 455 etc., vaillant 774. The syllabic count shows that Thomas admitted the extension of flexional -s to the nominative singular of masculine parisyllabic nouns in -e, e.g. livres 1146 (livre 1817), peres 272, 365 etc. (pere 585, 3203 etc.), servises 1029, 4108 (servise 914).

As regards the nominative singular of other masculine nouns and of masculine adjectives and past participles, the nominative of neuter adjectives and participles, and the nominative plural forms

Page 2_47

generally, it is very difficult to determine how regularly Thomas used the traditional forms with or without flexional s (z). Even if we could exclude the possibility that in his rhymes he sometimes disregarded such a final consonant (cf. above p. 35 ), the data provided by the rhymes are incomplete, since the poem includes only two laisses rhyming in supported s or z (cf. above p. 34), and there is therefore no evidence about the inflected forms of nouns and adjectives ending in -al, -art, -el, -ent, -er, -in, -ir, -on, -or; on the other hand, alongside the laisses in -é, -i and -u there are many in -ez and several in -iz and -uz, and we have therefore in the rhymes large numbers of inflected as well as of uninflected past participles.

If, bearing in mind this limitation, we examine the rhymes of the passage contained in all three MSS., ll. 1455-2391, we find that in the nominative singular the only inflected forms of nouns are piez 1558, escuz 2008 and amis 2271, together with the participial noun avoëz 1834, while the uninflected forms (excluding proper names) number at least thirty-one; the only inflected non-participial adjectives are mendis 2274 and tardis 2280, against at least thirty-four uninflected; of past participles (adjectival or conjugated with estre), 1 [1] For the inflexion of past participles conjugated with aveir see below p. 91.2_48 however, there are some forty-seven inflected and only thirty-five uninflected forms. Of neuter adjectives and participles in the nominative, nine (all participles) are inflected and ten uninflected. In the nominative plural, the traditional uninflected form is retained by all the nouns (ll. 1502, 1641, 1673, 1924, 2073, 2109, 2166, 2260) and most of the few adjectives (ll. 1691, 1736, 1844, 2081; but halegres e jolifs 2283n1); among past participles, however, only six are uninflected (ll. 1956, 2148, 2154, 2158 , 2165 , 2350) and sixteen end in -z. In the accusative case the use of the traditional forms is almost consistent throughout; the few instances of inflected singulars (ll. 1828, 1833, 2007, 2129) or uninflected plurals (l. 1842) are among those which have already been discussed (above p. 35).

It would therefore appear that in Thomas's usage the formal distinction between the nominative and accusative cases has largely been abandoned, and final -s (-z) has become primarily a mark of plurality; but the tradition of the uninflected nominative plural form still survives, at least as far as nouns and ordinary adjectives are concerned. In the case of past participles, on the other hand, the

Page 2_48

tradition of the inflected nominative singular seems at first sight to persist as an alternative to the uninflected form; but the fact that it has been extended to the neuter suggests that its use is determined mainly by the requirements of rhyme.

c

Use of flexional symbols in MS. C

As is the author's usage, the nominative singular of feminine nouns and adjectives ending in a consonant or tonic vowel is uninflected, e.g. gent 433a etc., curt 441, beauté 452 etc., reisun 480 etc., neif 4428; real 500, gentil 565 etc. In the masculine the use of flexional -s is not infrequently extended to the nominative singular of imparisyllabic nouns and those ending in -e, e.g. bers (biers), sires, peres (perres) (cf. Glossary), servises 746, 757.

The variability of the use of flexional -s (-z) is well illustrated by the inconsistency often shown cohere two or more masculine nominatives are coupled together, e.g. (singular) uns bers vaillant hom 250, bon rei poëstis 315, (plural) pruz e hardi 259, entaillé e purtraiz 622 etc. Both in the singular and in the plural, however, the uninflected forms predominate very considerably in the masculine nominative:

[1] Personal names are normally treated as indeclinable; the only inflected forms (fewer than twenty instances in all) are Eggals (Eggeals), Egfers (Egfiers), Guffiers, Haderos, Jesus, Joceranz, Modins, Silaus, Wikeles (see Index of Proper Names). Of singular nouns commonly used as titles or in address, amis is almost consistent deus and reis are more frequent than deu and rei, but dan and seneschal are usually uninflected. Among other nouns, adjectives and past participles, uninflected forms are about twice as common as inflected.

[2] In the plural seignurs is frequently used in address (e.g. ll. 184, 1014, 1302, 2716), but the traditional uninflected forms of nouns, adjectives and past participles outnumber the inflected forms by two or three to one.

[3] The indefinite pronouns chescun (chascun) and autre are invariable in the singular, and nul (ll. 175, 182, 379, 380, 381, 473 etc.) is more frequent than nuls (ll. 687, 918, 2219, 2713 etc.). The nominative plural of tut is, however, almost always written tuit.

3

Comparison of Adjectives

Thomas makes considerable use of the traditional synthetic forms of the comparatives of adjectives: nominative singular:

Page 2_49

greindre 1013 (metrically attested), mieudres 1012 (in adverbial function), meudre 2917a, joindre O 2391n1; accusative singular: in rhyme gençor 2706, maor 1222, 2715, maior 480, O 5177, peior 2896, peür 3500 (both in neuter function); in the interior of the line hauçor 317, maor 1308, mellor 936 etc., menor 1308; accusative in nominative function: in rhyme forçor 1221, O 5178, meillor 3818; in the interior of the line joveignur 311, maor 3566; accusative plural gencesors 147n2, menors 206; neuter or adverbial: meins 4127, m(i)euz 140, 566 etc., pis 1271 etc., plus 163 etc.

4

Pronouns

a

Personal pronouns

The pronoun of the first person singular nominative is written joe with almost complete consistency (jo 288, jeo 1785), except when followed by one of the unstressed pronouns le, les, en, when spelling varies: jol 608a etc., joel 2367 etc; jes 1931 etc.; jen 1773, joen 2346 (cf. above p. 31). It ordinarily retains syllabic value before words beginning with a vowel (cf. ll. 592, 1170, 1173, 1205, 3155, 3518, 4047 etc.), but elision is indicted in jaie 515, jai 677, and is metrically required before the adverb i in l. 2956 and before irrai in ll. 3936, 3977. The spelling joe is Anglo-Norman and relatively late in appearance; its consistency here is unusual, as in other texts it seems to occur only sporadically (Rydberg, pp. 646-8).

In the third person the masculine nominative plural is consistently written il. In the feminine nominative singular both el and ele are metrically required, with el preponderating (el 493, 513, 520, 523, 529, 531, 533, 536 etc., ele 488, 525, 532, 599 etc.), but in C ele is not infrequently written for el (ll. 494, 812, 1229 etc.). In the nominative plural eles is metrically required in l. 528, but els is necessary in l. 1246 and possible in ll. 530, 808; in l. 3082 it is replaced in C by il (cf. also l. 2392n2). The shortened form el is frequent in Western French and Anglo-Norman, but the shortened plural form is relatively rarely attested, though occasional instances of its use are cited from Troie (Intr., p. 141), Chron. Nor. (Fahlin, p. 117), and cf. Tobl. Lom. IV, 1309.

The oblique stressed forms of the third person singular, masculine lui and feminine li, are frequently interchanged (cf. Boeve, p. xxi; Pope, § 1250); li is often used for lui and lui at times for stressed li

Page 2_50

(see Glossary). 1 [1] In a few cases, especially where misunderstanding would have been possible, the correction has been made in the text or proposed in the footnote: see ll. 363, 2071, 2866, 3876, 4149, 4226, 4235, 4493, 4547.2_51 In the masculine plural four spellings are employed, els, eus, als and aus (see Glossary); in the feminine plural eles appears in l. 807 (where a monosyllabic form would also be metrically possible), als in l. 485 (cf. also l. 2393n2). For other examples of the shortened feminine plural form see Tobl. Lom. IV, 1312.

Among the unstressed pronouns of the third person, the masculine accusative singular, normally le, is written lo in ll. 130, 2217, lu in l. 2608. As is usual in Old French, the juxtaposition of two unstressed pronouns of the third person is avoided by the omission of the accusative (cf. ll. 165, 595, 1451, 2452 2978, 3885), but we have also le lur 1229, la li 3634. Foulet (§ 202) cites three instances of this innovation from Tristan, Bér. and four from Aspremont, deux textes écrits dans une langue plutôt populaire. For apparent enclisis of la in ll. 1880-4 see Critical and Explicative Notes and above p. 31; for l'en and li en see above p. 29. For the use of en and i as personal pronouns see Glossary.

For the possible use in the second person plural of us (os), Western French shortened form of vus, in ll. 1865 (nominative) and 1882 and O 4929 (unstressed oblique), see Critical Notes.

b

Possessive pronouns and adjectives

The only forms of these pronouns employed in rhyme are meie 1960 (in rhyme with creie, veie, feseie etc.) and the originally unstressed form sun, used as a stressed nominative plural in ll. 3146, 4536 (in rhyme with resun, baron, bun, façon etc.). This use of the unstressed form is occasional in other texts of the later twelfth century, Continental as well as Anglo-Norman, e.g. Troie 2418 o tot les sons: compaignons, 9936 li son: sablon (cf Intr., p. 120).

Elision of the vowel of unstressed ma and sa before a word beginning with a vowel is metrically attested: m'amur 2804, s'amie 1575, s'amur 1582 etc.

The forms employed in the interior of the line are those in use in the later twelfth century in the Western region, where the traditional unstressed masculine nominative singular forms mes, tes, ses were replaced by analogical mis, tis, sis (cf. Pope, § 853). Accusative forms often serve in nominative function, especially when qualifying un

Page 2_51

inflected nouns, e.g. sun barné 279, sun vaillant seneschal 181, sun mestre 367, mun messagier 2478, mun avoir 2804; voz serves as nominative plural in ll. 237, 1844. The forms of the accusative plural, normally noz and voz, are at times written nos and vos (ll. 237, 302, 594, 902 etc.); lor (lur) remains uninflected.

c

Demonstrative pronouns

The uncompounded form iste is metrically attested in the locution d'iste vie 1878, and uncompounded oec (<boc) in the locution sanz oec (H ec) 4052 replacing traditional senuec. Among writers of the later twelfth century the use of uncompounded iste appears to be confined to those of the South-Western region, e.g. Benoît and Angier, but the only examples of sanz oec cited in Godefroy and F.E.W. (IV, 442) are from Courtois d'Arras and Li Fait des Romains, i.e. from the North and Centre.

In C and O and to a rather less extent in H the neuter pronouns cel and (i)cest are employed: cel, accusative 3491 (H çoe), O 4633, O 5100, O 5191, nominative poet cel estre 190; cest accusative 1895, 3007, 3025, O 5054, O 5055, icest 690, 1043, 1202, 1477, 3828. The examples of this use in Tobl. Lom. II, 146-7, are mainly drawn from South-Western or Anglo-Norman texts.

The traditional forms cil, cist etc., and the analogical lengthened forms icil, icist etc. are both metrically attested, the latter more frequently employed in C than in O or H, içoe more often after prepositions than elsewhere (cf. Glossary). çoe is often placed in hiatus with a following vowel: çoe est 762, 960 etc. (fifteen examples), çoe iert 360, 2612, 2817, 4507 etc., but elision of the vowel is metrically required before forms of the verb estre in ll. 322, 453, 734, 887, 1193, 2188, 3847 etc., and the vowel is then either omitted or written e; elsewhere the Anglo-Norman graphy çoe is employed except in ço est 1858.

Correct declension is usually maintained (cf. Glossary), but the accusative form sometimes functions as a nominative, especially when the noun qualified is uninflected, e.g. cest 1849, 2268, 2863, (i)cel 1825, 3058, 4522, cf. also in rhyme ces enfanz (nom. pl.) 289. The nominative cil consistently replaces the accusative in the locution n'i ad cil (ki) 134, 1574a, 1620 etc. The accusative plural of cist is regularly written ces, presumably under the influence of the article les.

Page 2_52

d

Relative and interrogative pronouns

The form ke (k', que, qu') in nominative function is common in the feminine of the relative and normal in the neuter of the interrogative and absolute pronoun (cf. Glossary); this usage is often found in Continental texts of the Western region, cf. Troie, Intr., p. 143, Thèbes, Intr., pp. ci, cviii. In the nominative masculine qui (ki) is the more usual form, but ke (que) and especially k' (qu') is also used of persons as well as things, in the plural as well as in the singular (cf. Glossary). This practice is presumably to be attributed to Anglo-Norman influence, for it appears early in insular usage (cf. Pope, § 1262).

In the accusative, when object of a verb and referring to a person, que or ke is occasionally replaced by qui or ki (<cui), cf. ll. 358a, 1250, 2931. As object of a preposition qui (ki) is usual (cf. Glossary), but it is replaced by quei in ll. 119 (O ki), 730, 1330 (O quels), 3136 (H queus) and by quels in l. 1339 (O lequels).

e

Indefinite pronouns and adjectives

The graphy employed for multum is almost consistently mut (muz, mutz, mutes) and for paucum (pauca) poi (poie (?) 4477n1), the form current in the Southern region of the langue d'oïl (cf. Pope, § 302). Anglo-Norman influence is observable in the spelling chescun (rarely chascun) and in the occasional forms asquanz (asquantes), plosur(s), cf. below p. 77.

5

Article

The masculine accusative singular of the definite article is normally le, but in C the archaic form lo occurs not infrequently before rei, cf. ll. 178, 892, 1823, 2007, especially when the group is used with possessive force, cf. ll. 1293, 1774, 2206, 2249, 3830, 4110, and also in a few other contexts, ll. 1035, 1700, 3217. The traditional form li is ordinarily preserved in the nominative singular and plural.

6

Conjugation

a

Conjugation-types; non-finite forms

The scribe of C furnishes three examples of the use of the infinitive termination -er for -eir: aver 705, saver 2112, vëer 861, and writes

Page 2_53

poair in l. 1808, but no example of the analogical replacement of -eir is found in the rhymes. (For the form brait 3457 see Explicative Note.)

The traditional non-inchoative form resplent, third person singular of the present indicative of resplendir, stands in rhyme in ll. 1053 and O 5190 and is metrically required in O 18; the forms depart and departent, third person singular and plural of the present indicative of departir, are metrically required in ll. 1705, 2678, and jo(i)ant, jo(i)ent, the traditional present participle of joïr, in ll. 461, 1385, 3472 3961. The inchoative forms departis and s'esjoïst are required in ll. 820 and 557, 4577; similar forms are cited by Fouché (pp. 25-6) from Troie, Chron. Nor. and St. Thom.

The infinitive teisir is attested in rhyme in l. 3044; the form ardre is metrically required in l. 2087 and remaindre in ll. 1948, 2247; the form somondre is so written in l. 1736.

In the gerund and present participle of the third conjugation the etymological termination -ent is employed in rhyme as well as the analogical -ant: aparissent 698; corent 2958, corant 982, 2538 etc.; cunquerent 3763; jo(i)ent 1385, 3772, jo(i)ant 1098, 3961 etc.; lusent 3398, luisant *2415; mescrëent 3409, recrëent 3765, crëaunt 2092, recreant 992; penent 1924, 3680, penant 3726; tenent 1736, tenant O 4821; vaillent 1201, vaillant 107 etc.; voillent 3917, voillant 778 etc. In O 5195 the termination -ent is extended to trenchant, present participle of the first-conjugation verb trenchier. The retention of the termination -ent, usual in Old Provençal, is found in Gir. Ros. and is occasional in Troie.

b

Personal terminations

The first person singular of the present indicative of conjugations I and III is in traditional form, without the addition of analogical -e or -s (-z):

Conjugation I:


(attested in rhyme)


afi 3527,
apel 565, 1154,
comant 2098,
demant 362,
devin 729,
enpir 2062,
esmai O 4645,
graaunt (grant) 357, 466,
pri 3526,
tir 3893;

(attested metrically)


aim (eim) 707, 1878,
defi 3309,
lais 3808, 3810,
mein 719,
os 676, 681,
otrei 1104,
quid 4326,
vuch 1145 (for trofs 3769 see below p. 59);
analogical desir (for desire<desidero) is employed in rhyme in ll. 2065, 3041, 3892. Similar forms are written in the interior of the line before a vowel or at the caesura, e.g.
comand 4316,
cunjur 2643,
defi 3179,
demand 1194,

Page 2_54

demein 4053,
esgard 3967,
fi 2082,
gard 4410,
otrei 3900,
pris 836,
troef (trof) 4321, 4326.

Conjugation III:


(attested in rhyme)


atent 4300,
crei 2644,
cunsent O 5054,
dei 2654,
defend (defent) 1635, 1929,
di 3533,
entent 1040,
quier 649, 3712,
rend (rent) 1637, 4281,
sent 3496,
trai 1896,
sai 3833,
vei 2646;

(as written in the interior of the line)


abat 1207,
crei 522 etc.,
crem 709, 1225,
defend 3089, 3093,
dei 1484 etc.,
di 1887 etc.,
entent 3903,
met 1182,
pramet 3052,
quer (quier) 646, 2254,
requier 3522,
sai 681 etc.,
sui 311 etc.,
vail 825, 2506,
vei 3903,
venk 1956,
vif 1903, 3412.

In the first person singular of the present subjunctive of the first conjugation the traditional form without -e is metrically attested in coveit 2430, port 1804, as is analogical dut (for dute<dubitem) in l. 1931. The analogical form porte 1152n2 may be scribal.

In the second person singular of the present indicative the ending -s is replaced by -z in siez (<sapis) 565, 2966, 2967, tienz 976, diz 1485, 3726, as occasionally in other texts of the later twelfth century (cf. Fouché, p. 184, Ét. Angier, pp. 60-1).

In the third person singular of the present indicative of the first conjugation and of the present subjunctive of the third, -t final has disappeared, cf. the laisses rhyming in -ie, -ise and -ere which include the verbal forms lie, prie, quie, die, ocie, rie, prise, miere (<mereat), but in the interior of the line tradition still often maintains the syllabic value of the final vowel in hiatus (cf. above p. 30). In the third conjugation supported -t is absent in the forms espel 1146, 1817 and somon 2880, 3020, which are included in laisses rhyming respectively in -el and -un (but somunt 3437 in rhyme in -unt). These forms may be a scribal concession to orthographical exactitude of rhyme, but it is perhaps more probable that they were adopted by Thomas from the South-Western region of France, where they were current in Poitevin (Gamillscheg, p. 63). The third person singular of the present subjunctive of the first conjugation is ordinarily in traditional form, without analogical -e: (attested in rhyme) demand 1095, s'esmait 3459; (attested metrically) afait 350, aut 4323, ceilt 829, deint 2239, dont (dunt) 3303, 3335, 3373, 4037, laist 2469, mand 2406, past 376; (as written in the interior of the line) accord 4520, aimt 3106b, ameint 996, deint (deigt) 848, 2857, 4135, dont (dunt) 727, 4329, enseint 2738, jeut 2770, laist 3147, mat 3822, nit 1945a, peist

Page 2_55

685, port 134, turt 1211, 2967, vant 1574a. The few apparent exceptions may be scribal, e.g. lesse 1286n2, or Anglo-Norman substitutions of the indicative for the subjunctive (cf. below p. 94), e.g. eschaufe 4014, venge 506.

In the first person plural of all tenses except the preterite, the termination attested in the rhymes is -un, rhyming with bun, dun, envirun etc.; it is variously written -om 609, 1392, 1399 etc., -um 2878, 3025, 3027 etc., -on 150, 3164, -un 154, 156, 3156, and in the interior of the line also occasionally -ons 3224, -uns 1003, 1565, 3221, 3659. The archaic form ermes of the future of estre is metrically attested in l. 1919, and the imperative faimes is so written in l. 4073n2.

The termination of the second person plural in all tenses except the imperfect indicative, conditional and preterite is written -ez or more rarely -iez, and rhymes with words such as nez, buntez, piez, e.g. demandez 226, vulez 235, conoissiez 1166; sachez 221, sëez 2752; amissez 1176, servisez 4171; prendrez 236, savrez 334, enpleierez 342. In the present indicative and imperative of dire and faire the traditional forms dites and faites are usual in the interior of the line, but escundisez appears in rhyme in l. 1919 (cf. Explicative Note) and in the interior of the line in l. 1925. In the imperfect indicative and conditional the disyllabic ending -ïez is metrically attested: metïez 732, semblïez 1132, 1133, conoistrïez 1164, passïez 2327, solïez 2378, erïez 3745, perdrïez 4317. The form esteiez, 3780 is an analogical spelling occasional in Continental MSS., e.g. MSS. M and N of Troie (Intr., pp. 6-7, 21), and of some frequency in later Anglo-Norman (cf. Tanquerey, p. 218).

In the third person plural, the late Anglo-Norman tendency to replace -ent by -unt appears occasionally in O, e.g. siuunt 1674, coillunt 5153, and in C in asembleront 3272 (for hypercorrect substitution of -ent for -unt see ll. 475, 3547, O 5170-1 and Critical Notes).

Throughout the present subjunctive the infix -g(e)- is used in the interior of the line in verbs whose radical ends in l or n: auge 3823, augez 4012, 4358; parouge 722; doingez 1847, dongez 3634; mengez 2075; prenge 185, 2489, prengom 3021, 3028, prengez 2041; venge 2874, vienge 499, 761 etc., viengum 2154, viengez 512, 775 etc. For this trait, which is common to Western French and Anglo-Norman, see Pope, § 910. A related phenomenon is the addition of the affix -c (-g)

Page 2_56

in the first person singular of the present indicative to certain radicals ending in n or r: preng 3867, tienc 1105, vienc 2254, 2412 etc.; perc 3500. This velar affix is found occasionally in Anglo-Norman, but more frequently in texts of the more southerly part of the Western region of France (cf. Fouché, p. 184; Ét. Angier, p. 60).

c

Radicals of present-stem tenses

Syllabic alternation of radical is maintained in the conjugation of the verb parler: parolent 1287, 3762, parouge 722–parler 416 etc.; the verb deraisnier is used only in forms containing the weak radical, e.g. deraisner 2979, deresnier 3099, but of araisnier the traditional weak radical occurs only in the past participle areisné 2971, and elsewhere it is the analogical radical that is employed: areisoner 2242, aresona 1779, aresunez 4357. In the verb aidier three radicals appear: in the strong forms disyllabic aï- (cf. the noun aïe in laisses rhyming in -ie), e.g. aïe 1527, aït(aïd) 618, 827, 1087, 1233, 2864; in the weak forms monosyllabic aid-, eid-, e.g. aider 2489, aiderai 3511, eidier 1702, but also disyllabic aïd- in aïdast 1175, aïderont 3325 (perhaps confined to C; for O 60 see Explicative Note).

Vocalic alternation of radical is maintained in C with considerable accuracy, although it is at times blurred by the equivalence of the spellings ie and e, oe and o, o and u etc.:


e–a: (a)gree 491, 2205, 2808, 4156–graé 4533 (agrëé 909); piert 321 etc.–pareit 4331, parras 3309; siez 565 etc., sievent 117, 160 etc.–savoir 789 etc., savrai 148 etc.
ãi–ã: aim 707, eime 685, aimt 3106b, aiment 2134, eiment 1287–amer 848 etc., amez 1033 etc.; claime 2011–clamer 2047; maint 1057 etc., meint 1433–manant 106 etc.
ei–e̥: beivre 581, beive 2403–bevom 629, bevrai 2429; ceile 2452, ceilt 829–celer 2846 etc.; creire 1966, crei 522, 2644–crëez 330, crëeit 2215, crerai 1043; dei 515, 2654, deivent 1381–deveie 1974, devra 4554; espeirent 3119–espera 4218a; peise 2373, peist 685–pesant 3287; receit 238, receive 3067–receü 1583; veit 157–vëez 349, vëeir 418, verrum 155.
ẽi–e̥: mein 719, meine 432–menez 2324; peinent 2570, peint O 4622–penera 521.
i–e̥: gisent 1609–gesir 1622, 3283 (gisez 1922).

Page 2_57

i–ei: enpir 2062–enpeirer 2023; ist 1594, issent 2182–eissu 1298 etc., eissi 2186 (istrai 4365, istra 3102, istront 4345); nit 1945a–nëer 1486 etc.; pri 2040, 3526, prie 512–preier 1785, preiez 2857, prëez 1807, preié 793, preierom 2861; pris 836, pris 373, 826–preisier 177, preisaunt 2989.
ie–a: chiet 1684, 2015–chaeir 1634.
ie–e̥: criemt 1038, crement 1287–cremeit 3581; devee 4145–devëer 1448; lieve 1059–levez 3168; quier 649, quer 646, quiere 1133, requere 1122–querez 1427; siet 950, sëent 1098–sëeir 534, serai 1078; tienz 976, tient 943, tent 3681–tenir 477, tendrai 1187; viens 2250, vient 501–venir 157, vendrai 1206.
ue–u: estoet 904, estoece 3568–estovra 2061; jeut–joër, jüer, jower, giwé (cf. Glossary); moeve 3935, moevent 1500, meut 1506–movra 3990; soelent 117, seut 4205, sout 187, 2722, 3851–soleit 1912, suleit 1426; troeve 3483, trovent 1676–trovant 3730, truvé 646; voelent 429, veut 513, veot 3655–volez 415, vulez 192.
üi–oi: puient 2298–poiant 2386; voidié 4396.

The alternation i–e̥ is replaced by ie–e̥ in miere 803–merir 2069. The two radicals of aproismier, apruism- and aproism-, reduced to aprism- amd aprosm-, are both employed in weak forms: aprimer 4576, aprosma 4086. In the conjugation of engigner, ennuier and sivre the strong radicals engign-, ennui-, siw- or siu- are generalized; in (a)coillir, the weak radical coill-, quill-; the strong jod-forms of voleir are always undiphthongized: voil, vuil, voille (cf. Glossary). lïer and its derivatives are consistently conjugated on the radical li- (cf. Fouché, p. 54), enpleier on traditional enplei-. In the conjugation of derivative verbs in -eier such as baleier, flambeier, the radical vowel ei is maintained; but while otreier retains ei in the strong forms otrei 1104, 3900, otreie 1979, the weak forms, presumably under the influence of chastïer, crïer, oblïer, usually have i: otrïer, otrïee, otrïerai (cf. Glossary; but otreier 2048, otreiant 1104).

Of the verbs with polysyllabic radicals, achater preserves the traditional radical in achatee 1618 (cf. the noun achatiere 1135); corocier 1498 etc. and manacé 1681 (but maneçant 3333) are presumably influenced by the strong forms and related nouns. As gerund of apareistre we have aparissent 698, but the weak radical of conoistre is regularly conoiss- (cf. Glossary).

Page 2_58

Consonantal alternation of radical, as is usual at the period, has often been levelled. 1 [1] For line-references not given here see Glossary.2_59 The traditional infinitive escrivre is replaced by escrire (on the analogy of dire) in l. 4072 (H escrivre), but beivre is retained in l. 581 and the radical bevr- in the future; vivre retains the alternation vivent, vivant–vif. The labial consonant of sivre is written v and w: sivra, sivrez–siwrez, siwront, siwi, siwant. For troef etc. see below. In the conjugation of dire the radicals di- and dis- are normally employed; in that of (cun)duire the radical dui- is reduced to du- in l. 3416; the radicals of veintre are vein- (veint, veintre) and venc- (vencu, venk, venqueit, venqui). The weak radical of faire is written fes-: fesum, feseie etc.; the spelling of the vowel of the infinitive, past participle and third person singular and second person plural of the present indicative alternates between ai and e; the forms employed in the imperative are fai, faimes 4073n2, façun, faites, facez 1846n2. The past participle of destordre appears as destoers 1502 with the diphthong found in the South-Western region of France (cf. Pope, §§ 293, 410). In the forms responent 530 and responant 4018 the radical respond- is replaced by respon- (cf. Pope, § 937); pren-, the radical of prendre, regularly suffers metathesis to pern-: pernum, pernez, pernent, perneit (in O often replaced by purn-). In the conjugation of creindre the radical criem-, crem- is retained except in the future creindra. In the verb deigner the third person singular of the present subjunctive is usually deint but is written deigt in C in l. 2857.

The jod-forms of aveir, faire, oïr, poeir, remaindre, valeir are those usual in Old French: ai, aie; faz, face; oi, oie; puis (pus), puisse (pusse); remaigne; vail, vaille. Archaic place is employed in C in l. 3032 (H pleise), analogical deive in l. 635 (elsewhere deie). Among the forms of estoveir and saveir, estoece 3568, 3886, sace 124 etc., sacent 119, sacez 786 etc., saciez 3885n2 (but sachez 221, sachiez 1739 etc.) show the Western development (perhaps analogical on face etc., cf. Pope, § 957; but see below p. 72).

d

Anomalous forms of present-stem tenses

The form of the third person singular of the present indicative of aler and ester that is attested in rhyme is va 528, 1022a, vat O 4903, esta 527, 1022, 2357, 2372, but in the interior of the line vait and vet (veit 3323n1) are more usual, and estait stands in l. 1023. In the

Page 2_59

present subjunctive of aler, besides the forms with infix -g(e) (see above p. 55), use is made of the other three normal types: aille 676, aut 4323 (alt O 5157), voise 2874; in the present subjunctive of doner analogical doinst 145 etc. and doinssom 3023n1 are employed as well as traditional dont and doingez (cf. Glossary). In place of the more usual anomalous forms of trover (truis, truisse etc.) we have troef 4321, trof 4326, troft 1294 and, contaminated with the anomalous forms, trofs 3769, trost (O troist) 910. 1 [1] Fouché (p. 85) cites truef from Eructavit (written between 1181 and 1187), and cf. Tanquerey, pp. 299, 322.2_60 The forms of the defective verb laier are at times, as often in Anglo-Norman (cf. Tanquerey, pp. 110-11), influenced by the spelling of laissier: present indicative laist 2012, 3654, lest 1988, 2006, imperative lais 2979n2. The forms of the verb estre also at times show the influence of Anglo-Norman spelling, e.g. su, sëum, sëez.

e

Forms of imperfect indicative

In the interior of the line, in the first person singular and the third persons singular and plural of the imperfect indicative of the first conjugation, the traditional Western French forms are consistently employed: quidoe 4382; alout 2138, amout (amot) 2215, 2766, 3855 etc., chaçout 1873, cornout 3332, dutout 2960, fiout 3190, juout (jüot) 2220, 2699, parlout 951, passout (passot) 205, 924 etc., pensout 1283, portout 1007, 4078, semblot 3684, sojornout 2938, tuchout 2832; jetoënt 2578, parloënt 4007, preisoënt 2548. In O laisse 240 includes among its rhyme-words the analogical forms glurifïeit and, by conjecture, celebreit; but no example of this analogical formation occurs in the rhymes of laisse 107 in C or of laisse 234 in O.

In the terminations -eie, -eies, -eient of the imperfect indicative of conjugations II and III the atonic vowel e̥ is ordinarily syllabic (cf. above p. 30).

In the imperfect of estre the form esteit is not infrequent, and esteient occurs in l. 925 and esteiez in l. 3780 (cf. above p. 55), but the more usual forms are those derived from Latin erat etc. In the third person singular ere 1127 rhymes with pere, chiere etc.; in the interior of the line the monosyllabic form is used, written iert or more rarely ert (in O sometimes er); the third person plural is usually erent (cf. Glossary). The second person plural form erïez 3745 is found occasionally in other texts of the later twelfth century, e.g.

Page 2_60

Troie, Chron. Nor., Tristan, Bér. According to Tanquerey (p. 572) the analogical forms predominate in Anglo-Norman from the Psalters on.

f

Forms of future and conditional

In the first conjugation, with the exception of repeirerai 2038, verbs whose radical ends in n or r show the shortened form, n being usually assimilated to r: dorrai or donrai, guerredorrai, dorra, dorrom etc.; cumparra, cumparront; demurra; jurrez, jurrunt; merrai, merra etc. (see Glossary). The shortened form cuntrovra 1870n1 appears to be metrically required (but controverat O 5232), and perhaps also *justra 1644n1 (but see Explicative Note).

Except perhaps in joereient 2692n2 the syllabic value of e̥, juxtaposed to a countertonic vowel or diphthong, is maintained: delaiëra 1034, ennuiëra 2509, enpleiëra 2506, enveëront 3442, loëras 987, preiërez 995, ubliëra 1031. Metathesis of re is found in the forms enterra 2177, musterrai 1888, sofferrai 4302 (but mustrerai 3629, 4374, 4424, adestrerai 4414). In the future of the defective verb laier the radicals employed are larr- and lerr-, e.g. larrai 708, lerrad 2451.

The analogical form joïrez appears in l. 4374 and nurrirai in l. 358a, but of haïr and oïr the traditional forms are maintained: harrez, harreit; orra (orrad), orrum, orrez, orrunt, orreient (see Glossary). From repentir we have repentira 2508 and with an Anglo-Norman spelling repenterez 1163.

There are no examples of the development of the so-called svarabhaktic e, 1 [1] Future and conditional forms with stems ending in v are regularly written in C with the abbreviation %u; (cf. Intr. 1, p. xiii), occasionally with uer in full, e.g. sauerai 148, auera 3210a (cf. also ouere 621, estereie 1088 etc.), but the e is never syllabic. For averon 150 see Explicative Note.2_61 and the normal forms are metrically required throughout: aparcevrai, avrai, bevrom, devront, savrai etc.; faudra, remeindra, tendra, toudrai, vendra etc. (see Glossary); creistra 777, cumbatront 1395, metrai 1969; entendra 524, rendrai 323 etc. The shortened form of the radical of faire (in use early in Anglo-Norman, cf, Brendan, p. xlvii) is metrically attested in some twenty-five instances: frai, fra (frad), from, frez, front, freit (see Glossary), but the radical fer- is more frequently required.

Thomas makes use of all three forms of the future of estre (for references see Glossary): ierc (iere, ere), iers, iert (ert, ere, er), ermes,

Page 2_61

ierent (erent); serai (serrai), seras, sera (serra), serom, serez (serrez), seront (serrunt); estrez. In the conditional he employs estreie, estreit (seven times in C, three times in O) as well as serreie, sereit (serreit, seroit), serreient. The traditional future is still the most frequent; lines 1455-2391 contain fourteen examples of iert to three of sera, a contrast to the usage of the Psalters, in which Tanquerey (p. 734) finds the use of sera seven times as common as that of iert. Of ermes 1919 (also, written armes, in O 1385) only isolated examples are cited from other texts, e.g. Est. Engl., Q.L.R., St. Thom., Marie de France, Ipomedon; and the use of the forms derived from *esseraio is rare except in Brendan (cf. pp. clxxiv-clxxv) and also only occasional, e.g. Ch. Rol. (esterez 1134), Marie de France, Adam St., Tristan, Bér.

g

Perfect-stem tenses

1

Types of preterite.

The preterite of creindre is formed on the strong s-perfect type: criens O 4742. In the preterite of voleir the third person singular is vout, but the second person plural is vousistes and the forms of the imperfect subjunctive are volsisse, vousist (see Glossary). The verbs ester and arester follow the u-perfect type: estut 979, arestut 1005, 3984 so also does creire in the imperfect subjunctive form creüst 1341 (but creïst O 1341, O 4771).

2

Terminations.

The first person singular of the preterite of tenir and venir ends in -c: retinc 3517, (re)vinc 981, 1071 etc. The first person singular of the preterite of vëeir and of those of the strong u-type is without analogical -s: vi; oi, poi, soi; bui, conui (conoi C 3735). In the strong s-type, verbs with radical vowel -e- are without intervocalic s in the weak persons of the preterite and in the imperfect subjunctive: feïs, feïsse, feïst (fesist O 4827), deïst, preïst. With the exception of the Anglo-Norman use of (re)mist for (re)mest (cf. Explicative Note on l. 284), the strong forms of verbs conjugated on this model are normal: cunquis, dis, fis, mis; cunquist, dist, fist, mist, ocist, prist, traist (trest); destrustrent, ocistrent, suzpristrent; firent. The forms of the preterite and imperfect subjunctive of tenir and venir are also traditional: venis, tint, vint; tindrent, vindrent; tenisse; tenist, venist. In the imperfect subjunctive of the first conjugation the usual second person plural termination is employed: donissez 733, amissez 1176.

3

Page 2_62

Radical.

In the third person singular of preterites of the aveir type both ou and o are found: out/ot, plout, pout/pot, sout/sot, but the plural has always o: orent, porent, sorent. In the radical of the weak persons of the preterite and of the imperfect subjunctive of aveir, plaire, creistre, deveir and poeir the vowel is usually o; in saveir it is o or e; in beivre, creire and conoistre it is e. In some lines synizesis of the vowels is metrically attested, and the radical vowel is then occasionally omitted by the scribe: dousse 3868, doust 2163, deussez (?) 2063; usse (?) 1379, oust 967, 2163, 2190, 2552, 3201, ussez 3649; plust 966; pust 3037. Uncontracted forms, however, predominate considerably: beüst 4227; coneüst 4019; creüst (creire) 1341; croüst (creistre) 2893; deüst 3581, doüst 3086, 3582, 3862; oüstes 3705, oüsse 1175, 2787, eüsse 1153, oüst 365, 393, 966, 3863, 4541, eüst 1134, 1698, oüssez 1084, 3783; ploüst 1083, 2803; poüst 418, 662, 1135, 2681 etc.; soüsse 2784, seüst 1472, 2536 etc., soüssent 1615. In the weak persons of the preterite of vëeir and in the imperfect subjunctive of the strong s-type with radical vowel -e-, the syllabic value of the countertonic vowel is preserved except in deist 2427, *feist 4510: veïs 972 etc., veïstes 3772, veïst 1574, veïssez 1586 etc.; deïst 2847; feïst 1282; preïst 2221 etc.

4

Past participles.

In addition to the more usual past participles of the weak u-type, use is made of: absconduz 4092n2, aresteüz 2012 (arestuz 4457, arestez 2309, 3195), asailluz 3260 (H assailli), chaü 3135 (chaeit 343, 1641), cremu 1750 etc., cunseüz 4469, irascu 3132 etc., mentu 3045, saillu 3122, sentue 3426, tolu 4491, (en)voluz 2015, 4096n2.

The root-vowel o has been retained in moü 4001 and oü 3140, but in all other forms in which root-vowel and termination are juxtaposed o is weakened to e and e is retained. Effacement of the vowel is found in aparceuz 4458, arestuz 4457, beu 596, conuz 4479, conu 4485, konu 4458, conue 3422, but its syllabic value is ordinarily maintained: beü 2566, coneü 2337, creüz (creire) 1964, creü (creistre) 1768a, meüe 1715a, receü 1583, seü 1204 etc.

The strong s-participles include: ars 1108, 1150 (arst 988n1), ocis 280, 2345 (oscis 1577a), remis (for remes) 1906, 2128n2, 2881, repuns O 8n2; destoers 1502 (with diphthongal radical, cf. above p. 58).

IV

Page 2_63

CONSPECTUS OF SPELLING IN MS. C 1 [1] In the rhyme-words the spelling is usually in accordance with the rhymes (cf. above pp. 34-8).2_64

1

Vowels

a

Oral vowels

Countertonic a is retained in agoille, agu, achatee, achatiere, gaaigné 1730 etc., but labialized to o in espoënta, noal Christmas, ove, ovoc, poür, poürus (for the verbal forms oüsse, soüsse etc. see above p. 62); the Anglo-Norman spelling chescun alternates with chascun. When in hiatus with the tonic vowel it is written as a when syllabic value is retained, cf. baant, chaeir, chaene, graaunt, graé, jaal, naal, prael etc., and replaces e in aed 3308. Except in the name Aalof 1833, 2362, 2931, it is discarded when syllabic value is lost, cf. ancree 1608, eisiez 3926, gaignera 522, grant 466, 1812, hange 1858 etc.

Intertonic a is retained in loan-words and the derivatives of words with tonic a: creator, messager, organer, orphanin, palaïn, paraïs, soavet, vilanie.

Old French e < Latin a tonic free. The ordinary spelling e is replaced by ie in the words achatiere 1135, bier (< baro) 184 etc. (bers 250), nies (< nasum) 1257, niez (< natus) 843 etc. (nez 3205, ned 4063, 4248), orfievre 561; in (i)tiel, (i)tiele in the interior of the line 144, 583, 839, 1135 etc. (tels 2593, itels 3343); in tries, detries 185, 3536 etc. and in the verbal forms adestrier 4433, cunversier 117, piert (< paret) 321 etc., siet (< sapit) 380 etc., siez (< sapis) 2966, 2967, sievent 117 etc. This use of the digraph is occasional on the Continent, as, for instance, in tries and detries, presumably under the influence of derrier (cf. Fahlin, p. 41), and in tiel, perhaps under the influence of tieus (cf. Troie, Intr., p. 6); but it is most frequent in Anglo-Norman, where it is induced by the widespread reduction of ie to e. Isolated forms such as cliers, piert, abitiere begin early; 2 [2] Cf. L. E. Menger, The Anglo-Norman Dialect (New York, 1904), p. 39.2_64 like those above, they are presumably occasioned by the existence of like-sounding words which originally contained the diphthong ie, e.g. jugiere, chier, fier, nies (< nepos), liez (< laetus), destrier, iert, siet (< sedet). The consistent use of the graphy in (i)tiel is of later date, and is probably due to the desire to distinguish this word from the demonstrative (i)cel, with which, palaeographically, it is

Page 2_64

easily confused. For the analogical verbal forms remis, (re)mist for remes, (re)mest see above p. 61.

Among words in which the Latin a was followed by l, the representative of *ale (aliud) is written el in the interior of the line, that of talem either tel or tiel (cf. above); the use of a is consistent in leal, real, cendal, marinal, mortal, naal (noal), nasal and usual in natural (naturel 3607), while e is consistent in champel, mortelment, oëlment (üelment) and usual in ostel (ostal 202).

Old French e < Latin ē, ĭ, tonic blocked. In the stressed accusative plural of the pronoun of the third person the Northern form aus (als) is not infrequent, cf. above p. 50.

Old French countertonic e̥ is ordinarily retained, e.g. chemin, cheval, chevalerie, deviser, jeter, werec etc., but assimilation to a is found in asma 4198, asmal 577 etc., manacé 1681, maneçant 3333, raançon 4531, and to i in iglise 3556, differentiation or dissimilation to i in criaunz 307 etc., crïé 551 etc., fïee 4140, ligier 3192, misele 3304, parigal (paringal) 842, 3668, 4112; labialization to o (u) in bohorder 4323, buhurdaunt 4345, bosoing 1582 etc., busoig 4416 (besoig 2647), dougiez 1441 (deugié 799 etc.), gonoilz 3370, ajonoillié 2637, oëlment 4564, üelment 3478, olifan 1416, 3332. Influence of the etymon is seen in cielee 2709, fieror 3808, fiertage 3238, fierté 278 etc., primier 2227, primer 1559 (premier 559 etc.). In hiatus with the tonic vowel e is ordinarily retained when syllabic value is preserved; when syllabic value is lost it is sometimes discarded, more frequently retained (cf. above pp. 41-2).

Old French countertonic i. In words beginning with optional initial i- the scribe's usage is not in exact conformity with that of the author: i- is at times employed where it is metrically faulty, and is more often absent where it is metrically required (cf. above p. 32).

Old French o derived from Latin au in all positions and from ǒ tonic blocked and countertonic blocked or free is ordinarily represented by o, e.g. or, os, ost, port, sor (<saur), ostel, loër, oser, otrïer, colee, corage, dolent, movement, novel, poaunt, procein, tolir, voleir; but the spelling with u is used in culoré 409 etc., cural 3562, esmuluz 2676 and in the forms of murir with the exception of morust 1686. The pronoun from unstressed homo is written om or um, also em (l'em), en (l'en) (it may be noted that O has the curious forms num 399, nun 973, cf. Apoc., note to l. 2746).

Page 2_65

To represent Old French u, derived from Latin ō and ǔ tonic and countertonic, blocked and free (cf. above p. 40), both o and u are employed, at times alternatively in the same word, e.g. cum/kome; cort/curt, lor/lur, sojor/sojur, gole/gule, acoillie/aquillie, moillier/muillier, norrir/nurrir. In the comparatives of adjectives -or seems to be accorded a slight preference, e.g, forçor, gençor, gencesor, hauçor, menor, but in nouns the spellings -or and -ur, –ëor and -eür are both employed. In the countertonic syllable o is consistent in the forms of conoistre, u almost consistent in the prefixes pur-, sur-, suz-. The digraph ou occurs (apart from cases of vocalized l) in the tonic syllable only in dous 613 etc., nevou 2914 (newu 256, nevoz 3598), prou 1903, 4317, prouz 3204, in the countertonic before l in moullez 1016, 3640 (mollé 947), Roullant 1997, but not before nasal consonants except in dounneier 2306.

Old French ü. The only instances of the Anglo-Norman use of o for u are agoille 4177, dorement 1616, jogement 3674, plosurs 1209, plosors 2823 and conoi 3735n1.

b

Nasalized vowels

Before nasal consonants the vowels a and e are usually differentiated in accordance with Western French tradition. The exceptions are:

[1] The preposition signifying without is consistently written with a: sanz (saunz 1958). Although senz or seinz is the more usual spelling in the earlier MSS. of the Western region, sanz is consistently employed in the Tours MS. of Chron. Nor., which is assigned to the late twelfth century (Fahlin, p. 33).

[2] The words dame, danzel and damaisel are each written once with o: dome 570, donzel 570, dommaisel 1144. Similar forms are found occasionally in other texts belonging chiefly to the South-Western region, e.g. Thèbes (domes 3784: prodomes, 4097: homes), Eneas (donzeles 1147, donsel 5191), Liv. Man. (dome 696, 1029 etc., domes 973, and in rhyme dome 554: home, nome etc., domes 580; somes etc.). The spelling donne found in Ste Cath. suggests that all these forms are due to contamination between Northern French dame etc. and Southern domna, dona etc.

[3] In secondary-stressed syllables an is written in santine 1647n2, in ancor 2904a and in quant standing for qu'en in l. 3444n1 (cf. ll. 776n1, 34941, O 4982). In engleis 4206, as not infrequently in other

Page 2_66

Anglo-Norman MSS., initial an- is replaced by en- under English influence; in einceis 1252 and meinteivement 3593 the spelling ein is introduced analogically.

[4] In the rhymes the loan-words escïent and talent are written escia(u)nt and tala(u)nt when employed in laisses in -ant, and the gerunds and present participles of verbs of the third conjugation with -ent when employed in laisses in -ent (cf. above p. 53).

Considerable use is made of the Anglo-Norman graphy -aun- for -an- before consonant; this is commonest in tonic syllables, e.g. avaunt, balaunce, demaunde, enfaunce, taunt, but spellings such as aunceis, avauncist, cummaundez, enromauncez, are also not infrequent. The notation of the sound in any given word is often variable, e.g. avant/avaunt, bandun/baundun, enfant/enfaunt, anceisor/aunceisor; but au seems never to be used in grant (adjective) or quant, while in the abbreviation for tant it is habitually indicated (tantant). Although au does not occur in words where n is final, such as ahan, dan (< damnum and domine), pan, persan, Tervagan, it may appear when words of this type are given the analogical ending -ant, e.g. persaunt, Tervagaunt. A curious feature of its use is that it is appreciably more frequent in the earlier than in the later part of the poem. Of the laisses in -ant, -anz and -ance, those up to laisse 126 inclusive contain 91 rhyme-words with the au spelling out of a total of 263, while in the remainder it occurs in only 12 rhyme-words out of 176 (in the interior of the line a similar though less marked divergence is observable).

c

Diphthongs

Old French ai. When final of the word, or in hiatus, the spelling ai is ordinarily retained, though it is occasionally reduced to a in both positions, e.g. defendra 3660, dorra, 2995n1, mustrera 3629, pla 4332; aol 1125 (aiol 3720 etc.), apaee 2531, çaenz 546 etc., jaan 1419, laenz 545 etc., maesté 4399 (maiesté 550 etc.), maor 1222 etc. (maior 480), paen and derivatives (see Glossary), traaunz 304; a similar reduction is seen in the verb-forms plarra 1892 etc.; plara 4281, trara 2721. In these positions the spelling ei is found only in maneie 329 and (rhyming in -eie) 1973.

Before consonants the graphies ai, ei and e are all employed about equally, and not infrequently alternative spellings are used for the same word, e.g. aidier/eidier, aresoné/areisoné, deraisnier/deresnier, gaires/geres, palais/paleis, plait/plai/pled; reduction to e is relatively

Page 2_67

more frequent before s than before t and is consistent in the weak forms of the verb faire; the representative of aqua is consistently written ewe. The representative of occasionem is written achaisun 1192, but all derivatives with the suffix -ationem have -eisun (-eison): asembleison 4538, asenteisun 3620, avoeisun 148, capleisun 3150, oreisun 3148 etc.

Early Old French ei. The graphy ei is usually retained, e.g. creire, eire (< iter), fei, feie, feiz, leisir, meitié, preiere; for the occasional Anglo-Norman analogical replacement of the infinitive termination -eir by -er see above p. 52. Variant graphies for ei are: ai, e.g. chamail 4177, dommaisel 1144, dam(m)aisele 1244, 2702, 3306, poair 1808; aparaillez 4172, aparaillee 1459; e, e.g. cressaunce 1317, succrest 1601, and often when in hiatus with the tonic vowel, e.g. avëer, cunrëé (cunreié 1349 etc.), envëé (enveié 1056 etc.), esfrëé, leal, lëel, lëauté, nëent, nëer, nëaunt, ordeant, pëor (peior 2896), prëez 1807 (preier 1785 etc.), real, rëaume 1893 (reiaume 1307), soudëé (soudeié 3798); oi (especially after labial consonants): avoir 2804, avoit 129, envoisier 4121, savoir 789, 1096, voie 3681, koi 3992, 4574 koiement 4455 etc., seroit 784, *reproié 2629; ie (a graphy frequent in Anglo-Norman MSS. in these words): fieble 3573, fiebleté 1752, afiebliz 3320. Under the influence of anceis, ancesor is written anceisor. For the analogical replacement of ei by i in verbal forms see above p. 57.

Old French ãi and ẽi. Before nasal consonants ei is usually retained, e.g. ceinst 1441 etc., deint 848 etc. (deigt 2857), enpeinst 2620 etc., enseint 2738, feintise 926; meine 432 etc., demeine 4460; ceigne 1445, enseigner 2729 etc., but chaene 620; ai is not infrequently replaced by ei, e.g. eim 1878; eime 685, eiment 1287, recleime 3334; derein 2871 etc., einceis 1252, einz 161 etc., freinst 114, greindre 1013, lointein 4384, meinte 249 etc., meintenant 4146 etc., meintenir 3575 etc. (maintenir 3052), pleinte 444, sein 640, soverein 162 etc. (soverain 341); pleignëor 473. For absence of diphthongization in rhyme-words with termination -an<-anum see above p. 38.

Old French ie. The reduction to e of the diphthong ie, indicated in the rhymes (cf. above p. 39), is reflected in the spellings, e replacing ie in about half of the words with terminations -ié, -iee, -ier, -iere, -iez, but the digraph is retained with considerable consistency in the words chief, chier, chiere (chere 2596 etc.), pié (pé 3785), piere, pierre,

Page 2_68

viez (< vetus; vez 114); lieve etc., siet (sëent 1098 etc.). Before nasal consonants ie is also ordinarily retained, cf. bien, giens, mien; criemt (crem 314 etc., crement 1287), tienc, tienz, tient, tienent (tent 3681), vienc, viens, vient, vienent (vent 1910, venent 428). For the use of ie for e from Latin a tonic free see above p. 63.

Old French ue, ieu, eu. The Old French diphthong ue is ordinarily represented by oe, e.g. destoers, doel, moeve, oec, oef, oes, oevre, poeple, poet, quoer (quer 2099, quor 1320), soelent, voelent; but eu is used in jeut 2770, meut 1506, and in seut 4205, veut 513 etc. (veot 3655). Reduction to o is found in aiol, bor, iloc, jofne, ovec etc.; reduction is usual before ƚ, where o alternates with u: bruil, oil, orgoil, orguil, voil, vuil. Before a nasal consonant oe is used in boen 968, quoens 1092, 1280 (quons 1738), soen 158 etc. (for stressed bon, bun, sun see above p. 40). The stressed form of homo used as a noun is written hoem in l. 3466, but undiphthongized hom is more frequent. The most usual spelling of the words derived from jocum and locum is giu (cf. giwé 3542) and liu, but alternatives are geu 2610, jeu 2770 (cf, jeut 2770), leu 1534; focum is represented by feu 1108, 2056, feodum by fieu 3161, fied 2670. For mielz and its variants see Glossary.

The Early Old French diphthongs ǫi and ọi (ui), both before oral and nasal consonants, are ordinarily denoted by oi, e.g. blois, bois, choisir, noisance etc., oisel; angoisse, conoistre etc., froissier; bosoing (bosoig), coing, cointe etc., loinz etc., poing, point etc.; but oi is replaced by ui in cuitus 507 (coitié 1630), ruistal 3565, ruiste 278, 3358 (roiste 1765). Reduction to o is sometimes found when oi is in hiatus with a following tonic vowel: joa(u)nt 461, 3961, 4336, joënt 3772 (joiant 1098, joient 1385, 3472).

Old French üi. The usual spelling is ui, e.g. bruit, celui, cestui, destruire, ennui, lui, pui etc., but this is frequently reduced to u before s, ss and z, and occasionally elsewhere, e.g. brusa 3116, brusee 4267, deduz 417, 951 (deduiz 1068), destrustrent 2908, lusant 1414 etc., nuz 1270, pus (< *postius; puis 699 etc.), pusnez 2211, 2216 etc. (puisnez 2226), pusse 353 etc. (puisse 198 etc.), us 3679, ussiers 797 (uissier 1052); cundurra 1653 (cunduira 3233), dedut 2572 etc. (deduit 4325 etc.), destrut 1743 (destruit 988 etc.), dut 3416, enut 4279, nut 2516, suzduaunt 2099 (suduiaunz 295). It is reduced to i in aprimer 4576, and replaced by oi in conoi 3735. For the replacement of lui by li see above p.49.

Page 2_69

2

Consonants

a

General

In the scribal use of consonants a slight clerkly influence is perceptible:

[1] The digraph ph is employed in orphanin (orfenin 723), prophete, saphir. The letter x appears in oixor; it is never used as an abbreviation for -us.

[2] Except in dras and in the termination -is in rhyme (cursis, faidis etc.), consonants effaced in pronunciation are often re-established in spelling, especially before flexional -s: absconduz 4092, abstinant 2546, baptismement, 257, baptizé 2355, jofnes 163, setme 633; adubs, arcs, ducs, flancs, rencs, cummandz, briefs, chiefs, jolifs, nefs (< naves), niefs, nefs (< nepos), triefs, lungs, luncs, aturns, champs, cops, hanaps, cf. also mutz 1772, trofs 3769, troft 1294.

[3] Etymological preoccupation has led to the replacement of final supported t by d, and to the use of single s in fauser, fausement etc., cf. below.

[4] The use of ad for a (< habet) appears to be due to a desire to distinguish homonyms; and the consistent spelling tiel for tel may be intended to avoid possible confusion with cel (cf. above p. 63).

[5] Double consonants are restored under the influence of Latin spelling: abbez, offrir, offert, soffraitus, soffrir, sofferrai. There are also signs of the general tendency to use double consonants that became a feature of Later Anglo-Norman, e.g. obbeïr, succrest, affricant, trufflere, escreppe. For ss, nn, rr see below under s, n, r.

b

Dentals and denti-palatals

Early Old French d, t, θ. In the name Godsƿiþ 852, Gudsƿiþ 853 (O Gundeswit) the English symbol ƿ is employed as unsupported final. In the same position d is used (i) presumably as a diacritic symbol, in the monosyllabic words ad, od, fied 2670 (fleu 3161), led (< laetum), ned (< natum), in fud more often than not (fud 110, 111, 139, 191, 220, 250 etc., fu 106, 109, 112, 169, 249 etc.), in aed 3308, ëed 1958, 3790, 4387, 4525 (ëé 139, 284), espied 1502, 1855, 2902 (espié 2947 etc.), ored 2167, 2177 (oré 2139, 2140), regned 3159 (regné 170 etc.) and in deled 3252; (ii) sporadically in verbal terminations: (past participle) encuntred 1694, oïd 4479; (preterite) alad 4222, aportad 4222, donad 1848, 4409, jetad 4091, oïd 3148, 3298, osad 4198, 4221,

Page 2_70

ralad 4191, sonad 4478; (future) ferad 792, frad 1426, 3913 etc., irrad 4314, serad 4413; (present indicative) doned 2436. In a few cases d is replaced by t: (preterite) oït 1002, 3217, servit 924; (future) avrat 348, irrat 3899.

Etymological preoccupation is presumably responsible for the use of d in pled 4422, and in final supported position in the names Herebrand, Herland, Hildebrand, Jocerand, Rodmund, in baud 1709, bliaud 3971 (bliaut 204 etc.), brand 1632, 1851, 4438, braund 2009 (brant 1518 etc.), comand 369 (comant 112 etc.), mund 307, 1115 etc., parfund 2050 (parfunt 3435), and in the verbal forms acord 4520, aïd 1233, comand 4316 (comant 2098), defend 1635, 3089, 3093 (defent 1929), demand 1095, 1194, mand 2406, rend 1637 (rent 2252a). For the spellings affricant, esturmant, persaunt etc. see above p. 34; for the absence of final t in espel, somon, Rodmon, lai, plai and qui see above pp. 54, 40.

Old French s initial of the word, and initial of the syllable after the prefixes a- and de-, is denoted as usual by s: sale, salvage; asaillir, asëeir, asembler, asenteisun, aseürer, asez, asise; deservez, desur, desus, desuz etc. In derivatives of Latin words beginning with ex-, ss is employed, e.g. essaier, essart, and this is also the usual notation in intervocalic position, e.g. cressaunce, croissi, donissez etc., but derivatives of falsum are usually written with s: fause, fausement, fauser, fausetez (fausse 1128, fausser 1792). The use of ss after n, not uncommon in some Continental MSS., is found in doinssom 3023n1. For oixor see above p. 69.

Before unvoiced consonants other than f, s is consistently retained, eg. eschaper, eschekier, eschif, fresches, meschin; chescun, escu; eskipre; espaulle; chastel, mestre, mist, pristrent, traist. For lais, laist, lest see above p. 59. In interconsonantal position s is retained before t, e.g. ateinst, ceinst, doinst, enpeinst, freinst.

Final s 1 [1]  For the use of flexional s see above p. 48.2_71 is ordinarily maintained, but a slight tendency both to omit it and to add it wrongly is observable in the corrections the scribe himself makes (cf. Intr.1, p. xiv) and in a few words left uncorrected.

Old French z. In intervocalic position voiced s (z) is usually denoted by s, e.g. aviser, boisier, justise etc., but z is employed in aumazor 3821 (almaçor 4040), baptizé, blazon, mazelin, sarazin, and also

Page 2_71

when initial of the syllable in danzel,, danzele (but damaisele, dommaisel) and helzan.

Before voiced consonants and f, s is retained more often than not, e.g. abosmi, asma, asmal, blasme, disme; asne, disner, mesnee; desdeigner, desfubler, deslëel, desver; esbaneier, esforz, esfrei, esgard, esmireür etc.; but it is effaced or assimilated in hidus, suduiaunz 295 (suzduaunt 2099); ille, mellee 1615 (meslee 443 etc.), meller 2739 etc., vallet, valletun; aprimer 4576 (aprosma 4086), memes 4225, meïmes 2084 (meisme 4380, meismes 2768, 4218); cinne, innel 614 (isnel 3076), innelement 589, 1627 (with palatalization ignelement 2958), ponnee; defi 3179, defïez 1539 etc., deffïer 1499, deffie 1735n2 (desfïez 1345 etc., desfïer 3096). In interconsonantal position it is eliminated in the forms of forfaire, e.g. forfait, forfunt, forist.

Early Old French dz is written z in quinze, seze, vezïé.

Early Old French ts, initial of words and syllables and intervocalic, is ordinarily denoted by c, e.g. celer, cent, cerchier; cuntençon, merci, nuncïer; acerin, beneiçon, chacier, corocier, manace, ocis, pelice; but z is employed in nunzage 318 (cf. also zoleür O 4884), t in the clerkly loan-words cuntentïon, natïun 141 (nacion 1391, nacïun 2443), presentatïon, salvatïun (salvatïon) etc., ss in enlassee 2514. The digraph sc which began to be employed in MSS. of the early thirteenth century is used in the suffix -esce: largesce, prüesce, richesce 751 (richeise 1714), and in blesça 1526, depescier 2902, depesça 1505 (depeciez 220 etc., depecees 1724), dresça 533, eslëescier etc., lëescier etc., lesçon 3033, 3149 (leçun 2427), masçun 945a, mescine, mescinal, oscis 1577a (ocis 280 etc.). Early Old French ts final of the word is, as usual, denoted by z: ainz, alez, asez, aventiz, braz, cunseilz, esforz, granz etc., but by tz in mutz 1772. In deled 3252 (a spelling found several times in Q.L.R.) z is replaced by d, perhaps on the analogy of led<latum.

The distinction between final s (s) and z (ts), almost consistently observed in the rhymes, is ordinarily preserved in the interior of the line, but z is analogically extended to the plurals barbaranz, grainz 1360 (grains 1364), trebuz, veilz. For the possessives nos and vos, the demonstrative ces and the verbal forms diz, siez, tienz see above pp. 51, 54.

Old French tš. The spelling of words containing tš in francien is varied. Much the most usual notation is ch, e.g. achaisun, achater, chace, chascun, chief, furche, meschin, roche; but the Northern retention of the velar sound before a is represented by the spellings boskage,

Page 2_72

cable, kamoisé, kanfrein 600 (champfrein 2943), caples, kaple, capleisun, caplement, orkal. The spelling c is found not only in the verbal forms estoece, sace, sacez, saciez, sacent (cf. above p. 58), but also in aprociez 2749, procein 721, 2216 etc., proceins 206 etc. (cf. reprocer H 3202). In all these words the spelling c is not uncommon in the Western region and in Anglo-Norman (cf. Brendan, p. clxiii, Boeve, pp. 234-5), and may indicate a phonetic development of pj intervocalic to ts instead of tš; the same sound may also be represented by the c in maunce 509, 4162, which is found elsewhere in Anglo-Norman (cf. the rhyme mance: faillance in St. Auban, noted by Suchier, p. 51). 1 [1]  It can hardly stand for k, for in this and similar words the velar consonant seems to be unknown even in the Northern region (Picard manche, diemenche etc.); cf. C. T. Gossen, Petite Grammaire de l'ancien picard (Paris, 1951), p. 78.2_73 It is unlikely, though perhaps not impossible, that c is here a spelling for tš.

Old French dž. Before a, o and u, and sometimes before e in words whose Latin form began with j, Old French dž is represented, as is usual, by j, e.g. jal, joe, jor, jus, jut; chalenjage, enjan, ajonoillié; jeter, jeu 2771 (geu 2610 etc.); before e in other words, and before i, the spelling is g, e.g. geline, gent, geste 251 etc. (jeste 3236); auge, deugié, sage; gisez, giu, giwé; enging; g is found also in gonoilz 3370, Angou 1737 and vergant 4024.

c

Labials

The letters u and (much less frequently) v are used indiscriminately to represent u, ü and v; vr intervocalic is represented by %u as in a%uai%uai etc. (cf. Intr.1, p. xiii and above p. 60).

d

Velars

To denote Old French k the symbols c, k and qu are to some extent used interchangeably; c is ordinarily employed, as in francien, before the vowels a, o and u, before l and r, and when final of a word after a consonant, e.g. cable, coilte, cop, cummunal, cunte; cler, clop, cremur, cri; burc, lonc 1534 etc. (etymological lung 3226 etc.), perc, vienc (cf. above p. 56); qu is retained in most words in which it was initial in Latin, e.g. quaisse, quant (< quando, quantum), quarter, quei (< quid), quei (< quietum) 2653, quoi 1370, queie 1971, quoiement 2679 (koi 3992, 4574, koiement 4455, coiement 3591), quel, quer (< quaero), querant etc., querele, quite, quïeté, cunquerre etc., cunquester, and is employed as

Page 2_73

usual in evesque and arcevesque etc., and in words in which linguistic development has brought k in contact with the diphthongs uo, ue, ui and üi, e.g. quoens (quons), quoer (quor), aquillie 4076 (acoillie 1871 etc.), quie, quident etc., quir (< corium), quit (< coctum), esquïeles, esquïers 3993 (escuier 597, 4080 etc.); k, however, replaces c in kamoisé, kanfrein 600 (champfrein 2943), kaple 3287 (caples 3363, capleisun, caplement), kovent 3492n1 (covient 3724, covent, covenant etc.), krenuz; aukube, aukun 374 etc. (aucune 4505), boskage, enkui 3238 (encui 1561), eskarlete, faukun, orkal, rankur 3169 (rancor 1214), venk 1956, and is used in words in which linguistic development has brought the sound k before e̥, i or ie, e.g. aukes, dunkes, ilokes, eskermir (for escremir), kerneaus (for creneaus), eschekier, Markier; it is also employed in the loan-words bukeran and melekin, and it replaces qu consistently in kar, usually in ke (conjunction and pronoun) and ki (=qui, cui), and sometimes in koi, koiement (see above).

Early Old French g and gw. The spelling gu is usually retained before e and i, e.g. gueite, guenchir, guerpir, guerre etc., guerredon etc., guie 1592, guiez 1742 (gwiez 3944), guise, guitun, but reduced to g before a, e.g. agaitai 1889 (aguait 3454, 4483, auguaiter 4310), gaaigne etc., gage, gaires 1820 (geres 602), gaiter, gant, garait, garder etc., gareignun, garir etc., garnir etc., gaudine. In intervocalic position g and gr are retained in parigal 3668, parigaus 842 (paringal 4112; oëlment 4564, üelment 3478), seguran 1412, seguraunce 1324 (seür 246 etc., aseüré 158 etc.); halegre, rehalegrer; segrei; g stands final of the word in preng 3867 and lung (see above).

e

Nasals

The prefix ẽn is written en- before b as well as p, whether it is derived from Latin im-, in-, or inde, e.g. enbracer, enbrasé, enbuschiez, enpeirer, enpereür, enperïal, enporter; the prefix cum- is written cun- in cunbatre 3025; n is used before f in kanfrein 600 (champfrein 2943). In other words m is usual before labials, e.g. ambes, amblant, chambre, champ, and under etymological influence is maintained in aimt 3106b and criemt 1038, suzcriemt 1034.

Latin m become final is dentalized in nun but retained in flum, nam 1972n2, prim, in verb-forms such as aim 707, eim 1878, crem 314 etc., and often in the termination of the first person plural, cf. above p. 55. Supported final n, retained in corn, enfern 1671 (enferm

Page 2_74

3092, enfer 3033), sojorn 625 (sojur 2892, sojor 3817), is discarded in dor, jor, tur.

Latin mn is usually simplified to m when remaining intervocalic and to n when final, e.g. damage, dan (< damnum, domine), but is retained in the clerkly words damnedeu and omnipotent, and written mpn in dampnatïon and dampnez; n'm is retained in anmes; Early Old French n'r, retained in denree, donrai 632, guerredonrai 608a, is written rr in most of the shortened forms of the future, cf. above p. 60.

Intervocalic ñ after the vowels a, e, o is written ign, e.g. baigner, enseigner, poigneür; after i it is written gn, e.g. engigné, lignage etc. (but enginnëor 2709a). When final after i it is represented by ng in enging 491, after o usually by ing, e.g. bosoing, coing, poing, soing, but also by ign, e.g. bosoign 1601, and ig, e.g. bosoig 2675, 3106b, busoig 4416, besoig 2647 (cf, also deigt 2857).

f

rr and r

Old French rr is ordinarily maintained when derived either from r + r, n + r or from Latin tr, dr intervocalic, although in both these categories of words r is occasionally employed: (a) marrie; aparra, demurra, ferrai (ferir), murrai etc., querrai 1804, 1861 (querai 4244), and cf. above p. 60; (b) guerredon etc., jugierre, lechierre, lerre, menterre, perre(s) (< pater) 272, 282, 1114, 4405 (pere(s) 365, 585 etc.), perrin, perron, pierre, quarrel; crerrai 2381 etc. (crerai 1043 etc.), harrez etc., orra etc., purrai etc., serra (sëeir) 2675, serrez 806 (serai 1078, serez 1065 etc.), verrum etc.; but ocirai 4279. The spelling rr is also employed in place of r in serrement 1925 (serement 1941, 1944) and in the forms of the future and conditional of aler, dire, estre, laier, plaire (see Glossary). The use of rr from intervocalic tr after the tonic vowel is found mainly in early Anglo-Norman MSS. (cf. M.-L., I, § 548), e.g. Brendan frerre 85 (MS. A), Ch. Rol. perre 2337, 3178, Oxf. Ps. merre, remembrerre; and it is Anglo-Norman scribes who most favour the use of rr in the forms of the future cited above.

g

The letter h

Initial h in words of Germanic origin is retained, even when elision of a preceding vowel is metrically required (as in heaume 1993, 3378) except in auberc 1667, 3314. In words of Latin origin its use is variable: in ostel and in ost and its derivatives it is consistently absent; in haut and its derivatives and in heritage, herité, honesté,

Page 2_75

humble it is always present; (h)erbu, (h)onur and (h)om as indefinite pronoun show both spellings (see Glossary); in hermin, hermine and humel (< ulmellum) it is unetymologically employed.

h

The letter w

The letter w is used in initial position in the English loan-word werec and the English locution witegod 4013, and after g in gwiez 3944 (elsewhere guiez etc.). In intervocalic position and before r, w is used: (a) in ewe (< aqua) and in most of the forms of the verb sivre, e.g. siwent, siwi, siwrez 4293 (sivrez 4365), siwront; (b) in the word of Germanic origin eschiwi (es hewi); (c) in newu 256 (nevou 2914, nevoz 3598) and the Spanish loan-word cordowan; (d) as an intervocalic glide in some forms of joër, e.g. jower 2737, surjowez 2740, giwé 3542, but not in any form of espoënter or poeir or in paraïs. In place of w the English symbol ƿ is used in the name Godsƿiþ 852 (O Gundesuuit), Gudsƿiþ 853 (O Gundeswit).

3

Accents 1 [1]  In this section the words are transcribed as they are written in the MS.2_76

[1] The one-letter words a, i and u are distinguished by accents: u, conjunction and relative or interrogative adverb, almost consistently, e.g. v́ 106, 118 (twice), 125, 134, 245 etc., V́ 125, 187, 198, 236, 481, 923 etc. (v 379 etc., ul quident 2241, V 286, 2938 etc.); a and i variably, e.g. á 100, 170, 246, 499, 559, 722, 1050, 1157 etc., Á 215 etc.( a 193, 194, 201, 284, 337, 343, 348 etc., A 120, 343, 414 etc.), í 150, 439, 501, 571, 671, 925 etc. (i 220, 278, 301, 328, 425, 428, 445, 535 etc.).

[2] Double accents distinguish v́í (< hodie) 214, 463, 4403 etc. from ui or vi (< vidi) 147, 712, 730 etc.; and i is at times accented when juxtaposed to m, n, u, v, e.g. aíme 4173, faímes 4073; aínz 2915, 3530, 3545 (ainz 166, 297 etc.), angelín 1054, loínteínem̄t 2686, m̄coínges 1220, poínt 1530, 1866 (point 1870 etc.), rauíne 1649; esparníez 1538 (esparnia 1535) m̃níe 2596, nít 1945a; guíe 1655 (guie 1592, 3416), uíe 1878 (uie 1288, 4507), uíez 547 (uiez 300, 1008 etc.), uís 244 (uis 230, 266, 409, 414 etc.); delí%uem̄t 1365 (deli%ue 111).

[3] The vowel e is accented in éle (< ala) 1666, espié 3311, més 625; o in óes 1117 (oes 414, 630 etc.); u in deceúe 831, v́elm̄t 3478.; i in aí 4405, fraí 4184, laí 4413, saí 4237.

Page 2_76

[4] The most frequent and characteristic practice is the use of double accents on the juxtaposed vowels aa, ee, eu, oi, ou. On all but ee accentuation is only occasional: áálof 1426 (aalof 169, 262 etc., Aaluf 251, aaluf 647 etc.), gááigne 1730 (gaaigne 3770), trááunz 304; év́ 955, 1164 (ev 3558); óí 2801, óíe 2904a (oi 165, 173 etc.); óv́ 3140. The accents are used almost consistently on the double vowel ee when it denotes ee̥, e.g. afaitéém̄t 2752, descoloréé 711, espéé 1911, mesnéé 1984 etc., ťuéé 839 and the numerous laisses rhyming in -éé; their occasional absence (deugee 449, deslacee 450, 9maundee 451 etc.) seems likely to be due to inadvertency. When, however, both vowels have full value, the use of the accents is much less regular: lééscom 609–esleesca 532; crééz 1898–creez 330, 3586, mescreent 3409; éé 284, ééd 1958–eed 363, eez 3632, sééz 2717–seez 2408 etc.; néént 834, 1043; 1188 etc.– neent 1937, 2335. It seems possible that their function is to indicate the syllabic value of the vowels; but if so, the use made of them is somewhat mechanical, because the accents persist when the second vowel is elided before another, e.g. in the hemistichs tenséé 2 defendue 1712, Leinz néé ot nū Lenburc 2389.

The accents are ordinarily fainter than the writing itself and appear to have been added later, but possibly by the scribe himself, as on two occasions they stand over vowels in words that have been crossed out and replaced by others.

4

Conclusion

It is evident from this conspectus of orthographical traits that though there is general accord between the spelling and the language of the poem, there is also considerable divergence in detail. In the representation of the morphology and in the treatment of e̥ agreement is surprisingly close, but elsewhere graphies of later date have been introduced, the Anglo-Norman characteristics have been emphasized and the South-Western French traits that are attested in the rhymes have been diminished.

[1] Graphies of later date are the digraph sc for intervocalic s (<ts), the use of qui- for cui-, of the forms ces, nos, vos, for cez, noz, voz and of li, celi, cesti for lui, celui, cestui, and occasional spellings such as ou for u, nn for sn and the vocalization of l.

[2] Occasional spellings such as the use of g in intervocalic position, e.g. seguran, seguraunce, and the unusual forms dome, dommaisel

Page 2_77

and donzel, presumably indicate the former presence of South-Western traits not employed in the rhymes; but the South-Western forms al and tal and the termination -al, well attested in the rhymes, find little or no place in the interior of the line. Occasionally also graphies characteristic of the Central region are introduced, e.g. an for en, oi for ei.

[3] It seems probable that from the outset the orthographical system of the poem included the two Anglo-Norman traits attested in the rhymes, the reduction of ie to e and the disintegration of the case-system, and very possibly also the traits that may be attributed to the early period of insular French, such as the use of the English symbol ƿ and þ, the reduction of ui to u before s, the use of rr from intervocalic tr (perre etc.), of final unsupported d (ad, fud, ned etc.), and perhaps of intervocalic c for ch from pj (procein etc.); but the conspectus shows also the presence of a number of insular traits of later date, some only sporadic, others more or less systematic. Among the former may be noted the use of o for ü (dorement etc.), of ai for ei (chamail, poair etc.), of a for ai final (defendra etc.), of the termination -unt for -ent, of laist and lest for lait, of the consonants k and w, the replacement of final supported t by d (bliaud, parfund etc.), and the occasional introduction of spellings characteristic of the more northerly regions such as giu, liu and cable, caplement, kanfrein, orkal etc. Spellings more systematically employed are aun for an, (i)tiel and fieble for (i)tal and feible, asquant and chescun for auquant and chascun, and the almost consistent use of the forms joe and çoe.

These latter traits (like most of the preceding group) belong to the thirteenth century. It is then that the graphy aun is introduced (Pope, § 1152), that the digraph ie is taken to represent not only ẹ but ę (fieble; Pope, § 1223), that the spellings ascun and chescun and the forms çoe and joe become frequent (Pope, §§ 1153, 1248, 1263) and supported -d replaces -t (Pope, § 1233). The systematic character of the introduction of these traits indicates the intervention of a copyist deliberately minded to employ the orthographical system with which he was familiar. The conclusions arrived at from the study of the readings of the MSS. (Intr.1, pp. xlix-lvi) suggested that MS. C is the end-link in a chain of copies, all the work of careful and conscientious scribes, of whom, however, one, the copyist of X2, differed from the others in that he treated the work he was copying with considerable independence. It is therefore to

Page 2_78

him that we should probably ascribe the features of later Anglo-Norman spelling that are systematically introduced, together with the use of the graphy sc; it was no doubt his successor, the scribe of C, who was mainly responsible for the later traits of more sporadic occurrence. 1 [1]  For the corroborative evidence of the scribal corrections in C see Intr.1, p. xiv.2_79

V

SYNTAX 2 [2]  This section is not a complete description of the syntax of the text; it deals only with specific points of interest, especially those with a bearing on date, dialect or style.2_79

1

Case

The nominative and accusative forms of nouns, adjectives, participles and some pronouns are often confused, cf. above pp. 46-8, 49, 50-2.

The nominative is used after certain prepositions when the phrase as a whole constitutes the subject of the verb: En sa cumpaigne sunt tresque vint chevalier 133, i corent plus de trei 2657 (cf. V.B. I3, 279-80); cf. also O 4631n2.

The accusative is used in absolute constructions such as sun bon braund enpoigné 2009, veant ces de sun lin 1536, cf. 3283; it is replaced by the nominative in a sun col sis escuz 2008 (cf. esmoluz 2009), no doubt for the sake of the rhyme.

The accusative form functions freely as a dative of the person with proper names (ll. 297, 579, 1470, 1850, 2742 etc.), titles (lo rei 178 etc.), demonstrative pronouns (ll. 2644, 3032 etc.). This usage is common in the possessive construction with estre, e.g. fille iert le rei 408, cf. 256, 1665, 3692, 3830, il fu nefs Baderof 263, cf. 364, 647, 666, 1077; the person in question may be unidentified, e.g. fille iert un noble duc 503, cf. 2257, 2341. With verbs other than estre the preposition a is usually employed (but la lei fausera Tervagan 735); and even with estre the preposition is sometimes found, e.g. si sunt frere al soudein 3000 cf. 3158, also fille esteit dan Hunlaf, al bon rei coruné 407, cf, 169. With common nouns other than titles, indefinite pronouns etc., the use of a is normal; but it may be scribal in ll. 1419 (see Critical Note), 1654, 1722, 3827, 4187.

The juxtaposed accusative expressing possession, particularly frequent in Anglo-Norman, follows the lines customary in Old

Page 2_79

French (cf. Foulet, §§ 19-36). The possessive term is always in the singular and is normally in the second place, though there are also examples of the archaic form of the construction (Foulet, § 24) in which it precedes, e.g. le rei comant 458, al rei cummandement 3233, 1 [1]  Also apparently in Kar encui ert Hardré le voleir acumpliz O 4678; but the position of the article here is unusual, and the line may be corrupt.2_80 especially with deu, e.g. par Deu comandement 254, par la Deu volenté 2346, cf. 2879, and in the formula Deu merci 3616, 3770 etc. (but merci Deu 1780, la merci Deu le grant 766). The possessive term always refers to an identified person; it may be a proper name, e.g. le fiz Toral 212, cf. 414, 568, 573, 578, 583, 704 etc., or a common noun designating a relative, e.g. es chambres lur sorur 2697, or an individual of high position, e.g. la grant curt le rei 441, cf. 483, 486, 508, 572 etc., fiz le riche soudan2930, or a demonstrative pronoun referring to a person, e.g. le fiz cestui O 83, cf. 3891. Even in these conditions the construction with a or more usually de is sometimes preferred, e.g., la fille al palaïn 941, la beauté de Horn 1053, la lei de Mahun 1488, cf. 1518; and the use of the preposition is obligatory if the possessor is not a person, e.g. el ventre al ceton 1405, le chief de sun destrier 137, or is unidentified, e.g. fiz de gentil baron 149, cf. 180, 481-2, 4040, fiz d'un enpereür 3805, le fiz d'aukun enpereür 1215, au quoer de turturele 3307.

The juxtaposed accusative is rarely used to express an objective genitive, as in le mal de l'amur Horn 1245, pur l'amur saint Denis 3468. With por (l')amor this usage is archaic (cf. Tobl. Lom. I, 364); in other constructions it is probably poetic (Foulet, §§ 19-20).

Personal pronoun objects are used in the function of ethic dative in va mei al seneschal 498, cf. 994, 1701 etc.

2

Articles

The nouns ciel, trun, enfern, mer, terre are still usually undetermined by the definite article, e.g. cuntre ciel 3988, suz ciel 634 etc., li sire de haut trun 615, pur nus traire d'enfer 3033, par la rive de mer 132, e de terre e de mer 3265, cum terre clot e mer 3866, ki fist ciel e terre e marine 971 etc. The nouns rivere and bois are undetermined when denoting hawking and hunting, cf. ll. 377, 2533, 2682, 2688, as is also champ in the sense of battle, cf. ll. 1478, 1969. Except in l. 2726 (see Critical Note) the article is prefixed

Page 2_80

to the noun esches (ches), whether denoting the game or the chessmen, cf. ll. 2220, 2551, 2692, 2698, 2720.

The definite article can be considered equivalent to the demonstrative (determinative) pronoun in the archaic locution la Mahun (for la lei Mahun) 1383, 1481, 3021, and to the demonstrative adjective in temporal locutions such as le jor 920, 931 etc., le matin 722, la matinee 2201.

In C the indefinite article regularly accompanies the noun point used as a negative expletive: Un point ne semblïez a home qui pain quiere 1133, cf. 1530, *3542n1 etc., also O 5106 (but point alone O 4788 etc.); see Glossary.

The partitive article appears not only in the early constructions with verbs like beivre, mangier etc. (cf. Foulet, §§ 101-4), e.g. si bevrom del piment 610, but also occasionally in a more extended use, e.g. del claré m'aportez 590, dedenz si maneit de la gent a plentez O 5088, des quirs en abat 3369, cf. 4111, O 4880.

The flexibility of Old French usage is frequently illustrated, cf. Quant espié H li espee sunt froissié, si sunt fors trait li brand 3279; Piz encuntre [le] piz 3359a; La chiere ad riaunte e le visage cler; Mains blanches e bras lungs 1258-9; od le vis colure 405, od face colorie 1587; E nus bevrom çaenz e piment e claré 546, Fai m'aporter le vin, del mieuz qu'as en tonel 566, del claré m'aportez 590; Li plus jofnes d'aus iert . . . Plus hardi iert de tuz 163-3a–all constructions in which the definite or partitive article is varyingly present or absent, sometimes in the same line.

3

Pronouns

a

Personal pronouns

The second person singular forms tu and te are rarely used, the plural forms being employed not only between social inferiors and superiors–maid and mistress, subjects and king, the king and Horn or Herland, Rigmel and Herland–but also between social equals–Horn and Rigmel, Horn and Haderof, Horn and Wikele. The singular is ordinarily employed by Rigmel to Herselot, and by Horn to any of the pagans, but both numbers appear in Horn's gibe in ll. 1670-2 (see Explicative Note). The king's use of the singular to Horn in ll. 320-7 gives way to that of the plural in ll. 330-7, and Rigmel, addressing her butler, passes from the singular in ll.

Page 2_81

565-6 to the plural in l. 590. For the introduction in C of singular forms in passages in the plural see Explicative Notes on ll. 2250, 2605, 2606, 3175, 3741, 4044.

b

Demonstrative pronouns and adjectives

In accordance with Old French usage all the forms derived from ille and iste, except celui (celi) and cestui (cesti), are used with both substantival and adjectival value; (i)cil is used with a dependent de phrase in ll. 870, 1741, 3540, 3961, 4345, 4481, 4487, (i)cues in l. 2686, ces in l. 1536; forms derived from ecce iste are coupled with possessive adjectives in ll. 2785, 3974; forms derived from ecce ille assume indefinite value in the constructions cum (i)cil ki 1346, 1631, 3138, 3242, 3391, 4088 and n'i ad cil ki 134, 1574a, 1620, 4150 etc. The replacement of the definite article by the demonstrative adjective pour indiquer des personnes ou des choses conformes à un type ou à un modèle connu (Foulet, § 246) is freely represented in descriptions: cel 215, 1097, 1397, 3907; cele 1289, 4141; cil 2564, 2567, 2841, 4102, 4103, 4120, 4562, 4565; ces 1010, 1335, 1650, 3263, 3286, 4454, 4571. The use of ces in the accusative plural and of forms of cil in the other cases appears to be usual. 1 [1]  Cf. the examples listed by Foulet, § 246, and C. E. Mathews, Cist and Cil (Baltimore, 1907), pp. 102-3.2_82

The nominative forms of ecce ille are used to designate the second interlocutor in a conversation or the second actor in a scene and become equivalent to the other, e.g. Dunc ne siet il cumment le puisse mercïer, Mes cele ki est cointe descovre sun penser 642-3, cf. 2968, 3101, 3954. It would seem that this use of cil was somewhat unfamiliar to the scribe of C, who has substituted E il in ll. 2308 and 2988. Perhaps as a result of this usage, the ecce ille forms come to be used with weakened force as the equivalent of personal pronouns, e.g. Il l'enpeinst un petit e cele fu volaunt 2620, cf. 1533, 1684 etc. This development, according to Mathews (p. 53), makes its appearance in the middle of the twelfth century, though it is not common before the later thirteenth century.

When used with full demonstrative force, the ecce ille and ecce iste forms generally retain their original values, but there are instances of a blurring of the distinction, at least in the accusative plural: (i)ces is used in C and O where (i)ceus would be expected in

Page 2_82

ll. 1431, 1940, 2909, and the adverb la is used with ces in od ces puceles la 806.

c

The neuter pronoun çoe

The pronoun (i)çoe is freely used as subject and object of verbs and prepositions and as complement of the verb estre. In this last construction the verb, as is normal in Old French, agrees with the real subject, which ordinarily follows, e.g. c'estes vus 4271, cf. 4276; çoe si sunt dous levriers 613, cf. 2693, 3240, 3993. It is frequently used in apposition with subject or object clauses of various types, either preceding or following, e.g. Qu'il est traitre e coart, çoe est tut veir provez 1836, Si vus mandent içoe, ke d'als seiez tenant . . . 3002, Çoe, ke est, ke tu diz? 3726, Çoe ke vinc povrement fis pur vus essaier 4320, cf. 848, 1582, 4134, 4217 etc. With verbs of speech, accompanied by quoted words, its anticipatory use is common, cf. ll. 154, 184, 330, 338 etc. With the prepositions apres, de, od, parmi, pur, solunc it forms conjunctional locutions introducing adverbial clauses, cf. below pp. 102-7. For the use of e çoe followed by an adverb or adverbial phrase see below p. 98.

d

Indefinite pronouns

The indefinite pronouns which retain their adjectival use include not only chescun but also auquant, mut, poi and tant, e.g. asquantes feiz 2833, muz homes 313, mutes manieres 2522, poi[e] gent 4477n1, taunt sojur 2892, cf. 1611, 3161, taunz enseignemenz 3650, tauntes filles 481, cf. 1718, 2519. The traditional adverbial use is found in mut avez grant buntez 340, mut avrïez (de) vos bons 1090, poi ai amis 885, poi erent gent O 4712, La ot taunt decoupé e poinz e piz e piez 3351; but the modern substantival use with dependent de-phrase is rather more frequent, cf. ll. 275, 399, 894, 1721, 2797, 2904, 3349, 4140. The adverbial use is presumably responsible for the appearance of uninflected meint in ja out meint dis 416n2 and uninflected taunt in aveit taunt buntez *2389n1.

The words rien and chose are both used indefinitely to signify something, anything; in this use they both sometimes retain their feminine gender, e.g. rien 750 and chose O 5213 with feminine past participles in rhyme, but a past participle referring to rien is treated as neuter in ll. O 39, 655, 1768b etc., as is a personal pronoun object in ll. 618, 808 etc. This treatment is also extended to past

Page 2_83

participles referring to une rien a thing in l. 1274 and to a personal pronoun object referring to la rien in l. 708.

tut used adverbially ordinarily remains uninflected before masculine adjectives, but is inflected in the feminine singular (see Glossary).

4

Infinitive

The infinitive, negated by ne, serves as a second person singular imperative in l. 241.

As complement of the verb the simple infinitive is used with those verbs with which it is found at all periods, and also with cuidier 4326, doner (grant) 705, 718, 2065, 2900 etc., plaire 2292, 2996 etc., soffrir 299. As complement of metre it expresses purpose in En une ewe la mis peissun prendre a un jor 4048. For the use of the accusative and infinitive construction as complement of voleir in l. 3083 and perhaps in l. 2067 see Explicative Note on l. 2067.

Introduced by a, the infinitive serves as complement not only to the verbs aveir and faire (see Glossary), but also to desirer 1063, iugier 2087, (sei) Prendre 1497, 2243, 2732 etc., remaindre 284, 1758, rover 534. Both the simple infinitive and the construction with a are employed with aider (infinitive 336, with a 3706), covenir (infinitive 3043, with a 3724) and cummencier (infinitive 120, 123, 4194, with a 2839). The infinitive is linked by a to the adjectives bon 2052, cummuner 895, dur 2302, duz *2029.

When de introduces the infinitive its meaning is occasionally from, e.g. D'aveir l'amur de lui ne poet estre turnee 2524, De tencer cuntre lui n'i avrom ja honur 4031, but more often the abstract sense of concerning, with respect to (cf. Glossary); it is presumably in this function that it figures in the more unusual constructions such as E ont rendu treü e ostage livré De tenir vers Hunlaf e pez e quïeté 1755-6, sin avrez messager De faire voz pleisirs 2045-6, pur prendre beneiçon De Rigmel espuser 4545-6. The infinitive with de as logical subject of the verb estre appears only in ll. 3291n1 and O 5018n1 (where it is probably scribal) and O 4699n2.

The infinitive introduced by pur is freely used to express purpose (cf. Glossary); it is employed with the verb aler in ll. 2202, 3056, 3977, with venir in ll. 3266 and 4325 (for the replacement of pur by de in l. 291 see Explicative Note). The idiomatic use of pur with an infinitive in the early stages of its evolution from a causal to a

Page 2_84

concessive function (cf. Lerch, II, 114-7) is exemplified in Il ne fauseront ja pur suffrir nul ahan 1411, cf. 1854, 4391 (with the same subject as the finite verb, as in the examples in Ch. Rol.), and Joe nel fereie pas pur mei tut detrenchier 2031, cf. 523 (with change of subject).

The infinitive is introduced by par instrumental in veintreit tuz par joër 3860, cf. 3578, 3887, by en in mar i creindra murir . . . en turnei tenir 2056-7 (in en penser se prie . . . Jesum 703-4 penser is no doubt substantival).

The substantival infinitive is very freely used. It is determined by a possessive adjective in ll. 125, 770, 1499, 1775, 2030, 2729 etc., by a demonstrative adjective in ll. 1286, 1795, 4210 etc., by a qualificative adjective in ll. 1775, 3267. It functions as subject in ll. 1618, 4200, 4255, O 4678, as object of the verb in ll. 125, 342, 1286, 4309 etc. and perhaps in l. 2297n1. Most frequently it is object of a preposition. Governed by de, it depends on a noun or pronoun, e.g. ll. *473, 3879 (n'i ad rien del guerpir; but n'i ad rien d'escuser 1794, cf. n'i ad mes d'arester 3272), 3921, 4210, 4239, O 4832, or on an adjective, del respundre n'est lent 2251. Governed by a or de, it depends on a verb, e.g. al nagier sunt assis O 88, A l'amener de lui trop demore Herland 975, vus pri del revenir 2060, gardez vus del guenchir 2066. Its commonest function, however, is to form with a preposition an adverbial locution of time, place, manner etc., e.g. al chaeir 1634, al departir 776, 3167, al partir 4225; apres lur deffïer 1499, apres l'atemprer 2812; en l'ester 4317; od tut icest beisier 1795, od tut lur enseigner 2729; par sun encuser 3709, par sun amonester 3713; par mi tut lur buter 4116; pres de l'eriver O 5142, pres del periller O 5153; tresqu'a mun revenir 3880.

5

Verbal Periphrases with Infinitive

a

Cummencier, prendre, sei prendre + infinitive

In Continental French of the later twelfth century the verbs denoting the beginning of an action occur very occasionally with weakened value, e.g. Erec 1321, 2654; but in Anglo-Norman, as is well known, the tendency was intensified under English influence. 1 [1] Cf. Ernst Burghardt, Über den Einfluss des Englischen auf das Anglonormannische (Halle, 1906), pp. 23 ff.2_85

Page 2_85

In Horn, the full value of cummencier (a) + infinitive is shown in ll. 120, 123, 2839, 4194, and of prendre a in l. 2836; but the weakened value, characteristic of Anglo-Norman, seems to be exemplified by Quant çoe veit li paiens, prent sei a desdeigner 1497, Tresqu'il l'ad encuntré sil prent a salüer 2243, Quant la bele le veit, prent sei a merveiller 2732. According to Burghardt (pp. 30-1) the weakened sense of (sei) prendre is observable in the work of Gaimar and Fantosme and in Dermot, whereas the similar use of comencier, though more popular afterwards, begins later with Adgar and St. Gilles.

b

Faire + infinitive

Thomas makes great use of the construction faire + infinitive; it occurs some seventy times in all, with the infinitives of over fifty different verbs. The functions of the construction are those met with in Continental texts of the period; its use is predominantly causative, but it receives a special application when, as in Latin and especially Medieval Latin, direct command is avoided by means of a courtesy formula implying the request for an order to be issued (cf. Gougenheim, pp. 335 ff.), e.g. Fai m'aporter le vin 566, cf. 2981. This usage is then extended to subordinates, with as Gougenheim puts it, l'identification qui s'opère entre la collectivité et le chef, and so comes to verge upon pure periphrasis, e.g. les tables funt oster 2471, 2563, A ces qui beivre voelent asez funt aporter 2565, cf. 3560.

c

Deveir + infinitive

As is normal in Old French, deveir expresses obligation, either moral, have the duty to (cf. Gougenheim, pp. 197-8), e.g. ll. 515, 1491, 2379, or logical, must by necessary or probable deduction (cf. Gougenheim, pp. 202-3), e.g. ll. 1118a, 1484, 2217; also with shifted value have occasion to, have the right to (cf. Gougenhem pp. 199-201), e.g. ll. 181, 391, 398, and intend to or be destined to (cf. Gougenheim, pp. 68-71), e.g. ll. 833, 2450, 4126. Weakened in value, it may express mere imminence or futurity; in particular, it serves to provide a future in the subjunctive (cf. Gougenheim, pp. 73-4), e.g. Si cremeit qu'el deüst pur la dolur perir 3581, cf. 3862, and in the preterite it expresses the notion of almost happening (cf. Gougenheim, p. 87, Tobl. Lom. II, 1891) in Pur poi n'i dut venir Horn, li vaillant, trop tart 1697, cf. 4434 (in both cases

Page 2_86

with pleonastic use of pur poi ne). In si n'est pas mun mester Ke joe par serement me deie aquiter 2036-7 it appears to be simply pleonastic (cf. Gougenheim, pp. 160-1).

In accordance with ordinary Old French usage the imperfect subjunctive or conditional of deveir is employed in place of the Latin indicative in clauses such as Nel devreit refuser fille a enpereür 4041, voz malveis deus k'om doüst esbraser 3086, cf. 2163; but presumably under Latin influence, the indicative is employed in Quant il le dut aider as altres se turna O 4714.

d

Poeir + infinitive

poeir is freely used, as is normal, to express capacity and possibility (cf. Glossary). The early locution poet cel estre perhaps occurs in l. 190. The shifted value of poeir have the right to, have reason to (Gougenheim, pp. 222-5) is exemplified in Amer me purrïez si vostre pleisir ere 1127; Bien les porrum lo rei noblement presenter 178, cf. 151; Or vus poëz tresbien e preisier e vaunter . . . 1781; E li reis dan Hunlaf mut se poet lëescier 4569, cf. 4122. This shift of value brings the sense of poeir very near to the shifted value of deveir (cf. above p. 85), especially when poeir is used negatively, e.g. Targer ne poëz plus, si vus vulez venger 3725, cf. 4282, and perhaps also De quei il i parla nul corteis nel demand, Kar bien le poet savoir, pur nent l'iert enquerant 1095-6. A weakening of this shifted value is presumably responsible for the use of poeir with amer in Si çoe fust verité, . . . Ne me fust dunc a nient, kar mut vus pus amer 2027-8, E Deus! cum li oianz le porent dunc amer! 2845 (cf. Gougenheim, pp. 224-5); in these lines, as in the much-discussed line in Ch. Rol., E Oliver, qu'il tant poeit amer 2216 (cf. Foulet's Glossary, p. 448), the formula seems merely to suggest a certain emotional value.

The combination of poeir with the adverb trop occurs in Or pus joe trop ester 1483; Gougenheim (p. 220) interprets it as a formula of attenuation or courtesy, but in its context here it seems rather to express impatience. In a Deu puissiez aler 2048a the use of poeir, like that of voleir (cf. below p. 87), serves to emphasize the expression of a wish; this use is not found in Ch. Rol. but is cited by Gougenheim (p. 289) from later chansons de geste and by Zwanenburg 1 [1]  H. Zwanenburg, Posse et son évolution en vieux français (Amsterdam, 1927), p. 49.2_87

Page 2_87

from Ille et Galeron and other romances. In E vus garden en taunt (ke) cist n'e[n] pusse fuïr 3054 it seems to be purely pleonastic.

As happens more frequently with voleir (cf. below p. 88), poeir is occasionally attracted into the future by contamination with the almost synonymous construction with the future of the main verb (cf. Zwanenburg, p. 69), e.g. Or purrez O poëz ja oïr cum el cummencera 536 (cf. Or si orez de Horn cum li est avenuz 4447), and ll. 628, 2503, 2508.

e

Soleir + infinitive

soleir in combination with an infinitive expresses a customary or habitual action or state. As frequently in Old French, its present tense can be used in reference to past time, e.g. joe fui ja costumier Ke plus riches vesseaus me seut hom aporter 4204-5, cf. 3851. Its force is sometimes so weakened that it appears to express nothing more than the present or imperfect indicative of the main verb, e.g. Kar ne sievent quel gent la soelent cunversier 117, Mut ot oï de lui . . . parler, Ke il soleit Rigmel e ele lui amer 3848-9; it is co-ordinated with such a verb in Purmettre me soleit, e tuz jorz m'ert jurant Ke . . . O 4812.

f

Voleir and plaire + infinitive

The significance of voleir combined with an infinitive is variously modified. As an expression of desire its force is sometimes so weakened that it comes to signify merely imminence or immediate futurity; in this attenuated sense the present indicative of voleir is used in ll. 3577, 4580 etc., the preterite in ll. 2020, O 4791, the present subjunctive in l. 1371 and the future, pleonastically, in Cele l'aresona cum voldrai reconter 1779, cf, 3885, O 5150. This weakened value of voleir + infinitive is especially noticeable when it is co-ordinated with the future of another verb, e.g. Ore irrai a l'ostel, si me vuil fervestir 3053, Sur li vouldrai munter, si vus adestrerai 4414, cf. 3881-3. This use of voleir, rare in Continental French (cf. Gougenheim, pp. 88-9), is particularly characteristic of Anglo-Norman (cf. Burghardt, pp. 69-74), where its extension was fostered by the influence of English speech.

From its more passive value of be willing to, consent to, as in ll. 1898, 2042, 4208 etc., the force of voleir is often reduced to choose to, think fit to, e.g. Kar joe frai voz pleisirs ke voldrez

Page 2_88

cummander 1786, cf. 2492, 2655, especially in conditional clauses, e.g. Ne m'en chaut des feluns s'en voelent mal noter 903, cf. 635, 807, 3051, 3245 etc. In combination with escoter it seems to have this force in ne se poet plus celer N'en deïst sun talent, quil voille escuter 2846-7, yet it is difficult to see any difference between the value of the combination in Cum vus purrez oïr, s'escoter le vulez 1827 (cf. 192, 415, 4578) and that of simple escoter in Cum vus purrez oïr, s'escotez coiement 3591; again, while in Ke me voillez amer dreiz est que vus requere 1122 voillez is not without significance, in Taunt cum savrai de vus ke me voillez amer 1793 voillez amer seems to be a mere periphrasis for amez; cf. also ll. 2058, 3096. The value of the verb plaire appears to be similarly attenuated in two lines in C in which the other MSS. use voleir: Mut en semblout plus beaus a kil plout O volt, H vot esgarder 2292, Mes quant li plout H il vot parler issi fu cummençant 2996.

The common Old French use of the future instead of the present of voleir by contamination between the idea of a present wish and that of a future realization (cf. Gougenheim, pp. 190-1) occurs in Cunbatre se vuldra, si nus cest ne fesum 3025, cf. 3985, 4131 etc.

6

Gerund

The gerund is used substantivally in al departaunt 763, absolutely in veant ces de sun lin 1536 and gule baant 3283; it forms the complement of the preposition en in ll. 580, 759, 803, 982 etc., and, together with a noun, of other prepositions in de ma cupe portant 463 and in the locution einz l'aube aparissent 698n2. Its chief use, however, is with verbs of motion, in varying functions:

[i] In ki ci vinc pain querant 1118a, e quei il vient querant 2406, istront fors buhurdaunt 4345 it seems to express purpose, possibly under Latin influence.

[ii] It indicates a secondary accompanying action when combined with the verbs (sei en) aler 776, 3727, 4005, 4465, O 4797, sei en turner 2958, venir 132, 2412, 3005, 3333 etc.

It forms with the verb aler a periphrasis possessing stronger descriptive value than the simple tense (Foulet, § 127): ll. O 95, 2600, 2925, 3281, 3282, 3730, 3738, 4354. The frequency of this use is of the same order as in the romances, e.g. Cligès fourteen examples, Tristan, Bér. fifteen, and much less than in the chansons

Page 2_89

de geste, e.g. Ch. Rol. twenty-eight examples, Raoul de Cambrai, Part I, seventy-five (Gougenheim, pp. 3-8).

7

Present Participle

The present participle occasionally functions with shifted value (cf. V. B., I3, 37 ff.): asotanz O 69 besotted, silly, honurant 350 worthy of honour, esteemed; the double significance of the verb preisier, active praise, reflexive boast, is reflected in the present participle preisant, which in l. 3958 has its usual favourable sense of praiseworthy, but in l. 2989 is coupled with surquidé and means boastful.

The frequency of the combination estre + present participle is one of the most salient characteristics of Thomas's language. He uses it some ninety times in all, and with all moods and tenses of the verb estre, including the perfect, l. 2917, past anterior, l. 2909, imperative, ll. 346, 356, 361, 2408 etc., and infinitive, ll. O 43, 351, 353 etc. Transitive verbs used in this way retain their direct objects, 1 [1]  Gougenheim seems to be in error in suggesting (p. 38) that in Old French generally the complement is more frequently introduced by the preposition de. This construction occurs in Horn only with participles which have acquired adjectival function, e.g. del vëeir de lui sui or tant desirant 990, cf. savant 355, remembrant 2917, desdeignant 3016 etc.; for l. 2605 see Explicative Note.2_90 e.g. fud sun chemin tenant 2108 and many examples in the laisses in -ant, -anz, such as ll. 2992-3018, 3729-50. The value of the periphrasis is at times that of the English expanded tenses, representing action in progress, e.g. ll. O 44, 299, 304, 460, 987, 990 etc.; but more often it is merely an equivalent of the simple verb, used presumably for metrical reasons, e.g. ll. O 43, O 60, 109, 293, 305, 307, 346 etc.

Thomas's extensive use of this periphrasis differentiates his usage from that of the chansons de geste of the period, for in these it is the periphrasis aler + gerund that predominates; in Aspremont, for instance, the poem in which the periphrasis with estre seems to be most frequent, Gougenheim (pp. 3, 38) finds in Vol. I (6154 lines) only thirty-five examples against eighty-three of aler + gerund. The closest parallels to Horn are provided by certain writers of the time in whose works the two periphrases are of roughly equal frequency: the proportion of estre + participle to aler + gerund is in Guernes de Pont-Sainte-Maxence 11: 10, in Guischart de Beauliu

Page 2_90

23: 21, in Jordan Fantosme 10: 13. These writers are all clerkly and all influenced by insular French speech; and it is significant that the use of the auxiliary verb with a present participle is found both in Old and Middle English and in Late 1 [1]  E. Löfstedt, Philologischer Kommentar zur Peregrinatio Aetheriae (Uppsala, 1911), pp. 245-9.2_91 and Mediaeval Latin, including the Vulgate 2 [2]  W. E. Plater and H. J. White, A Grammar of the Vulgate (Oxford, 1926), § 128 (4).2_91–in English predominantly with progressive value, in Latin more frequently as a simple periphrasis. It therefore seems probable that they, as well as Thomas, were influenced by their acquaintance with these languages, the greater frequency of the purely periphrastic use indicating the greater strength of the Latin influence. The increasing vogue of the construction in thirteenth-century Anglo-Norman verse is exemplified in Boeve, which, chanson de geste though it is, contains nineteen examples of estre + participle against seventeen of aler + gerund.

8

Past Participle and Auxiliary Verbs

Intransitive verbs denoting change of state and motion, and including faillir (l. 3428) and suner (l. 757), are conjugated as is normal with estre. When the verb is completed by an adverbial accusative of time, place or manner, estre is normally replaced by aveir, e.g. Tute nut ont curu 2172, Tant ad erré dan Horn 4082; but contrary to the usual practice estre is retained with aler and venir accompanied by adverbial accusatives in ne fu pas del port alé une lüee 2199, tut le bois sunt venuz 4456, and also with entrer used transitively under Anglo-Norman influence in La cité sunt entré 4536 (cf, St. Thom. 5146 Li dui des quatre sunt a Dovre mer passé and editor's note, p. clxi). In si ad turné 3981n1 the scribal correction of ad to est may be accounted for by the distance of the accusative sun trotun 3983 from the verb.

There is no evidence of the conjugation of pronominal verbs with aveir, which is found occasionally in Continental French of the twelfth century as well as in Anglo-Norman (cf. Troie 11501, 16277 and Intr., pp. 153-4). In the third person plural of the perfect it would be possible to read sunt as s'unt in Mes ainz k'(e) il s'en issent sunt sovent regardé 1230, and similarly with other reciprocal verbs, e.g. ll. 1503, 1657, 1831, and with some reflexives, e.g. ll.

Page 2_91

1648, 3346; but it is more probable that these are examples of the well-known omission of the reflexive pronoun in compound tenses, since it is estre that is used in se sunt entrencuntrez 3357, se sunt tuit asis 122, cf. 1537, 1915, 4487 etc., and also in other persons of the perfect, e.g. Bien me sui purpensé 675, cf. 157, 490, 1190 etc.

The past participle of a verb conjugated with aveir still usually agrees with its direct object; but it is evident that, especially where the object follows the participle, agreement is in part determined by metrical considerations. In the case of the masculine plural the situation is confused because of the uncertain status of flexional s or z (cf. above pp. 46-8); the following observations therefore take account only of the feminine singular. The rhymes of the first 2000 lines include twenty-eight past participles in -ee, -ie, -ise or -ue agreeing with a direct object, which in every case precedes; non-agreement with a preceding object is found only in ll: 166, 172, 1232, 1754, together with l. 1274, in which the object is une rien (cf. above p. 83), and with a following object in l. 265. In the interior of the line agreement occurs in five participles standing in positions in which syllabic count is affected (with preceding object l. *1908, with following object ll. 411, 1467, 2559, 4501), non-agreement in four (all with following object, ll. 1449, 1578, 3151, 3616). Where the count is not affected the scribe of C has usually written the uninflected form, e.g. with preceding object ll. 467, 1017, 1147, with following object ll. 448, 475, 495, 574, 668b, 935 etc.; the inflected form is found only with preceding object in ll. 1712, 2532, 2904a, with following object in l. 1661 (where the metre requires non-agreement as in O).

Further evidence of the element of artificiality in the agreement of the past participle conjugated with aveir is provided by the occasional agreement of such a participle with the subject of the verb; thus the feminine participle is attested in rhyme in U la nef ariva ki Horn out aportee 2185, tiel vie ad ennuiee A Gudmod 2529, E la triwe prise out qui trop aveit duree 2532, cf. 741, O 5209 (cf. also Vestue ot un bliaut C 2705). This usage is not unknown elsewhere; Continental as well as Anglo-Norman examples are cited by Tobl. Lom. I, 766, 768, and John Orr, Studies Ritchie, pp, 141-2 (including two with strong participles, eslite and faite). The practice is so clearly established for Thomas that we ought no doubt to admit it also in l. 824 and read with O n'avez pas [bien] enquise . . .,

Page 2_92

rather than emending n'avez pas [fait] enquise as proposed in the text and Intr.1 p. xix.

9

Mood

a

Principal clauses

The subjunctive is used in wish-clauses and commands in the third person, normally without introductory que, e.g. Deu vus doinst beneiçon 145, cf. O 75, O 90, 261, 550-2, 869 etc., Icel don m'oüst fait Deu, li tut poëstis! 1282a, cf. 966, 988, 1083 etc., Chascun afait le soen 350, cf. O 65-6, 185, 358, 996 etc. The conjunction ke appears in K'il n'aient avirum O 60, and with the first or second person in ke ne facez ore al. . . 1846, Ke l'oüsse escuté! 2789, k'en seie vengëor 2904 (for qu'il me voille merir 2069 see Explicative Note); while some of these might be taken as adverbial clauses (modal in l. O 60, final in l. 2904 etc.), they are perhaps more probably independent wish-clauses with introductory que, a construction of which isolated instances are cited from Philippe de Thaun but which remains rare until the end of the twelfth century (cf. Ritchie, pp. 56-7, Lerch I, 247-8).

The subjunctive is used in asseveration and adjuration in formulas of the types si m'aït saint Simun 618, cf. 827, 1087, 1145 etc., and si Deus t'aïd 1233; cf. also Explicative Note on ll. 2647-8. For the use of the subjunctive and conditional moods in the apodosis of hypothetical sentences see below p. 95.

b

Subordinate clauses

The subjunctive is used, as is normal in Old French, (i) in subordinate clauses of all kinds depending on a negative, interrogative or otherwise non-affirmative principal clause (in so far as the negation etc. bears upon the content of the subordinate), cf. ll. 102, 134, 198, 299, 421, 556, 877, 974, 1211 etc.; (ii) in noun clauses depending on the verb quidier, used affirmatively, when the belief is represented as ill founded, cf. ll. 99, 817, 821 etc.; (iii) in noun clauses depending on an affirmative expression of seeming, cf. ll. 149, 180, 1975, 3647 etc.; (iv) in certain types of indirect question: deliberative, e.g. Dunc ne siet il cumment le puisse mercïer 642, cf. O 43, 691; depending on an expression of indifference, Ne vus chaut ke nuls die 1796; introduced by cum and expressing purpose (cf. Lerch, I

Page 2_93

318, and examples with coment in Tobl. Lom. II, 606), Cum le pusse vëeir mut fort se penera 521; (v) in subordinate clauses expressing will, wish etc., such as indirect commands, clauses depending on an expression of hindering or abstaining, adverbial final clauses etc., cf. ll. O 87, 316, 418, 465, 499, 582, 611, 705 etc.; (vi) in subordinate clauses depending on an expression of fearing, cf. ll. 709, 848, 1225 etc.; (vii) in noun clauses depending on an expression of approval, cf. ll. 1074, 1122, 2613 etc.; (viii) in adverbial concessive clauses of disjunctive form, cf. ll. 1745, 1754, or introduced by mes que, cf. l. 3414n2, or by a generalizing relative or adverb, e.g. ki k'en peist 685, cumment qu'auge le plai 3823, cf. 316, 2847n2, 4010, O 5133 etc.; (ix) in temporal clauses of anteriority introduced by conjunctions signifying before, cf. ll. 276, 280, 1204, 1615 etc., or by conjunctions signifying until where the reference is to future time, cf. ll. 349, 351, 671, 3173, 4393 etc.

The indicative is used, as is normal in Old French, (i) in subordinate clauses depending on an expression of emotion other than fear (such clauses being treated as causal), e.g. Mut ennuia Rigmel qu'il ad duré itant 758, Lees sunt d'autre part ke paiens sunt cunquis 3546, cf. 2679, 2892 etc.; (ii) in clauses introduced by a generalizing relative or adverb not used in a concessive sense, e.g. Ki sur tut est puissant de quant qu'il ad crïé 551, Kar u ke il les trovent les metent a declin 1676, cf. 1069, 1363, 2495 etc.; (iii) in adjective clauses qualifying a substantival superlative or a noun qualified by a superlative where there is no idea of generalization, e.g. Al meuz ke joe purrai 2612, Des meillurs dras k'el out 790, cf. 566, 1024, 3010 etc. (but subjunctive in le meillor cumbatant Ke mis peres oüst en trestut sun vivant 365); (iv) in adversative (as distinct from concessive) clauses, e.g. Par mi çoe qu'estes si degasté e frarin 3969, cf. 248, 927; (v) in temporal clauses of anteriority introduced by conjunctions signifying until where the reference is to past time, cf. ll. 741, 757, 1608, 2554 etc.

There is, however, a certain amount of fluctuation in the use of the moods. In a few cases this may be due to the flexibility of Old French usage: thus in çoe m'est vis . . . Ke vus estes li reis 245 the indicative may be used, contrary to the general practice with expressions of seeming, to indicate the speaker's certainty; the indicative in the clause dependent on an expression of fearing in Pur çoe crem ke trop ai descovert mun corage 314 and Mé de

Page 2_94

Wikle suscreim k'alcune ren frat O 4987 may be intended to imply that the apprehension verges on certain expectation (cf. also Critical Note to l. 1038); the indicative in N'i ad cil ne s'en vant qu'il frad chevalerie 1574a may be explained by the fact that the governing clause is equivalent to a strengthened affirmation of Chescun s'en vante. In a few other instances metrical exigencies may have played a part: so perhaps for the subjunctive in E joe crei bien de fi, par ma fei, ke seiez 3648 (elsewhere the object clause to joe crei (que) is in the indicative, cf. ll. 522, 960), and for the indicative in Mes ne crei ke hom povre unkes vus engendra 2360. It may be an archaic or Latinizing use of the subjunctive (as in Brendan, cf. Studies Ritchie, p. 174) that is found occasionally in indirect questions of types other than those listed above, e.g. Pus ad Horn demandé dunt il seit corociez 1916, cf. 2039, 4229, 4261 etc. (but indicative in ll. O 49, 118, 119, 235 etc.). Most frequently, however, variations from normal Old French usage appear to be due to Anglo-Norman influence: so the indicative in subordinate clauses depending on a non-affirmative principal clause (cf. Brendan 135, 1748 and Intr. p. clxxii; Boeve, note on l. 419; Studies Ritchie, p. 179), e.g. ne dirrez ke sui lent 3766, S'est qui oster nus veut de nostre lei 1460, ne sui si vaillant Ke me devez offrir . . . 1111n2, Saunz forfait ke lor fis 1958, cf. 506, 1305, 1625, 2497, 2983, 4436n2, O 4729 (for l. 3457 see Explicative Note); in indirect questions of the types listed above as normally having the subjunctive, cf. ll. 490, O 5015, O 5080; in adverbial concessive clauses (cf. Boeve, note on l. 751), quel semblant k'il fet O 4616, mes k'en fist feignement O 4745; in temporal clauses of the types listed above as normally having the subjunctive (cf. Boeve, note on l. 2110), Ainz ke l'oi afaitié enz en mue le mis 4259, Ja n'en turnera mais . . . Tresque prise l'avra e qu'il l'eit en baillie 4501, cf. O 4994, also the variants of O at 2154 and H at 3173.

c

Conditional constructions

In the open conditional sentence the mood is normally the indicative; the preterite tense appears in the protasis in l. 3518 etc., in both clauses in Si rien i mesala, par çoe le radresça 1026. The use of the present subjunctive in a second protasis without introductory conjunction, not infrequent in Continental Old French, occurs in Si joe sai ki il seit e jol pusse encuntrer 2039. The Anglo-Norman

Page 2_95

tendency to employ the present subjunctive in a protasis introduced by se (cf. Lerch, II, 209 ff.), unknown to C, is exemplified in O in ll. 581, 1478 and in H in ll. 1478, 2599: O also has in l. 5056 s'il n'en ai vengement, where ai presumably stands for ait, but F2 reads ad. The use of the future indicative in the protasis (another Anglo-Norman practice, cf. Studies Ritchie, pp. 178-9) appears in O in ll. 1210, 4709.

In his employment of the innovations introduced in the course of the twelfth century in the construction of hypothetical sentences, Thomas stands between Ch. Rol. and Crestien de Troies.

[i] The new use of the pluperfect subjunctive, permitting a clearer differentiation of stages of time, is found in the apodosis of sentences of rejected hypothesis in ll. 3201, O 4694, O 5114, in the protasis in ll. 1086, 2767. In Ch. Rol. it appears only twice (ll. 691, 1729), in Crestien's Erec five times in both clauses and three times in one or the other. 1 [1] 2_96F. Bischoff, Der Conjunctiv bei Chrestien (Halle, 1881), p. 116.

[ii] In potential hypothesis Thomas employs the conditional mood in the apodosis some twenty times; it is combined with the imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive in the protasis in ll. 374, 667, 1088, 1188, 1380, 2368, 2772, 4171, 4461, O 4749, O 4813, with the present indicative in ll. 1967, 4081, O 4637, O 4654, with the present subjunctive in l. O 5056. In Ch. Rol. the use of this mood is still very tentative, for including those cases in which the protasis is an adjective clause, it appears in the apodosis in only six passages (ll. 240, 391, 597-600, 1721, 1805, 3804), but in Crestien's Erec Bischoff (p. 122) finds over thirty examples.

[iii] The imperfect indicative is employed in the protasis in five passages in Horn; it is combined with the imperfect subjunctive in the apodosis in ll. 1969, 1974, 4510, and with the conditional in ll. 1127, 3696. In Ch. Rol. no use is made of the imperfect indicative in this construction, but with Crestien it is well established, for Bischoff (p. 122) cites twenty-eight examples in Erec.

The varying use of tense in certain passages illustrates further the flexibility of the construction: (1) Present indicative in protasis, conditional in apodosis: Si nel volez jurer, par el ne vus crerreie 1967; Si de rien li forfunt. . . Tost lur paiereit tiel 4080-1; Kar granz *estreit la hunte . . . Si ren portent de nus O 4637-8; mult

Page 2_96

serreit lai Se il quite s'en wnt O 4654-5 (cf. also F2 5056). Similar combinations are found occasionally in other Old French texts, e.g. Ch. Rol. 1720-1, Erec (cf. Bischoff, p. 122). (2) In E si ço streit Horn sur lui primes ferrai O 4661 the use of the conditional is presumably scribal. Correction to the imperfect indicative suggests itself, as the combination of this tense with a future in the apodosis is found elsewhere (cf. Lerch, II, 224-5).

10

Tense

The twelfth-century revolution in the art of narration brought in its train a revolution in the use of the past tenses among the writers of the new school. No longer content with the traditional rapid dramatic narration of events, and concerned to add picturesque detail and description, they naturally resorted to the imperfect indicative, which had been out of favour with the older school. At the same time the function and significance of the compound past tenses were modified, partly in the wake of the stylistic revolution and partly as a result of normal syntactic evolution. In this development the work of Thomas illustrates an interesting stage, combining as it does the technique of the authors of chansons de geste with that of the romancers and historians such as Crestien de Troies, Wace and Benoît de Sainte-Maure.

1

The use of the compound perfect with present perfect value, well established in the twelfth century, was extended in the chansons de geste because of the poets' fondness for transposing past events into the present; this tendency is also exemplified in Horn, cf. ll. O 51, O 86-8, 164-5, 527-8, 658-61 etc. The older value of the compound form is, however, still occasionally illustrated. The original force of the periphrasis is maintained in constructions such as Chascun aveit vestu bliaut ynde u purprin O 12, cf. 448 etc.; and the emphasis on completed action, still perceptible in such cases, led to the tendency, observable not only in epic verse but also in Auc., to employ the compound perfect when at the beginning of a laisse events narrated in the previous laisse are recapitulated, e.g. Al nagier sunt assis, tuit treient seguran Vers palagre de mer; des enfanz funt engan. Ore les guarisset cil ki meint en suveran.–Al palagre de mer sunt sil venu najant. . . O 88-91, cf. laisses 6-7, 24-5, 83-4, 97-8 etc.

Page 2_97

2

The imperfect indicative is used, as in the romances, in a variety of functions. It expresses:

[a] Action in progress, e.g. Cist veneit chevauchant par la rive de mer 132, Or en veneit parler od sa dame a celee 858, E parlout de deduz a un' autre meschine 951, cf. 1007, 1283, 2222-3 etc. A particular variety of this use of the tense is seen in the narration of visions. 1 [1]  Cf. E. Lerch, Das Imperfektum als Ausdruck der lebhaften Vorstellung, Zts. rom. Phil. XLII (1922), 311 ff., 385 ff.2_98 In the poem three dreams are related, Herselot's symbolic vision of the birth of a son to Horn and Rigmel, Rodmund's dream of his disastrous combat with a wild boar, and Horn's vivid dream of Rigmel's danger from Wikele. In the first two, more succinctly reported, the preterite is used except in the lines that bring before us the crisis of the vision, El sein le metïez dedesuz l'osterin 732, Un sengler grant dentud e fier od els trovai, Ki nafrot mun cheval, mei abateit el tai O 4649-50; but in Horn's circumstantial dream of Wikele's attack on Rigmel the imperfect is employed throughout, ll. O 4960-77.

[b] Customary action, cf. ll. 2208-12, 2537-48, O 4879-81. This function is comparatively rare in the twelfth century, and the usage here may be due to Latin influence.

[c] Description. In this function the imperfect is the dominant past tense; it appears in all the passages describing personal characteristics, cf. the accounts of Horn and his comrades, ll. O 12-15, of Herland, ll. 128-31, of the Irish princes' knights, ll. 2218-21 etc. The preterite, however, still finds a place, especially in references to dress or equipment, e.g. Bien estreit fu chaucé, jambe dreite e deugee, Curt mauntel out el col 449-50, Escreppe ot e burdun 3683 etc.; and not infrequently imperfect and preterite are coordinated, e.g. Oilz aveit vers e clers e le vis ot rosin O 14, L'einz nee ot nun Lenburc e aveit taunz buntez 2389, cf. 932, 3641 etc. In adjective clauses of a descriptive nature the imperfect predominates very considerably, e.g. ki ert melz senez O 32, qui iert lur avüé 277, cf. 430, 483, 496, 564 etc.; but the preterite is also used, e.g. ki fud li meuz membrez 1443.

11

Co-ordination

The type of sentence-construction employed by Thomas is still predominantly simple. More particularly in the battle-scenes (cf.

Page 2_98

laisses 75-80), simple sentences are frequently either juxtaposed or co-ordinated by the conjunctions e, mes, kar, ke and the connective adverb si in its varying significations (cf. Glossary).

The conjunction e fulfils its normal co-ordinating functions (cf. Glossary), but is most characteristically used by Thomas to introduce supplementary detail, e.g. Herlaund entre el paleis e trestuit cummunal 208, especially in phrases consisting of the neuter demonstrative çoe or cel followed by an adverb or adverbial phrase: e çoe delivrement 1365, e çoe corteisement 3657, 3916, cf. 3767, 4296; e cel mut bonement 3491. cf. O 5191; e çoe par serrement 1925, cf, 1938. Examples of similar phrases are cited in Tobl. Lom., II, 80 and 93, from a number of texts, all Western or Anglo-Norman.

Writers of the twelfth century had two co-ordinating causal conjunctions at their disposal, car (quer) and que, the latter usually denoting a rather vague causal connection. In the chansons de geste que seems to be preferred, but in clerkly works beginning with Brendan and including Oxf. Ps. and Q.L.R. (Ritchie, p. 67) car is predominant. In the works of Crestien de Troies and Benoît de Sainte Maure both conjunctions are employed, though car predominates, and this is true also of Horn (cf. Glossary).

12

Subordination

a

Parataxis

There is some use of parataxis, which is found most frequently in (i) noun clauses dependent on verbs of knowing, thinking, saying etc., e.g. Joe crei le seneschal par veir i gaignera 522, cf. 612, 804, 821, 1887, 2496, 2529, etc.; (ii) noun clauses dependent on verbs of wishing or commanding and negative verbs of hindering or refraining, e.g. E l'amur entre nus vuil tuz jorz seit novel 1802, cf. 708, 2466, 2827, 2847, 3340, 3706 etc.; (iii) adjective clauses dependent on n'i ad cil, n'i ot un etc., e.g. Kar n'i out un tut sul n'eüst vesture chiere 1134, cf. O 10, 1239, 1574a, 1620, 1710, 1715, 4150 etc., Veïs mais en cest mund home meuz figuré, Ne de tutes beautez fust si enluminé? 1234-5. Parataxis also occurs in consecutive clauses (see below p. 104), hypothetical clauses in elliptical comparisons and double conditional clauses (see below pp. 105-6) and certain concessive constructions (see below p. 106).

Page 2_99

Thomas makes considerably less use of parataxis than many authors of chansons de geste, but rather more than Crestien de Troies (cf. Ritchie, pp. 134-5). The original paratactic constructions appear to have been faithfully preserved in C, but the other MSS. usually insert a conjunction or pronoun, so that in the lines corresponding to those cited above from C parataxis remains in O only in ll. 708, 804, 1234-5, 1710, and in H only in ll. 1887, 2496, 2827.

With the locutions a poi, pur (un) poi the older usage is followed in pur poi n'est a sa fin 1526, cf. 1697, 4017, 4434, O 5055 , but the analogical construction with intrusive que (cf. Lerch, I, 159) is also found in a poi qu'il n'est pasmez 2126, pur poi qu'el n'est desvee 872, cf. 980, 4215, Pur un poi ke n'i fud icel amur passez 1825, cf. 3116. For another somewhat similar que see Explicative Note on l. 2765.

b

Hypotaxis

More usually the subordinate clauses are articulated by means of explicit pronouns or conjunctions. In the construction of his complex sentences, Thomas appears at times to have been hampered by metrical exigencies. Adjective clauses are occasionally distant from their antecedents, e.g. ll. 1428-9, 3711-2, or placed before them, e.g. U tenser le puisse en nul liu n'avra mal 198, Quil volsisse doner ne vi mais dommaisel 1144, cf. 988, 1708, *2221n2, 3749, O 4983; adverbial clauses are intercalated, e.g. ll. 523, 1233, 1489-90, 2004, 3568 etc.; and the clause-order is sometimes awkward or illogical, e.g. Suz ciel n'ad nul oisel qu'il voille reviler Ke ostur deive prendre, si l'i volez jeter 634-5, cf. 1056-8. In ll. 3981-3 the governing verb ad turné is separated from its adverbial completion sun trotun not only by the clause cum dit le parchemin but also by the oddly-placed descriptive phrase od sun chapel feutrin; cf. also ll. 3046-7. The simpler type of subordinate clause, however, is usually well handled, for Thomas had at his command a variety of conjunctions of subordination comparable to that found in the works of Crestien de Troies (cf. Ritchie, pp. 60, 67, 76-7).

c

Noun clauses

All the usual types of object clause (indirect statements, commands, questions, etc.) are freely used. The object clause is not infrequently placed before the principal clause, e.g. ll. 995, 3045, 3895, 4218,

Page 2_100

4218a, and is then often taken up by the pronoun (i)çoe, cf. above p. 82. The mood of the dependent clause is not affected by its position.

A more exceptional construction is the use of a noun clause as object of sei cumbatre in ll. 3013-4 and 3025-7, perhaps on the model of defendre que maintain by force of arms that (cf. Glossary). A noun clause may be dependent on a verbal noun in -ment, cf. ll. 690-1, 693-4 (indirect questions), 1370-1 (indirect statement); an indirect question may also be rather loosely attached to the principal clause, e.g. Or atendra Herland, s'il ferad lëauté 792, cf. 234-6 2438-9, 2575 etc.

A particular case of the subject clause is its use with (çoe) est as in Ne sai s'est pur amur que sui si esmarie 713, cf. 717 and perhaps 3925-6. This construction is not common in Old French, and is found chiefly in Anglo-Norman and Northern texts (Ritchie, p. 21).

In accordance with normal Old French practice, a noun clause is often used where Modern French would prefer a dependent infinitive, e.g. n'en ad talent qu'il rie 1300, Si li dit soavet qu'ele laist sa folie 2469, cf. 3012-3, O 5176-7 etc. On the other hand, in certain constructions a subordinate clause which in Modern French would be considered as substantival was in Old French adverbial, cf. below under causal and consecutive clauses.

d

Adjective clauses

It is customary to place under this heading, although strictly speaking they are substantival, those clauses which are introduced by a relative pronoun used absolutely, (without expressed antecedent). These are frequent in Horn as elsewhere in Old French, e.g. Mes ne fu kil feïst ne kin fust entremis 421, Faire estoet ke de li m'iert ici cummandé 1072 (and cf. Glossary s.v. qui), Tost i vint entur li dunt il est receüz 2005, cf. 984. The absolute pronoun is used with an infinitive of purpose in Asez ai ke doner 766, Ne vus ai dont covrir 4298, cf. 910, 1260 etc. For absolute qui introducing the protasis of a conditional sentence see O 5018-9n2.

The generalizing relatives used in the text are quant que, quancunkes, u ke (see Glossary), also ke que in C in l. 2655 and quei k' in H in l. 2497. For generalizing relatives introducing adverbial concessive clauses see below p. 107.

Page 2_101

For the use of the relative pronoun with a noun or pronoun antecedent see Glossary s.vv. qui, dunt, u. The relative locution u enz 988, 4319, O 4971 wherein, in which is cited by Tobl. Lom., III, 738, from Perceval, R. de Clari and Baudouin de Condé. The neuter relative can have as its antecedent a verb or clause, e.g. Ki cent langues avreit – ke ja mes n'avendrat! O 4901, Ja ne li mesferai en trestut mun vivent, Dunt achaisun vers mei ait de corocement 1191-2.

It is perhaps the relative adverb que, in the temporal sense of at which, when, during which or since that is used in constructions such as Tresque vint al matin que la gueite ad mustree . . . 741, cf. 2175, 2901, 3042 etc., Cinc aunz ot ja passé qu'il n'i aveit fet tur 2895, cf. 539, 2549, 3625 etc.; also in place of a declined relative with the addition of i to indicate the case-relation in Cors bien fait e deugé, ke n'i ad qu'amender 1260 (for l. 844 see Explicative Note). In these constructions, however, the que may also be the conjunction used in a modal sense (cf. below p. 105 ).

The type of double relative clause discussed in V.B., I3, 127 ff. (Les bestes que tu vois qui mostrent felonnie) is exemplified in Kar rien ne puet perir k'il vol ke seit gardez O 39 and in a less usual form with dont in Unc del soen n'i perdi vaillant un esperon Que il poüst mustrer dont oüst perdeisun 4540-1.

e

Temporal clauses

1

Contemporaneity (when, as) is ordinarily expressed by quant (cf. Glossary), but cum is used in ll. 2316, 2383 (OH pus qu'), 2962, 3107, si cum(me) in ll. 1058, O 4965, and the locution la u in ll. 1766 etc. (see Glossary; for the form lor see O 4833n2).

2

Contemporary duration (so long as, while) is expressed by tant cum (see Glossary), entretaunt cum 1295; but the traditional conjunction cum is replaced by que in entretaunt ke 1045, 3678, 4425 (also O 1295 ), entritant ke 4355. This replacement is found occasionally in texts of the later twelfth century, e.g. Troie 22590. 1 [1]  For tant que so long as cf. Paul Falk, Jusque et autres termes en ancien français et en ancien provençal marquant le point d'arrivée (Uppsala, 1934), pp. 157-9; Yvain, ed. T. B. W. Reid (Manchester, 1942), note on l. 3723.2_102

3

Anteriority (before) is most frequently expressed by ainz que (see Glossary), but aunceis que is used in l. 276 (cf. ainceins k' O 1912)

Page 2_102

and devant ke, a conjunction rarely found in the twelfth century (cf. Ritchie, p. 88; Tobl. Lom., II, 1854) in l. 1204.

4

To express anterior duration (until), Thomas makes use of a variety of constructions. The most usual of the Old French conjunctions with this sense, (i)tant que (cf. Falk, pp. 145 ff.), figures in ll. 111, 201, 405, 671, 1197, 1608, 2438, 2554, 3670, and with the components separated in ll. 422-3, 4082, O 4780. More frequent in C, however, is tresque, employed in ll. 351, 741, 757, 1162, 2006, 2013, 2154, 2174, 3402, 3549, 3935, 3990, 4501(also in F2 in l. 5067); deske, the conjunction commonest in this sense in Anglo-Norman (Falk, p. 44) replaces tresque in all these lines in O, but occurs in C only in l. 2163; jusque, occasional in H in the form jeske or jeke (ll. 2154-5, 2174, 3990 etc.), has no place in C. tresque, commoner in Old French as an adverb or preposition than as a conjunction, is used conjunctionally in Ch. Rol., Pel. Charl., Cor. Looïs, Tristan, Bér. etc.

Several other conjunctional locutions are also used in the poem: de ci que (Falk, pp. 12 ff.) 4393, 4460, F2 4997 (O d'ici k'), also H 4161 (C si que, cf. Lerch, II, 34; Falk, pp. 18 ff.); entre ci ke *3173n2; entritant que O 4994n2; tresque taunt ke 349; tresque la que F2 4954 (O deske).

Besides these conjunctions Thomas employs the older paratactical construction consisting of a clause introduced by the adverb si following on a negative clause (cf. Falk, pp. 160 ff.); the verb is usually in the future, e.g. Nel savront ja paiens si avront ja meslee 1604, cf. 3764, 3924, O 4606, O 4620, but is in the preterite in Unc mot n'en sout dan Horn sil seisist al talun 4550. This construction is commonest in the chansons de geste, but it is cited also from some Western romances (Thèbes 4230, 4274, Troie 6358, 15785, Tristan, Bér. 1509, Amadas 1368) and is found occasionally elsewhere.

5

Posteriority (after) is usually expressed by quant or cum (cf. above) or by puis que (pus ke; cf. Glossary). There is one instance of the conjunctional locution apres çoe que, first noted by Ritchie, p. 85, and Lerch, II, 46, in clerkly texts of the thirteenth century: Apres çoe que mis sires, li reis, avra mangé 652; apres que occurs in Pres de dis anz apres ke Silaus fu finé 273, where it is closely attached to a substantival expression of time as in other twelfth-century examples (Lerch, II, 46); cf. also perhaps apres . . . ke 739-40.

Page 2_103

6

To express immediate posteriority (as soon as) the conjunction most frequently employed in C, H and F2 is tresque (treke; cf. Glossary), but desque (deske, deskes) appears in ll. 3388, 4002, O 4588, O 4990, O 4998, O 5000, O 5060 and very generally in O where tresque stands in C; in H tresque is replaced by jeske in l. 2155. In O 4680 de pus k' signifies as soon as rather than after. More explicit locutions are si tost cum 794, O 4602, taunt tost cum 4233.

7

Posterior duration (since) is expressed by pus ke 1190, 3121, 4375, 4396. For the use of que in this sense see above p. 101.

f

Comparative clauses

The comparative clause of inequality is introduced, as is normal, by que; in addition to the usual comparative adjectives and adverbs, it is dependent on al (el) in ll. 103, 1847, 3568.

The comparative clause of equality is introduced by cum(me) O 55, 97, 109, 3220 etc., si cum(me) O 37, 112, 194, 414, 4240, etc., issi cum 1818, eissi cum 2890. cum is correlative to (is)si in ll. 1101, 1448, 1551 etc., to ausi in l. 1534, to (i)taunt in ll. 978a, 982, 2813, 2814 etc., to tiel (tal) in ll. 578, 973, 1474, 1482 etc.; in Sul itaunt ke pesast le vaillant d'une glan 1418 cum is replaced by ke (cf. entretaunt ke replacing entretaunt cum while, above p. 101). Equivalents of English as quickly as possible are itaunt tost cum purra 518, cum ainz pout 2004, al plus tost que purrez 2060, plus tost 1698; of as much as he can cum onc plus purra 1037; of the more . . .the more cum plus . . . e plus 987, *2523, 2825.

The conjunctional locution solunc çoe ke according as is employed in ll. 4037 and O 5007, sulunc que in ll. 2613 (H selunc çoe ke), O 5205. Both locutions are attested in the later twelfth century, solunc çoe que occurring with some frequency in the works of Wace and in Q.L.R.

g

Causal clauses

To express cause that is previously known, since, the conjunction preferred is quant (cf. Glossary), but puis que, comparatively rare in the causal sense before the later twelfth century (Ritchie, p. 72), has this significance in l. 3598.

Cause that is brought in afresh, because, is expressed by the conjunctional locution pur (i)çoe que, which is found in its initial stage with separated components in Pur çoe nem conoissez, ke joe sui pain querant 3746, cf. 3190-1, and with juxtaposition in ll. 2052,

Page 2_104

3810, 4331, 4440, O 4830; a similar function is fulfilled by d'içoe que in l. 3249.

To introduce a clause expressing the justification of a question or judgment, que is used in Quide le fiz Toral . . . ke ne seie leal, K'ici m'ad amené par gabeis un vassal? 876-8, Fols fui quant vus mis el chalant, Ke [ne] vus pendi dunc cume larun robbant 4804-5, cf. 716.

The clause dependent on an expression of emotion, which is causal in Old French, is most frequently introduced by que, e.g. Lees sunt d'autre part ke paiens sunt cunquis 3546, cf. 758, 1554, 2679, 2838 etc. Alternative constructions are with quant, e.g. E pur li m'est mut bel quant vus si le volez 1552, or si conditional, e.g. S'il ad perdu par mei, çoe peise mei forment 3760, cf. 116, 1014, 2510, 3855.

With the causal conjunctions may be associated the instrumental locution par çoe que in asez ad parlé od Rigmel, la vaillant, Par çoe que il changa ses dras si al penant 4338-9 (cf. also Explicative Note on ll. 841-2).

h

Final clauses

Purpose is usually expressed by simple que followed by the subjunctive (cf. Glossary); the more explicit conjunctional locution pur çoe que is used in ll. 611, 4036. For cum with final sense see above p. 93.

i

Consecutive clauses

Thomas makes free use of the wide variety of consecutive constructions known to Old French.

[1] A paratactic construction is used with correlative tant, (i)tiel, si, e.g. Taunt ad [a] tuz bien fait, n'en sievent blasmement 3484, cf. *1281-2, 2389-90, 2403-4, 2715, 3199-201, 3359-60, 3532-3, 3983, 4215, O 5180-1. The relatively slight use of this construction is in marked contrast with its very frequent occurrence in the twelfth-century chansons de geste (cf. Ritchie, pp. 143 ff.).

[2] More frequently hypotaxis is found with the same correlatives, e.g. tant que 542, tant . . . que 541, 548-9, 928-9, 1287, 2508, si que 778, 1575, 1715a, 1761, si . . . que 505-6, 750, 947-8, 1110-1, 1269-70, issi . . . que 2658-9, si fete . . . que 2760-1, (i)tiel . . . que

Page 2_105

210, 583-4, 1120-1, 1163, 1185-6, 2590 etc. (for (i)tant que until see above p. 102).

[3] The conjunction que is also often used without correlative, e.g. Mut le fist üelment, ke n'i ad grucement 3478, cf. 333-4, 2543-5 etc.; Sus el coing le feri del heaume sarazin, Ke les quartiers abat 1522-3, cf. 1524-5, 1664-6, 1668-9, 1683-4, 1704-5 etc. This construction, rare in the prose of the twelfth century, is frequent in verse, especially in the chansons de geste (cf. Ritchie, pp. 35, 41, 46).

[4] To be classed as consecutive clauses in Old French are, further, various clauses, usually negated, depending on expressions of preventing, refusing, delaying etc., e.g. Taunt qu'il l'ot delivré, qu'il ne fud perillant 111, Si vus cest refusez, ke nel sëez fesant, . . . 3007, n'i ad plus atendu Qu'il grant cop ne ferist 3129-30, cf. 1128-9, 1346-7, 2751 etc.

j

Modal clauses

Closely related to the consecutive clause introduced by que without correlative is the modal clause or clause of accompanying circumstance, common in Old French; the subordinate clause is normally negative (cf. Ritchie, pp. 37 ff., under que consecutive), e.g. Pus dïent tuz les moz, ke n'i funt retaillage 1358, cf. 112-3, 1255, 2452, 2763-4 etc., Sil volez escuter ke ne seiez noisis 415, cf. 4139, Ne vus poet hom doner ke bien ne seit asis 2276, cf. O 3-4, 1947-8 etc., Ne nus suffri perir qu[e] il le fust vëaunz 299, cf. O 44. It is often difficult to distinguish between such clauses and those introduced by the relative adverb que (cf. above p. 101).

k

Conditional clauses

1

The form of the ordinary conditional conjunction is si; the spelling se is occasionally found, especially when the conjunction is in hiatus with il, cf. ll. 581, 1331, 1946, 3940, or is juxtaposed to the adverb si, cf. l. 3635a. For the use of mood and tense in conditional constructions with si see above pp. 94-6.

In hypothetical clauses in elliptical comparisons of equality (as if) cum(me) si is employed in ll. 2544, 3338, O 4789, but the older construction, in which the hypothesis was expressed by the use of the imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive alone, is found in Vestu les orent bien, chescun a sun usage, Cum il fussent lor fiz 434-5, cf.

Page 2_106

879, 1762, O 4790; similarly in elliptical comparisons of inequality, e.g. n'i serrez damagez Plus que fussez mis fiz 331-2, cf. 1506, 2550.

The second of two co-ordinated conditional clauses is without introductory conjunction in ll. 1176, 1379, 4380, O 5078 (for l. 2039 see above p. 94), but has si in l. 1210 where it is more independent. There is no certain example of que introducing the second clause (a construction very rare in Old French, cf. Ritchie, p. 167, Lerch, II, 280 f.); in passages such as Si el pucele fust, k'el ne fust essaiee 4139 (cf. 3007, 4266-7) the subordinate clause is no doubt consecutive or modal.

2

The limiting condition provided that is usually expressed by mes que introducing a subjunctive clause (cf. Ritchie, pp. 105 f., Lerch II, 305 ff.), e.g. Mut me vient bien a quoer mes qu'a Hunlaf seit bel 1803, cf. 515, 1344, 4522, strengthened by sul in l. 2058. The locution pur çoe que, used with the subjunctive in the sense of provided that by Crestien and Marie de France (Lerch, II, 313), appears in l. 2500, but in ll. 841 (see Explicative Note) and 4254 seems rather to have the instrumental sense of par çoe que.

3

Clauses of restriction, except that, are introduced by locutions formed with prepositions signifying except, e.g. si s'est tenu tut quei, Mes que taunt respundi . . . 2653-4; nen iert plus atargiez, Fors que li reis servi seit 1003-4n1, n'en fud nul plai tenuz Fors itaunt qu'al porter sunt si ami coruz 4094-5. Simple fors is also used as a conjunction in this sense (cf. Tobl. Lom., III, 2143), e.g. Entur li sunt venu trestuit si bienvoillant . . . Fors Wikeles, li fels, il sul fud remanaunt 2109-11, cf. 4421.

l

Concessive clauses

Pure concession can still be expressed paratactically by the subjunctive alone, e.g. Ait encore ove sei dous de sun parenté, Vers aus tuz defendrai . . . 1953-4, also in the common disjunctive formula U il voille u nun ad fait acordement 1745, cf. 1754.

Concession of degree may be expressed by a consecutive construction with (ja) ne . . . tant, used either paratactically (cf. V.B., I3, 136 f.), as in Nuls nes purreit numbrer, ja nes cuntereit taunt 3285, cf. 720-1, O 4810-11, or hypotactically, as in Ja ne dirront taunt veir ke jes seie creant 3732, cf. 1931. The tense in the clause with tant is usually the future or conditional, as in the above

Page 2_107

examples, but the preterite also occurs in Mes tut l'en escundist, ne l'en sot taunt preier 3864.

Concession of identity, manner etc. is expressed, as at all periods, by means of a generalizing relative or adverb introducing a clause with the verb normally in the subjunctive, e.g. E bien tost, ki k'en peist, si l'eime folement 685, cf. O 4636, also H 2847n2; cumment qu'auge le plai 3823, cf. 316. The corresponding adjective construction is quel . . . que, as in Mes quel dol k'ele feist, a Wikle ne chaleit O 5133, cf. (with indicative) O 4616. The later form with quelque . . . que introducing a clause (which is found early in Anglo-Norman, e.g. Brendan 360 Quelque peril que vus veiez) does not occur in Horn; but quelque appears in the originally elliptical formula a que[l]ke dolur O 4876n2, a construction first attested in the works of Crestien (cf. Lerch, I, 190 f.). The quelque of C in l. 1963 is no doubt an error, cf. Critical Note.

As a concessive or adversative conjunction, although, Thomas uses mes que in ll. 3414n2 (with subjunctive) and O 4745 (with indicative); this conjunction is found occasionally in other texts of the period (cf. Lerch, II, 310 f.). He prefers, however, the more unusual conjunctional locution par mi çoe que, par mi (tres)tut (i)çoe ke. The starting-point for this construction is seen in the modified sense assumed by the preposition par mi in negative sentences such as Par mi tut lur buter onc ne lor vout faire al 4116 (cf. also 3589n1), in which par mi tut comes to signify despite. 1 [1] Cf. the use of od tut in ll. 384, 2729, and the development of por, V.B., II2, 24 ff.2_108 The next stage, the locution par mi tut (i)çoe despite this, is seen in ll. 182, 310, 2611 (cf. Protheselaus 9256), and the final stage, the conjunctional locution signifying although, in ll. *248, 927, 2339, 3684, 3969, O 4934. The locution, first attested in Gaimar, seems to have been most widely used in Anglo-Norman (cf. Mél. Hoepffner, pp. 67-8), but is not unknown in Continental French (cf. Gaimar, ed. Bell, p. xxxvii).

VI

VOCABULARY

1

General

The vocabulary of the poem is copious and varied and offers a considerable number of points of interest. Some groups of words

Page 2_108

have been discussed in a series of articles, 1 [1] Notes on the Vocabulary of the Romance of Horn and Rimel, Mél. Hoepffner, pp. 63-70; Titles of Respect in the Romance of Horn, Studies Orr, pp. 226-32; Notes on the Use of some Adverbs and Prepositions in the Romance of Horn, R. Ling. Rom. XVIII (1954), 252-5; Further Notes on the Vocabulary of the Romance of Horn and Rimel and some Queries, Stud. Rom., pp. 339-47.2_109 and others are dealt with elsewhere in the present edition. For these, references are given in the following lists; for other words listed see Glossary.

There are a considerable number of nonce-words:
alchaie (Mél. Hoepffner, p. 64),
blaundie,
ceton,
definiement (?) O 4746n1,
demaundee,
dentrechanuz (?) 3997n2,
desaler (?) 3504n1,
desoschier 1148n2,
desoster,
enquise (?) (Intr.1,
p. xix; above p. 91),
esmireür 479n2,
espermentor O 5175n2,
esturial 2172n2,
gencesor 147n2,
gorgerie,
grifan O 86n2,
harpement,
helzan 1424an2,
huniement (Intr.1,
p. xxxviii),
juglement O 5187n2,
melekin 560n2,
muntarsin 731n2,
orbeisun,
putel 2084n2,
sursis (?) 4260n2,
tusart,
umbrelenc (Mél. Hoepffner, p. 65). To these may be added the locutions
arcs voluz 2015n2,
vucher sauf 1145n2. Like other authors writing in rhymed laisses, Thomas also allows himself some latitude in the formation of derivative words to meet the exigencies of rhyme or metre (cf. Mettlich, pp. 13 ff.):
costumee (or acostumee,
cf. Tobl. Lom.),
deduiement,
enricheïr 3481n2,
escotaunce,
laboré 286n2,
nobilei (?) 506n1,
noisee,
nunzage,
paienise,
parentee,
perdeisun,
presentage,
quitage,
receveisun,
retaillage. 2 [2] To these the variants of O add
dublençun,
owailline, those of H
cuncenteisun,
dobleizun,
guvernage,
miee,
purchacement.2_109

Additional examples are provided of words and locutions attested only very rarely elsewhere:

achanteler 3310n2,
ajornal 880n2,
aleier 1964n2,
andun 2869n2,
contreparler,
destiner rule,
duré duration O 5087n2,
flote fleet (Mél. Hoepffner, pp. 68-9),
sabeline (subst.) 2273n2;

aler le pas e le trotun 1511n2,
porter chapel 1804n2,
sanz oec (above p. 51).

Words and locutions are employed in unusual senses:
adubur de vigne vinegrower (Mél. Hoepffner, p. 68),
agrei defence 2650n2,
amistez sweetheart 4368n2,
artus tricky O 53n2,
aventure good luck 104n2,
en balaunce at a crisis,
barbarin unkempt 3700n2,
blesmir damage 1293n2,
celebrer la curt 745n2,
charnage flesh,
charnal (seignur) own 211n2,
corine entrails 1668n2,
costal coast,
costeïr defend 3245n2,
cuntentïon zeal 1507n2,
departir adjudge 820n2,
devant on the side of 1930n2,
discipline governance (Mél. Hoepffner, p. 64),
dolur lamentation 3545n2,
entritant que until O 4994n2,
eschamel dais (?) 2072n2,
a espleit in quantity O 5119n1,
de largeté

Page 2_109

in abundance 401n2,
mesel miserable 1809n2,
metre pour out O 5197n2,
naal native 2175n2,
oiseler fly (intr.),
parteisun severance 4547n2,
preecheur proclaimer 2900n2,
quei free, rid 1971n2,
regïon realm 1389n2,
selve branches 3984n2,
talent mind 681n2,
terme period 2042n2,
terminer appoint O 5113n2,
triwes assurances 164n2,
valur health 3502n2.

Words or senses that appear to fall into disuse in Continental literary French before the thirteenth century include:

ambure O 5033n2,
bou,
fie fig 1868n2,
geste race,
giens (negative expletive) 1226n2,
gonele (knight's) tunic,
maigne 2649n2,
nevou grandson 256n2,
nobile (trisyll.),
noün 2173n2,
pont pommel 1520n2,
veil sail 3923n2;

the verbal forms


ermes 1385n2,
erïez (above p. 59),
faimes 4073n2;
the locution poet cel estre 190. To these may be added, as probably in the original, though not in C,
estre besides (Intr.1, p. xxxviii),
joindre younger (ib.),
toënart (ib.) and perhaps jombles young 163n1. The frequent use of the indefinite article with point employed as a complement of negation (above p. 80), the restriction of ovoc to adverbial function (R. Ling. Rom., XVIII, 254), and the preponderance of espié over lance (below p. 118) and of sigle over veil, veile (below p. 119) appear also to belong to the twelfth century.

A number of words and locutions, on the other hand, find their parallels first in the writings of the later part of this century:

aukube,
butun (used as expletive) 1516n2,
cable,
chevalerie,
coing peak (of helmet) 1414n2,
conoissant (?) 2405n2,
cursier,
cursif,
donneier,
endreit kind 2218n2,
escu armed man 2258n2,
fervestir 3053n2,
pié man, person 1558n2,
reviler shirk 634n2,
traverser traverse, break (agreement) 2236n2,
trifuire 937n2;

the locutions


a enviz 1229n2,
oevre Salemun 568n2,
ne sai que (quel) 3088n2,
tute jor ajurnee (Intr.1, p. xviii);

the contracted forms


laval 1130n2 and
lor O 4833n2;

the conjunctions


apres çoe que (above p. 102),
pur çoe que provided that (above p. 106),
solunc çoe que (above p. 103). In some cases also our text appears to provide the earliest example of a word or sense, e.g.
afirmer O 4913n2,
banage 427n2,
blazon painted device 3143n2,
cummandement deputy 1734n2,
defectïun failure, disappearance 2445 (Mél. Hoepffner, p. 69), *entremes side-dish 919n1,
estage storey 1355n2,
flaor perfume 2711n2,
jurement 1938n2,
marchise 920n2,
masage (Mél. Hoepffner, p. 69),
presentatïon 151n1,
querele affair 3303n2,
santine

Page 2_110

hold (?) (Mél. Hoepffner, pp. 64-5),
tensement dues 1636n2,
zoleür (below p. 115). 1 [1] For the use of the English words
corn,
witegod,
welcumez, and for the influence of Latin and of South-Western French and Anglo-Norman on the vocabulary, see Mél. Hoepffner, pp. 64-70.2_111

In the following sections words and locutions falling within certain semantic categories are listed, with comments on points of interest.

2

Architecture

Secular:




burc,
cité,
vile;

chastel,
fortelesce (fig.);

cort,
masage (mestre m.),
mesun (real);
ostel;

cort,
kerneaus,
paluz,
place,
portal,
porte,
posterne,
punt;

palais (
halçur,
listé de marbre,
marbrin,
mestre p.)
sale (
encortinee,
pavee,
real);

cheminee,
degrez,
eire,
entree,
eschamel,
estage,
mandement,
pavement,
sëement,
soler (
fait par estage,
haut s.,
mestre s.);
chambre(s) (

cielee,
junchee,
pavementee,
de marbre e de lios menüement ovree;

maior,
real);

arcs voluz,
pavement,
perrin,
umbrelenc,
us.

Construction



enginnëor,
masçun;

cement,
lios,
marbre,
pierre.

Religious:


abbeïe,
arcevesquié,
avesqué,
iglise,
muster.

The term chastel is employed in the poem mainly either generically or figuratively, but Wikele constructs a castle de pere e de cement O 5035, and Gudreche resides in a castle of Bealni(s) outside Dublin. Elsewhere the kings are said to reside in burc, cité or vile, in dwellings designated variously masage or mesun, or by the name of the chief apartment palais, sale or soler (cf. Mél. Hoepffner, pp. 69-70). In l. 200, and possibly l. 4334, the term cort, which elsewhere bears the more usual meaning of courtyard or court (royal household), seems to be used, as occasionally in Medieval Latin (cf. Du Cange, s.v. cortis), to denote the royal residence. The mention of battlements, postern, bridge and moat (implied by paluz 4091n2) indicates the fortifications of the towns.

Frequent mention is made of the stone paving of hall and chambers, and in Rigmel's chamber the use of mosaic seems to be indicated (ll. 853-4). There are also in Rigmel's chamber vaulted arcades, arcs voluz, and in Lenburc's carved vaulting, an umbrelenc well made by a good enginnëor. The end of the hall farthest from the entrance appears to have been raised, cf. Sus al mestre palais dreit al

Page 2_111

haut sëement U li reis iert asis 2959-60. In Unc ainceis ne fina tresqu'al mestre eschamel U sëeit rei Hunlaf 2072n2 the word eschamel seems to perform a similar function (cf. F. Can. 4994, where it appears to mean storey), cf. also mandement O 5189n2. No kitchen is mentioned, but in the hall there is a cheminee O 4931. The entrance staircase is wide and shallow enough to allow knights in full armour to ride up it (ll. 2991, 3075).

There is no mention of a chapel in the poem. The obsequies of Guffier and Egfer (servise enperïal 3559) are celebrated in the cathedral of Dublin (arcevesquié 3557, also called iglise real 3556), and the marriage of Modin and Rigmel in the cathedral of Lions (acrevesquié 4068, also called mustier saint Maurin 4067, muster principal 4099); the term eveschié is employed with a similar concrete significance in Leis Guill. §I (1) and Erec 6891, 6898. The dead are carried from the battlefield to the muster saint Moris (no doubt to be identified with the cathedral) in Dublin (l. 3548), and Wikele's marriage to Rigmel takes place in the muster ki ert de saint Beneit in Lions (O 5127). The marriage of Horn and Rigmel and other masses are celebrated in unidentified monastic churches, muster 4545, mustiers principaus 743, also in Dublin principal muster 2558.

3

Domestic Organization

a

Household:



aumonier,
buteiller,
chamberlenc,
chevalier,
(despenser H 4131),
escuier,
mestre escuier,
portier,
seneschal,
serjant,
servant,
servitor,
tresorier,
ussier,
vallet,
vallet cursier;

mestresse e norrice,
pucele.

Functions


governer la curt,
herbergier,
faire receveisun,
aprester le cunrei le rei,
deviser les *entremes,
deviser cum devront servir 660,
servir 4103,
4119.

The tresorier, who is a member of a religious community, hom de religïon 1407n2, is in charge of arms and weapons as well as of other royal possessions. At Modin's wedding-feast seneschals are said to serve at table (ll. 4103, 4119), but their main functions are the exercise of hospitality to the royal guests, including the provision of rich raiment (ll. 443-4, 4558-61), and the organization and supervision of the royal banquets (ll. 658-60, 750-1, 906-11). Serving under their orders during the repast are buteillers cup-bearers, serjanz, servanz, servitors; the term escuier is coupled with

Page 2_112

serjant in l. 4131, and in l. 597 mestre escuier appears to mean head groom, but nowhere in the poem does escuier designate a knightly attendant. In the serving of the wines these are assisted during the meals by young nobles, fiz de meinte marchise 920, at Hunlaf's court by Horn and his companions: Horn me servira ui de ma cupe portant E li autre vallet tuit l'en ierent siwant 463-4, cf. 755-6, 930, and at Horn's wedding by riche per 4563. After the tables have been removed these young nobles remain in charge of the distribution of wine except at Modin's wedding, when, in accordance with custom (ll. 4137-41), Rigmel, with her maidens, is specially designated to carry round the wine (ll. 4131-6). Both youths and maidens discard their mantles for this purpose: Mut tost i veïssez desfubler meint mantel 571, N'i ot cele ne fust tote desafublee 4150, and the youths circulate among the guests clad, not en chemise, Mes en pelice vaire u herminë u grise U en bliaut de paile del meuz de paienise 921-3, cf. 930, 1011.

b

Meals:



disner,
manger;

food:


deintez,
*entremes 919n1,
mes;
esquïeles d'argent;

drink:


le beivre,
claré,
piment,
vin (
bon,
cler com cristal,
de viez entonelé,
estoré,
fort,
precïus);

vessels:


corn,
cupe,
hanap,
horn,
nef,
vessel,
vessele;

buche,
liste;

material


mazelin;

asmal,
bugle,
or (
affricaunt,
cler,
fin,
luisant,
melekin),
orkal;

ornament



entaillé a cisel,
de l'oevre Salemun,
gemmé;

ovrez de pierres e d'asmal;
a trifuire entallé.

Service



corner laver 2297n1,
laver,
oster les tables;

cerchier les rencs,
faire meint tur,
servir entur la sale;

aporter,
raporter,
porter,
bailler,
emplir,
metre avant,
metre (mestre O 5197);
servir (

trans. 470 etc.,
neut. 920 etc.;

de sun vin,
del beivre,
de ma cupe portant).

The banquets given at the Whitsuntide courts and at the wedding-feasts are all alike, in that drink plays a more important part in the entertainment than food, which is served on silver plate and briefly dismissed in general terms. Wines, on the other hand, dispensed both during the meal and after the tables have been removed (ll. 4129-33), until mid-afternoon or even until nightfall (ll. 757, O 4953-4), are varied, and are served in vessels of different kinds, usually of precious materials and sumptuously adorned with gems and enamels; the gold cups, in four instances, are finely chased in the latest fashion of the day, a trifuire or de l'oevre Salemun (see Explicative Note on l. 568). The ceremonial cup of buffalo-horn from which Horn insists on drinking at Modin's wedding, the cup that

Page 2_113

Rigmel had previously, according to custom, carried to her lover, un corn . . . de bugle, dunt la liste iert gemmee, Ki entur la buche demi pié esteit lee, Si iert d'or affrican merveilles bien ovree 4153-5, bears a strong likeness to the horn possessed by Henry I (cornu grande auro gemmisque ornatum sicut apud antiquissimos Anglos usus habet), and the use of buffalo-horns as drinking-vessels in medieval England is mentioned by Gaimar (ed. Bell, l. 3804) and by the Latin chroniclers (see Hall's note on King Horn 1109).

4

Furniture and Clothes

Furniture:


hall


banc,
deis royal table,
table (
oster,
faire oster les tables),
(kere O 806);

chambers


coilte (pointee,
d'un paile alixandrin,
escarimant),
covertur (
hermin,
martrin),
cuverture (hermine),
esmireür,
mirëor,
jonchee,
jonchiere,
lit.

The tables are movable and are cleared away at the end of the meal; cloths (napes) are not mentioned except in H 2471.

Clothes: 1 [1] Cf. Enlart, especially pp. 31-7; Joan Evans, Dress in Mediaeval France (Oxford, 1952), pp. 4-9.2_114




acesmement,
atur,
aturnement,
dras,
vesture;

bliaut,
brael,
braer,
chape,
chapel,
chaperon,
chauces,
chemise,
cote,
esclavine,
garnement,
gerun,
gunele,
mantel,
maunce,
pelice,
peliçon,
trebuz;

atache,
butun (lasne O 450),
laz.

Materials



bukeran,
burel,
cendal (cender 2290n2),
ciclatun,
cordowan,
eskarlete,
osterin,
paile,
samit;

hermin,
sabeline,
ver e gris;

(adjs.) feutrin,
gris,
hermin,
martrin,
mutunin, (maunce)
orfresee, (sabelin OH 2273),
ver.

Operations


acesmer,
afubler,
aparailler,
aturner,
chaucer,
chaunger (ses dras 4339),
covrir,
cunreier,
deguiser,
desafubler,
desfubler,
deslacer,
deslïer,
vestir.

Pilgrim Equipment:


burdun,
chapel feutrin,
cote,
esclavine,
escreppe,
paulme del col,
trebuz.

Horn, at his first appearance at court, is clad in a well-cut gunele of eskarlete (l. 448), with an unlaced short mantle over it, and tight-fitting chauces, but it is the silken bliaut that is the ordinary attire of both sexes of rank: Horn's companions (ll. O 12, 204), Rabel (l. 575), the cup-bearers, both the fiz de meinte marchise (ll. 920-3) and the servitors (ll. 1009-11), and Lenburc (l. 2705).

The bliaut is of Eastern silken material:
cendal,
ciclatun,
osterin,
paile,
samit; in colour it is ynde in O 12, but usually purprin. It is

Page 2_114

close-fitting round the hips, but long enough to trail on the ground (l. 959), tightly laced with thongs ornamented with gold buttons (l. 4561); the sleeves are full enough to be plucked to secure attention (ll. 509, 4162). The cote, the pilgrim garment for which Horn gives his bliaut in exchange, is a narrow-sleeved tunic, usually woollen 1 [1] Cf. Enlart, p. 43; St. Thom., note on l. 537.2_115; the pelice (peliçon) is a fur-lined tunic, which might be worn under or instead of the bliaut (ll. 922, 4559). Over the bliaut the mantel is worn by both sexes in the hall as well as elsewhere: by Lenburc (l. 2706), by Horn (ll. 450, 2294-6, 3642). To secure freedom of action for the arms it is discarded by the servers of wine (ll. 571, 4150 etc.), and in the stone-putting scene by Eglaf (l. 2583), though not by Gudmod, whose superior strength renders this unnecessary (l. 2618).

The short mantle is alleged to have been introduced into English court wear by Henry II in 1154, and to have earned him the nickname Curt-mantel; it remained in vogue until the end of the century. According to Enlart (p. 31), the relatively short gonele gave place to the longer bliaut about 1140, and though as a knightly garment it is very occasionally mentioned in texts of the later twelfth century (cf. Tobl. Lom.), the word does not appear in Eneas or Troie, nor in the works of Crestien or of Marie de France. The cote, not mentioned in Eneas or Troie, is referred to by Crestien, who also, unlike Thomas and the other writers cited, uses the term robe to denote a dress.

5

Music and Song

General:


armonie (del ciel),
bal,
deduit,
juglement O 5187n2.

Performers:


chantëor,
juglëor,
jugler,
rotëor.

Instruments:


estrument;
horn: corn;

(pagan)


buisine,
olifan;

corneïz,
resun,
sun;

suner (buisine),
tentir (corn);

drum:


tabur;
batre;

fiddle:


vïele;
trait;
vïeler;

harp:


harpe,
harpement,
dedut del harper;

atemprer,
bailler 2838n2,
harper (arper O 5179),
manïer,
munter,
tucher;

bailler,
cummander,
livrer,
prendre vers sei;

strings:


cordes;

faire chanter,
organer,
suner,
trembler;
tucher;

tune:


note,
tun;
fauser (cf. Explicative Note on ll. 2830-43).

Songs:



chant,
lai (lai bretun O *5161a),
rotrüenges,
suns,
vers de chaunçons;

chanter,
dire;

dire (le lai) en voiz,
faire 2777 etc.,
noter.

Page 2_115

In l. 3563 allusion is made to the cessation of song, music and dance occasioned by the death of the two Irish princes, but no mention is made in the poem of music or song during meals in hall, except at Modin's wedding-feast when efforts are made to cheer Rigmel by harping and fiddling (l. 4124); in Rigmel's apartments her maidens attempt to divert her thoughts after Horn's rebuff by singing songs (ll. 1243-8). Although Horn acquires the mastery of all musical instruments (ll. 375-6), the only occasion on which he shows his skill is in the celebrated lai-scene (ll. 2774-880). 1 [1] For the use of musical terms in figures of speech see above p. 12.2_116

6

Sport and Games

General:



deduiement,
deduit,
delit,
delitement,
esbaneiement,
giu;

deduire,
estre a delit,
sei deliter,
demener giu e ris,
sei esbaneier,
gaber 902,
joër.

Hawking:


riviere;

aler (pur) riveier,
jeter (ostur),
reviler;

faukun (muntarsin),
ostur,
(sor,
müer),
oiseaus;

müeisun,
faire müer,
metre en mue.

The Chase:


bois;

chacier,
desoschier (fig.),
hüer,
nafrer;

archier,
venëor;

chens,
levriers (
cum cinne blanc,
innel cum faukun);

chevroel,
sengler (
grant,
dentud),
sundre de pors;
veneison;
menee.

Martial:


cembel,
turnei,
turneiement;
bohorder,
eskermir,
porter armes.

Games:


backgammon:


tables;
joër;

chess:


esches (ches 2692n2);

eschekier,
esches chessmen,
joëür (des esches);
joër (
as esches;
ki en jüot 2699),

joër geus,
mater,
ordener lor gius,
surjower;

ball-playing O 4883-5:


pelote;

pastur,
zoleür;
ferir;

putting the stone:


cop,
estal,
jet,
pierre,
jeteür;

aporter (porter),
enpeindre,
enveisier d'itiel jeu,
guier,
jeter,
prendre,
rejeter,
reprendre,
sivre sun cop;

sei ajonoillier,
passer;
spear-throwing: launce launcer

The mention of zoleür in O 4884 seems to be the earliest reference to a game played with a wooden ball, çole (Germ. keula, F.E.W. II (1), 617), which was popular in the Middle Ages (cf. Tobl. Lom.) and is still played in Northern France. 2 [2] Cf. N. Dupire, Neuphil. Mitteilungen, 1949, p. 135, and Robin et Marion, ed. E. Langlois (C.F.M.A., 1924), note on l. 161.2_116

The game of putting the stone was evidently popular in medieval England. It is briefly mentioned by Wace in his list of the games at the feast of Cassibellaunus in London (Brut 4348), and by Geoffrey

Page 2_116

of Monmouth (IX, xiv) as well as Wace (Brut 10528) at Arthur's coronation feast; Fitzstephen also speaks of it in the account he gives of the amusements of the Londoners. 1 [1] See Hall's note on K.H. 478, quoting the Middle English Havelok the Dane, 1023-56.2_117 In lines quoted in a thirteenth-century sermon we are told Atte wrastlinge mi lemman i ches And atte ston-kastinge i him forles. 2 [2] Cited by R. M. Wilson, Early Middle English Literature (London, 1939), p. 256; cf. Anglia, XLII, 152.2_117 The scene in the Middle English Havelok bears a strong resemblance to that described in Horn.

7

Military

Hostilities:



guerre,
chalenjage,
desfïer;

faidi,
faider;
chevauchee;

aler sur,
guerreier,
venir (de)sur;

damager,
faire dan a;
purprendre (le païs);

degaster,
destruire,
gaster,
malmetre,
metre a guastement;

cunquerement,
cunquerre,
mater,
metre a dolur,
veintre;
crïer merci;

faire acordement,
sei acorder,
apaer guerre;
pais e triwe 1759a;

ostage (livrer o.),
ostagement,
raançon,
treü (rendre t.).

Forces:



gent,
ost (banie);

li nostre 3347,
les lur 3269 etc.;
eschieles (departir ses e.);

chevetaigne,
chief,
conestable;
conestablie;
amirant (
amirail,
amirez);

champïun,
chevalier,
escu armed man,
guerreier (subst.),
serjant,
soudeier (subst.),
vassal;

somondre,
soudeier (vb.),
faire retenement de,
retenir.

Horses:



Blanchard,
Passevent;

amoravin,
auferant,
cheval (
corant,
cursif,
de Hungerie,
de Sobrie),
destrier (
amblant,
bauçan,
chastelan,
de Chastele,
[le] helzan 1424a,
milsoudur,
sojorné),
gareignun 1513n2,
liart,
palefrei,
putrel,
runcin;

chief 3381,
col 3382,
peil,
peitral;

champfrein (argentin),
esperon,
frein,
resne (d'or mier),
sele (d'or fin).

Equipment:



adobement,
adubs,
armes,
aturnement,
aturns,
cunreiz,
garnemenz;

acesmer (de fer e d'acier 4429),
adober,
armer (
sa teste;
de lur armes;
sei a.),
bailler cunreiz,
ceindre (l'espee),
cunreier,
eisier d'armes,
(sei) fervestir,
garnir;

helmet:


heaume (
agu,
barbarin 1683,
enperïal,
hautan,
lusant,
principal,
sarazin;
ki n'esteit pas frarin 2945);
cercle (
a or,
d'or melekin),

*clous 3369n1,
coing (haltan),
laz,
nasal (
nëelé,
d'or),
(nu H 3130),
quartiers,
quirs; armour:
hauberc (
blans e forz,
duble,
dublentin,
jaceran 3339,
principal,
tenant O 4821);
jacerant O 4820;

coife,
maele,
pan (safré);
chauces de fer;

shield:



escu (
listé,
listé d'or,
principal;
a colur,
a leün,
de quartiers;

Page 2_117


fait a Tudele 3313,
de l'os d'un olifan 1416,
jetez e temprez d'un metal 3191-2),
*toënart 1704n1;

le quir e le fust 1705,
les quirs e les fuz O 4719;

blazon 3143n2,
gripun;

bucle (
doree mut bien,
asise de asmal 2000,
de cristal,
d'orkal),
chauntel,
doblun 1514 (
O dublençun,
H dobleizun),
pene;

sword:


brant (
aceré,
acerin,
afilé,
dur,
esmolu,
nu,
trenchent;
clers e letrez;
escrit i est li nuns de Deu 3181-2),
espee (
enperïal,
furbie,
trenchant);
pont (de cristal); lance:
espié (

aceré,
esmolu,
sarazin,
trenchaunt;
fait a La Rochele de l'acier peitevin 3311-2;
od gunfanun purprin);
lance (fresnine);
alemele (trenchaunte),
haunste (de plançon);

standard:


estandart (pagan, 1707);
enseigne (de cendal),
gunfanun (purprin),
penun (d'un cendal de Russie 1580),
penuncel.

Battle:



bataille (

arestee,
champel,
champer;

ferir b. 1721a,
furnir la b.),
bosoing 1582n2,
caple (pesant),
capleisun,
caplement (chapler H 3267),
encuntrement,
envaïe,
envaïssement,
estur (tenir e.),
ferreïz O 4680,
meslee,
paleter 3267;

lead:


cunduire,
guier,
mener;

attack:


acoillir,
asaillir,
sei asembler (
a,
envers),
sei cumbatre,
(sei) encuntrer,
sei entrencuntrer,
entrer en champ encuntre,
envaïr,
guerreier,
juster,
sei meller (
a,
od),
requerre,
reveler vers; interpose: sei metre entredous;

retreat:


flechir,
fuïr,
sei en fuïr,
guenchir,
guerpir (
la bataille,
sun estal),
lessier,
reviler;

escape:


eschapement;
eschaper;

pursue:


ensivre,
sei ferir apres;

rally:



sei alïer,
recoillir,
faire ralïement vers;

sei traire ensemble,
faire chastel (fortelesce) de sei;

rescue:



aïe,
recovree,
sucurs;

aider,
delivrer,
rescorre,
socorre;

defend:



defendement,
defense;

costeïr,
defendre,
garder,
tenser;

ambush:



aguait (faire a.),
enbuschement;
sei enbuschier;

sei desbuscher,
sei formetre hors,
saillir;
suzprendre;

besiege:


asëeir,
aseger.

Combat (cf. Battle):



sei demener,
tenir en destreit;
aveir duree vers;

damage:


abatre (les quartiers),
croissir,
dampner,
departir,
dequaisser,
desmentir,
detrenchier,
enpeirer,
entamer,
estroër,
fauser,
fendre,
freindre,
froissier,
percier,
purfendre,
quaissier,
quasser,
rumpre,
trencher,
turner a declin 1523;

injure:


plaie;

blescer,
enpeirer,
nafrer,
plaier;

ateindre al cop,
cunsivre,
doner grant colee sur,
fendre (desqu'as denz),
ferir un cop,
sei entreferir,
paier un tal,
redoner cop,
rumpre e char e lart;
bruser le col;
couper le chief;
prendre
le chief,
le col,
la teste;
faire voler le chief;
trencher
le chief,
l'eschine,
le quoer 3315,
le piz,
le feie e la corine 1668,

Page 2_118


le vis,
la face od le charnal 3376;
perdre la teste;

overthrow:


abatement;

abatre,
agraventer (jus),
graventer,
metre jus del cheval,
trebuchier,
tresturner,
verser (a terre);

chaeir (jus),
reverser (neut.) a terre;

kill:



afoler,
anëentir,
cunfundre,
descunfire,
destruire,
mater,
ocire;

faire char crue de,
faire destruiement de;
mener a mal;

metre a cunfusïon,
a dampnatïon,
a declin,
a fin,
a turment;
rüer mort;

spare:



esparneisun,
esparnïement;

esparnïer,
esparnir.

Combats are throughout between knights armed with sword and spear; darts are not used, and archery is mentioned only in figures of speech: Ne m'en pus desoschier, feru sui d'un quarrel 1148, Ainz fuï cum chevroel quant ad veü l'archier 4442. In the use of the word toënart and in the preponderance of espié over lance, Thomas shows a link with older traditional usage; for toënart early became obsolete (cf. Explicative Note on l. 1704), and the preponderance of espié, which is marked in Ch. Rol., is no longer found in the writers of the later twelfth century such as Wace, Benoît de Sainte-Maure and Crestien, who prefer lance and also use glaive in the same sense. Decoration of armour is without heraldic import and serves only to mark out distinguished individuals: Bien conut qu'il iert rei par sun acesmement 1629, Bien i ad conu Horn al gripun de l'escu 4485; and escuz a leün are accorded to Marmorin the pagan as well as to Horn. On the other hand, the terms alemele, coing, adober dub knight and fervestir are first cited from the later writers mentioned above, as are also the senses of blazon painted device, bosoing conflict and escu armed man.

8

Marine 1 [1] See G. C. Johnson, The Military and Naval Terms in the Norman and Anglo-Norman Chronicles of the Twelfth Century (unpublished Ph.D. thesis, Leeds, 1949).2_119

Sea:


marin,
marine,
mer,
palagre (de mer).

Shore:



costal,
marage,
rivage,
rive (de mer),
terral 2182;

gravier,
roche,
rochier,
rochiere;
bruant 114n1.

Ships and Boats:


flote (Mél. Hoepffner, pp. 68-9);

barge,
batel 219n2 (deroché e viez),
buce,
chalanc,
nef;

ancre,
avirun,
cables,
governail,
santine (Mél. Hoepffner, pp. 64-5),
sigle,
tref O 74n2,
veilz (H veiles) 3923n2.

Mariners:


eskipre,
marinal,
marinant,
mariner,
(nageurs H 3908),
noün 2173n2;
esturman 110n2 (mestre e. 2141n2).

Page 2_119

Navigation:


nagement 3909n2;

eschiper,
traire ancres,
lever sigle,
traire veilz amunt,
sei metre a la mer;

nagier,
sigler,
walcrer;

ariver,
sei ferir as roches,
prendre port,
venir a nage,
par nage;

aancrer,
ancrer,
afermer od cables,
tenir od ancres;
(sei) en issir (fors) a terre 2920n2;
jeter (
sa barge O 5147,
batels O 5151).

The term batel is employed by Thomas as by Wace to denote vessels of transport as well as small craft capable of being put off a ship (cf. l. 219n2 and Johnson, pp. 171-3), and barge is similarly used in O 5147. For sail the form veile is not employed, but in l. 3923 there occurs the rarely-used masculine veilz (cf. Explicative Note); elsewhere, in accordance with older tradition, Thomas uses the term sigle, which appears but once in Troie and not at all in Crestien (cf. Johnson, p. 180). The words cable (first cited in Tobl. Lom. from Q.L.R. in the form chable) and santine, however, belong to the later twelfth century.

The terms employed are all of the general type, and although Horn makes four sea journeys no description of any of them is furnished.

9

Legal Terms

The vocabulary contains many feudal and legal terms, most of which are in general use among writers of the time; the following, however, are of interest (see Explicative Notes):


aleier 1964,
(seignur) charnal 211,
cummandement 1734,
(plein) gant (de terre) 1112,
nam 1972,
parteisun 4547,
queie 1971,
querele 3303,
sursis (?) 4260,
tensement 1636,
terme 2042,
traverser 2236,
vucher sauf 1145.

Horn rejects Hunlaf's demand that he should deny on oath the charge against him, on the ground that he is of royal birth (ll. 1941-4, 2036-7), presumably implying that the compurgators suggested (l. 1938a) are not his peers. Hunlaf rejects his demand for ordeal of battle, in part because this would involve disclosure of the identity of the informer, in part because he is evidently sceptical of its value in affording proof of innocence or guilt (ll. 2089-91).

10

Religion

Christian:



Damnedeu,
Deu,
Jesu 1 [1] For epithets see Index of Proper Names.2_120 (Jesu Crist),
Marie (
sainte M.;
la virge vaillant 318);

angele,
Gabrïel,
Michael;
angelin (nunzage

Page 2_120

318);
prophete (Balaan O 78);
ciel;
crestïen,
crestïenté;

discipline,
lei (la lei Moÿsie 2460).

Pagan:


diable;

Belïal,
Belzebuc;

Apollin,
Mahun,
Tervagant;

enfern,
enfernal,
gent enfernine,
puz del baratrun;

aversier,
paen,
paenisme,
paienise,
gent paenur,
poplican;

Affricant,
Almican,
Esclavon,
Escler,
Leutiz,
Persan,
Pincenard,
Turcople.

Ecclesiastics:



abbé,
arcevesque (
Markier 2559,
Taurin 4069),
evesque,
moine,
nonain,
hom de religïon (Moroan 1407);

clerc,
devin,
paumer, 1 [1] For pilgrim garb see above p. 113.2_121
pelerin,
penant,
preecheur,
sermonier. 2 [2] No mention is made of prestre or proveire.2_121

Worship:



leçun,
li livre,
sauter (lire sun s.);

messe (
dire hautement,
escuter,
oïr,
soner la m.),
oreisun,
servise (
enperïal 3559,
e haut e festival 4100);

depreier,
preier,
reclamer;

noces,
prendre beneiçun de espuser 4545);

enterrer,
gaiter;

jor de noal,
Pentecuste (grant feste anvel 438). 3 [3] For churches see above p. 111.2_121

Biblical Allusions:



Abel,
Adan,
Balaan,
Chaïn,
David,
Evain,
Israhel,
Jonas,
Moïsan,
Salemun,
Susanne;

Annunciation and Incarnation 317-9,
Passion 2864, 3032;
Christ's regard for the poor 4173-9.

Saints:



Beneit (muster de saint B. O 5127),
Johan (muster saint J. 1423),
Maurin (
muster saint M. 4067,
H Martin),
Moris (muster saint M. 3548);

invoked


Denis,
Gabrïel,
Johan,
Katherine,
Lazarun,
(Marc H 1703),
Martin,
(Meart O 1703),
Michel,
Quintin,
Richer,
Simun,
Vincent.

There is no mention of the third person of the Christian Trinity, but the traditional pagan trinity is retained, and two of the Biblical devils, Belial and Beelzebub, are added to it–an addition found occasionally in the chansons de geste, e.g. Cor. Looïs (Berzebut), Ch. Guill. (Belzebu).

The pagan deities are invoked by the pagan champions in the course of their battles (ll. 1527-8, 3371-3 , O 4767-70); but though prayers are addressed to God on behalf of Gudmod by Lenburc and by Gudreche and his barons, he himself is only once represented as making entreaty to God in battle (Damnedeu reclama par ki le munde vait 3456), and none of the combats is prefaced by the introductory prayer so common in the chansons de geste (cf. above p. 13). Formal invocation of the saints (si m'aït saint Denis etc.) is frequent, but the only prayers of any length are that of Gudmod

Page 2_121

for an opportunity of taking vengeance on his enemies (ll. 2898-904) and Rigmel's soliloquizing appeal to God to save Horn from overweening pride (ll. 1253-82a). Throughout the poem emphasis is laid on God's overruling providence, and His especial care of Horn (ll. O 22-5, O 37-9, O 56, 104, 109, 126, 296, 306-7, 382, 394 etc.).

D

DIALECT

In its main features Thomas's language is that of the writers of the Western region in the later twelfth century, e.g. the author of Eneas, Benoît de Sainte-Maure, Guernes de Pont-Sainte-Maxence. It shows the following characteristics, which Western French shares with Anglo-Norman: (a) ọ tonic free is undiphthongized; the diphthong ei, the nasal vowel ẽ, and the distinction between final s and ts are retained; the product of pj intervocalic is ts, not tš, and paucum gives poi, not pou; (b) the feminine personal pronoun is often el, and the masculine nominative singular of the unstressed possessive is mis, tis, sis; the termination of the first person plural is without -s (-om, -um, -on, -un) and those of the third persons of the imperfect indicative of the first conjugation are -out, -oënt; the affix -c (-g) appears in the first person singular of the present indicative of verbs with radicals ending in n or r, and the infix -g(e)- in the present subjunctive of verbs with radicals ending in l or n.

Other dialectal features, however, are numerous; they are drawn from two sources, the South-Western region of the langue d'oïl and Anglo-Norman. Common to both, though more characteristic of Anglo-Norman, are the two traits that show themselves with the greatest frequency in the poem, the reduction of iẹ (jẹ) to ẹ and the replacement of nominative singular forms by those of the accusative. To the South-West belong: (a) the retention of a tonic free before l and n, the absence of initial h in the words auberc, eaume, *altisme, the fall of final t in lai, plai, qui (<*kugito), the form arvir, and possibly also the instability of n final and of final supported consonants (espel, somun, Rodmun etc.); (b) the use of uncompounded iste and of the enclitic forms of various unstressed personal pronouns, sometimes after polysyllables; the retention of the etymological forms of the gerund and present participle of verbs of the third conjugation (venent etc.); (c) the spellings dome, dommaisel, donzel and seguran, seguraunce. The pejorative use of artus and bacheler, the

Page 2_122

architectural term umbrelenc and the comparative adjective gencesor seem also to be drawn from this region.

Traits characteristic of Anglo-Norman are: (a) the inclusion of lëel, deslëel and parel (pareil) in laisses in ęl and of quer (coer) in a laisse in er; the occasional effacement of e̥ after a tonic vowel and in interconsonantal position; (b) the frequent use of the shortened radical in the future and conditional of faire; (c) syntactical modifications including the periphrastic use of the verbs prendre and voleir, the substitution of the indicative for the subjunctive in various constructions, and probably also the use of entrer as a transitive verb, of the conjunction parmi çoe que and of the construction e çoe corteisement etc. Certain words, senses or forms also appear to be of Anglo-Norman origin (see Explicative Notes and Mél. Hoepffner, pp. 67-70): adubur, faider, flote, masage, soler, vucher sauf (also, in O but perhaps attributable to a transmitter, acutir, certer, fercement, recovrie, tricherusement).

The appraisal of these traits is by no means easy. The Anglo-Norman element is curiously patchy: strong in syntax and appreciable in vocabulary, but almost non-existent in morphology, and in phonology striking only where it is supported by the usage of the South-Western region. The Continental influence, on the other hand, affects morphology as well as phonology and vocabulary, and seems to show a definite link between the poet's usage and that of the region both south and north of the Loire.

A possible explanation of this complexity is that Thomas was the offspring of immigrants from the Loire valley, established in England at some time in the late eleventh or early twelfth century, who transmitted their native idiom to him with only slight modifications in pronunciation and morphology. Although, however, he seems to have been carefully educated, the influence of his environment affected his vocabulary and pronunciation, and more seriously his syntax. If we might also assume that links with the natal region were maintained, and possibly strengthened by a sojourn at the schools of Poitiers, the composite character of Thomas's language would be accounted for.

Some corroboration of these assumptions may be found in other aspects of his work. The interpretation of the name Horn (l. 4206) and the jeering use of the oath witegod in Horn's words to Wikele and Modin (l. 4013) suggest that Thomas had some knowledge of

Page 2_123

English, but the correctness of his French shows that he belonged to immigrant and not native stock; indeed the jeer seems, if I have correctly interpreted it (cf. Explicative Note), to express scorn for the latter. Stylistic traits, moreover, that might seem to show affinity with Old English verse, e.g. the addiction to doublets and some use of alliteration, are readily accounted for by the influence of Medieval Latin and Thomas's clerkly training. It is also noticeable that one of the most salient traits of Anglo-French narrative literature, interest in the sea and in ships and their management, is absent. Horn's sea voyages are very briefly related (the only details mentioned concern the direction of the wind and the time occupied); this is in striking contrast with the practice of such authors as Wace and Denis Pyramus.

E

DATE

The dates attributed to the composition of the romance have varied considerably: Suchier, for instance, places it in the reign of Stephen, 1 [1] Hermann Suchier and Adolf Birch-Hirschfeld, Geschichte der französischen Literatur (Leipzig, 1913), I. 113.2_124 Groeber, (Gr., II. 1, 573) in the first half of the thirteenth century. The evidence is indeed difficult to interpret.

References to outside events seem to place the terminus a quo about the middle of the twelfth century. The animosity against Anjou displayed in laisse 85 may be an echo of the feud between Geoffrey of Anjou and Stephen, which culminated in Geoffrey's conquest of Normandy in 1141; and the rebellious Wikele's castle de pere e de cement (laisse 237) may be a reminiscence of the numerous private castles of that turbulent time. More definite is the mention of the curt mantel worn by Horn (l. 450), for the introduction of this fashion is ascribed to Henry II in 1154. It cannot, however, provide a terminus ad quem, for Hue de Rotelande (c. 1174-91) remarks Or sunt les curz mantels amez (Protheselaus 11405).

No clear indication of date is furnished by the phonology or morphology of the poem, and the evidence of syntax and vocabulary is somewhat contradictory. Thomas uses some constructions that make their appearance relatively late, e.g. the conjunctions devant que, apres çoe que, solunc çoe que, pur çoe que provided that, but seems

Page 2_124

to be less advanced than Crestien de Troyes in his use of parataxis and hypothetical constructions. His vocabulary, as we have seen, includes words and locutions found elsewhere only towards the end of the twelfth century; but it also contains archaisms, and in several respects the way of life that is portrayed appears to be of an older cast than that described by Crestien, e.g. in the absence of tablecloths in hall, the wearing by knights of the gonele but not of the cote, the preponderance of the term espié over lance, the mention of the toënart and the use of the words sigle and veilz but not veile.

The literary evidence is perhaps more helpful. In his description of love Thomas shows some of the stylistic traits that characterize the romances of antiquity, and he seems to be acquainted with the Tristan romance, probably in the earliest extant version, that of Thomas of c. 1170. On the other hand, the absence of any mention or influence of the Arthurian romances, and the marked difference in language and style between Horn and the poems of Hue de Rotelande, suggest that its composition should not be placed much later than 1170, A date about that time is also indicated by the versification, for the unusual cut of the line in Horn points to composition at an experimental stage in the metrical developments of the later twelfth century, a stage before the orthodox rhymed alexandrine had been popularized by the work of Lambert le Tort.

The opening and closing lines of the poem indicate that it was composed at the end of Thomas's professional career and ll. 5231-3 imply that his son was already a proficient poet; we may therefore presume that his formative period fell in the last years of the reign of Henry I and the turmoil of that of Stephen.

End

Original work © 1955-64 The Anglo Norman Text Society, which has granted permission for it to be digitised, browsed and searched on this site. Any other use, including making copies of this electronic version, requires the prior written permission of the copyright holders, who may be contacted via Birkbeck College, University of London, Malet St, London WC1E 7HX, UK